Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

CRE SCHEMES OF WORK FOR FORM ONE

SCHEME  OF  WORK           FORM   ONE  C..R.E.            TERM  ONE  20………..  NAME…………………………  

WK/

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

RESOURCES

 

REFS REMARKS

1

1

GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO C.R.E.

 

Meaning of Christian Religious Education.

 

Importance of Christian Religious Education.

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Give the meaning of Christian Religious Education.

 

Outline importance of studying Christian Religious Education.

 

 

 

 

 

Brain storming;

 

Probing questions;

 

Discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pages 1-4

 

2

The Bible.

Describe the Bible as the Word of God. Probing questions;

Bible reading;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 5-6

 

3

Human authors of the Bible.

 

Literary forms of the Bible.

Identify some human authors of the bible.

 

List down some literary forms of the bible.

 

Brain storming;

Bible reading;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 6-7

 

2

1

The bible as a library. Explain why the bible is referred to as a library.

List down books in the new testament.

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 7-8

 

2

Books in the old testament. Identify categories of books in the old testament.

Name books in each category of the old testament.

Probing questions;

Exposition of new concepts;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 9-10

 

2

3

Books in the new testament. Identify categories of books in the old testament.

Name books in each category of the new testament.

Probing questions;

Exposition of new concepts;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

11-12

 

3

1-2

Translation of the bible from original languages.

Identify the original languages the bible was written in.

Outline bible translation to local languages.

Exposition;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 12-13

 

3

Versions of the bible.

List down some versions of the bible. Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 14-15

 

4

1,2

Effects of the bible translation.

Outline effects of bible translation in Kenya today. Exposition;

Discussion;

Written exercise.

  KLB BK I

Pages 15-16

 

3

CREATION AND THE FALL OF MANKIND

 

First account of the Creation story.

 

 

 

 

 

Describe God’s works in six days.

 

 

 

 

Oral questions;

Bible reading- Gen 1;12

Brief discussion.

 

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pages 19-20

 

5

1

Second account of the Creation story.

Discuss second account of creation story. Bible reading; Gen 2; 4-25;

Discussion.

The bible. KLB BK I

Pages 20-21

 

2

State differences between the two creation accounts.

Identify similarities between the two accounts.

Outline similarities and differences between the two creation accounts. Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

21-22

 

3

Attributes of God as depicted in the two creation accounts.

 

Highlight attributes of God as depicted in the two creation accounts. Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 19-20

 

6

1

Teaching from the creation accounts. Explain teachings derived from  the two creation accounts. Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 23-4

 

2

Traditional African view of creation.

Narrate a creation story from a traditional African view of.

Highlight attributes of God.

Narration on origin of Agikuyu people / other communities.

 

  KLB BK I

Pages 25-28

 

3

Biblical teaching on origin of sin.

Give a biblical teaching on the origin of sin. Luke3:1-6.

Brief discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 23-24

 

7

1

Consequences of sin.

Outline the biblical teaching on consequences of sin. Brain storming;

Oral questions;

Bible reading;

discussion

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 25-27

 

2-3

CAT. & MID – TERM  BREAK        

8

1

God’s plan of salvation.

Outline God’s plan for salvation to reconcile mankind to Himself.

 

Bible reading; Gen 3; 8-9

Discover God’s initiative to restore human race.

The bible. KLB BK I

Page 31

 

2

Traditional African concept of evil.

Identify causes of evil.

Outline consequences of evil.

Probing questions ;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 32-33

 

3

Traditional African concept of evil and Christian view of sin.

Compare and contrast  traditional African concept of evil and Christian view of sin. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Detailed discussion;

Review exercise.

  KLB BK I

Pages 34-36

 

9

1

FAITH AND GOD’S PROMISES

 

Background to call of Abraham.

 

 

 

Trace the background to Abraham.

 

 

 

Bible reading; Gen 15;1-6

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

 

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Page 37-40

 

2

Faith in God.

Give the meaning of the word faith.

Identify ways of manifesting faith in God.

Bible reading; Heb. 11;1-6

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Page 40

 

3

Abraham’s act of faith.

Describe Abraham’s act of faith. Bible reading; Gen. 12;1-9

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 41-42

 

10

1

Relevance of faith to Christians. Explain the relevance of faith to Christians. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Page 43

 

2-3

God’s promises to Abraham.

List down God’s promises to Abraham.

Explain relevance of God’s promises to Abraham in a Christian view.

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 40-42

 

11

1-2

God’s covenant with Abraham.

Define a covenant.

Give an outline of God’s covenant with Abraham.

Explain the importance of the covenant.

Bible reading; Gen. 15;1-19

Oral questions;

Narrations;

Discussion.

The Bible. Pages 46-49  

3

Covenants in modern life.

Identify covenants in modern life.

 

Probing questions on examples of modern covenants –marriage, baptism, swearing oaths.

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pages 49-52

 
END  OF  TERM  ONE  EXAMS

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK           FORM   ONE  C..R.E.            TERM  TWO  20………..     NAME…………………………  

W/NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

RESOURCES

 

REFS REMARKS

1

1

Circumcision.

Jewish perspective.

Explain the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants. Bible reading; Gen. 17;1-16

Narrations;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 53-54

 

2

Circumcision.

African perspective. perspective.

Explain the importance of circumcision from an African point of view.

Compare circumcision from a Jewish and African points of view.

Oral questions;

Discussion;

Review questions.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 54-55

 

3

MOSES AND SINAI COVENANT

The call of Moses.

 

 

Give an outline of the call of Moses.

 

Bible reading:

Exo : 1-22.

Discussion.

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

KLB BK I

Pages 56-61

 

2

1-2

The ten plagues.

Identify the plagues sent to Egyptians.

Outline lessons learnt by Christians from the plagues incident.

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Page 62-64

 

3

The Passover. Give an outline of instructions given to elders by Moses.

Explain significance of the Passover.

Bible reading; Exo. 12:1-3

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 64-66

 

3

1-2

The Exodus. Expound on God’s love for His people. Bible reading; Exo. 14:5-30

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 66-69

 

3

The Sinai covenant.

Describe the preparation and sealing of Sinai covenant. Bible reading; Exo. 19;8-16

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 69-71

 

4

1

The ten commandments.

Recall the ten commandments. Bible reading;

Exo. 20;-1-17;

Oral questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 71-74

 

4

2-3

Breaking and renewal of Sinai covenant. Identify God’s expectations for renewal of the covenant. Q/A to review Sinai covenant;

Bible reading;

Exo 32; 1-35;

Discussion.

 

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 74-75

 

5

1

Israelites’ worship in the wilderness. Describe Israelites’ worship in the wilderness. Bible reading; Exo 20;22-26;

Discussion.

 

The Bible. KLB BK I

Pages 76-77

 

2

Israelites’ new understanding of God.

Explain Israelites’ new understanding of God. Brain storming;

Discussion,

Topic review questions.

  KLB BK I

Pages 80-81

 

3

LEADERSHIP IN GOD’S PLAN

 

Introduction.

 

 

Reasons for kingship in Israel.

 

 

 

Define leadership.

List down duties of judges who ruled Israel.

Give reasons for kingship in Israel.

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pages 82-86

 

6

1

Reasons against kingship in Israel.

Cite reasons against kingship in Israel. Bible reading;

Sam 8; 10-20;

Probing questions;

discussion

 

The bible. KLB BK I

Pages 86-87

 

2

King Saul.

Outline King Saul’s successes and failures.

Explain lessons learnt from King Saul’s successes and failures.

 

Oral questions;

Narrations;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 89-90

 

3

King David.

Outline David’s achievements during his reign. Narrations;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 93-96

 

7

1

David as an ancestor of Jesus.

Enumerate promises made to David by God.

Highlight fulfillment of David’s promises in the new testament.

Bible reading; Luke 1;26-33;

Narrations;

Exposition;

Discussion.

 

The bible. KLB BK I

Pages 97-98

 

2

Qualities of a good leader.

Identify qualities a leader should emulate from king David. Brain storming;

Oral questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 99-100

 

3

King Solomon’s successes and failures. Outline King Solomon’s successes and failures. Q/A to review King David’s successes;

Narrations;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 101-6

 

8

1-2

TEST  & MID – TERM BREAK
       

3

Temple in Israel.

State functions of the  temple in Israel. Exposition;

Discussion;

Answer topic review questions.

  KLB BK I

Pages 109-111

 

9

1

LOYALTY TO GOD – ELIJAH

 

Idolatry in Israel.

 

 

Outline factors that led to spread of idolatry in Israel.

 

 

Exposition;

Oral questions;

Discussion;

 

   

 

 

KLB BK I

Pages 112-8

 

2

Religious schism between Juda and Israel. Highlight Jeroboam actions that set a bad example to other kings. Bible reading; I Kings 12;26-33;

Expounding.

The bible. KLB BK I

Pages 118-9

 

3

Effects of idolatry in Israel.

Enumerate effects of idolatry in Israel. Probing questions;

Discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pages 120-1

 

10

1

Elijah’s fight against false religion.

Describe Elijah’s fight against false religion at Mt. Carmel. Bible reading;

I Kings18;17-46;

Narrations;

Oral questions;

Discussion.

 

The bible. KLB BK I

Pages 122-5

 

2-3

Elijah’s fight against corruption.

Describe Elijah’s fight against corruption. Bible reading;

I Kings 21; 1-29;

Narrations;

Oral questions;

Discussion.

 

The bible. KLB BK I

Pages 126-9

 

11

1-2

Why Elijah faced hostility.

Cite reasons why Elijah faced danger and hostility. Exposition;

Discussion;

Answer topic review questions.

  KLB BK I

Pages 126-9

 
3 Relevance of Elijah’s mission today. Explain relevance of Elijah’s mission to Christians today. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 131-2

 

12-13

END  OF  TERM  TWO  EXAMS  

 

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK           FORM   ONE  C..R.E.          TERM  THREE  20………..     NAME…………………………  

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

RESOURCES

 

REFS REMARKS

1

1-2

AFRICAN RELIGIOUS HERITAGE

 

Concept of God.

 

 

 

Give an outline of attributes of God as understood by African people.

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

   

 

 

KLB BK I

Pages 135-9

 

3

The Spirits. Draw the hierarchy of spirits.

State characteristics common to spirits.

Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 139-140

 

2

1

Hierarchy of beings. Identify categories of the hierarchy of beings.

Describe relationship between God and human beings.

Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 139-141

 

2

Relation between living and non-living.

 

 

 

The role of God.

Outline relationships between human beings and plants; between human beings and non-living things.

 

Identify the role of God.

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 141-5

 

3

The role of spirits & the role of ancestors. State the roles of spirits and ancestors. Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 146-7

 

3

1

Responsibility of the living towards God. Describe traditional African expression of worship. Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 147-150

 

2

Responsibility of the living towards Spirits / ancestors. Discuss veneration of ancestors. Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Page 150

 

3

Communication with the Spirits. Outline ways through which human beings communicate with spirits. Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pages 151-2

 

4

1

MEANING & WHOLENESS OF LIFE IN T.A.S.

 

Introduction.

 

Definition of a community.

 

 

 

 

Give various aspects of life.

Define a community.

Describe the social organization of African society.

 

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Oral questions;

Discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pg 153-6

 

2-3

African concept of kinship. Describe the African view of kinship. Drawing a kinship tree diagram;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 156-9

 

5

1-2

Harmony and mutual responsibility in the African community. Outline factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African community. Brain storming;

Oral questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 159-162

 

3,

 

1

TEST

&

MID –TERM BREAK

       

6

6

2-

3

RITES OF PASSAGE AND MORAL VALUES

 

The role of rites of passage.

 

Birth and naming.

 

 

 

 

Outline roles of rites of passage.

 

Identify some rituals associated with birth and naming.

 

 

 

 

Guided discussion;

Oral questions.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pg 164-5

 

7

1

Initiation rites. Explain importance of initiation rites. Oral questions;

Detailed discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 167-9

 

2

Marriage rites. Outline significance of marriage. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 169-170

 

3

Death rites. Identify some death rites practised  in some communities.

 

Open discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 170-2

 

8

1-2

Role of rites of passage. Outline role of rites of passage in inculcating moral values. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 172-5

 

3

Religious specialists in African communities. Highlight role of religious specialists in African communities. Give examples of specialists;

Discuss their role.

  KLB BK I

Pg 176-180

 

9

1-3

AFRICAN MORAL VALUES

 

Morality and virtues.

 

 

 

Define the terms morality and virtues.

Identify some important moral values.

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

   

 

 

KLB BK I

Pg 182-9

 

10

1-3

Continuity and change of some aspects of traditional African culture.

 

Identify some African cultural aspects that have (not) undergone change. Probing questions;

Discussion on changes regarding community land, property ownership, worship trends.

  KLB BK I

Pg 189-196

 

11

1-3

Continuity and change of some aspects of traditional African culture.

 

Identify African cultural aspects that have (not) undergone change. Probing questions;

Discussion on changes regarding medicine, mode of dressing and bride- price.

  KLB BK I

Pg 196-200

 

12-13

END  OF  TERM  THREE  EXAMS  

 

Grade 4 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

Download free Grade 4 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3. All at no extra cost:

G4-COMPOSITION

G4-CREATIVE-ARTS

G4-CREATIVE-ARTS-1

G4-ENGLISH

G4-ENGLISH-1

G4-INSHA

G4-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE

G4-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-1

G4-KISWAHILI

G4-KISWAHILI-1

G4-MARKING-SCHEME

G4-MARKING-SCHEME-1

G4-MATHEMATICS

G4-MATHEMATICS-1

G4-MATHEMATICS-2

G4-SOCIAL

G4-SOCIAL-STUDIES

GRADE-4-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION (1)

Grade-4-Composition (1)

GRADE-4-CREATIVE-ARTS

GRADE-4-ENGLISH

GRADE-4-KISWAHILI

GRADE-4-MATHEMATICS

GRADE-4-SCIENCE-AND-TECHNOLOGY

GRADE-4-SOCIAL-STUDIES

GRADE-4-TERM-1-AGRIC-AND-NUTRITION-SCHEMES

GRADE-4-TERM-1-CREATIVE-ARTS-SCHEMES

GRADE-4-TERM-1-SOCIAL-SCHEMES

Grade 4 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes …

Grade 4 Free CBC Exams Download {Latest}

Grade 4 exams with marking scheme- CBC EXAMS

Grade 4, 5 & 6 Holiday Assignments {All Subjects)

Grade 4 Rationalized Notes Free

Grade 4 Latest Rationalized Notes

Grade 4 Rationalized Schemes of Work

Grade 4 Rationalized Notes Free

Grade 4 Lesson Plans Free

Free CBC Lesson Plans Grade 4

Grade 4 & 5 Rationalized Notes

Grade 4 Free CBC Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work

Latest Grade 4 Schemes of Work Free Downloads

Grade 4 CBC schemes of work Term 1-3

Updated Grade 4 CBC Schemes of Work Free – Term 1, 2 & 3

CBC UPDATED GRADE 4 TERM 3 SCHEMES

Grade 4 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes Free

Free CBC Grade 4, 5 & 6 Notes, Exams Downloads

Grade 4 Term 2 Schemes Of Work For 11 Weeks

SOCIAL STUDIES CBC NOTES FOR GRADE 4

CBC Grade 4 Exams, Notes, Schemes & Assessment Materials

Grade 4 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

Free Grade 4 Schemes of Work for Term 3- All subjects Editable

Grade 4 CBC free Schemes of works, Exams & Notes (Updated)

Grade 4 Free CBC Exams Download {Latest}

Grade 4 Free CBC Schemes Of Work Free (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Grade 4 free schemes of work, notes and exams

CBC Upper Primary Subjects (Grade 4, 5, 6)

Grade 4 Term 3 updated Schemes of Work

Free Grade 4 Schemes of Work for Term 2- All subjects Editable

GRADE 4 REPORT CARD FOR CBC ASSESSMENT

CBC Grade 4 Free Exams Downloads- Term 1 to 3

Grade 4 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Free Grade 4 Schemes of Work

Grade 4, 5 and 6 Free CBC Topical Revision Questions and Answers

Grade 4 Notes, schemes of Work and Exams

 

 

 

 

 

Grade 3 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

Grade 3 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

GRADE 3 TERM 2 MOVEMENT SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 TERM 2 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 TERM 2 MATH SCHEMES(lets do).doc
GRADE 3 TERM 2 KISWAHILI SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 TERM 2 HYGIENE2 SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 TERM 2 HYGIENE SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 TERM 2 ENVIRONMENTAL SCHEMES ourlives.doc
GRADE 3 TERM 2 ENGLISH SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 TERM 2 CRE SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 3 RATIONALISED CREATIVES ARTS TERM 2 SCHEMES.pdf
GRADE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES TERM 2 SCHEMES 2024.pdf

 

Grade 7 CBC Free Social Notes

SOCIAL STUDIES

a. Career and entrepreneurial opportunities in Social Studies

The main goal of teaching social studies is to teach students to becomegood citizens. We are living in a diverse society — one that requiresknowledge of social studies to succeed. With a social studies background,children become adults that can participate civilly in our democraticsociety.Socialstudiesconnectstudentswiththerealworld.

Specific topics within social studies that are studied in schoolcourseworkinclude:

  1. geography,
  2. anthropology,
  3. economics,
  4. history,
  5. sociology,
  6. politicalscience,and

Importanceofsocialstudies

  1. BetterReadingAndLearning

Social studies is one area in education where content integration is key.Studentsaregivenreadingmaterialthatcorrespondswiththecurrent

 

learning topics. Giving reading materials in context helps students becomebetter readers. They also become better learners because they are asked touseanalysis,critical thinking,andwritingtoshowunderstanding.

  1. CitizenResponsibilitiesAndValues

How can we expect young people to contribute positively to society, engagein discourse, and thrive in a democratic society if they are not exposed tothetopicsand aspectsofhistoryandlifethatmadesocietythewayitis?

Studentsneedanunderstandingofhistory,politicalscience,culture,andallhumanities to be able to understand why it is important to be a goodcitizen.

  1. CulturalUnderstanding

Students should be exposed to cultures far beyond what they experiencepersonally every day. Not every student has the opportunity to interactwith other cultures on a daily basis. We need students to learn about,understand, and appreciate cultural differences if we expect them to havemeaningfulinteractionswith peopleofallbackgroundsinthefuture.

  1. EconomicEducation

Economics is a crucial part of social studies, whether studied on its own, oras a part of history, anthropology, or political science. By learningeconomics, young people understand how their financial decisions have animpactontheir future,aswellasthe futureofsociety.

  1. CriticalThinking

Critical thinking is a part of social studies — students are taught to evaluateothers’decisionsand makeconnections betweeninfluences and

circumstances. Young people get the opportunity to learn from others’mistakesthroughsocialsciences.

  1. Real-WorldUnderstanding

Studying social sciences gives students an understanding of the real worldaroundthem.Studentslearnaboutplaces,cultures,andeventsaroundthe

 

world,whatconspiredtomakethemthewaytheyare,andcanmakeinferencesabouthowtherestofthe worldworks.

 

 

  1. PoliticalSkills

From social studies classes, students learn about government, politicalideas, country economy and resources, and more. Students gain politicalskills by analyzing and evaluating existing systems and imaging the futureoftheplaceinwhichthey live.

  1. RespectHistory

History is what made the world the way it is, and it is essential that peoplestudy it in order to have an appreciation for and understanding of the waythe world works. Learning about history is what makes it possible to learnfromthepast andplanfor the future.

CareeropportunitiesrelatedtosocialstudiesSocialwork

Statistically,andprobablyunsurprisingly,themajorityofSocialStudiesgraduatesgoontoworkinthebroadfieldknownas“socialwork”.

Counselling

Another popular career option for Social Studies graduates is to completesomefurthereducationand come acounsellor.

Prisonservicesandprobation

As part of your Social Studies degree you’ll look at the legal system and askimportant questions aboutcrime andpunishment.

If you have a particular interest in this area then a career in the probationor prison service might appeal to you. Roles could be administrative or youcouldbeworkingindirectcontactwithoffendersandthoseonprobation.

 

Communitydevelopment

This is similar to jobs in social work but you’ll be dealing with thecommunityonalargerscaleratherthanon anindividualorfamilybasis.

Roles in community development have the overall goal of improving thelives of a larger group, sometimes within a specific geographical area orpeoplewhohave specific needs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Some career opportunities that one would pursue from studying SocialStudies inKenya andglobally include

  • teaching,
  • surveying,
  • law,
  • archeology,
  • politicalscience,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EntrepreneurialopportunitiesforSocialstudiesinthesociety

Therefore, we can state with conviction that the social entrepreneurs(individuals, organizations, or groups) are innovative and proactive risk-takers who attempt to create a sustainable community, social, or industry-wide change to address endemic problems. These entrepreneurs identify,assess,andexploitopportunitiesinanattempttocreatesocialvalue.

Further, they use a wide range of market-driven resources (and otherresources)to createthistransformation.

  • Inthese markets, the profit margins are very low and the risks are high.Further, in certain sectors like microfinance, there is a constant debateas to whether a commercial operation can fulfil the needs of thepoorest client groups more effectively than modified NGO models. Inthisniche,some examples ofsocialentrepreneurshiporganizationsare micro-clinics in low-income zones, affordable irrigation tools topoorfarmers,etc.

 

  • New and challenging markets where the entrepreneur is required toincur heavy expenses to stimulate demand and create opportunities.This is due to the prevalent stigma and the challenges faced inacclimatizing people to newer and more complex technologies as wellas challenging perceptions about certain services which need to beprovided by the state. Some examples are offering counselling servicesto people living with HIV/AIDS or other socially marginalized groups,microinsuranceproductsforfarmers, etc.
  • Markets for products which offer environmental benefits but are notfully commercially competitive. Many environment-friendly businesslines are completely commercially viable. However, there are manyotherswhicharesuitable for hybridsocialentrepreneurship.

StrategiesforaddressingGenderstereotypeassociatedwithcareerchoicesandEntrepreneurialopportunities

A gender stereotype is a generalized view or preconception aboutattributes, or characteristics that are or ought to be possessed by womenand men or the roles that are or should be performed by men and women.Gender stereotypes can be both positive and negative for example, “womenarenurturing”or“womenare weak”.

Gender stereotyping is the practice of ascribing to an individual woman orman specific attributes, characteristics, or roles by reason only of her or hismembershipin the socialgroup ofwomen or men.

  • revisingtextbooks;
  • ensuringthatteachersreceivegendertraining;
  • implementing programmes to encourage girls to pursue education andemploymentin non-traditionalfields;
  • undertaking public information and education programmes to changeattitudesconcerningtherolesandstatusofmenandwomen;
  • taking measures to train public officials and the judiciary to ensure thatstereotypicalprejudicesandvaluesdo notaffectdecision-making;

 

  • emphasizing through awareness raising activities the importance ofwomen’sparticipation indecisionmakingroles;
  • adopting measures, including temporary special measures, to eliminateoccupationalsegregationbasedon genderstereotypes;
  • adopting positive measures to expose and modify harmful gendersstereotypeswithinthehealth sector;
  • addressing gender stereotypes/ing that impairs or nullify equality inmarriage and family relations, including through implementingcomprehensivepolicy

and awareness raising initiatives designed to overcome stereotypicalattitudes about the roles and responsibilities of women and men in familyandsociety

RolesofSSTforpromotionofSocialcohesion

  • Promotionof equalityfor everyoneinthesociety
  • Enhancingjusticeforeveryoneinthesociety
  • Respectforoneself,andothersintheiropinionsandchoices
  • Promotingunityofthesocietyregardlessofthedifferences
  • Introducingactivitiesthatpromotesocialcohesion

 

NATURALANDBUILTENVIRONMENTS

a.MapsandMap work

A map is a representation of the whole or part of the earth’s surface drawntoscale.

  • Showsoutlineofobjectsontheground
  • Drawnas ifthedrawerwasabovetheground
  • Itshowsdetails
  • Most of the features are indicated by symbols.Position,shape and SizeofAfrica

 

 

 

 

 

 

Size: Africa is the world’s second-largest and second-most populouscontinent, after Asia in both cases. At about 30.3 million km2 (11.7 millionsquare miles) including adjacent islands, it covers 6% of Earth’s totalsurface area and 20% of its land area. [7] With 1.4 billion people as of 2021,it accounts for about 18% of the world’s human population. Africa’spopulationistheyoungest amongstallthe continent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11 |Page                                       “R e-InventingCBC  for  possible  solutions”

 

UsinglatitudesandLongitudestolocateplacesandfeaturesonamap

LatitudeisameasurementonaglobeormapoflocationnorthorsouthoftheEquator.

LatitudesareimaginarylinesthatrunsfromEasttoWestonamap.Thelatitudeofa place is the angular distance from the equator to that place. The latitude whichdivides the globe into two equal parts is called the Equator or Latitude 0°. Majorlatitudes are:

 

  1. Tropicofcancer-23.5°North
  2. TropicofCapricorn-23.5°South
  3. Equator-0°
  4. Articcircle-66.5°North
  5. Antarcticcircle-66.5°South

 

CALCULATINGSTRAGHTLINEDISTANCESUSINGLATTITUDE

Latitudesareusedtolocateplacesontheearthsurface.Theyarealsoimportantincalculating straight line distances or longitudinal straight line distance betweenplaces.Inorderto calculatethe distanceBetweentwoplaces.

 

  1. Multiplythedistancethroughonedegreeoflatitudebythenumberoflatitudesbetween the two places.

 

Example:FindthelongitudinalstraightlinedistancebetweenplaceA45°NandplaceB 11°N.

Solution

-Distancecoveredthroughonedegreeoflatitude=111km.

-NumberoflatitudesbetweenplaceAandplaceB=45°-11°=34°

-Longitudinalstraightlinedistance=111km*34°=3774km

Longitude Longitudes areimaginarylines that runfrom North to Southon a map. The longitude of a place is the angular distance of that placemeasured in degrees. This distance is measured from the centre of theearthtotheEastorWestoftheGreenwichmeridiancalledlongitude0°.LongitudesarealsocalledMeridians.TheymeetattheNorthandSouthpoles.Thereare360°oflongitudewhichisequalto360°ofa

circle.Majorlongitudeare;

 

  1. Longitude0°-GreenwichMeridian
  2. Longitude180°EastorWest-Internationaldateline

 

CHARACTERISTICSOFLONGITUDES

 

  • Theyrunfrom NorthtoSouth.
  • Theyaremeasuredindegrees,EastorWest ofthe Greenwichmeridian.
  • Lowest longitude is longitude 0° and the highest longitude is longitude180

 

HOWTOCALCULATELOCALTIMEFROMLONGITUDES

Step1:Findoutthedifferenceinlongitudesbetweentwoplacesgiven.

Step2:Convertorchangethedifferenceinlongitudetotime,ifthedifferenceindegreesis morethan15°,multiplyit by4 minutes.

Step3:Adjustthetimeaccordingtothepositionofthelongitudeifitiseast,weaddbutif it is west,wesubtracttime.

Example1:WhatisthelocaltimeatMadresinIndiaonlongitude80°E,iflocaltimeinYokadoumain Cameroon on longitude15°E is 4p.m.?

SolutionStep1:Longitudesdifference=80°-15°=65°

Step2:Convertlongitudedifferencetotime:65°*4mins=260mins=4hrs20minsStep3:Add orsubtracttime

4hrs20mins + 4pm = 8:20pmBecauselongitude80°EisintheEast.

Example2:WhatisthelocaltimeinBaghdad45°E,35°NwhenitisnooninBombay75°E,18°N.

Solution

1)75°-45°= 30°

2)30°/15°=2hrsor(30°*4mins)/60mins=2hrs

  • 12noon -2hrs=10am

Exercises

 

  1. If the time in Accra (Ghana) on longitude 0° is 12noon. What will be the localtimein Philadelphia(U.S.A)onlongitude70°W.?
  2. WhatisthelocaltimeofYaoundé15°Eand5°N,whenG.M.Tis8:00am?

 

ThelongitudedifferenceforatownintheEastand anotherinthewestisobtainedby addingthe longitudes.

DIFFERENCESBETWEENLONGITUDESANDLATTITUDES

LATITUDES LONGITUDES
TheyrunfromEtoW TheyrunfromNtoS
Theyareparallellines Theymetatthepoles
Theyare complete circles Theyaresemi-circles

 

Length of latitudes vary with the equatordistance Longitudeshaveequallength
Equaldistancesof111km Distancedecreasestowardsthepoles
Onlytheequatoris agreatcircle Alllongitudesaregreatcircles
Rangesfrom0°to 90° Rangesfrom0°to 180°

LOCATIONOFPLACESUSINGLONGITUDESANDLATTITUDES

Longitudes and latitudes are used to locate places on a map. TheGreenwich meridian is the starting point for al longitude readings. Linesto the East of Greenwich meridian are measured in degrees and readingsare followed by letter E, example: 35°E and vice-versa. All latitudes abovethe equator are measured in degrees north of the Equator and readingsare followed by letter N. example: 15°N. Readings measured to the southof the equator are followed by letter S. example: 15°S. To be moreaccurate,weusedegreesandminutes     .

1 degree is equal to 60 minutes.Forexample;

-Cameroonislocatedonlatitude5°00’Nandlongitude12°30’E,

-Yaoundé-3°51’Nand11°31’E,

-Bertoua-4°34’Nand13°42’E,

-Douala -4°05’Nand9°45’E.

Picture,planandMap

– A map is a representation of the whole or part of the earth’s surface drawn toscale.

Picture:

  • Itisanimage ofarealobject.
  • Givesdetails intheirvisible shapesandsizes
  • Canbeinformoffreehand,drawing,paintingoraphotograph
  • Notdrawntoscale

 

Plan:

  • Outlineofsomething drawntoscale.
  • Alsodrawnasifapersonwasdirectlyabovetheground
  • Itrepresents averysmallplace
  • g.houseplan
  • Givesspecificinformation

TypesofMapsusedinSocialStudies

Classifiedaccordingtothepurposeforwhicheachmapis drawn.

TopographicalMaps:Thisshowsselectednaturalphysicalfeaturesonasmallportionofacountry.

Atlasmaps:thisisacollectionofmapsinonevolume.

Sketchmaps:mapswhichareroughlydrawn.Agoodsketchmapshouldhavethe followingcharacteristics:

  • Neatandclear
  • Title
  • Frame
  • Key
  • Compassdirection

UsesofMaps

  1. Give information on distribution of geographical phenomena e.g.vegetationon theearth’s surface.
  2. Usedtocalculatedistance ofacertainplace.

 

EarthandSolarSystem

SOLARSYSTEM

Thesolarsystemismadeupofthesunandthe8planets.Itisalsocalledaplanetary system. These planets include; Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars,Jupiter,Saturn,Uranus, Neptune.

Recent discoveries prove that Pluto is now a dwarf planet. These planetsrevolve around the sun in a path called Elliptical orbit. The sun is at thecenter of the solar system. It is made up of burning gases and has atemperature of about 6000°C. Some planets have smaller heavenly bodiesthat move around them called satellites. The smallest planet is Mercury. Itisthehottestandnearestplanettothesun.Marswhichisthefourthplanethas2satellites.Jupiteristhelargestplanetandhas13satellites.

The Earth is the third planet from the sun and the only planet where lifeexists. It has one natural satellite called the moon. The moon takes 29 daysto go round the earth. The Earth rotates on its axis and revolves on its orbit.Stars are heavenly bodies that produce their own light. The solar systemand a collection of otherstarsform thegalaxy.Thegalaxyin which oursolarsystem isfoundiscalledthe Milky Way.

THESIDEOFTHEEARTH

The total area of the earth is about 510,100,779 km². The distancemeasured round the edge of the equator is about 40,085km. It is called theEquatorial circumference. The polar circumference is 39,995km. TheEquatorial diameter is the straight line distance that crosses the earththrough the equator. It is about 12,762km. The polar diameter is about12,722km.

 

EVIDENCETOSHOWTHATTHEEARTHISSPHERICALINSHAPE

Therearemanyevidencestoshowthattheearthissphericalinshape.Theseare:

  • SunriseandSunset

TheearthrotatesfromWesttoEast.PlacesintheEastthereforereceivesunlightbeforeplacesintheWest.Allplacesontheearthwouldnotreceivesunlightatthesametimeiftheearthwasflat.

SunrisesandSunsetatdifferenttimesoncurvedsurface.

  • Ship’sVisibility

whenashipisobservedatadistancefromthesea,onewillfirstseethesmoke,andlaterthefunnelbeforetheentireship.Thisshowsthattheseasurfaceiscurved.Iftheearthwasflat,thewholeshipcouldbeseenatonce.

  • EclipseoftheMoon

whentheearthcomesbetweenthesunandthemoon,theearth’sshadowthat falls on the moon is a dark circle. If the earth was flat, its shadow wouldbecircular.

  • TravellingroundtheWorld

When somebody travels from a particular point A to the same direction, theperson will come back to the same point. If the earth was flat, this could notbepossible.

  • AerialPhotograph

Photographs takenfromrockets,show thatthe earth is sphericalin shape.

  • ProvesfromotherHeavenly Bodies

Other heavenly bodies like the sun, the stars, and the planets are spherical inshape.Theseshowthattheearthisalsospherical.

Originoftheearth

TheoriesexplainingtheoriginoftheEarth

  1. The Passingstar theory

A star with a greater gravitational pull than the sun passed by the sun. Itdrewoffa streamofgaseous material fromthesun.

 

The material split, cooled and condenses to form planets set in orbit aroundthesun.

Somesmallermaterialsformedthemoonandotherheavenlybodies.

  1. Nebulacloudtheory

The nebular theory is an explanation for the formation of solar systems.The word “nebula” is Latin for “cloud,” and according to the explanation,stars are born from clouds of interstellar gas and dust. The transitionfrom an undifferentiated cloud to a star system complete with planetsandmoons takes about100millionyears.

All planets revolve around the sun in the same direction. This would bepossible if they all formed from a cloud of debris around a star (protosun)

The model of the sun is mainly made of hydrogen. The composition ofsun can be measured using helioseismology which agrees with thetheory that star is formed as a giant ball of hydrogen generating heat bynuclearfusioninthecore.

EffectsofRotationandRevolutionoftheearthinthesolarsystem

ROTATIONOFTHEEARTH

Rotation of the earth is the spinning of the earth on its axis from W to E.The earth moves in a clockwise direction once every 24hs. That is ittakes one full day for the earth to turn from the International Date Lineand back to it. The earth rotates once through 360° in 24 hours, 180° in12hours, 15° in1hourand1°in4 minutes.

EffectsoftheEarth’sRotation

  • Rotationoftheearthcauses
  • Dayandnight
  • Deflectionofwindsandoceancurrents
  • Therisingandfallingoftides
  • Differenceintime
  • DayandNight

As the earth rotates from W to E, places in the east experiences daylightbefore places in the west. This is because places in the east are undersunlight, while places in the west are away from the sun when rotationstarts.

 

DeflectionofWindandOceanTides

Rotation of the earth causes winds and ocean currents to be deflected.They are deflected to the right in the Northern Hemisphere and to theleftintheSouthernHemisphere.

The Risingand Falling ofTides

Tide is the rising and falling of sea level during the day. It is caused bythe earth’s rotation. During rotation, the sun and the moon attract someparts of the earth due to gravitational force. Where the force of gravity ismuch, the ocean bulges along the coast causing high tides. Where theforceofgravity isless lowtidesareproduced.

DifferencesinTime

The earth takes 24 hours to complete a rotation of 360°, and 1 hour toturn 15°. Longitudes which are 15° apart will therefore take 1 hourdifference in time. The time in the east is always ahead of the time in thewest. This is because, places in the east experience sunlight before thoseinthewest.

Example; during the 2014 world cup competition in Brazil footballmatches were been played there during the day, but they were watchedatthe sametime,onCameroontelevisionintheevening.

REVOLUTIONOFTHEEARTH

Theeffectsofrevolutionincludeare;

VaryingLengthsofDayand Night

Duetotheinclinationoftheearth’saxis,therearechangesinthelengthofdays andnightstimeduringtheyear.

On the 21st of June the sun is directly on the tropic of cancer in the NorthPole at midday. During this period, the length of day light increases aslatitude increases. In the south, length of day decreases because the sundoesnorisethere. Thisperiod is calledsummersolstice.

 

On March 21st and September 23rd at noon, the sun is directly on theequator. During this time, the earth has equal hours of daylight and equalhoursofdarkness.ThisperiodiscalledEquinox(equaldaysandnights.)

On the 22nd of December, the sun is directly on the tropic of Capricorn.This is called winter solstice. During this period, the length of day light inthe southern hemisphere increases as latitude increases. In the Northernhemispherethereisdarkness.

ChangingAltitudeoftheMiddaySun

As a result of the earth’s inclination, there are changes in the altitude ofthe midday sun on the 21st of June at midday; the sun is directly on thetropicof cancer in theNorth Pole.

Onthe23rdofSeptember,thesunisonthe equatoratmidday.

On the 22nd of December, the sun is on the tropic of Capricorn atmidday.

 

 

ChangesinSeason

Changes in the length of day and night time and the altitude of themidday sun cause a rise and fall in temperature during the year. Theperiodoftheyear,whentemperaturerisesiscalledsummerwhiletheperiodwhentemperature fallsis calledwinter.

In summer, temperature increases the weather is bright and days arelongerthannights.Fromthe23rdofJunetothe23rdofSeptember,itissummer in the Northern hemisphere. In Cameroon, it is the warm rainyseason.The northis directlyunderthesun.

Inwinter,fromthe22ndDecemberto21stMarchtemperaturefallsandplaces are colder. During this time, nights are longer than days and lessheatarereceived. InCameroon, itisthecold dry season.

From the 23rd of September to the 23rd of December, it is autumn in theNorthernhemisphere.

 

 

Spring season begins from the 21st of March to 21st June in the Southernhemisphere.During thisperiod,nightsanddays areequal.

DAWNANDTWILIGHT

 

Dawnisabriefperiodbetweensunriseandfullday.

Twilightistheperiodbetweensunsetandcompletedarkness.

Internalstructureof theearthinthesolarsystem

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The earth’s structure is made up of several layers. These layers consistof;

The earth’s crust or lithosphere,The mantle or the mesosphere andThecoreor thebryosphere.

THEMAINLAYERSOFTHEEARTH

TheEarth’sCrust(Lithosphere)

This is the outermost layer of the earth made up of solid hard rocks. Itsthickness varies from 6km to 40km. It is divided into two layers. Theselayersare;

Sial (Continental crust)Sima (Oceanic crust)Sial

Asialisthecontinentalcrustthatmovesupthecontinents.Itismadeupof igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks with minerals such assilicaand aluminum.It islighterwithanaveragedensity of1.7.

 

Sima

This is the oceanic crust that makes up the ocean floor. It is heavier withanaveragedensityof3.0.Ithasmainlybasalticrockswithmineralssuchas silica and magnesium. The lighter continental crust seems to befloatingon thedenseroceaniccrust.

TheMantle(Mesosphere)

The mantle is also called the mesosphere. It is much thicker and is about2900km thick. It contains very dense rocks rich in magnesium and iron(Fe). The rocks are in a molten state and a temperature of about 5000°C.Thisis the layer wheremagmais formed.

TheCore(Bryosphere)

The core is the center of the earth and the hottest zone. It is about6700kmthick.Thislayerisbelowthemantle.ItisalsorichinironandNickel(Ni).The coreissubdivided intwoparts.

  • Theoutercore,

The outer core is in the molten state and the inner core is in the solidstate and consist mainly iron (Fe). These layers are separated from eachotherby boundaries called discontinuities.

d.  Weather

Elementsofweather

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Theyinclude:

  • Temperature
  • Air(Atmospheric)Pressure

 

  • Wind(Speed&Direction)
  • Humidity
  • Precipitation
  • Visibility
  • Clouds(Type &Cover)
  • SunshineDuration

Factorsconsidered whensitingaweatherstation

  1. Theareashouldbeawayfrombuilding/trees/tallobjects
  2. Thegroundshouldbefreefromflooding
  3. Theareashouldhave awideview/openspace
  4. Theareashould be secure
  5. Thegroundshouldbegentlysloping

Weather and climate are very important to man and his environment,the most important benefit of weather and climate is that they bringrain, snow and other forms of precipitation. This precipitation or rain iswhat sustains all living things on the earth surface (humans, plant,animal, and other microorganisms). Without a constant supply of wateron the earth, it would be difficult to predict what sorts of crops could becultivated in a given region. If a change in climate were to alter theweathersothatitproducedtoolittleortoomuchwater,itwillstillhaveamajorimpactonagricultureand livestock.

Weatherandclimateaffectthedistributionsofplantsandanimalsacross various biomes of the world. For instance, the tundra biome (theAntarctica tundra) is characterized by a cold and dry climate, it supportsvery little species of plants and animals, while the marine biome iscolderat the pole,but warmerattheequator-itsupportsvariousspecies of plants and animals. However, both biomes are constantlysharpenedby thechangesin atmospheric conditions.

The natural ecosystem is constantly influenced by the activities ofweather and climate, hence, places with extreme dry climate (desertenvironments) are the best locations for mining of minerals and metalsthat are used for many production industries such as electronics. On theother hand, the rain forest environment, which receives much rainfall, isa home to various plant species in which some are known for theirpharmaceuticalbenefits.

The study of weather and climate is obviously important to man as ithelps one to determine future climatic changes in some specific parts oftheworld.

 

Weather and climate are very important aspects of mans naturalenvironment;theycreateawarenessastowhatmighthappenondailyor yearly basis. Such awareness helps us to prepare ahead of theupcomingdisastersthatmayoccurinthefutureandalsotofindpossibleways to adapt to such situations. Such phenomena are, for example hail,heavyrainfall,sleet, ice, etc.

Weather forecast are also important as they warn us about the dangersof some natural occurrences or disaster that may occur in our naturalenvironment in the future, such disasters include fire risk, hurricane,snows,hail,thunderstorm,tornadoes, etc.

Weather and climate directly or indirectly affect many of our activities;the weather specifically helps us to decide on the type of crops tocultivate, the cloth to wear, and the kind of food to eat, lastly, itdetermineswhere and thenatureof houseswelive in.

Constructingweatherinstruments

Learners to construct the following instruments in reference to theirlearner’sbook:Materialsshouldbesourced locally.

  • Raingauge
  • Windvane
  • WindsockHISTORICALINFORMATION

SourcesofHistoricalInformation

Historicalsourcesofinformationareclassifiedintothreecategories:

  1. Written–theyinclude:
    • Books
    • Archives
    • Journals
    • Novels
    • Paintings
    • Magazines
    • Diaries
    • Constitutions
    • Periodicals
  2. Unwritten-theyInclude

 

  • Oraltradition-thisisthepassingofinformationfromonegenerationtotheotherbyword ofmouth.
  • Archaeology–isthestudyofhumanremainsandartefacts.
  • Anthropology-itisthestudyofman’spastculture,beliefsandeconomicactivities
  • Linguistic–isthelanguageanditsvariationsacrossmany
  • Genetics-Geneticsisthestudyofheredityingeneralandofgenesinparticular.
  • Paleontology-scientificstudyoflifeofthegeologicpastthatinvolves the analysis of plant and animal fossils, includingthoseofmicroscopicsize, preservedinrocks.
  • ElectronicSources
    • Microfilms
    • Films
    • Videos
    • Radio
    • Television
    • Computerdatabases

DifferencebetweenPrimaryandSecondarysourcesofHistoricalinformation

Aprimarysourceisanoriginaldocumentcontainingafirsthandaccountoftheeventbeingstudied,createdatorabout thetimethe eventoccurred.

Forexample:

  • Letters
  • Journals/Diaries
  • Maps
  • GovernmentDocuments/Statistics
  • PhotographsorFilm
  • Autobiographies
  • NewsAccounts

A secondary source is a secondhand account, or a history of the event thatwas created at some point after the event occurred, or a source created bypartieswhowerenotpersonallyinvolvedintheevent.

Forexample:

  • Textbooks

 

  • Retrospectivemagazinearticles
  • Scholarlyjournalarticles
  • Researchbooksontopic
  • Websites

WaysofpreservingsourcesofHistoricalinformation

Preservationinvolvesmaintaininganobjectorinformationinaformatthatensuresthecontinueduseandaccessibilityoftheinformationprovided.

It includes developing criteria for selecting materials that have cultural orhistorical importance and assessing their preservation needs; halting thedeterioration of materials by providing a stable environment and propersuppliesandequipmentforstorage;developingandimplementingpoliciesfor the safe use of materials; and providing the resources necessary toengage in an on-going preservation program committed to the continuedexistenceof valued materials.

Preservation also includes preparing for potential disasters such as floods,fires,tornadoes, andearthquakes.

Waysinclude:

  • The use of paper that is acid-free serves as a long-term solution forpreservinginformation.
  • In addition to environmental controls, papers containing valuableinformation should not be subjected to direct sunlight, ultraviolet rays, orfluorescentlight,allofwhichcanweakenpaper andfadewriting.
  • Also, paper should not be handled while eating or drinking, as food and drinknear books can attract insects and rodents that may damage the paper. Aswith all types of media that contain valuable information, paper should notbe stored in attics, basements, or places where mold and mildew maydevelopor alreadybepresent.
  • Books should be stored on metal shelves or sealed wooden shelves andshouldbeshelvedupright.
  • Photos should be stored in an environment that does not have hightemperature and high humidity or excessive fluctuations in temperature andhumidity.
  • Donotscratchofdamagesurfacesofcomputer disks.
  • Spread Awareness: The most important way to preserve sources of history isto spread awareness about the historic importance of the architecture andscriptures etc. By this method people may be able to volunteer in thepreservation.

 

  • Conduct Research: Research of historical resources would not only helpdiscovernewsourcesbut alsopreserveolderones.
  • Establish Museums: Museums can preserve and portray the historicalresources.
  • Conduct Workshops: Workshops can be held among people on how toconductresearch andleadpreservation projects.
  • InfluenceGovernment:Governmentcanfundpreservationprojects.

Influencingthemisveryimportant.

  • Establish Preservation Department: A government of the country mustestablish a governmental depart that takes care of the preservation ofhistoricalsources.Itmustfundprojects andlead themtoo.
  • Donate in the Field: People who give importance to history and know itssignificancemustdonatefor the preservationprojectsetc.
  • Initiate Event: Events related to preservation must be conducted in order tomotivatepeople to workfor the preservation.
  • Encourage Students: Students of history and architecture should visit thesesitesinordertoincreasetheirinterestinpreservationofthesitesetc.

ImportanceofsourcesofHistoricalInformation

Theyinclude:

  • Theyhelpinfutureresearchondifferentcultures
  • Theycanhelpinpredictingthefuture
  • Theyhelpusunderstandourpast
  • e.politics
  • Thehelpinunderstandhowcommunities,racesinteract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PEOPLEANDPOPULATION

  1. HumanOrigin

 

Traditionalstoriesofhumanorigin

Origins ofHumanBeings

A number of theories have been put forward to explain the origin of humanbeings

  • Themythical/traditionaltheory

Among African communities, there are myths about their origin all ofthem pointing to the fact that the first man was created by God. Someexamplesinclude;

  • Among the Agikuyu, their God (Ngai) created the first man, Gikuyu. Hethe provided him with a wife, Mumbi. He gave him land at MugurwewaGathanga.
  • One of the myths among the Nandi state that the first two people, maleand female came from the knees of a giant man, when the knees beganswelling and later burs for the two to come out from each of the eitherknees.

ReligiousstoriesabouttheoriginofHumanKind

TheCreationtheory

The Jews, Christians and Muslims recognize the creation story as narratedinthefirst book ofBibleandin Qur’an.

ItsaysthatthewholeuniversewascreatedbyGod.

That God also created man, woman and all living things and all non-livingcreatures.

Man was created in God’s own image and woman created to provide manwithcompanionship.

Factorsprovingthatafricaisthecradleofmankind

  • SeveralarcheologicalsiteshavebeenfoundinAfrica
  • Presence of savannah grassland where man could hunt and gatherfood
  • Warmtropicalclimate,idealforearlyman’sexistence
  • Africaiscentrallylocatedgeographically,makingitpossibleforearlymantomigratetootherregionsasthecontinentswere drifting

 

Waysofrecording traditional storiesabouttheoriginof human kind inthesociety

  • Throughmemory
  • Throughcomputers
  • Writteninbooks
  • Throughvideos
  • Throughsongs
  • Throughdrawings
  1. EarlyCivilization

State,Kingdomand empire

 

Empire                                                                                     Kingdom

 

 

An empire is a sovereign state consisting of severalcountriesorpeoplessubjecttowardstheauthorityofasingleperson oftenan emperoror empress.

A kingdom consists of land from thesame region or area head under thenominalrule of kingor queen.

 

 

 

Anempireisalwaysruledbyasingularauthority,inthiscase,being theemperor/empress

A kingdom can have more than oneruler at a time. In the event it has twokings it is known as a diarchy and akingdomruledbymanykings isknownas anoligarchy

 

 

 

An empire grows larger by expanding and absorbingindividualstatesandnations.Forbetteradministration,a representative of the emperor, who acts as thegovernor of the region will carry out day-to-dayadministrativefunctions.

A kingdom will transition into an empirewhen it absorbs other city-states throughconquest until it grows more than itsoriginalsize.

 

 

 

Usually, an emperor or empress is the absoluteauthoritywhomakescriticaldecisionsregardingtheempire, but in certain setups, the voice of powerfularistocratsare alsoheeded.

A king or queen is the absoluteauthority, but in the case of aconstitutional monarchy, its authoritymay be limited by a parliament or anyotherruling bodyof ministers.

 

State:apoliticalorganizationofsociety,orthebodypolitic,or,morenarrowly,the institutionsofgovernment.

 

 

 

 

Ancientkingdomsinclude

 

  • Egypt
  • GreatZimbabwe
  • KingdomofKongo
  • AncientEgypt

Ancient Egypt can be thought of as an oasis in the desert of northeasternAfrica, dependent on the annual inundation of the Nile River to support itsagricultural population. The country’s chief wealth came from the fertilefloodplain of the Nile valley, where the river flows between bands oflimestone hills, and the Nile delta, in which it fans into several branchesnorth of present-day Cairo. Between the floodplain and the hills is avariable band of low desert that supported a certain amount of game. TheNilewasEgypt’ssole transportationartery.

Ancient Egypt has come to be regarded as man’s first civilization. Thishistory of ancient Egypt began some 10. 000B.C. when North AfricaexperiencedadrierclimatewhichcorrespondedwiththeendofthelastIceAge in the world. In about 7000B.C some hunters entered the valley of theRiver Nile in search of animals for food and also fish for food. Later, thesehunters settled in large numbers and started an agricultural revolution. Astowns grew, the people became more organized. The leaders of the firstEgyptian settlements were said to have religious powers with which theycould control the floods of the River Nile and also rainfall. Because of this,the priests were influential people in Ancient Egypt and with their help, thefirstEgyptiankingdomwasestablishedin about3500B.C.

 

 

From that date till 332B. C. thirty (30) dynasties reigned and ruled inAncient Egypt. The manifestation of Ancient Egyptian civilization underthese rulers (pharaohs) of the various dynasties is the main subject of thischapter, But before delving into the various aspects of organization inAncient Egypt, it is necessary to know the factors that favoured the rise andgrowthofAncientEgyptand itscivilization.

FactorsthatledtotheRiseofAncientEgypt

  1. TheexistenceofRiverNile-theseservedtohelpinthefollowingfunctions:
    • It served to protect against predators and attack from otherkingdoms
    • Itprovidedameanoftransportforthepeople

 

  • Basinirrigationwasmajorlyusedtowaterfarms.
  • Ithadalsofishwhichusedasfoodaswellsoldforeconomicgain
  • the Nile helped to unite people on the east and west banks,making trade and exchanges between the villages, towns andcitiespossible.
  • the Nile River had a religious significance and even had a god of itsown,calledOsiris.
  1. Egypt’s geographical position at the center of the Middle East hasItwasconsideredachannelofknowledge

betweenEuropeandafricaaswellMesopotamia.

  • In technology, medicine, and mathematics, ancient Egyptachieved a relatively high standard of productivity andsophistication.

They were the first to introduce mummification, medicine,agriculture,fermentation,engineeringandarchitecture.Theancient Egyptians were pioneers in astronomy: their expertiseplayedanimportantroleindeterminingtheannualfloodingoftheNile,andaligningthepyramidstowardsthepolestar.

  1. Goodleaders:AncientEgyptwasalsofortunatetohaveveryableand wise leaders, especially during the years of the firstdynasties.
  2. Theinfluenceofothercivilizations:FollowingthecreationofthestateofAncientEgypt,contactsweremadewith other

civilizations as time passed. Some of these contacts helped togreatlyenrichthecivilizationofEgypt.Forexample,the

Ancient Egyptians learned to fight war on horseback from theHyksos,peoplefromAsiawhoconqueredEgypt in1730B.c.

Ancient Egypt also learned much from the Sumerians, TheHebrews and Babylonians from Asia. They also borrowed fromthe Greek and Roman civilizations from Europe. These peoplesalsoborrowedmuchfromAncientEgypt’scivilization.

  1. Religion:TheworshipofgodslikethoseoftheNile,thesunandmanyothershelpedtobringthepeopleofAncientEgypt

together.ThisunitywasveryhelpfultotheconstructionofEgypt’srichcivilization.

 

  • Existenceoffertilelandsthatledtoriseofproductivity
  • Existenceofabiggerpopulationthatprovidedlabourtothefarms aswellasmarket for goods.
  1. The existence of good transport network that ensure delivery ofcropproduce.
  2. The knowledge of weather and climatic conditions also ensuredtheirsuccess in agriculture.
  3. Introduction and adoption of iron technology in Africa by1000AD, which enabled the Egyptians to make and use irontoolslikeploughs,whichmadefarmingmoreefficient.
  • Availability of food crops that had already become indigenoustoEgypt,e.g.wheatandbarley.
  • Availability of many tamable animals in Egypt e.g. goats andsheep

GreatZimbabwe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Great Zimbabwe is the name for the stone remains of a medieval cityinsoutheasternAfrica.
  • It is composed of three parts, including the Great Enclosure (shownhere). It is believed to have been a royal residence or a symbolic grainstoragefacility.
  • Great Zimbabwe is the name of the stone ruins of an ancient city nearmodern day Masvingo, Zimbabwe. People lived in Great Zimbabwebeginningaround1100C.E.butabandoneditinthe 15thcentury.

 

  • The city was the capital of the Kingdom of Zimbabwe, which was aShona (Bantu) trading empire. Zimbabwe means “stone houses” inShona.
  • Great Zimbabwe was part of a large and wealthy global tradingnetwork

FactorsleadingtotheriseoftheGreatZimbabweEmpire

  • The decline of Mapungubwe from around 1300, due to climaticchange.Thiswasaneighboringkingdom.
  • The greater availability of gold in the hinterland of Great Zimbabwe.Duetoitsmarketability,itattractedmanytraders.
  • The existence of trading activities e.g. Cattle, gold, copper coins withasfarasChina.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KingdomKongo

  • Kongo, former kingdom in west-central Africa, located south of theCongo River (present-day Angola and Democratic Republic of theCongo).

 

 

 

  • Accordingtotraditionalaccounts,thekingdomwasfoundedbyLukeniluaNimiabout 1390. Originally, it was probably a loose federation ofsmall polities, but, as the kingdom expanded, conquered territorieswereintegrated asaroyal patrimony.
  • SoyoandMbatawerethetwomostpowerfulprovincesoftheoriginalfederation; other provinces included Nsundi, Mpangu, Mbamba, andMpemba.
  • The capital of the kingdom was The capital and itssurrounding area were densely settled—more so than other towns inandnearthekingdom.Thisallowedthemanikongo(kingofKongo)tokeep close at hand the manpower and supplies necessary to wieldimpressivepowerand centralizethe state.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FactorsleadingtotheriseofKingdom ofKongo

  • It is generally acknowledged that alliances and military conquestcontributed to the rise of the Kingdom of Kongo. Alliances betweentribesweresolidifiedthroughintermarriage,mutualagreements,andcooperationunderonecentralizedmonarchor “nkani”.
  • The kingdom of Kongo prospered in trade – this was in Ivory, copper,salt,cattle hides andslaves.
  • Existence of a working population – the kingdom produced its owngoodsviaspecialisedgroupsofcraftworkerssuchasweavers(whoproduced the famous raffia fabrics of Kongo), potters, andmetalworkers.
  • Theexistenceofshellcurrency-thespiralnzimbushellswhichoriginally came from Luanda, an offshore island located some 240 kmaway.Initiallyusedasameansofstoringwealthandasastandard

 

measureofthevalueofothergoods,theshellscametobeusedlikecoinstopayfor goods andlabour.

  • The existenceofa highly centralizedrulebyasinglemonarchornkaniwho appointed regional governors throughout his territory. Thesegovernors,inturn,appointedlocalofficialsandcollectedtributesuchas ivory, millet, palm wine, and leopard and lion skins from localchiefs, which were passed on to the king at MbanzaKongo. Tributeswere paid at lavish annual ceremonies which involved much feastingand beer-drinking. In return for their offerings, chiefs and officialsreceived the king’s favour, military protection, and some materialrewardssuchasfood delicacies andclothing.
  • TheexistenceofCongoriver-thisprovidedameansoftransportaswellaswater foragriculture amongother things.
  • Theexistenceofrichmineral–mineralslikecopperwhichwere

ContributionsofEarlyCivilizationtothemodernworld.

The early civilization contributed to the modern world in the followingways.

  • Expansionandmodernizationofmodernagriculture-thisinvolveduseof irrigation methods and mechanization. Modification of seeds wasalsoaresultofearlycivilization.E.g.BasinIrrigationinEgypt.
  • inthefieldofmedicine-itcontributedtovariousinventionslike

mummification (preservation of the dead), treatment of fracturedbonesaswellasdevelopmentofvaccines. E.g.InEgypt

  • Expansionofknowledge-thiswasdonethroughdisseminationofinformation in books, patches, scrolls as well as establishment oflearning institutions. Like early education institutions were found inEgypt.
  • Fermentationinmodernday datesbacktoearlycivilizationinEgypt.
  • Useofcurrencyintradeinmoderng.theuseofshellcurrencyinKingdomKongo.
  • In the field of Engineering early civilization enabled construction ofg.ConstructionofPyramids inEgypt.
  • In architecture – this involved aligning the pyramids towards the polestar and also know the level of flooding during flooding seasons of theNile.

 

  • Inventionsinthetransportsystem

E.g.twowheeled,fourwheeledhardcarts.

  • In politics– early civilization contributed a lot in establishment ofvarious states and countries as well other modern Kingdoms. This wasfurther enhanced by constitutions or by-laws that guided the earlycivilizationgovernments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. SocialOrganizationofselectedAfricanCommunitiesuptothe1900

Social organization revolves around way of life for the following selected Africancommunities.

  • The Ogiek– The Okiek (Ogiek), sometimes called the Ogiek or Akiek(although the term Akiek sometimes refers to a distinct subgroup), are aSouthern Nilotic ethnic group native to Tanzania and Southern Kenya (in theMauForest),andWesternKenya(inthe MountElgonForest)

ahunter-gatherersociety,livinginwesternKenya

  • The Zulu – are aNguni ethnic group native to Southern Africa. The Zulupeople are the largest ethnic group and nation in South Africa, with anestimated 10–12 million people, living mainly in the province of KwaZulu-Natal.

 

They originated from Nguni communities who took part in the Bantumigrations over millennia. As the clans integrated together, the rulership ofShakabroughtsuccesstotheZulunationduetohisimprovedmilitarytacticsandorganization.

 

ZulustakeprideintheirceremoniessuchastheUmhlanga,orReedDance,andtheirvariousforms ofbeadwork.

 

The art and skill of beadwork takes part in the identification of Zulu peopleand acts as a form of communication and dedication to the tribe and specifictraditions. The men and women both serve different purposes in society inordertofunctionasawhole.TodaytheZulupeoplepredominantly believein

 

Christianity,buthavecreatedasyncreticreligionthatiscombinedwiththeZulu’spriorbeliefsystems.[3]

  • Ahsante-TheAsantewereoneoftheAkan-speakingpeopleswhosettledinthe forest region of modern Ghana between the 11thand 13th centuries. Theseparate Asante chiefdoms were united by Osei Tutu in the 1670s and in1696 he took the title of Asantehene (king) and founded the Asante empire.In Asante, the family line is matrilineal – inheritance passes from the motherto her children. The Golden Stool is also passed down matrilineally, to one oftheking’smaternalnephews.

 

 

 

 

 

 

SocialOrganizationoftheOgiekcommunityup to1900

  • Honeywastheirstaplefood-Honeywaseaten,usedtobrewtraditionalbeer(rotikapgomek),andtradedwithneighboringcommunities.
  • Theyhuntedandtrappedwildanimals.Varioustoolswereused,including:clubs,spears,bows andarrows.
  • They also practice small scale agriculture and keep livestock such as cows,sheep and goats. They grow vegetables, maize, beans, and potatoes. Thiswassubsistence farming.
  • Thesmallestunitoflifewasthefamily.TwoormorerelatedfamilieswithaThelineagewasresponsibleforenforcingtraditionallawsandorder.
  • Rolesweredivided–thefatherdutywastoprovidefood,protectandheadthe family, while the mother’s role was to bear children, look after thehome,andthe childrenhelped inhousechores.
  • TheOgiekcircumcisedbothboysandgirlsatpubertyseparetly
  • Theyhadtheagesetsystemwhichgroupedcircumciseddifferently
  • The Ogiek were polygamous and the wives their own separate houses andfields.
  • TheOgiekbelievedinasupremebeingcalledTororet
  • They also believed in the existence of ancestral spirits (oiik) – they werebelievedto offer protection ofof thecommunity.
  • TheOgiekalsopracticedDivinationtoforeseethefutureusingsupernaturalpowersbyuse of divination ball.

 

SocialOrganizationoftheZuluupto the1900

  • Socially the king was the leader as he presided over traditional ceremoniessuch as the traditional fruit harvest which was attended by all people thekingdom.
  • Initiation ceremonies were performed to mark the entry into adulthood.DuringShaka’sreign, however,circumcisionwasabolished.
  • Marriage was restricted until one served in the army for a period of 40years. At this age, the military men could be retired at the same time withthefemalesof anappropriate agefor marriage.
  • The Zulu were divided in social classes called clans, traditionally the royalclan provided kings and chiefs while warrior come from the class ofcommoners
  • Thekingcontrolledallsocialaffairsandwasthebiggestsocial figure.
  • Polygamy wascommonamongtheZulu

SocialOrganizationoftheAsanteuptothe1900

  • The Kingdom was composed of many communities who spoke theAkanlanguage.
  • TheAsantewereorganized inclans
  • Marriagebetweenmembersofthesameclanwasprohibited
  • ThecommunitywasboundtogetherbytheGoldenstool
  • Therewasanannualculturalfestival(odwira)heldatkumasitohonourtheancestors.
  • Thesocietywasdividedintosocialclasses/stratification
  • Thekingswereregardedassemi-divine/religioustraders
  • TheAsantewerepolytheists/worshippedmanygodsandgoddesses
  • Theancestorsmediatedbetweengodandthepeople
  • TheAsantehadasupremeGodcalledNyame

SimilaritiesinthesocialorganizationoftheOgiek,ZuluandAhsante

  • Allwereorganizedintoclans
  • Theyallbelievedintheexistenceofancestralspirits

Differences in thesocialOrganizationoftheOgiek,Zuluand Ahsante

 

Ogiek Zulu Ahsante
Supremebeingwas

calledtororet

godofwar Nyame
Polygamous Polygamous
d.    HumanDiversityandinclusion
  • Diversityrecognizesthat,thoughpeoplehavethingsincommonwitheachother, they arealsodifferentmanyways.
  • Inclusioniswherethosedifferencesareseenasabenefit,andwhereperspectivesanddifferencesareshared,leadingtobetterdecisions.

Personalitydifferencesthatdifferentiatepeople

 

 

 

 

 

While personality shows what you are outside or what you are to theworld, character reveals what you are inside. As these are directly relatedto a person’s attitude and behaviour, most people get confused betweenthesetwoeasily.

  • Personality refers to the combination of qualities, attitude andbehaviour,thatmakesapersondistinctfromothers.
  • Personality impliesWhoweseemtobe
  • Personalityisasetofpersonalqualities
  • Thepersonalityisthemaskorthe identityofaperson
  • Personality issubjective
  • personality,doesnotneedvalidationandsupportofthesociety

thePersonalityattributesthatdifferentiatesusinclude:

  • Authenticity

Authenticity relates to how genuine you are. You may show this byproviding honest answers and being true to yourself in your interview.Whenyou’re working,youmaydemonstrateauthenticitybyshowinghow

 

you truly feel each day. It’s also important to act and treat othersprofessionally.

  • Confidence

Confidence in your abilities, education and qualifications may distinguishyou from other candidates. They may help you better explain how anorganization could benefit from hiring you. Aim to present yourselfconfidentlyinyourinterviewwithoutseeminglikeyou’rebragging.

  • Curiosity

Curiosityisabeneficialattributeintheworkplacebecauseitencouragesyou to continue to acquire new skills and knowledge. This may help youlearn more about new industries or clients, or motivate you to try newthings.

  • Diligence

Diligence encompasses various soft skills, such as attention to detail andorganization. It fosters a commitment to success and ensures everything ina project is accurate. One way to demonstrate diligence is to follow alldirections specifically, showing your comprehension skills and ability to dowhat’saskedofyou.

  • Empathy

Empathy refers to the ability to relate to others and understand theiremotions. It’s a crucial attribute to help employees understand each otherandworkwellasateam.

  • Generosity

Generosity involves helping others, especially when you may not benefitfrom the situation. This may help your co-workers appreciate you more andcreate a more positive and supportive work environment. While you mayshowgenerositybyofferingtohelpaco-workerwiththeirtasks,itmayalso be as simple as complimenting someone on their achievements orproviding them with constructive feedback to improve their futureperformance.

  • Honesty

Honesty is essential for creating trust among co-workers. It helps show thatyoucan betrusted withyour responsibilities.

 

  • Integrity

Integrity relates to how well you represent and follow your morals. Thisinvolves acting as a good role model for others, speaking truthfully andbehavinghonourably.

  • Kindness

Kindnessreferstoyourcompassionandforgivenessofothers.

  • Perseverance

Perseverance shows your ability to remain motivated to succeed in anycircumstances.

  • Positivity

Positivity may help you remain committed to your work and create apleasantworkenvironment.

  • Sociability

Sociability is important because it helps ensure conducive environment foreveryone. Some roles may require more social skills than others. Engagingothers in conversation and encouraging them to talk may help show yoursociability.

 

 

  • Transparency

Transparency, like honesty, relates to being open about your experienceandqualifications.

Desirableandundesirablepersonalityattributesinamulti-culturalSociety

multiculturalism: A characteristic ofasociety that has manydifferent ethnicornationalcultures minglingfreely.

  1. Desirablecharacteristics:Thesearecharacteristicssuchasbeinghardworking,or displaying honesty andintegrity.
  2. Undesirable characteristics: These are ones such as lying and

Desirable characteristics are known as qualities and undesirablecharacteristics are known as personality defects. Characteristics have beengrosslygroupedinthesetwocategories.Qualitiesbringaboutgeneralwell-

 

being and have an overall positive effect on the person and one’sinteractions.Defectsontheotherhandbringmentalanguishbothtothepersonhavingthemandthe peopleheinteractswith.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undesirablepersonalityattributes

Manipulativeanddeceptivepractices

Find yourself unable of asking for what you want and need, instead bendingothers to your will in order to get what you want and need? Why youbelieve you are doing the correct thing is understandable. Even if you wantsomethingbadlyenough, itmaybedifficulttosimplycome outandsayso.

Onewhoispreoccupiedwithhimself/herself

You’re out with your friends, and you’re the kind of person that spends thewholetimetalkingaboutyourself.

 

 

QuicktoJudge

Whenyou haveanegativeopinionofsomeone,itisonething.Whenyou

really tell them, that’s another story. No one wants to be in the company ofsomeone who is always criticizing them for their appearance, their diet, ortheirwords.

Negativeand gloomy.

Whatifyou’re oneofthosepeoplewhoseestheglassashalf-empty?

In our world, there are many different types of people that believe indifferentthings.BeingoneofthesepeopleiscompletelyOK.Thisbecomesan issue when you cause everyone else in your immediate vicinity to fallalongwithyou.

ThePerfectionists

 

What exactly is wrong with being a perfectionist?Thisisaquestionthatonlya perfectionistwouldask.

Despite the fact that there is nothing wrong with wanting things to gosmoothly, when your life gets too concerned with the little details, itbecomesa major issue.

Notjustforyourself,butalso forothersinyourimmediatevicinity.

The pursuit of perfection is then mirrored in the eyes of your friends andothers in your immediate vicinity. And no one will ever be able to live up tosuchexpectations. Attheend oftheday,they areforgotten.

 

DifferentcomponentsofHumanidentifyinamulti-culturalsociety

 

Othersinclude:

  • Race/ethnicity
  • Class
  • Age

Waysofapplyinginclusionin daytodayinteractions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mindfulcommunication:listenmore,talkcarefully

Communication is the first aspect to work on. Often, if used inappropriately,ourwordscan expresswrong intentionsorcreatemisunderstandings.

Herearesome examples:

  • When addressing a group, avoid using gender-specific words such as“ladies”, “dudes”, “men”, “guys”. Especially in the presence of gendernon-conforming or mixed gender individuals, appellations may turnouttobemisplaced,causemissgendering,andcutoffgroupmembers.
  • Avoidassertivelanguageandwords:Introduceyourcontributionwith“In my opinion” or “According to my experience” or “Based on whatI’ve read and learned”. Leave space for questions and replies, makesureyou donotlecturewhenyou getinvolvedinaconversation.

Challengestereotypes

Unconscious biases, prejudices, lack of information, influence of themedia, and teachings coming from our cultural and social beliefs may allimpact the way that we interact with others. For example, we are ofteninformedbythebeliefsandvaluesystemsweareexposedto,including

 

through our family and friends and the things we learned at school.These deeply ingrained belief and value systems can also lead to actionsandreactions thatcansometimes beexclusive and unfair.

Avoidassumptions

One of the most common mistakes in everyday interactions is to makeassumptions.

Assumptionsareadifficultstartingpointbecausetheytakeforgrantedthat our audience shares the same requirements and experiences as wedo.

Although assumptions are often developed unconsciously, it is importantto recognize the moment when we apply them in our interactions withothers.

For example, it is important to avoid assumptions about the gender ofthepersonorgroupswearespeakingwithandalwaystry tousegenderinclusive language.

 

Ifyoumeetadisabledperson,donotassumewhattheyareableornotabletodosomething.

 

Beawareofyourprivileges

Talkingaboutprivilegescanbedifficultandoftenveryuncomfortable.

However, being aware of our own privileges is a crucial first step toadaptingamoreinclusiveattitude.

A privilege can be defined as “a right, license, or exemption from duty orliabilitygrantedasaspecialbenefit,advantage,orfavor”

Privileges are social, political, and cultural constructions that aretranslated into hierarchical relationships in our everyday andprofessional lives. Part of a broader system, these constructions aresolidified through structural and institutional dynamics, and they serveto reinforce fabricated societal divisions based on perceived orconstructeddivisions and/or pretenses.

 

  1. PeaceandConflictresolution

Peace is a concept of societal friendship and harmony in the absence ofhostility and violence. In a social sense, peace is commonly used to mean alack of conflict (such as war) and freedom from fear of violence betweenindividualsor groups.

Conflict is simply differing ideas or actions, often related to the selfishpursuit of needs (known and unknown) that end in a state of unrest. It is anecessary and permanent part of life. The important thing to remember isthat conflict is natural. It can be a slight conflict that causes no harm or anegregiousconflictthatresults inirreparabledamage.

Contributionofpersonalpeacetoaresponsiblecitizen

Personal Peace is often referred to as intrapersonal peace or inner peace. Itmeans peace with oneself. When you have personal peace, it means youaccept yourself the way you are, no matter how you look outside, or whatyou think about yourself: spirit, soul, and body. This also comes as a resultofadeep and betterpersonalunderstanding.

ItshelpsinavoidingconflictsbetweenindividualsIthelpsimproveworkplaceandhomerelationshipsIthelpsin understandingothersbetter

Itshelpsustoassistothers withoutmuchstrain

Its helps us develop desirable personality attributes that can help usachievemuch.

It helps be accommodative of others despite our varied opinion andactions

Personalcharacteristicsthatexpressastateofpeace

Allsufferingisaresultofimbalance—physically,mentallyorspiritually.

  • Beingcharitable
  • Beingself-discipline
  • Straightforward
  • Compassionforallcreatures
  • Absenceofgreed
  • Radianceofcharacter
  • Forgiveness

 

  • Patience
  • Freedomfromhate

Approachesthatcanpromoteone’sinnerpeace

  • Controllingyourstress
  • Takingamentalhealthday,morning ormoment
  • Readingspiritualliterature
  • Changingourperspective-Muchturmoilandanguishcomefromsticking to your own personal perspective. You may get bent out ofshape when the other person cannot see things the way you do. Youcan expend a lot of time and energy trying to get someone to see yourpointofview,andleave yourselfexhausted andfrustrated.
  • PracticeNon-Judgment
  • Focusonserving-Peoplepronetoworryhavethe“whatif”syndrome.You let worry and anxiety overtake your every thought. What if I don’tmake enough money? What if I lose my job? What if the person I lovedoesn’tlovemeback?Witheachthought,yourmindspiralsintochaos. When you place your focus on helping and serving, somehowthe anxiety goes away. As you become more relaxed, you’ll notice thatmany of the things you were worried about disappear. Every time youstart the “what ifs,” replace them with the phrases, “How can I help?”and“Howcan Iserve?”

ImportanceofenhancingPeace

  1. Peacemakessurethatyoudonotgoon themedicinestorunyourlife.
  2. Peaceensuresthatyouare awareofyourself.

 

  1. Peacetothemindislike basetothehome,rootstothetree.

f.SlaveryandServitude

formsofslaveryandservitudeinTraditionalAfricanSociety

Slaveryiswhensomeoneactuallyownsyoulikeapieceofproperty.

Servitude is similar to slavery – you might live on the person’s premises,work for them and be unable to leave, but they don’t own you. These formsinclude.

  • HumanTrafficking:HumanTraffickingseespeoplebeingforciblymoved and recruited using violence or threats in order for them to beexploited for labor,prostitution,marriage,etc.
  • ForcedLabour:ForcedLabouriswheresomeoneisforcedto

undertakeworkagainsttheir willandthreatenedwithviolence.

  • Debtbondage:Debtbondageiswherethosetrappedinpovertyareforced to borrow money from others and can then be forced to workin order to ‘pay back’ this debt. This is one of the most common typesofslavery.
  • Forcedandearlymarriage:Forcedand/orearlymarriageiswhere

someonehasbeenforcedtomarryagainsttheirwilland/orwiththethreatofviolence/consequences.

  • domestic servitudeTheIndianOceanTrade

 

The Indian Ocean trade routes connected Southeast Asia, India, Arabia, andEast Africa, beginning at least as early as the third century BCE. This vastinternational web of routes linked all of those areas as well as East Asia(particularlyChina).

Long before Europeans “discovered” the Indian Ocean, traders from Arabia,Gujarat, and other coastal areas used triangle-sailed dhows to harness theseasonal monsoon winds. Domestication of the camel helped bring coastaltrade goods such as silk, porcelain, spices, in cense, and ivory to inlandempires,aswell.Enslavedpeoplewerealso traded.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Indian Ocean trade was a world of Islamic merchants ferryingporcelain from China to the Swahili Coast, ivory to India, cotton toIndonesia, spices to Arabia, and so on. Regional cultures, politics, religions,andentirehistorieswereexchangedthroughtheIndianOceanTrade.

FactorsleadingtothedevelopmentofIndianOceanslaveTrade

  • Availabilityofitemsoftrade encouragedtraderstocometothecoast
  • The high demand for goods/trade items from the Kenyan coast byconsumersinTheoutsideworld ledto increased trade
  • The existence of local trade among the Africans along the coastprovidedabaseuponwhichtheIndianOceantradedeveloped.

 

  • The Monsoon winds facilitated the movement of vessels/ships to andfromthecoastthusenablingthemerchantstotakepartinthetrade.
  • The relative peace/political stability provided conducive environmentfortrade.
  • The availability of credit facilities from Indian Banyans/moneylendersenabledmanypeople totakepartin trade
  • Existence of enterprising merchants at the coast/foreign landspromotedtradinglinksenabledtradetoflourish.
  • The natural harbors along the coast ensured safe docking of ships forloadingandunloadingofitems oftrade
  • Advancementinship/boatbuildingledtobettersailingvesselsthusincreasedtradingactivitiesto andfromthecoast.
  • Availabilityofslaves

Organization oftheIndianOceanSlaveTrade in15thCentury

The Indian Ocean Trade began with small trading settlements around 800A.D., and ended in the 1500s when Portugal invaded and tried to run thetradefor its ownprofit.

As trade intensified between Africa and Asia, powerful city-statesflourishedalongtheeasterncoastofAfrica.

These included Kilwa, Sofala, Mombasa, Malindi, and others. The city-statestradedwithinland kingdoms like

GreatZimbabwetoobtaingold,ivory,andiron.ThesematerialswerethensoldtoplaceslikeIndia,Southeast

Asia, and China. These were Africaʼs exports in the Indian Ocean Trade.These items could be sold at a profit because they were scarce in Asiancountries.

At the same time, the East African city-states were buying items from Asia.Many residents of the city-states were willing to pay high prices for cotton,silk, and porcelain objects. These items were expensive because they werenot available in Africa at the time. These were Africaʼs imports in the IndianOceanTrade.

 

The city-states along the eastern coast of Africa made ideal centers of trade.An important attraction was the gold obtained from inland kingdoms. Thegold was needed mainly for coins, although it was also used for works ofart, ornamentation on buildings, and jewelry. And, the city-states were easyto reach from Asia by ship because of the favorable wind and oceancurrents. Ships had no trouble docking at the excellent ports and harborslocated on the coasts of the city-states, making it easy to unload and loadcargo. And ,merchants, tired after their long overseas journey, enjoyed thefinerestaurants,lodging,andentertainmentofferedbythe portcities.

Finally,EastAfricawasapeacefulregion,andthefewconflictsthatdidoccurweresmallandbrief.

All of these factors created an ideal setting for import-export companies toconductbusiness.

Many of the merchants from the Arabian peninsula, India, and SoutheastAsia stayed in the city-states of East Africa. Interracial marriages were notuncommon, and gradually over the centuries, a new and distinct ethnicgroup developed, known as the Swahili. Today millions of Swahili peoplelive in the nations of East Africa, where the Swahili language is widelyspoken.(YoucantakeSwahilicoursesatmanycollegeshereintheU.S.)TheSwahililanguageisamixtureoftheArabic,Hindi,andBantulanguages.

The Swahili city-states steadily grew and prospered, and were a majorworldeconomicpowerby the1400s.

Although the city-states were famous throughout Africa and Asia, noEuropean countries knew of them. You can imagine the surprise, then, ofPortuguese captain Vasco da Gama when, in 1498, he came upon thebustling port cities of Sofala, Kilwa, Mombasa, and Malindi as he sailed upthe eastern coast of Africa. He and his crew were welcomed by each of thecitieshevisited,althoughneitherhisships northeEuropeanitems

theyattemptedtotradewereofmuchinteresttotheSwahiligovernments.

SocialInjusticescommittedontheAfricansduringIndianOceanSlavetradeinthe15thCentury

 

  • It fueled conflict between the communities as demands for slavesincreasedleadingto insecurity
  • It created class through emergence of wealthy merchants whodisplayedhigh standards of living.
  • African religion was downtrodden as intermarriages between Arabsand Africans led to rise of Swahili speakers which were converted toChristianity
  • It led to erosion of African culture – this because as the interactionwitharabscontinuedAfrican culturewasboundtodiminish.
  • Slavery reduced African dignity as they were just seen as dogs to be inchains
  • Manywerethrownintowatersiftheyhadnovalue
  • Africanwomenworkingasdomesticworkerswemistreatedthroughbodilyharmandsexual harassment.
  • Many children remained orphans as the fathers and mothers weretakenasslavesduringthe trade.
  • It led change of roles as the fatherless children were now forced toseekmeans of survival.
  • ItledtodestructionofAfricanfamiliesandhomesthroughtorturingandseparationofthebondthattied thesefamilies
  • Itledtoriseinmanyorphanchildrenandwidowsastheablemenweretakencaptives asslaves.

 

GeographicalregionscoveredbyIndianoceantradeinAfrica

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PopulationDistributioninAfrica

Population distribution means the pattern of where people live. Worldpopulation distribution is uneven. Places which are sparsely populatedcontain few people. Places which are densely populated contain manypeople.

Factors influencing Population distribution in AfricaClimate

Areas which experience conducive climates especially adequate andreliablerainfalltogetherwithmildandmoderatetemperatureattractadense population than desert and semi desert lands with low andunreliablerainfall.

 

Relief

The nature of relief greatly influences population by either attracting ordiscourage settlement. For example, in extremely high relief regions, thetemperatures are too cold for human settlement and the ruggedness toohinderconstructionofhomesandcommunicationlines.Ontheotherhand,gently rolling slopes attract dense settlement because they are easy toconstructcommunicationlines andsettlement.

Vegetation

Dense forests such as those in the Congo basin, hinder rapid populationsettlement because they are very difficult to clear, water logged and containvectors that cause diseases to man and there are wild animals which aredangerous to human life. On the other hand, savannah grasslands aredensely populated because they are easy to clear and their climate isconduciveforhumansurvival.

Governmentpolicy

The government policy may either attract or discourage settlement. Someareas may be gazette by law for example national parks, Game reserves orforest reserves. Government may also encourage settlement by establishingsettlementschemesandresettlepeoplefromdenselypopulatedareas.

 

 

 

Utilizationofnaturalresources

Theexploitationofnaturalresourcesforexamplemineralsmayattracthumansettlementwhileseeking foremployment.

Urbanization

The growth of towns and cities is also a very important facilities influencingpopulation distribution in Africa. Urban centres provide a good number offunctions which attract people to them. For example cheap power, tradingactivities, good accommodation, good medical care, cheap and constanttransport, clean water, higher institutions of learning, government offices,recreationcentres,and the like.

 

Politicalstability

Areas that are unstable and insecure have got low populations e.g.Karamoja where there is a lot of cattle rustling compared to areas that aregenerallypoliticallystableandsecurehenceattractingdensesettlements

e.g.townslikeKampalaandMombasa.

DenselyandsparselypopulatedareasinAfrica

 

SettlementpatternsinAfrica

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nucleatedsettlement:

Nucleated settlements are ones where the houses are grouped closelytogether,oftenaroundacentralfeaturelikeachurch,puborvillagegreen.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Linearsettlementsaresettlementswherethebuildingsareconstructedinlines, often next to a geographical feature like a lake shore, a river orfollowinga road.

Where linear settlements follow a road, the road often predates thesettlement.

 

dispersedsettlement:

Dispersed settlements are ones where the houses are spread out over awide area. They are often the homes of farmers and can be found in ruralareas.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIELDWORK

Fieldworkistheprocessofobservingandcollectingdataaboutpeople,cultures,andnatural environments.

Typesoffieldwork

  • FieldExcursion

-Visiting an area near or far from the school to see geographical phenomenathennote down and discuss laterin class.

Aim

  • Reinforcewhathasbeenlearntinclass
  • Gainmoregeographicalknowledge
  • Identifyandappreciategeographicalfeatures
  • Identifyproblemsofgeographicalinterest
  • FieldResearch

-Systematic problem solving done by experts in which scientific methods ofcollecting,recordingand analyzingdataare used.

 

  • FieldStudy

-Studyconductedwithinaneighbourhoodinwhichonethemeispursued

e.g.‘Astudyofalocalfarm’.

Methodsofdatacollectionandrecordinginfieldwork

  1. SurveysandQuestionnaires

Surveys and questionnaires, in their most foundational sense, are ameans of obtaining data from targeted respondents with the goal ofgeneralizing the results to a broader public. Almost everyone involvedindatacollection,especiallyinthebusinessandacademicsectorrelieson surveys and questionnaires to obtain credible data and insightsfromtheirtarget audience.

  1. Interviews

An interview is accurately defined as a formal meeting between twoindividuals in which the interviewer asks the interviewee questions inorder to gather information. An interview not only collects personalinformationfromtheinterviewees,butitis alsoawaytoacquire

insightsintopeople’sotherskills.

  1. Observations

The observation method of data collection involves seeing people in acertain setting or place at a specific time and day. Essentially,researchers study the behavior of the individuals or surroundings inwhich they are analyzing. This can be controlled, spontaneous, orparticipant-basedresearch.

 

 

Methodsofdataanalysisandpresentationinfieldwork

Learnerstorefertotheirbook

Challengesand solutionsincarryingoutfieldwork

  • Physical obstructions i.e. tall buildings, hills, trees hence may hinderonefrom observingcertainfeaturesor accessingsome areas.
  • Abrupt weather changes e.g. rainy, fog, misty, windy. Avoidmentioningsunshine.
  • Languagebarrier
  • Inadequatetools

 

  • Obsoletetools/outdatedtools
  • Hostilerespondents

Proceduresincarryingoutfieldwork

 

  1. Identifyandacquireresearchersofthefield

It is essential to acquire researchers who are specialized in the field ofresearch. Moreover, their experience in the field will help them undergo thefurthersteps ofconductingthe field research.

  1. Identifythetopicofresearch

Post acquiring the researcher, they will work on identifying the topic ofresearch. The researchers are responsible for deciding what topic ofresearch to focus on based on the gaps observed in the existing researchliterature.

  1. Identifytherightmethodofresearch

After fine tuning the research topic, researchers define the right method toapproachthe aim andobjectives oftheresearch.

  1. Visitthesiteofthestudyandcollectdata

Based on the objectives, the observations begin. Observers/Researchers goon field and start collecting data either by visual observation, interviews orstaying along with the subjects and experiencing their surroundings to getanin-depth understanding.

  1. Analyzethedata acquired

The researchers undergo the process of data analysis once the data iscollected.

  1. Communicatetheresults

The researchers document a detailed field study report, explaining the dataandits outcome.Givingthe field studyasuitableconclusion.

 

RESOURCESANDECONOMICACTIVITIES

  1. EarlyAgriculture

Areaswhereearlyagriculturewaspracticedinselectedgeographicalregions.They included:

  • Riftvalley
  • Egypt
  • Nubia

CropsgrownandanimalskeptCropsinriftvalley

  • Millet
  • Maize
  • beans,
  • cassava,
  • sorghum,
  • pigeonpeas

Animalskept

  • Cows
  • Goats
  • Sheep
  • Dogs

CropsgrowninEgypt

  • emmer(awheat-grain),
  • chickpeasandlentils,
  • lettuce,
  • onions,
  • garlic,
  • sesame,
  • wheat,
  • barley,
  • papyrus,AnimalskeptinEgypt

 

  • cattle,
  • goats,
  • pigs,
  • ducks,
  • cows, and geese.CropsgrowninNubia
  • grains,
  • peas,
  • lentils,
  • dates, and possibly melonsAnimalskeptweremainlycows.

MethodofirrigationusedinancientEgypt

Basin

Egyptians developed and utilized a form of water management known as basinirrigation. This practice allowed them to control the rise and fall of the river tobest suit their agricultural needs. A crisscross network of earthen walls wasformed in a field of crops that the river would flood. When the floods came, thewater would be trapped in the basins formed by the walls. This grid would holdwater longer than it would have naturally stayed, allowing the earth to becomefully saturated for later planting. Once the soil was fully watered, the floodwaterthat remained in the basin would simply be drained to another basin that was inneedofmore water

Shadoof

The shadoof is used to lift water from a water source onto land or into anotherwaterway or basin. The mechanism comprises a long counterbalanced pole on apivot, with a bucket attached to the end of it. It is generally used in a cropirrigation system using basins, dikes, ditches, walls, canals, and similarwaterways.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canal

These were constructed along the farms to transport water to othersregions.

Nilometer

A nilometer was used to predict flood levels. This instrument was a methodof marking the height of the Nile over the years. Nilometers were spacedalong the Nile River. They acted as an early warning system, alerting theseearly people that waters were not as high as usual, so they could preparefordrought or forunusually highfloodwaters.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ContributionoftheNilevalleyagriculturetoworldcivilization

The Nile River is one of the most well-known rivers in the world. The NileRiver Valley was vital to the success of several ancient civilizations. TheNile River allowed the earliest civilizations to flourish in spite of thesurrounding harsh desert climate. The Nile River Valley includes not justthe river, but the surrounding banks and low lands that benefit from theriverflooding.

  • For ancient civilizations, the Nile River Valley was a source of food andincome. When the water crested in October, the land was prime forplanting crops such as wheat, barley, and papyrus. Ancientcivilizations developed irrigation systems to redirect water andenhance the growing season. In addition, the river was plentiful withfish,whichcouldbesold ortraded.
  • The Nile River served as a mode of transportation. Ancientcivilizations were able to maneuver the waters to trade between thecities along the banks. The mobility encouraged growth in villagesalongtheriver.
  • Ancient Egyptians greatly valued the Nile River; it was the center oftheir existence. The Nile River was celebrated in paintings and myths.The cycle of the Nile marked the change of season. Egyptian beliefswere interwoven with the Nile River. The Egyptians viewed the NileRiver Valley as a gift from the gods; it was a portal between humansand gods. To Egyptians, the river was part of their identity andshowedgreat reverenceforit.
  • It led to inventions in the field of agriculture like methods of irrigationandagriculture

 

  • It led to development of transport system that ensured transportationofcropproduce.
  • It led to the development of methods of food storage in order to beusedfor longoffor the future.
  • It also contributed to the invention in the field of medicine likeperseverationofthedead,healingfracturedbones.
  • The knowledge of weather forecast in Egypt also contributed in themodernday weatherforecast.
  • Therewasincreasedproduction,hencefoodsupplywasregular.
  • Surplus agricultural production resulted to trade, e.g., food wasexchangedwithpotsandtools.
  • There was invention of writing, arithmetic and geometry due to theneedtokeeprecords.ThewritingswerereferredtoasHieroglyphics.
  • Urbancentresemerged,e.g.,Memphis,Thebes.
  • Farmers settled more permanently and improved their livingstandards.
  • Religion developed, e.g., god was associated with farming, offering togodswaspractised.
  • As a result of the agriculture practised along the banks of the Nile,people settled there. Those settlements grew in size and becameurbancentreswithintheancientEgyptianKingdom.

Importance of domestication of plants and animals in africaDomesticationistheprocessofhereditaryreorganizationofwildanimals

and plants into domestic and cultivated forms according to the interests ofpeople. In its strictest sense, it refers to the initial stage of human masteryofwildanimals andplants.

The first attempts at domestication of animals and plants apparently weremade in the Old World during the Mesolithic Period. Dogs were firstdomesticatedinCentralAsiabyatleast15,000yearsagobypeoplewho

 

engaged in hunting and gathering wild edible plants. The first successfuldomestication of plants, as well as goats, cattle, and other animals—whichheraldedtheonsetofthe NeolithicPeriod.

Domestication of vegetatively reproducing plants, such as those withtubers, probably preceded domestication of the seed plants—cereals,legumes,andother vegetables.

There are a number of factors that made it necessary for human beings todiscoveragriculture.Thesewere:

  • There were climatic changes that caused the animals to migratefartherfromtheir previouslocations.
  • Due to an increase in human population, the natural environmentcould not provide adequate food. Thus, there was a need for a regularsupplyoffood.
  • People and animals competed for food leading to scarcity of food. Thisforcedpeopleadoptcultivation.
  • Similarly, over hunting on the part of man depleted the stocks ofanimalsthat he couldrely onfor food.
  • Natural disasters such as floods or forest fires would kill the animalsand vegetation making it necessary for human beings to domesticateplantsand animals.
  • Hunting and gathering had become an insecure source of food as manwould occasionally return empty handed having failed to catch game.Figure 3.1 shows some of the areas along the Nile Valley where earlyagriculturewas practised.
  • Hunting as well as gathering would sometimes be hindered byunfavourable weather conditions, e.g., snow or rain that would make ituncomfortablefor mantogo andhunt.
  • Hunting and gathering was tiring and streneous due to the constantmovementthatwasrequiredasmanfollowedtheanimalsduringtheirmigration.
  • Besides food, man also domesticated animals and crops because oftheir economic value. For instance, animals provided him withclothing,i.e., from theirhides andskins.

 

  • Man domesticated animals for other purposes like their use intransport. Some animals like the dog assisted him in hunting andprovidedhim withsecurity.

Domesticationhasthefollowingimportance’s

  • Domesticationofplantsand animalsensuredsteadysupplyoffood.
  • Products like skin were used for clothing and beddings hence keepingmanwarm.
  • Bones were used to make ornaments and needles hence decoratingman.
  • Animals like donkey, horses and oxen were used as a means oftransport and for pulling ploughs this was later used much inagricultureto makecultivation easier.
    1. EconomicOrganizationofselectedAfricancommunitiesupto1900

EconomicorganizationoftheOgiek

  • They were farmers as they kept bees and were known as beekeepersandalso theygrew vegetables.
  • They were also hunters and gathers. They hunted and trapped wildanimals. Various tools were used, including: clubs, spears, bows andarrows.
  • They also practiced traditional craft like basketry, weaving amongothers
  • Theywerealsoskilledironworkersastheymadetoolsusingiron

EconomicorganizationoftheZulu

  • They participated in the local trade where they exchangedcommodities such as fish, salt and cloth with their neighbours, GoanandGo.
  • They participated in the long distance trade as middlemen betweentraders from North Africa and those from the South. Their maincommoditiesoftradeweresalt,gold kolanutsandslaves.
  • Theygrowcropssuchaskolanutsandgrain/keptanimals

 

  • They practiced crafts especially the manufacture of items such asbasketsandpots.
  • They practiced iron working and made tools like hoes, bangles andarrows
  • Theypracticedminingactivities
  • Theypracticedfishing

EconomicorganizationofTheAhsante

  • They participated in the local trade where they exchangedcommodities such as fish, salt and cloth with their neighbours, GoanandGo.
  • They participated in the long distance trade as middlemen betweentraders from North Africa and those from the South. Their maincommoditiesoftradeweresalt,goldkolanutsandslaves.
  • Theygrowcropssuchaskolanutsandgrain/keptanimals
  • They practiced crafts especially the manufacture of items such asbasketsandpots.
  • They practiced iron working and made tools like hoes, bangles andarrows
  • Theypracticedminingactivities
  • Theypracticedfishing

SimilaritiesineconomicactivitiespracticedbyselectedAfricancommunities

  • Theyallpracticedtrade
  • Theywereallhuntersandgatherers
  • Theyallpracticedironworking
  • Theyallpracticedtraditionalcraft
  • Theyalsopracticedfarming

DifferenceineconomicactivitiespracticedbyselectedAfricancommunities

 

TheOgiek Zulu Ahsante
Did not practice longdistancetrade Didnot Practiced long distancetrade.
Didnopracticemining Practicedmining Didnot

 

Cropsgrownweredifferent

 

  1. InternalDynamicsandTransformationInAfrica
  • InternaldynamicsinAfrica –hastodowithchangesthataretaking
  • Transformation-acompletechangeintheappearanceorcharacterofsomething or someone. In Africa it’s the complete change in theappearanceof Africancontinent

Transformationbroughtbyintroductionofmoneyinafrica

impactsoftheintroductionofmoneyeconomyintraditionalafricansociety

INTRODUCTION

  • MoneywasintroducedtoAfricabytheEuropeans
  • Beforecolonialperiod,Africanspracticedbartertrade
  • actual goods exchanged with other goods e.g. animals would beexchanged with food grains, millet, sorghum, cow-peas, childrenexchangedforfood duringfamine
  • Trade merchants from Asia had introduced into Africa forms ofcurrencysuchasthecowrieshells,goldandtheIndianrupees
  • Europeansintroducedcurrencystillusedtoday

ECONOMY

Careful management of resources, finances, income and expenditure of afamily, a business enterprise, community or a country. The economy of acountry is to be well managed if it has the ability to meet the socialeconomicneeds ofhermembers.

Development-it’smeasuredbythehealthyofitseconomyintheprovisionof health, education, housing, sanitation, employment longevity of life,decreaseofmaternalandchild mortality.

 

MONEY ECONOMY

Use of money as a means of exchange in economic activities e.g. banking,investment,insurance, paymentofgoodsandservices.

REASONSFORMONEYINTRODUCTION

  • Colonization brought a lot of changes such as unoccupied landdeclared‘Crownland’ forcolonialists
  • Tax introduction Africans were supposed to pay taxes to thegovernment.Taxeswerepaid informofmoney
  • Introduction of formal education School fees was introduced. Feeswerepaidinformofmoney
  • Introduction of modern medical services People paid medical servicesusingmoney
  • Emergenceofnewlifestyles
  • Converts to Christianity were emphasized on to have materials, hencehad to work to improve their living standards. They built houses, tooktheir children to schools practiced modern family techniques hencehadto use money.

IMPACTOFTHEINTRODUCTIONOFMONEYECONOMYINAFRICA

Introductionofwage—labour

Break up of family ties as people migrated from rural to urban areas insearchofemployment

African land taken by the colonialists, reducing people to squattershenceneedtowork

There was creation of a gap between people — the rich and the poorEmergence of vices e.g. corruption, bribery, prostitution, robberyDeterioration of cherished African values e.g. bride wealth has becomecommercialized,customslost etc

Loss of African human dignity. Africans had to pay taxes to the colonialgovernment. They were forced to work in European farms so as to getmoney.Theyworkedunderdehumanizing conditions

Production of traditional food crops declined replaced by cash cropsIndividual ownership of land was emphasized. Land could be sold atwill

 

There was increase of rural — urban migration leaving the ruralpeoplelesseducated

Exploitation of the poor by the rich — poor wages, overchargingpricesonfoods.

Destruction of the natural environment to create room for buildingprojects,urbancentres

Thecostoflivingincreased.Almosteverythingisacquiredbymoney.

Usesofmoneyineconomytrade

  • Money as medium of exchange solves the barter’s problem of lackof double coincidence of wants as money has separated the acts ofsale and purchase. You can sell goods for money to whosoeverwants it and with this money you can buy goods from whosoeverwantstosell them.
  • Money as measure (unit) of value or a unit of account solves thebarter’s problem of absence of common measure (unit) of value.Money serves as a unit of value or unit of account and acts as ayardstick to measures exchange value of all commodities. The valueof each good or service is expressed as price (i.e. money units)which guides both consumer and producer to make a transaction.Thusmoneymakeskeepingofbusinessaccountpossible.
  • Money as store of value solves the barter’s problem of difficulty instoring wealth (or generalised purchasing power). Moreover,money in convenient denominations (like Indian coins of 5, 10, 20,50,100paiseandcurrency notesof2, 5,10,100,500,and1,000)

solves the barter’s problem of absence or lack of divisibility. (Coinsoflessthan50 parcent areno longer inuse now.)

  • Money as standard of deferred payments helps to solve the barterproblem of lack of standard of deferred payment. Again, it helps tomake contracts which involve future payments. Doubtlessly moneyhelpsin removingthedifficultiesofbartersystem.
  • Money helps in maximizing consumers’ satisfaction and producers’profit.Ithelpsandpromotessaving.
  • Money promotes specialization which increases productivity andefficiency.

 

  • It is the institution of money which has proved a valuable socialinstrument of promoting economic welfare. The whole economicscience is based on money; economic motives and activities aremeasuredbymoney.

Comparisonintheuseofmoneyincurrencytradeandbartertradeinafrica

The primary difference between barter and currency systems is that a currencysystem uses an agreed-upon form of paper or coin money as an exchange systemrather than directly trading goods and services through bartering. Both systems haveadvantages and disadvantages, although currency systems are more widely used inmoderneconomies.

Bartering systems were used within the local community, but advances intechnology and transportation make it possible for modern society to barter onagloballevel.

Bartering has its limitations, which led to the creation of currency systems.Currency serves as a medium of exchange, resolving mismatched demandsassociatedwith thebarter system.

In early civilizations, common agreed-upon goods, such as animal skins or salt,servedasacurrencythatindividualscouldexchangeforgoodsandservices.

Mostnationsusefiatcurrencyinamonetarycurrencysystem.

d.    Sustainableuseofresources

sustainable use of natural resources means the use of renewable natural resources at arate that does not exceed the resource ’s capacity for regeneration, does not impair theresource’s ecological functions and services, and does not jeopardize the ability offuturegenerationsatthesamelocationtoenjoytheresourceinequalabundance.

 

Sustainableuseofresourcesincludes:

  • Regulationofallkindsofpollution(air,land,water)
  • Using sustainable ways in agriculture to conserve the environment.Avoiduseofchemicals.
  • Using alternative sources clean and renewable sources of energy thatconservethe environment.
  • RecyclingwastestoavoidwasteaccumulationintheenvironmentthatReduce,reuse,andrecycle.Cut down on what you throw away. Follow the three “R’s” to conservenaturalresources andlandfillspace.
  • Planting trees – Trees provide food and oxygen. They help save energy,cleanthe air, andhelpcombatclimatechange.

 

POLITICALDEVELOPMENTANDGOVERNANCE

a.Politicaldevelopmentinafricaupto1900.

PoliticalOrganizationoftheOgiekcommunityupto 1900

  • Thepoliticalsystemwasbasedon thelineagefamilysystem.
  • Thesmallest unitwasthefamilyheadedbythefather.

PoliticalOrganizationoftheZulucommunity upto1900

  • The kingdom was highly centralized with the king as the head andtraditionalchiefs underhim.
  • ThekingwasassistedbythetraditionalchiefsandmilitaryIndunasforeffective controlofthe society.
  • The traditional council of elders played an important role in Zulusociety. They advised the king on the important matters of the state.However,duringthe timeof Shaka,theirroledeclined.
  • The king had powers to appoint and to dismiss any of his officials.Theywerethereanswerabletohim.
  • Zulu kingdom had a strong standing army with the king acting as thecommanderin chief.
  • Thearmwaswell-trained,equippedandreadytofightatanytime.Thearmywas onalerttodefend oroffend theZuluenemies.
  • The army was divided into age regiments each under a militarycommandercalled an Induna.
  • Each military settlement had a section of royal women headed byseniorwomenandactedasspiesforthekingontheIndunas.
  • The Indunas were not allowed to hold meetings without consent andpermission from the king. This was to stop any conspiracy against theking.

 

  • Succession to the Zulu throne was hereditary. That is the king’s eldestsoncouldinherittheZuluthrone.
  • EachprovincewasunderthemilitaryIndunaandassistedbythechief.

PoliticalOrganizationoftheAhsantecommunityupto1900

  • The Asante Empire was centralized state divided into three divisionsnamely. The nucleaus (Kumasi) states outside Kumasi (Amatoo) andtheconqueredstates.
  • Kimasiwasunderthedirectcontrol oftheAsantahene.
  • The conquered states were ruled by their kings but treated asprovinces of Asante. Asantahene appointed representatives in eachconqueredsate.
  • The Asantahene ruled with the help of a confederacy of Kings(Omanhene). Confederacy council. They took an oath of allegiance toensureLoyaltytotheAsantahene.
  • The Omanhene represented the Asantahene in the conqueredstates/Omanhene, Sone autonomy but were expected to pay tribute totheAsantaheneand contributesoldiersintimesofwar.
  • The Empire had a standing army which defended/ conquered otherstatesandmaintained lawand orderintheEmpire.
  • Religion played an important army which defended/ conquered otherstatesand maintainedlawandorderinthe Empire.
  • The sacred Golden stool which was introduced in the 18th century byAsantaheneOsei. Tutu strengthened unity in the Empire. It was keptat the headquarters, Kumasi. Each Omanhene was given a symbolicblackstooltosignifyunityof purposeinthe province.
  • The empire had a well-established judicial/ court system based atKumasi and was headed by the Asantahene. The Omanhene weregivenpowersto tryminorcasesattheprovinces.
  • The empire has a strong economic base that depended mainly ontaxes and profit derived from the long distance trade. This strongeconomyaimedthe empire.

 

The concept ofscrambleandpartition ofafrica

The Scramble and Partition of Africa – the Scramble for Africa also called thePartition of Africa, or the Conquest of Africa was the invasion, annexation,division, and colonization of most of Africa by seven Western Europeanpowers during a short period known to historians as the New Imperialism(between1881 and1914).

VariousEuropeanGroupsthatcametoAfrica

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FactorsthatledtothepresenceofEuropeansinAfricaEconomicfactors

Due to the industrial revolution in Europe in the 19th century, theyrequired:

  1. Marketsfortheirmanufacturedgoods
  2. Rawmaterialstofeedtheirindustries
  3. Areastoinvesttheirsurpluscapital
  4. European traders sought protection from their homecountries whenfacedwithcompetition
  5. NeedforagriculturallandinAfricatogrowfoodcrops
  6. NeedforcheaplabourfromAfricatoproducerawmaterials

PoliticalFactors

 

BismarckandtheriseofGermany

  1. Riseofnationalism
  2. The proof of a country’s prestige/superiority was through acquisitionofcolonies.
  3. A country that did not acquire colonies would open the gates topoliticaldecadence.

Strategicfactors

  • TheEgyptianquestion

✔ItrevolvedaroundtheownershipoftheSuezCanal

✔BothBritainandFrancehadeconomicinterestsinEgypt

✔Their clash culminated in the British occupation of Egypt inorder toprotecttheRiverNile andBritishinterests inIndia.

  • FrenchactivitiesinWestAfricaandtheCongo

✔ItacceleratedthescrambleforthesearchforcoloniesinAfrica.

  • KingLeopold’s(ofBelgium)activitiesintheCongo

✔KingLeopoldcreatedthe’CongoFreeStatein1884

✔This precipitated a crisis in Africa which culminated in the convening ofaninternationalconferencein1884-1885i.e.theBerlinConference.

Socialfactors

  1. TheMissionaryFactor
  • The missionaries came to Africa to spread Christianity, civilize theAfricans,abolishslavetrade andencourage legitimate trade.
  • In case of problems, they sought for protection from their mothercountries.
  1. PublicOpinion

 

  1. RiseofRacialism
  • Europeans felt they were a superior race to others since they wereindustrialized.
  • Theyhada dutytocivilizeAfricans
  • Cecil Rhodes once remarked we are the first race in the world and themoreoftheworld inhabit, thebetteritisfor thehuman race.
  1. GrowthofEuropeanPopulation

Theyneededtheircoloniestoactasoutletsfortheirsurplusproduce

  1. Humanitarianfactor

Humanitarian groups in Europe who had campaigned against slave tradeurged their home governments to occupy Africa to facilitate effectiveabolition ofslave

trade.

Africancountriesandtheircolonizers

Britain

✔EastAfrica-Kenya,Uganda

✔CentralAfrica-Nyasaland,NorthernRhodesia,southernRhodesia

✔NorthEastAfrica-BritishSomaliland

✔Southern Africa – Bechuanaland, Swaziland, Basutoland, Union of SouthAfrica.

✔NorthAfrica-Egypt,Sudan

✔WestAfrica -GoldCoast,Nigeria,Gambia,SierraLeone.

❑ France

✔NorthEastAfrica-Eritrea, FrenchSomaliland

✔West Africa – Senegal, Ivory Coast, Dahomey, Upper Volta, Guinea, Mali,Belgium,Niger,Mauritania.

 

✔CentralAfrica-Chad, FrenchCentralAfrica,FrenchCongo

✔NorthAfrica-Tunisia,Algeria,Morocco.

Germany

✔EastAfrica-Tanganyika

✔CentralAfrica-Rwanda,Burundi

✔WestAfrica- Togo,Cameroon

✔South West Africa.Portugal

✔Angola, Mozambique, Portuguese GuineaBelgium

✔Belgium CongoItaly

✔Libya,ItalianSomaliland

Spain

✔SpainSpanishGuinea,SpanishMorocco

 

Termsofberlinof1884–1885onthepartitioningofAfrica

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In 1884, at the request of Portugal, German chancellor Otto von Bismarkcalled togetherthe major western powers of the world to negotiate questions and end confusion over thecontrol of Africa. Bismark appreciated the opportunity to expand Germany’s sphere ofinfluence over Africa and hoped to force Germany’s rivals to struggle with one another forterritory.

Termsincluded

  1. It created spheres of influence. Any European power occupying any partof Africa had the obligation to notify others to avoid double conflictingclaims
  2. Effective occupation – Any claim of an African territory had to beaccompaniedbyeffectiveoccupation.
  3. Each power had to stamp out slave trade in their territory and encouragelegitimatetrade
  4. Rivers Zambezi, Congo and Niger were left free for navigation by allEuropeanpowers
  5. King Leopold was recognized as the sovereign ruler of the Congo FreeState.

 

TheConstitutionofKenya

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ImportanceoftheconstitutionofKenyaProvidesstabilitytothecountry

The constitution is made up of three important constituents that includethe executive, the judiciary, and the legislature. These three vitalcomponents provide stability to a country. In absence of a constitution, thenationcouldbeatthethreat ofcorruptionandthreatamongitsmasses.

Helppreventdisputesamongdifferentsectionsofsociety

The Constitution serves as a written tool that acts as the personification ofthe social or political rules of an organization. These rules help the countryto execute its policies and procedures without any disputes or issues. Theseprovisions aid the nation to evade the possibilities of threats related to acivilwarbreakdown.

Formsthefundamentalstructureofthegovernment

Another advantage of the constitution is that it describes all the culturaland legal aspects under which governmental institutions and people’sbodieswillbe regulated.Thisbecomesverysignificantwhenthere are

 

frequently occurring overseas communications by internationalorganizationsinthepersonalaffairs ofthenation.

Grantstherighttothepeopletochoosetheirgovernment

The constitution gives the power to the citizens to choose the governmentof their choice. Based on their performance and contribution in thedevelopment of the nation, people can decide the best government officialtoserve the nation.

Protectsthe rightoftheindividual

The constitution safeguards the rights of the citizens in terms of self-expression, religious practice, non-discriminatory treatment, fair criminalprocedures and more. It states that the government is answerable to thepeoplevia conductingfreeand regular elections.

Governsthedistributionofpower

The Constitution states the power and authority of every governing body.Doing this, it enables every entity that is related to the country to learnaboutthepowerthatthelegal bodyandthegovernmentholds.

The information that the constitution states also help to define the duties ofthe parties involved. It could be a governmental institution, a firm or themasses of the nation. The Constitution administers the relation between thepeople and the government so that none of the parties can misuse thepowerinanymanner.

Superior toall regulations and rules of thecountry

The constitution is supreme of all the other laws and regulations of thecountry. This implies that for any provision to circulate in the nation, it hasto be approved by the constitution. It also implies that every law enacted bythatgovernmentneedstobe inconformism withtheConstitution.

Specifiestheobjectivesofanation

Another important role of the constitution is that it mentions the strategic,political, and other objectives of the nation. These goals are what a countryis focusing to accomplish in the coming years. It could be related todemocracy,socialism, nationalintegration,andsecularism.

 

Grantsfundamentalrightstopeople

It is the constitution of a nation that assures provision and rights for anyindividual or a set of people to ensure their overall well-being and dignityinsociety.Theconstitutionaidsthepeopletoavailthefundamentalrightsthat they are entitled to. These rights include the right to life, right tofreedom, right to property, and right to engage freely in the existingdemocratic system. All these fundamental rights are safeguarded by theConstitution.

Controlspowertransfer

Besides the welfare of its citizens, and regulating the tasks of the country,the constitution has the power to transfer the supremacy of the nationduring a national emergency. This power of the constitution is exercised inthose situations when there is a threat to the nation regarding its resources.It has a very important role to play in situations of a disaster that can causeseveredestructiontoaspecificarea ofthenation orcivilwarbreakdown.

NationalValuesasenshrinedintheconstitutionofKenya

  • patriotism, national unity, sharing and devolution of power, the rule oflaw,democracyandparticipation ofthe people;
  • human dignity, equity, social justice, inclusiveness, equality, humanrights,non-discriminationandprotectionofthemarginalized;
  • goodgovernance,integrity,transparencyandaccountability;and

WaysofupholdingandprotectingtheconstitutionofKenya

Theyinclude:

  • Defendingtherightsofeveryindividual
  • Obeyingtherightsandprivilegesofeveryindividual
  • Holding our leaders to account and uphold adherence to theconstitution

 

Democracy

Democracy is a system of government in which laws, policies, leadership,and major undertakings of a state or other polity are directly or indirectlydecidedby the“people,”

 

 

 

Characteristics ofdemocracy

  1. Legitimacy:Alegitimategovernmentisoneputinplace,acceptedandrecognized by the people, it is a major feature of a democratic systemof government that power vests in the people of the state. Therefore, agovernment in place without the approval of the people is not alegitimategovernmentandassuch cannotclaimtobe ademocracy.
  2. Ruleoflaw:theruleoflawisthesupremacyofthelawofastateover

everycitizenoranyotherpersonresidinginthatstate,thismeansthat nobody is above the law no matter his status in the society. This isimportantinademocracyespeciallyarepresentativedemocracytoact as a form of check and balance in the powers of the electedrepresentatives so that they do not develop any illusions of beingbetterthanthe peoplewhoelectedandthereby empoweredthem.

  1. Public opinion: public opinion has to do with the aggregate of theindividualpointofviewasregardsaparticularmatterby asignificantpopulation of a community or state as the case may be. Sincedemocracy is a government of the people, the opinion of the saidpeople cannot be overemphasized in determining issues in thegovernmentthatwillbetotheirbenefitor detriment.
  2. Periodicandtransparentelections:Forthepeopletobeanactivepart

of their government especially in a representative democracy,provisions must be made for a periodic, free and fair election whichwill be conducted after sufficient political education to the people soas to aid them in making informed choices in electing theirrepresentativesatthe pollonthe electionday.

  1. Separationofpowers:Inadirectdemocracy,thedecisionresidesinevery member of the community and in the representative democracywherethepeopleelectleaderstohandletheaffairsofthestate,there

 

is separation of powers into different arms of government so as toallow for necessary checks and balances in the powers andadministration ofthe separate armsofgovernment.

  1. Fundamentalhumanright:Inademocracy,thefundamentalhumanrights of the citizens like right to life, right to fair hearing, right todignity of the human person, right to personal liberty and others mustbe upheld according to the constitution of such country based on themajorconstituentofdemocracy whichisthe people.
Typesofdemocraciespracticesinafrica
  1. Directdemocracy:directdemocracyisaformofdemocracywhichinvolves individual participation of every eligible citizen in theprocesses of government. This form of democracy works easily in asmall community where all members of the community can cometogether to sit upon matters arising in their political arena, theopinion of every single member is put into consideration before aconclusioncanbereached.
  2. Representative or indirect democracy:this is a form of democracywhere the the affairs of the state is carried on by representativeselected by the general public through application of the universaladult suffrage i.e the sovereignty resides in the representatives andnotwith the people.
  3. Presidentialdemocracy:thisisaformofrepresentativedemocracywhereby the people elect a leader, the President in a free and fairelection to be at the helm of affairs. The President is the head ofgovernment and the head of state who leads in executive capacityindependentofthe legislativearmofgovernment.

Importanceofdemocracyinsociety

  • Protecting the interests of citizens. People get the chance to vote on thekey issues affecting their country or can elect representatives to makethesedecisions.
  • Oneprincipleofdemocracyisthatallpeopleare

equalintheeyesofthe law,andeverypersongetsavote.

 

  • Indemocracies,electedofficialsareresponsible for carrying out the will of those who elected them. If theymisusetheirposition, theywon’tbere-elected.

Roleofcitizensinademocraticrepresentation

First,acitizeninademocracyshouldhavethedutytovote.Ifitwereuptome, voting would be a requirement.What is wonderful about a democracyis that we choose who will represent us.There is no point to a democracyinwhichwedo notparticipate.

 

 

Second,acitizeninademocracyshouldhaveanobligationtounderstandthe powers and duties of the government, generally set forth in aconstitution. If we do not know this, the government that does not actproperlyhasnochecksuponitandcan avoidcarryingoutitsduties.

 

 

Third, a citizen in a democracy should have the responsibility of knowinghisorherrights,whicharealsogenerallysetforthinaconstitution.Ifwedonotknowwhatour rightsare,theyaremeaningless.

 

 

Fourth,acitizeninademocracyshouldalwaysknowwho hisorherrepresentativesare.Ifwedonotknowwhoisrepresentingus,wedonotknow whether or not that person is representing us properly, to whom weshould complain if that is the case, or to whom we should state our ownopinionsandpreferences.

 

 

Fifth,acitizeninademocracyshouldassumetheresponsibilityofbeinginformedabouttheissuesthataffectthecountryasawhole,forexample,theeconomy,immigrationpolicy,environmentalpolicy,andforeignpolicy.

 

 

Sixth, a citizen in a democracy is also a citizen of the world and as such,shouldbeinformedaboutthemajorissuesthataffectothercountries.Theseinevitablyhaveanimpacton thecitizen.A droughtinonecountrymight

 

mean providing foreign aid or might mean a rise in prices of a commoditythatthecitizenneeds.

Seventh,acitizenshouldbeconcernedandinformedaboutlocalconditions,those that affect him or her most directly, what a city is doing about urbanblight or homeless people.This is one of the most important aspects ofliving in a democracy when a citizen is informed, since the informationclosest to home is usually the best information, and this provides one’sgreatestopportunityto participateinthe democraticprocess.

 

 

Eighth,acitizenshouldbewillingtopaytaxes,sincewithouttaxestoprovide a democratic government, there would be no democracy. Ademocracymustprovide forallofits citizens.

 

 

Ninth,acitizenmusthaveadutytoobeythelaw.Ademocracycannotexistin a lawless society, and without the willingness of citizens to obey the law,which is really a social contract, no government has the wherewithal topoliceanation oflawbreakers,andanarchy results.

 

 

Tenth,acitizenmustsupportpubliceducationineverywaypossible,through the payment of taxes, through local volunteer efforts, throughaffording this system the respect to which it should be entitled. Publiceducation is the foundation of democracy, meant to educate children to beresponsibleandknowledgeableparticipantsinthedemocraticprocess.

Education is our power to perpetuate the democracy.Characteristicsofvarioustypesofdemocraciesingovernance

Democracy is the best approach to learning what each social or ethnicgroup wants, particularly in a diverse country like Kenya. The fivecharacteristicsofdemocracyare asfollows:

  • ElectedRepresentative:Thepeoplechoosetheirrepresentativestoserve as their leaders. Hence, people are entitled to take part inmakingdecisions.

 

  • IndependentJudiciary:Conflictsaresettledmoredemocraticallybecausethecourtisindependentofthe government.
  • CivilLiberties:Peoplecanaccesscivilfreedomslikefreedomofspeech
  • Organized Opposition Party: A well-organized opposition party iscrucial to democracy because it serves as a check on the executivebranch.
  • Rule of Law: In a democracy, the rule of law is upheld, and everyone issubject to the law. In the eyes of the law, the law is supreme, and allcitizensaretreatedequally.

Waysofapplyingdemocraticvaluesduringinteractionwithothers

  • Makingcontributionstothedaytodayactivitiesofthecountry
  • Taking responsibility for their actions, by making rules and lawstogetherandsupportingthem
  • Participating in decision-making processes of the country, relating itwith the democratic processes such as councils, parliaments,governmentandvoting.
  • Showing understanding of how changes are effected in the countryandthe society asawhole.
  • Evaluating the effectiveness of different ways in which change can bebroughtand implementedatdifferentstagesinlife.
  • Participatingeffectivelyinschoolandcommunity-basedactivities.

HumanRights

human rights as those rights which are inherent in our state of nature andwithoutwhichwe.cannotliveas humanbeings.

 

  • Thefirstgenerationofhumanrightsiscivil andpoliticalrights.
  • Thesecondgenerationofhumanrightsincludeseconomic,socialandculturalrightsandthe
  • thirdgenerationofhumanrightsarecalled
  • The first generation rights i.e., civil and political rights are the initialformofnaturalrights.TheserightsdevelopedduringtheEnglishRevolution of the 17th century and the French and AmericanRevolution of the 18th century. The key theme underlying these rights
  • Thefirstgenerationrightsinclude:
    • therighttolife,
    • therighttoliberty,and
    • therighttopropertyand
    • haveexpandedtoincludenon-discrimination,
    • freedomfromarbitraryarrest,
    • freedomofthought,
    • freedomofreligion,

These rights are often seen as a manifestation of negative rights since theycan be enjoyed only when there is a restriction upon others. The keydocuments to understand the content of the first generation of humanrights are Article 3 to Article 21 of the UN Declaration and the InternationalCovenant of Civil and Political Rights of 1966 which came into force in1976.

  • In the twentieth century, especially post World War II, second-generationrightsTheeconomyofcountries was torn by war and there was massive destruction as aresultoftheworld wars.
  • Therefore,theeffortforeconomic,socialandculturalrightsdevelopedduring the twentieth century. The rights rely on socialist assumptionsand the underlying theme is equality which is in contrast to first-generationrights and the notionof liberty.
  • Thesecond-generationrightsinclude:
    • therighttowork,
    • therighttohealthcare,

 

  • therighttoeducation,

Therefore, these rights are seen as a manifestation of positive rights as theyplace a claim on the state and a duty to oblige for action, for example,welfareprovisions.

 

 

  • The third generation of rights emerged post-1945 and are referred toassolidarityrights.Thisisforthesimplereasonthattheserightsareconcernedwithsocialgroupsandsocietyonthewholeratherthanan
  • They are therefore seen as collective rights. The underlying theme ofthethird-generationUsually,theserightsareshapedbythedifficultiesfacedbythecountriesoftheGlobalSouth.
  • Theserights include:
    • therighttodevelopment,
    • therighttoenvironmentalprotection,
    • therighttoself-determination,

The Stockholm Convention of Human Environment of 1972 and the EarthSummitof1992atRiocan beanalyzed tounderstandtheserights.

Classificationofhumanrights

  1. Civilandpoliticalrights

The rights that protect the life and personal liberty of a person are calledcivil rights. They are necessary to maintain the dignity of a person. Theseinclude rights like the right to life, liberty and security of a person, the rightto privacy, the right to own property, freedom of thought, religion andmovement.

Political rights are such rights that allow a person to participate ingovernmental activities. These include rights like the right to vote and theright to be elected. The nature of such rights is different, but they areinterrelated to each other. Both these rights are covered in theInternationalCovenantonCivilandPoliticalRights.

 

These rights are also called first-generation rights. The following civil andpolitical rights are recognized in the declaration of human rights by theUnitedNations:

  • Righttolife,personalliberty,andsecurity
  • Freedomfromslavery
  • Theprohibitionagainsttortureandinhumantreatment
  • Equalitybeforethelawandequalprotection
  • Remedybeforenationaltribunals
  • Freedomfromarrest,whichisarbitraryinnature
  • Righttoafairtrialandpublichearingbyanimpartialtribunal
  • Freedomfromex-post-factolaws
  • Righttoprivacy
  • Righttonationality
  • Righttoownproperty
  • Righttofreedomofreligionandconscience
  • Freedom ofexpression
  • Freedomtoconductapeacefulassembly
  • Takepartingovernmentactivities
  1. Fundamentalrights

Some human rights are guaranteed to the citizens of the state throughconstitutional provisions and cannot be infringed upon at any cost, even bythestateauthorities.Thesearetermedasfundamentalrights.The

expression ‘fundamental rights’ is stated in declarations and constitutionalprovisions of many states. The Virginia Declaration of 1776 states that menare free and independent and have certain inherent rights. The FrenchDeclaration of Rights of Man and Citizen, 1789 provides that men are bornfree and have equal rights. The Indian Constitution guarantees sixfundamentalrightstothecitizensofthecountry.These are:

  • RighttoEquality
  • Righttofreedom
  • Righttoreligion
  • Culturalandeducationalrights
  • Rightagainstexploitation
  • Righttoconstitutionalremedies
  1. Naturalrights

 

The history of human rights is rooted in ancient times and the philosophicalconcepts of natural law and thus, also termed natural rights. Plato was oneof the first writers to give a standard ethical code of conduct. Aristotleopined that rights change as per the different kinds of circumstances facedby society from time to time. Since human rights are universally applicableto every person in the world it is similar to natural rights. Natural rightshave been derived from natural law which opines that law must reflectmoralreasoningandmustberelatedwithmoralsimbibedinapersonorset by the society. On the other hand, positivism states that human rightsare a result of enactments of statutes and orders by law which comes withvarioussanctions attachedto it.

 

 

  1. Moralrights

Human rights that determine the spiritual and moral conduct of a personare termed moral rights. They are primarily contained in moral rights asthey highlight various moral values that cannot be highlighted by any set ofinstitutional rights. They promote moral values like respect for everyone,brotherhood, secularism, protection of life, peace in society, etc. Humanrights also put moral obligations on the state and people not to violate andinfringe on the rights of other people. If done so, it will be punished as pertheprovisionsoftheset statute.

  1. Legalrights

Therightsthatarerecognized bythelegalsystemofacountryarecalledlegalrights.The twoessential elementsoftheserightsare:

  • Theholderoftheright, and

Rights and duties are correlated to each other. A person cannot have a rightwithout any corresponding duty. A person having a right also has a duty notto violate another person’s rights. Human rights are given to everyindividual irrespective of any considerations, and the state has thecorresponding duty to protect the rights of its citizens. Article 2 of theUniversal Declaration of Human Rights lays down that it is the primary dutyofthestatetopromote,protect,andimplementallhumanrightsthrough

 

various measures and legislative provisions. The government of any stateshouldpassanysuchlawswhichinfringeontherightsofthepeople.

  1. Economicrights,culturalRightsandsocialrights

These rights are also called freedoms and guarantee a person the minimumnecessities of life. These are also included in the International Covenant onEconomic, Social and Cultural Rights. These form a part of positive rights asthe state is required to frame policies and provisions to implement suchrights. These rights are based on the concept of social equality and aresecond-generation rights. These rights include the right to work, socialsecurity, physical and mental health, and education. The various economic,cultural, and social rights recognized by the Universal Declaration ofHumanRightsareasfollows:

  • Righttosocialsecurity
  • Righttoworkandchoiceofemployment
  • Righttorest
  • Righttostandardlivingandhealth
  • Righttoeducation
  • Freedomtoparticipateinculturallife
  • Righttosocialandinternationalorder

Characteristicsofhumanrights

  1. Humanrightsareuniversalinnaturewhichmeansthattheyaregivento every individual irrespective of his/her caste, creed, race, religion,nationalityand placeofbirth.
  2. These are inalienable rights. Many philosophers believe that these arenatural rights given by God and cannot be taken away or changed byanyone.
  3. These are indivisible and interdependent rights. If a government givesone right then it has to protect the other rights of its citizens. Forexample, it is the duty of government to protect the right of fairhearing and provide food, shelter and clean environment to its citizensinordertoprotecttherighttolife of its citizens.
  4. They are not lost if the man is not familiar with his rights or if he doesnotusehisrights.Forexampleifapersonis notawareofhisrightto

 

consult the advocate then it does not mean that his right is finished. Itis then the duty of authorities to provide him with free legal aid or tellhimhis rights.

  1. They protect the dignity and personality of humans. Rights like rightto life, right to liberty, right against arbitrary arrest and punishmentetcprotectthedignityofaperson.

SourcesofHumanRightsInternationaltreaties

These are the most important sources of human rights. There are multipletreaties on human rights which are binding on the states who are party tosuch treaties. For example, the European Convention on Human Rights, theAmerican Convention, the African Charter on Human Rights, and People’sRights.

Internationalcustoms

These rights have acquired the status of customary international law bytheir practice and, thus, are binding on all the states irrespective of theirconsent. Many of these rights are a part of customary international law andthusknownasasourceofhumanrights.

Internationalinstruments

There are several declarations, resolutions, and recommendations relatedto human rights that have been adopted by the United Nations as a sourceof such rights. Some of these are the Universal Declaration of Human Rights(1948), declarations adopted at the Tehran Conference (1968) and theViennaConference (1993).

Judicialdecisions

The International Court of Justice serves as another important source ofhuman rights by setting up precedents and decisions in various disputesandcaselaws relatingtoviolationsof humanrights.

Officialdocuments

Documents and journals like Human Rights Law Journal, Human RightsReview, European Law Review, and other collective official work under theUnitedNationsserve asthe sourceofhumanrights.

 

ConceptofEquityandnon-discriminationinfosteringsolidarity

  • Equality affirms that all human beings are born free and equal. Equalitypresupposesthatallindividualshavethesamerightsanddeservethesamelevelof
  • All people have the right to be treated equally. This means that laws, policies andprograms should not be discriminatory, and also that public authorities should notapply or enforce laws, policies and programs in a discriminatory or arbitrary
  • Non-discriminationItensuresthatno one is denied their rights because of factors such as race, colour, sex,language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin,propertyorbirth.
  • In addition to those grounds, discrimination on certain other grounds may also beprohibited. These grounds include age, nationality, marital status, disability, place

WhendoIneedtoconsidertherightsofequalityandnon-discrimination?

Youwillneedtoconsidertherightsofequalityand non-discriminationwhenever you are working on legislation, a policy or a program thatdraws distinctions between people or groups based on any of thefollowinggrounds:

  • race
  • sex
  • disability,or

You will also need to consider the rights of equality and non-discriminationwheneveryouareworkingonlegislation,apolicyoraprogramthatdrawsdistinctionsbetweenpeopleorgroupsbasedon:

  • colour

 

  • language
  • religion
  • politicalorotheropinion
  • nationalorsocialorigin
  • property
  • birth
  • nationality
  • maritalstatus
  • placeofresidencewithinacountry,or

AfricanDiasporas

African Diaspora is the term commonly used to describe the mass dispersion ofpeoples from Africa during the Transatlantic Slave Trades, from the 1500s to the1800s. This Diasporatookmillions of peoplefromWestern andCentralAfrica todifferentregionsthroughouttheAmericasandtheCaribbean.

FactorsthatcontributedtothepresenceofAfricanDiasporasacrosstheworld

  1. EuropeannationshandlinkswithWestAfricahencetheshippingofmanyAfricans
  2. AfricanchiefshaddevelopedatasteforEuropeangoodssuchasglass,clothes,rumand fire —arms which in turn made them sell many Africans as slaves to the
  3. Theestablishmentofminesandplantationsandinnewlandsincreasedthedemand
  4. TheincreaseddemandofrawmaterialsbyEuropeanindustriesresultedinanincreasedindemandforslavesin Americatoworkontheplantations
  5. Ship—buildingtechnologyimprovedwithbuildingoflargershipswithagreater

ThesefactorsamongothershighlycontributedtotheshippingofmanyAfricanstotheDiasporamajorlyasslaves.

 

CountriesinhabitedbyAfricanDiasporasin1960

Thesecountriesincluded:

  • UnitedstatesofAmerica
  • Brazil
  • France

France

TheAfricandiaspora inFranceisoneofthelargestintheworld.Theirmembers arefrom its former coloniesin Africaandfrom its overseasterritories in theCaribbean. Thelargest African community in Africa is the Algerians (730.000). Until it gainedindependencein1962,Algeria wasapart oftheFrenchterritory.Francealsohadstrongties with Morocco and today Moroccans are the second largest group of immigrants inFrance(670.000).AfricanimmigrantscametoFranceinconsequenceofthecolonizationprocessand,fromthe60sonwards,toseekemployment.

 

UnitedStates

A quarter of the African-American population in Boston, Miami and New York wereborn abroad and 8 percent of the total of African Americans in the US were born outsidethe country[xv]. Ever since the Immigration and Nationality act in 1965 and the openingofnewlegalchannels,AfricanimmigrantshavestartedtocometotheUS.

Today, Americans with African descent make up 13.5% of the total US-population.Throughout the last decades, they have been becoming increasingly more present in themiddleclasses.

LatinAmerica

African immigrants came to South America and the Caribbean as a result of thetransatlantic slave trade. In the 1780s, slavery started to be criticized by the ChristianChurch,philosophersandeconomistsand,ascountriesgainedindependence,slaverywasabolished.

Overtime,Africandescendantsinfluencedmostaspectsofeverydaylife.Carnival,whichusedtobeonlycelebratedbyAfro-Latinos,hasnowbecomeapublicholidayinBrazil.

Unlike African Diasporas in the rest of Latin America who combine their African pastwiththe cultureoftheirhostcountry,AfricandescendantsintheCaribbeanwhoaccountformorethan 90%ofthepopulation,areinsearchofanewnationalidentity.Theydo

 

notdefinethemselvesintermsofAfricansbutratherasJamaicanorHaitiannationals,forinstance. They came to terms with their past and no longer need to think of themselves asAfricans.

RoleoftheDiasporasinpoliticaldevelopmentinAfrica

Pan-Africanism

  • Pan-AfricanismunifiestheculturalandpoliticalworldofAfricandiasporasandtheself-determination of people from Africa, or at least of African origin, as well asthe people of African descent resident outside Africa. Initially, there was an anti-slavery and anti-colonial movement amongst black people of Africa and theDiaspora in the late nineteenth century. Since then, the aims of Pan-Africanismhaveevolvedthroughtheensuingdecades[.
  • ThismovementhaditsoriginintheUnitedStatesinthelatenineteenthcentury,thankstotheworkoftheadvocate M.M.Garvey.Hestatedtheidea ofcreatingacommonstateinAfricatowelcomebackalltheAfricanAmericans.Lateron,DuBois claimed the need to gain full rights, both in Africa and in the countries inwhichAfrican communitiesresided,createdbytheforcedmigrationrepresented
  • Pan-Africanismgainedlegitimacy withthe foundingoftheAfrican Association inLondonin1897,andthefirstPan-African conferencewasheld,againinLondon,in1900whenHenrySylvesterWilliams,thepowerbehindtheAfricanAssociation,andhiscolleagueswereinterestedinunitingtheAfricanDiaspora,andgainingpoliticalrightsforthoseofAfricandescent[.
  • Between 1919 and 1945, Du Bois organized several conferences, which increasedand expanded the influence on the development of the African descendants’emancipation movement in the Americas and Europe, as a way of nationalism incolonial Africa.Moreover,betweentheworldwars,Pan-Africanismbecamemorerelated and influenced by communism and trade unionism, especially through thewritings of George Padmore, Isaac Wallace-Johnson, Frantz Fanon, AiméCésaire,PaulRobeson,CLRJames,WEBDuBois,andWalterRodney.
  • Significantly,Pan-AfricanismhadexpandedbeyondthecontinentintoEurope,theCaribbean and America. WEB Du Bois organized a series of Pan-AfricanCongresses in London, Paris, and New Yorkin the first halfof the twentiethcentury. International awareness of Africa was also heightened by the ItalianinvasionofAbyssinia(Ethiopia)in1935.

 

  • Asaresult,manyleadersstrugglingfortheindependencefromEuropeancolonialdominations were formed in this cultural and political context of Pan-Africanism.Amongthese,N.Nkrumah,J.Nyerere,A.Toure,M.Keita.
  • ThePan-Africanidealalsoinspiredtheemergenceofregionalgroupings,someofwhich were short-lived, due to the immediate emergence of nationalistic feelings

RoleofAfricanDiasporasinpromotionofAfricanUnityinSocietytoday

  • g.intermsofeducation
  • Through their contributions they have helped shape economic developments inafrica
  • Theyhaveaffirmedtheworthofblack peopleandthereforerejected theinferiorityascribedbyracistthoughtinthelate19thand20thCs
  • IthelpedtolaunchthestruggleforrightsandequalityforblackpeopleinthediasporaandAfricaaswell

 

GlobalCitizenship

Aglobalcitizenissomeonewhois awareofand understandsthewiderworld –andtheirplace init.Theyare acitizenoftheworld.Theytakeanactiverole intheircommunityandworkwithotherstomakeourplanetmorepeaceful,sustainableandfairer.

Globalcitizenshipinvolves

  • Exploringlocalandglobalconnectionsandourviews,valuesandassumptions
  • Exploringissuesofsocialjusticelocallyandglobally
  • Exploringthecomplexityofglobalissuesandengagingwithmultipleperspectives
  • Applyinglearningtoreal-worldissuesandcontexts
  • Opportunitiestomakeinformed,reflectiveactionandbeheard

Interconnectednessandinterdependenceamongcountries

Interconnectednessrefers totheabilitytounderstandandfunctioninanincreasinglymulticultural,international,yetinterconnectedenvironment.Itfostersthedevelopmentofindividualstobecomesuccessfulprofessionals,civicleaders,andinformedcitizensinadiversenationalandglobalsociety.

 

Interdependenceismeasured bythecostsofseveringtherelationship(orthebenefitsofdevelopingit).Thehigherthecoststoonecountry,thegreateristhe degreeofdependenceofthatcountry.

WhycountriesinterconnectandinterdependoneachotherIndustrialization

Industrialization leads to the advancement of economies which in turn triggers the in-housemanufacturingofseveralproducts.Whenacountryspecializesintheproductionofa certain product, it then needs to import other products from other countries. AnexampleisthatofAsia(Pakistan);itspecializesinthemanufacturingoffootballshoweverleatherandotherpreparatorymaterialsareimportedfromChina.

Producing specialized goods enhances production efficiency and therefore, mostcountriesonlyfocusontheirspecialties,providinganarrowrangeofgoodsandservices.Thiscreateseconomicinterdependenceamongnations;theneedforoutsourcingorimportingotherproductsforthefulfillmentofbasicneeds.

Economyadvancement

As an economy develops, it focuses on establishing more industries and manufacturingmoregoodswithinthecountry’spremises.Thiscan leadtothecreation ofrawmaterialsandotherlaborservicesfromwithinthecountryorfromneighboringeconomies.

RegionalProduction

One main reason forhigheconomicinterdependenceamong economiesisthe region-specificproduction.Differentregionsobservedifferentweather,differentsoil,andotherconditions. Within such circumstances, they specialize in the production of certain goodsandcropsonly, whileothernecessitiesarefulfilledbyimportinggoods.

Forexample,ChinaisonemajorexporterofApples,itproducesmorethan41milliontonsofappleseachyear.Blessedbytheperfectclimateandlandtoharvestapples,Chinais an expert inharvestingApples. Onthe otherhand,AmericaexportsMaize,Soybean,and Milk. Both of these countries exchange theirproducts witheach other and areeconomicallyinterdependent.

LaborSpecialization

AnothermaindrivingforceofEconomicinterdependenceisLaborSpecialization.Whentoomanysimilarproductsareproducedbyonenationoraparty,theproductionbecomesspecializedandeconomicinterdependencetakesplace.That partythenforms

 

trading relationships with other parties for the supply of products and services that theycannotproduce.

Education

Thisistoenhancediffusionofknowledgeamongcountriesastheyshareknowledgeondifferent disciplines. E.g. hiring of specialists like Doctors and nurses across variouscountries.

PositiveeffectsofglobalizationatlocalandNationalLevels

  1. AccesstoNewCultures

Globalizationmakesiteasierthanevertoaccessforeignculture,includingfood,movies,music,andart.Thisfreeflowofpeople,goods,art,and informationisthereasonyoucan have Thai food delivered to your apartment as you listen to your favorite UK-basedartistorstreamaBollywoodmovie.

  1. TheSpreadofTechnologyandInnovation

Manycountriesaroundtheworldremainconstantlyconnected,soknowledgeandtechnologicaladvancestravelquickly.Becauseknowledgealsotransferssofast,thismeansthatscientificadvancesmadeinAsiacanbeatworkintheUnitedStatesinamatterofdays.

  1. LowerCostsforProducts

Globalization allows companies to find lower-cost ways to produce their products. It alsoincreases global competition, which drives prices down and creates a larger variety ofchoices for consumers. Lowered costs help people in both developing and already-developedcountrieslivebetteronlessmoney.

  1. HigherStandardsofLivingAcrosstheGlobe

Developingnationsexperienceanimprovedstandardofliving—thankstoglobalization.

  1. AccesstoNewMarkets

Businesses gain a great deal from globalization, including new customers and diverserevenue streams. Companies interested in these benefits look for flexible and innovativewaystogrowtheirbusinessoverseas

  1. AccesstoNewTalent

Inadditiontonewmarkets,globalizationallowscompaniestofindnew,specializedtalentthat is notavailable in theircurrent market.Forexample, globalization gives

 

companiestheopportunitytoexploretechtalentinboomingmarketssuchasBerlinorStockholm,ratherthanSiliconValley.

NegativeeffectsofGlobalizationatNationalandlocallevels

  • LossofCulturalIdentity

Whileglobalizationhasmadeforeigncountrieseasiertoaccess,ithasalsobeguntomelduniquesocietiestogether.Thesuccessofcertainculturesthroughouttheworldcausedothercountriestoemulatethem.Butwhenculturesbegintolosetheirdistinctivefeatures,weloseourglobaldiversity.

  • Terrorism

Itisasignificantprobleminmostdevelopedcountries.Duetoworldwideintegration,people travel a lot. Some of them move abroad for studying, business, visiting relatives,work and access hospitals services. However, not all of them are totally honest. Lots ofterrorists came to a foreign country with a worker visa having a hidden goal to perform aterroristattack.It’saproblemthathasposedfearamongcitizenswhocan’ttrusttheirneighbors.Unfortunately,terroristsrecruityoungpeople,residentsofthecountryandmakethembelievetheyaredoingtherightthings.That’swhytherearefear,mistrust,andtensioninsociety.

 

 

  • JobInsecurity

Before globalization, skilled people got employment in government sectors andcompanies where they received high salaries. Job opportunities were waiting for thosewhocompletedcollegesandearnedadegree.Peoplewouldresignajobandquicklygetanother.Duetoglobalization,therearemanypeopleseekingemploymentallovertheworld. Employers take advantage of cheap labor. One can get a dismissal because of aslightmistakeastheemployercanfindaskilledworkerwhoisreadytobepaidless.

  • PriceInstability

Priceinstabilityisasignificanteffectofglobalizationonbusiness.Somepeopleestablishindustries overseas where they get cheap raw materials and labor. They can cutproductioncostsandselltheirgoodsatalowprice.Duetocompetition,somehigh-qualityproductsdifferinprices.NomatterhowtheWorldTradeOrganizationhastriedtocontrolpricefluctuation,theireffortsarenotsuccessful.Thesecompaniesreachoutto

 

consumersusingmoderntechnology.Successfulbusinessesareforthosewhocanfindacompetitiveadvantageandespeciallymakehigh-qualityproductsforalowprice.

  • CurrencyFluctuation

International trade buys and sells products using the US dollar. The price of dollarfluctuatesday-to-dayindevelopingcountries,thisresultsinimbalancedeconomyandunnormal prices for goods and services. National currencies are affected the most byIGOs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QualitiesofGlobalCitizeninthemodernSociety

  • Globalcitizensactfairlyintheir choices,theirdecisions,andtheirwords.
  • Theydonotthinkofsomegroupsorindividualsassuperiororinferiortoothers.
  • Global citizens accept differences and do not react with hostility to people who are
  • Globalcitizensarewillingto helpandcooperate withothers.
  • Globalcitizenshavetheir ownideasandexpressthem,buttheyare opento

 

  • Globalcitizens look after theenvironment anddon’twastethings.
  • Globalcitizensbelievetheycanmakeapositivedifferenceintheworld

HowtocontributetothewellbeingoftheinternationalcommunitywhilemaintainingasenseofrootednesstoKenya

  • Enhancesocialtrust
  • Supportmemberslivingharmoniouslytogether
  • Fostercivicengagement
  • Empowerallmemberstoparticipateinglobal democracy.

GlobalGovernance

Global governance encompasses activities that transcend national boundaries at theinternational,transnational,andregionallevelsandisbasedonrightsandrulesthatareenforced through acombinationof economic andmoralincentives.

Guidingprinciplesofleadershipandintegrityinpromotionofgoodgovernance

  • selectiononthebasisofpersonal integrity,competenceandsuitability,orelectioninfreeandfairelections;
  • objectivityandimpartialityindecisionmaking,andinensuringthatdecisionsarenotinfluencedbynepotism,favouritism,otherimpropermotivesorcorruptpractices;
  • selflessservice based solely on the publicinterest, demonstratedby—
  • honesty in theexecutionof publicduties; and
  • thedeclarationofanypersonalinterest that mayconflict withpublicduties;
  • accountabilitytothepublicfordecisionsandactions;and

FormationofOrganizationofAfricanUnity

was an intergovernmental organization established on 25 May 1963 in Addis Ababa,Ethiopia,with32signatorygovernments.OneofthemainheadsforOAU’sestablishmentwasKwameNkrumahofGhana.Itwasdisbandedon9July2002byitslastchairman, South African President Thabo Mbeki, and replaced by the African Union(AU).

 

 

 

 

AchievementsofOAU

  • OAUfoughtagainstcolonialism,throughitsliberationcommittee,OAUsucceededinmobilizing funds, arms andsupportforthecountriesthat werestillundercolonialrule.ThissawtheliberationofseveralcountrieslikeAngola,SouthAfricaandNamibia.Afteritssuccessfulcompletionofthedecolonizationtask,theliberationcommitteeofOAUwasdissolvedin1994
  • OAU upheld the idea of African unity through the annual conferences where itmanagedtobringthedifferentheadsofstatestogether,theydidnotonlydiscusstheimportantmattersaffectingthe continentbutalsocametoknowandunderstandeachotherbetter,thiscontributedtowardsAfricanunity.
  • OAU settled inter state conflicts between Uganda and Kenya 1987, Somalia andEthiopia in 1970, Morocco and Mauritania over the western Sahara republic 1976,SomaliaandKenya,UgandaandTanzania1978–79,UgandaandCongo,Ugandaand Sudan, OAU always came in to mediate peace and prevent large scale and
  • OAU helped in dismantling Apartheid by 1994; it used diplomatic talks, mobilizedmoral,financialandmilitarysupportinordertoweakentheApartheidregime.ItconvincedthesuperpowerstoimposesanctionsagainstApartheidSouthAfricaandencouraged the formation of frontline states that is Mozambique, Angola, and
  • OAU promoted economic development in Africa that is in 1963 set up the AfricanDevelopmentBankinAbidjaninCote-de-vioreIvoryCoast,itobtainedfundsfrommulti nationalco-operationsand rich Arabstatesfor development. In 1993atAbidjanOAUproposedtheformationofanAfricaneconomic community.

 

  • OAU supported regional economic integrations after realizing that the idea ofcontinentaleconomicintegrationwilltakelongtomature,suchgroupingslikeECOWAS for West Africa, PTA and COMESA for East, central and South Africa,the SADC were formed and through these, unity and social economic advancement
  • OAUmadeeffortstoendcivilwars;in1972itnegotiatedapeacesettlementoverthe Sudanese civil war,thishelped toput thecivil war to anend fora period of tenyears.Evenafterthewarresumedin1983,itstillmadeeffortstoreconciletheSPLA guerillamovementwith Khartoum government. Italsointervened inthecivilwarsinBurundi,Mozambique,NigeriaandAngola.
  • OAUmadeeffortstocaterforrefugees,duringthe1965OAUsummitinAccraAfricanheadsofstatesaddressedthemselvestotheproblemofrefugeesinAfricaintheir topic “The refuge problem in Africa”. They resolved to give asylum to therefugees, minimize civil conflicts that produced these civil wars and also prevent
  • OAU revived African culture throug games and sports, African festivals , AfricanLanguageslikeSwahili,LingalaandHausa,promotionofAfricanliteraturebureauwhich saw the writing of a number of novels and plays like “Things fall Apart byChinuaAchebe”,“LionandtheJewelbyWoleSoyinka”.
  • OAU promoted international understanding, Africa on the international fora nowspoke with one voice, it was also the influence of OAU on international scene thatAfricamanagedtoproduceUNsecretaryGeneralslikeBoutrosBoutrosGhaliand
  • OAUpromotedscientificresearchandthroughthisOAUhelpedtostoppests,EastcoastfeverandalsowentaheadtosensitizepeopleaboutAIDS,alsosetuptheAfrican Medical Research Fund (AMRF) in order to improve research in diseases.
  • OAU called for NAM in relation to international politics, it advised Africancountriestoremainneutralduringtheperiodofcoldwarpoliticsandthishelped
  • OAUcondemnedsecessionionsforexampleittookanuncompromisingpositionsagainst, Biafran secession, Katanga secessions this helped to bring togetherness
  • OAUpromoted democraticgovernanceinAfrica andtookafirm groundtocondemncoupsandpoliticalassassinationsinadditiontheprincipleofonemanonevotewasupheld,AfricarealizeddifferentelectionsforexampleinKenyaMoigave

 

in to Kibaki through elections. All these were achievements that could not beunderestimated.

  • OAUdefendedhumanrightsbysettingupahumanrightscharteron21stOctober1986 signed by 30 out of 52 African states and from then they started fightinghuman rights abuses and encouraged Africans states to set up human rightscommissions with in their countries. This has helped to reduce on human suffering
  • OAU constantly spoke against neo-colonialism and Africans were encouraged tobuildselfsustainingeconomiesandavoidacceptingdecisionsfromtheWest.This

ChallengesfacedbyOAU

  • Inabilitybymemberstatestomeettheir annualsubscriptionandtheproblemof
  • Countriessupportedrebelactivitiesineachother’scountry.
  • Most countriesremainedverypoorandliableto neo-colonialism.
  • OAUwasfacedwithaproblemofprolongedEuropeandominationinAfricawhichdrainedmostofitsresourcesespeciallySouthAfrica,NamibiaandthePortuguesecoloniesofAngola,MozambiqueandGuineaBissau.
  • ThecoloniallegacywasanotherproblemwhereAfricansremainedloyaltotheirformer colonial masters; there were sharp differences between the Anglo-phoneandFranco-phone.
  • AssassinationsofAfrican

 

FailuresofOAU

  • FailuretoairoutpoliticaldifferencesofAfricanstates,duringtheNigeriancivilwar of 1967-70, Tanzania, Zambia, Ivory Coast plus Gabon remained in totalisolation with Nigeria because they supported the Biafran secession. This wasblamed on OAU because it had not made enough sensitization in the need for
  • OAU failed to create a standing army that would solve African problems. It onlyreliedonsolicitingsupportfromAfricancountriesintimesofcrisisandthereforeitfailed to iron out dictators like Jean BodelBokasa of Central Africa, failed to endAmin’s rule in a short period, people like Mugabe of Zimbabwe and Ghadafi ofLibya did not uphold on to the democratic principles of elections and this created
  • OAU failed to end Neo-colonialism throughout its existence,African countriesweredependingontheformercolonialmastersandtomakemattersworsethe1982OAUsummitthatwastotakeplaceinLibyafloppedbecauseoftheinfluenceofUSAanditwasshiftedtoAddisAbaba.ThereforeitisurgedthatOAUfailedto
  • The OAU failed to attain the desired unity of Africa. African countries throughoutitsexistenceweremoreconcernedabouttheirhomeproblemsratherthanthecontinental issues. This created divisions against the future unity envisaged by its
  • OAUfailedtoendinterstateconflictsforexamplebetween1977and1978EthiopiawasatwarwithSomaliaaround1979TanzaniaandUgandawerealsoatwar,thisdisunityhamperedeconomicdevelopment.
  • OAU failed toamendtheOAUcharterwhichemphasized theprinciple of noninterference in the affairs of other states, the dictators always used this clause toprolong their stay in power and abuse human rights a case in point is ApartheidSouth Africa which constantly called OAU members to respect the noninterference clause, other leaders like Ghadafi always told other leaders to mind
  • OAU failed to establish an economic integration of the continent, African statesremained very poor and surprisingly 90% of the total trade in Africa was doneoutside the continent thus regional groupings like COMESA, Preferential TradeArea(PTA),SADCCfailedtorealizetheirobjectives.

 

  • OAU failed to safeguard the sovereignty and respect of the members states forexample in 1968 USA troops bombed Libyan cities of Benghazi and Tripoli, inCongo the Belgian troops occupied without the blessing of the OAU, variousmilitarytakeoverwerepartlyinfluencedbyforeigncountriesandAfricadidnot
  • OAU failed to enforce non-alignment as member states became aligned either tothe east or the West for example where as Kenya adopted capitalism, Tanzania
  • OAU failed to discipline member states which did not pay their membership forexampleChadandRwandaforlongrefusedtopaythisfee.Accordingtothe1995statisticsoutof53countriesonly17fullypaidanditwasestimatedthatabout583
  • OAUwasalsofacedwithpersonalconflicts,misunderstandingsbyHeadsofstatesin Africaforexample NyerereboycottedtheOAUsummitinUgandain1975because of personal conflicts with Amin, Nasser and Nkrumah disagreed on theform ofunity toadopt inAfrica. Allthese wereblamedonOAU forfailureto
  • OAUfailedtopreventassassinationsofAfricanleadersandAfricalostdynamicandpoliticalleaderslikeLumumba,SylvanusOlympioofTogo,AnwalSadatofEgypt,MelicioNdadaye of Burundi, Juvenile Habyarimana of Rwanda, and the people
  • OAU failed to iron out differences between black Africans and the Arab NorthAfricans. This was significant in the 1977 OAU summit in Somalia. The Arabswanted a Somali to be elected as secretary General of OAU as opposed to a blackfromZambia.ThisalmostfragmentedAfricaintotheArabNorthandBlackSouth.
  • OAUfailedto protecthumanrights.MostAfricanstateswereheadedbydictatorslike Amin, Mobutu Seseko, Sun Abacha who even banned political parties,censored thepressbutOAUsimplycondemnedandcouldnotremovesuch
  • Africansremainedverypoor,suffered from curable diseases like Bilharzia, there was poor feeding and mal-nutritionyetOAUdidlittleornothingtoimproveonthis.
  • Failure to stop ethnic nationalism in Africa. OAU completely failed to stop the1967 to1979Nigerian civilwar,failedtouniteSouthernand NorthernSudanand

 

thusthecrisiscontinued.ItfailedtocementrelationsbetweentheHutusandtheTutsisinRwandathusitisarguedthattheCardinalobjectiveofpeaceandstabilitywasnotfullyachieved.

  • OAUfailedtoimproveonthetransportnetworkinAfricawhichhamperedeconomic progress for example the plan to construct the Trans-African high wayfromMombasatoLagosandfromJohannesburgtoTripolinevermaterializedand
  • OAUfailedtoeradicatethewhitesettlersinKenyanhighlands,Ethiopianhighlands,SouthAfricaandZimbabwe.
FormationofAfricanUnion(AU)

TheAfricanUnion(AU)wasofficiallylaunchedinJuly2002inDurban,SouthAfrica,followingadecision inSeptember1999 byitspredecessor,theOAU tocreateanewcontinental organisation to build on its work. The decision to re-launch Africa’s pan-AfricanorganisationwastheoutcomeofaconsensusbyAfricanleadersthatinordertorealise Africa’spotential, there was aneed torefocusattention from the fight fordecolonisation and ridding the continent of apartheid, which had been the focus of theOAU, towards increased cooperation and integration of African states to drive Africa’sgrowthandeconomicdevelopment.

AimsofA.U

  • AchievegreaterunityandsolidaritybetweenAfricancountriesandtheirthepeople
  • Defendthesovereignty,territorialintegrityandindependenceofitsMemberStates;
  • Acceleratethepoliticalandsocio-economicintegrationofthecontinent;
  • Promote and defend African common positions on issues of interest to thecontinentanditspeoples;
  • Encourageinternationalcooperation
  • Promotepeace,security,andstabilityonthecontinent;
  • Promotedemocraticprinciplesandinstitutions,popularparticipationandgoodgovernance;
  • Promote and protect human and peoples’ rights in accordance with the AfricanCharter on Human and Peoples’ Rights and other relevant human rightsinstruments;

 

  • Establishthenecessaryconditionswhichenablethecontinenttoplayitsrightfulroleintheglobaleconomyandininternationalnegotiations;
  • Promotesustainabledevelopmentattheeconomic,socialandculturallevelsaswellastheintegrationofAfricaneconomies;
  • PromotecooperationinallfieldsofhumanactivitytoraisethelivingstandardsofAfricanpeoples;
  • Coordinate and harmonise the policies between the existing and future RegionalEconomic Communities for the gradualattainmentofthe objectives ofthe Union;
  • Advance the development of the continent by promoting research in all fields, inparticularinscienceandtechnology
  • Workwithrelevantinternationalpartnersintheeradicationofpreventable
  • Ensuretheeffectiveparticipationofwomenindecision-making,particularlyinthepolitical,economicandsocio-culturalareas;
  • Developandpromotecommonpoliciesontrade,defenceandforeignrelationstoensure thedefenceoftheContinentand thestrengtheningofitsnegotiatingpositions;
  • InviteandencouragethefullparticipationoftheAfricanDiasporaasanimportantpartofourContinent,inthebuildingoftheAfricanUnion.

AchievementsofA.U

AfricanUnionhascontributedthefollowingamongitsmembersstates:

  • ConflictResolution,Peace&Security
  • Infrastructure &EnergyDevelopment
  • Agricultural Development
  • Trade&IndustrialDevelopment
  • VisaFreeAfrica
  • Democracy,Law&HumanRights
  • PromotingHealth&Nutrition
  • Migration,Labour&Employment
  • PromotingSports&Culture
  • Education,Science&Technology
  • YouthDevelopment

 

  • EconomicIntegration&PrivateSectorDevelopment
  • Diaspora&CivilSocietyEngagement
  • GenderEquality&DevelopmentU

 

OrganizationalStructureofAFRICANUNION

 

FactorswhichcanpromotecontinentalInterconnectednessandinterdependence

    • IntroductionofonecurrencyforAfricancountries
    • ExpansionofroadsthatlinkAfricancountries
    • IntroductionoffreetradeacrosstheAfricancontinent
    • EnhancingofculturalexchangesamongAfricanCommunities
    • Specializationinproductionofgoodsandservices
    • UseofITinenhancing

JESMA exams class 8 pdf

Download the latest JESMA Class 8 Exam plus marking schemes here at no cost.

JESMA CLASS 8 KCPE REVISION EXAMS PLUS ANSWERS- LATEST.

JESMA EXAMS MARKING SCHEMES– ALL SUBJECTS

MATHS JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

INSHA JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

ENGLISH JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

SOCIAL JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

COMPOSITION JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

KISWAHILI JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

SCIENCE JESMA CLASS 8 EXAMS

OTHER HOT DOWNLOADS.

JESMA exams 2021-2022 Class 8 With Marking Schemes

Class 8 KCPE past papers, revision exams and made familiar handbooks free

Class 8 Targeter, Jesma free exams with marking schemes

Jesma exams 2021-2022 class 8

Laikipia University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Laikipia University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Academic Programmes

ADMISSIONS : COURSE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS


Introduction

Welcome to the world of Academia at Laikipia University. We offer the following courses listed below with their respective entry requirements.

1. Certificate Programmes which lead to the award of Certificate in:

  • Computer Applications
  • Computer Repairs and Maintenance
  • Public Relations
  • Purchasing and Supplies Management
  • School Management, Sales and Marketing
  • Information Communication Technology (CICT)
  • Certificate in Public Administration and County Governance
  • Certificate in Sports Science and Management

Minimum Entry Requirements:

KCSE Mean Grade D+ or an equivalent qualification from a recognized institution for all certificate courses

2. Diploma Programmes which lead to the award of:

  • Diploma in Information and Communication Technology (DICT)
  • Diploma in Community Development
  • Diploma in Sports Science and Management
  • Diploma in Procurement and Logistics Management
  • Diploma in Business Management
  • Diploma in Library and Information Studies
  • Diploma in Education (Arts)

Minimum Entry Requirements:

An aggregate KCSE grade of C – (Minus) or an equivalent qualification from a recognized Institution, for Diploma in Education aggregate KCSE grade C+ , C+ in two teaching subjects and C(Plain) in English or its equivalent.

3. Bachelors Degree Programmes that lead to the award of:

  • Bachelor of Arts in Kiswahili and Communication Studies
  • Bachelor of Arts in Communication and English Language Studies
  • Bachelor of Arts in Communication and Media
  • Bachelor of Science in Information Science
  • Bachelor of Library and Information Studies
  • Bachelor of Arts (Peace Education)
  • Bachelor of Science in Geography
  • Bachelor of Psychology
  • Bachelor of Science (Community Development)
  • Bachelor of Arts in Criminology and Security Studies
  • Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science
  • Bachelor of Education (Arts)
  • Bachelor of Education (Science)
  • Bachelor of Science (Physics, Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics)
  • Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
  • Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Sciences and Technology
  • Bachelor of Science in Information and Communication Technology
  • Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
  • Bachelor of Commerce
  • Bachelor of Science (Economics and Statistics)
  • Bachelor of Science in Statistics
  • Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Economics
  • Bachelor of Agribusiness Management (BAM)
  • Bachelor of Arts (History and Economics)
  • Bachelor of Arts Economics and Sociology
  • Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Education and Extension
  • Bachelor of Education in Early Childhood and Development Education
  • Bachelor of Sports Science and Management
  • Bachelor of Science in Utilization and Sustainability of Arid Lands
  • Bachelor of Science in Natural Resource Management

Minimum Entry Requirements:

An aggregate KCSE grade of C+ (PLUS) or a relevant Diploma from a recognized institution.

(Some Degree Programmes may require higher aggregate KCSE grade).

4. Post Graduate Degree Programmes:

  • Post Graduate Diploma in Education

Entry Requirements:

First Degree in a Relevant field

5. Masters Programmes that lead to the award of:

  • Master of Education in Curriculum Studies
  • Master of Education in Educational Management
  • Master of Education in Educational Psychology
  • Master of Education in Measurement and Evaluation
  • Master of Education in Guidance and Counselling
  • Master of Education in Science Education
  • Master of Arts in Kiswahili and Communication
  • Master of Arts in Guidance and Counselling
  • Master of Arts in Applied Linguistics
  • Master of Arts in Communication and Media
  • Master of Arts in Literature
  • Master of Arts in History
  • Master of Arts in Religion
  • Master of Arts in Sociology
  • Master of Arts in Environmental Science
  • Master of Business Administration (MBA)
  • Master of Science in Community Development

Entry Requirements:

Bachelor Degree, Second Class Honours (Upper Division) and above OR Bachelor Degree Second Class Honours (Lower Division) with at least two (2) years’ relevant work experience.

6. Doctor of Philosophy Programmes that lead to the award of:

  • Doctor of Philosophy in Guidance and Counselling
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Educational Management
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Curriculum Studies
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Educational Psychology
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Kiswahili and Communication Studies
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Linguistics and Applied Linguistics
  • Doctor of Philosophy in History
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Literature
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Religion
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Communication and Media
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Community Development
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Science Education
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Business Administration
  • Doctor of Philosophy in Environmental Sciences

Entry Requirements:

Masters qualification in a relevant field from a recognized Institution or its Equivalent from a recognized institution.

Course Admission Requirements

Welcome to the world of Academia at Laikipia University. We offer the following courses listed below with their respective entry requirements;

Certificate Entry Requirements

  • Minimum Entry Requirements:
  • KCSE Mean Grade D+ or an equivalent qualification from a recognized institution for all certificate courses

Diploma Entry Requirements

  • Minimum Entry Requirements:
  • An aggregate KCSE grade of C – (Minus) or an equivalent qualification from a recognized Institution, for Diploma in Education aggregate KCSE grade C+ , C+ in two teaching subjects and C(Plain) in English or its equivalent.

Degree Entry Requirements

  • Minimum Entry Requirements:
  • An aggregate KCSE grade of C+ (PLUS) or a relevant Diploma from a recognized institution. (Some Degree Programmes may require higher aggregate KCSE grade).

Post Graduate Degree Programmes Entry Requirements

  • First Degree in a Relevant field

Masters Entry Requirements

  • Minimum Entry Requirements
  • Bachelor Degree, Second Class Honours (Upper Division) and above OR Bachelor Degree Second Class Honours (Lower Division) with at least two (2) years’ relevant work experience.

Doctor of Philosophy Programmes Entry Requirements

  • Masters qualification in a relevant field from a recognized Institution or its Equivalent from a recognized institution.

PHYSICS SYLLABUS COVERAGE AREAS (PAPER 1 TOPICS ARRANGED)

PHYSICS KNEC SYLLABUS AND THE CONTENTS

PAPER 1 TOPICS ARRANGED IN UNITS

Unit 1(Measurement I and measurement II)

Measurement I

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define length, area,volume,mass,density,time interval and state the corresponding symbols and SI units
  2. Convert other metric units to SI units
  3. Estimate length, mass and time
  4. Use accurately various measuring instruments
  5. Determine experimentally the densities of substances
  6. Solve numerical problems on density

Content

  • Definition of length,area,volume,density and time
  • Sin units and symbols
  • Estimation of quantities
  • Conversion of units
  • Measuring instruments:metre rule, tape measure, beam balance, stop clock/watch, measuring cylinder, pipette and burette
  • Experiments on density

Measurement II

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to

  1. Measure length using vernier calipers and micrometer screw gauge
  2. Estimate the diameter of a molecule of oil
  3. Solve numerical problems in measurements

Content

  • Measurement of length using vernier calipers and micrometer screw gauge
  • Decimal places ,significant figures and standard forms
  • Estimation of the diameter of a molecule of oil(relate to the size of HIV virus ,mention the effects of oil spills on health and environment
  • Problems in measurements

Unit 2(Force, forces and moments, equilibrium and stability, Hooke’s law, particulate nature of matter)

Force

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. Define force and state its SI unit
  2. Describe the types of forces
  3. Describe experiments to illustrate cohesion ,adhesion and cohesion
  4. State the effects of force
  5. State the difference between mass and weight, W=mg
  6. Define scalar and vector quantities
  7. Solve numerical problems involving W=mg

Content

  • Definition of force
  • Types of forces (include cohesion, adhesion and surface tension
  • Experiments to demonstrate cohesion, adhesion and surface tension(actual measurement of surface tension not required)
  • Effects of force
  • Mass, weight and their relationship
  • Scalar and vector quantities
  • Problems involving W=mg

Particulate nature of matter

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. Give evidence that matter is made up of tiny particles
  2. Describe experiments to show that particles of matter are at constant random motion
  3. Explain the states of matter in terms of particle movement
  4. Explain diffusion

Content

  • Experiments to show that matter is made up of tiny particles (e.g cutting papers into small pieces ,dilution experiments etc)
  • Brownian motion
  • States of matter
  • Diffusion (grahams law not require)

Turning effect of a force

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to;

  1. Define moment of a force about a point and state its SI unit
  2. State and verify the principle of moments
  3. Solve problems involving the principle of moments

 

Content

  • Moment of force ,SI unit of moment of a force
  • Principle of moments
  • Problems on principle of moments(consider single pivot only)

Equilibrium and centre of gravity

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define center of gravity
  2. Determine experimentally the center of gravity of lamina objects
  3. Identify and explain the states of equilibrium
  4. State and explain factors affecting stability of an object
  5. Explain the applications of stability
  6. Solve numerical problems involving center of gravity and moments of a force

Content

  • Center of gravity (experimental treatment required)
  • States of equilibrium
  • Factors affecting stability
  • Problems on center of gravity and moments of a force(consider single pivot only)

 

Hooke’s law

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State and verify experimentally Hooke’s law
  2. Determine the spring constant
  3. Construct and calibrate a spring balance
  4. Solve numerical problems involving Hooke’s law

Content

  • Hooke’s law
  • Spring constant
  • Spring balance
  • Problems involving Hooke’s law

Unit 3 (Pressure, fluid flow, gas laws, floating and sinking)

Pressure

Specific objective

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define pressure and state its SI units
  2. Determine pressure exerted by solids
  3. Describe experiments to investigate factors affecting pressure in fluids
  4. Derive the formula p=ρgh
  5. State the principle of transmission of pressure in fluids (Pascal’s principle)
  6. Explain atmospheric pressure and its effects
  7. State and explain the applications of pressure
  8. Solve numerical problems involving pressure

Content

  • Definition of pressure
  • Pressure in solids
  • Factors affecting pressure in fluids(experimental treatment required0
  • Derivation of p=ρgh
  • Atmospheric pressure
  • Simple mercury barometer, manometers
  • Applications of pressure :drinking staw,syringe,siphon,hydraulic press, hydraulic brakes, bicycle pump, force pump, lift pump
  • Problems on pressure

Fluid flow

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe streamline flow and turbulent flow
  2. Derive the equation of continuity
  3. Describe experiments to illustrate Bernoulli’s effect
  4. Explain the Bernoulli’s effect
  5. Describe the applications of Bernoulli’s effect
  6. Solve numerical problems involving the equation of continuity

Content

  • Streamline flow and turbulent flow
  • Equation of continuity
  • Bernoulli’s effect(experimental treatment required)
  • Applications of Bernoulli’s effect: Bunsen burner, spray gun,carburetor,aerofoil and spinning ball
  • Problems involving the equation of continuity

Gas laws

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State the gas laws for ideal gas
  2. Verify experimentally the gas laws
  3. Explain how absolute zero temperature may be obtained from the pressure –temperature and volume –temperature graphs
  4. Convert Celsius scale to Kelvin scale of temperature
  5. State the basic assumptions of the kinetic theory of gases
  6. Explain the gas laws using the kinetic theory of gases
  7. Solve numerical problems involving gas laws

 

 

 

Content

  • Boyle’s law, Charles’ law, pressure law, absolute zero
  • Kelvin scale of temperature
  • Gas laws and kinetic theory of gases(p=1/3pc2 not required)
  • Problems involving gas laws (including PV/T=constant)

 

Floating and sinking

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State Archimedes’ principle
  2. Verify Archimedes’ principle
  3. State the law of floatation
  4. Define relative density
  5. Describe the applications of Archimedes’ principle and relative density
  6. Solve numerical problems involving Archimedes principles

Content

  • Archimedes’ principle ,law of floatation (experimental treatment required)
  • Relative density
  • Applications of Archimedes’ principle and relative density
  • Problems of Archimedes’ principle

Unit 4(Thermal expansion, heat transfer, quantity of heat)

Thermal expansion

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define temperature
  2. Describe the functioning of the various thermometers
  3. Describe thermal expansion of solids, liquids and gases
  4. Explain expansion in terms of particle behavior
  5. Describe the unusual expansion of water and its effects
  6. Explain the effects and applications of thermal expansion

Content

  • Temperature
  • Thermometer: liquid –in-glass, including clinical and six’s maximum and minimum thermometers
  • Expansion of solids, liquids and gases
  • Effects of expansion and contraction
  • Unusual expansion of water(anomalous expansion0
  • Applications of thermal expansion, include bimetallic strip

Heat transfer

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State the difference between temperature and heat
  2. State and explain the modes of heat transfer
  3. Describe experiments to illustrate factors affecting heat transfer
  4. Explain applications of heat transfer

Content

  • Heat and temperature
  • Modes of heat transfer
  • Factors affecting heat transfer (experimental treatment required)
  • Applications of heat transfer on vacuum flask, domestic hot water system, solar concentrators

Quantity of heat

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define heat capacity and specific heat capacity
  2. Determine experimentally specific heat capacity of solids and liquids
  3. Define specific latent heat of fusion and specific latent heat of vaporization of steam
  4. Determine experimentally the specific latent heat of fusion of ice and the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam
  5. State factors affecting melting point and boiling point
  6. Explain the functioning of a pressure cooker and a refrigerator
  7. Solve problems involving quantity of heat

Content

  • Heat capacity , specific heat capacity, units (experimental treatment required)
  • Latent heat of fusion, latent heat of vaporization, units (experimental treatment required)
  • Boiling and melting points
  • Pressure cooker, refrigerator
  • Problems involving quantity of heat (Q=mcΔT),Q=mL)

Unit 5(Linear motion, Newton’s laws of motion, work, energy, uniform circular motion)

Linear motion

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define distance,displacement,speed,velocity,and acceleration
  2. Describe experiments to determine velocity and acceleration
  3. Determine acceleration due to gravity
  4. Plot and explain motion time graphs
  5. Apply the equations of uniformly accelerated motion
  6. Solve numerical problems on uniformly accelerated motion

Content

  • Distance,displacement,speed,velocity,and acceleration(experimental treatment required)
  • Acceleration due to gravity free-fall, simple pendulum
  • Motion -time graphs-displacement time graphs, velocity time graphs
  • Equations of uniformly accelerated motion
  • Problems on uniformly accelerated motion

Newton’s laws of motion

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State the Newton’s laws of motion
  2. Describe simple experiments to illustrate inertia
  3. State the law of conservation of linear momentum
  4. Define elastic collision, inelastic collision and impulse
  5. Derive the equation F=ma
  6. Describe the application of frictional force
  7. Define viscosity
  8. Explain terminal velocity
  9. Solve numerical problems involving Newton’s laws and the law of conservation of linear momentum

Content

  • Newton’s laws of motion (experimental treatment of inertia required)
  • Conservation of linear momentum ,elastic collisions, inelastic collisions, recoil velocity ,impulse (oblique collisions not required)
  • The relation F=ma
  • Frictional force
  • Advantages and disadvantages
  • Viscosity and terminal velocity (qualitative treatment only)
  • Problems involving Newton’s laws and the law of conservation of linear momentum(exclude problems on elastic collisions)

Work energy power and machines

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to;

  1. Describe energy transformation
  2. State the law of conservation of energy
  3. Define work,energy,power,and state their SI units
  4. Define mechanical advantage ,velocity ratio and efficiency of machines
  5. Solve numerical problems involving work,energy,power and machines

Content

  • Forms of energy and energy transformations
  • Sources of energy-renewable ,non-renewable
  • Law of conservation of energy
  • Work, energy and power (work done by resolved force not required)
  • Kinetic energy and potential energy
  • Simple machines
  • Problems of work,energy,power and machines

Uniform circular motion

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define angular displacement and angular velocity
  2. Describe simple experiments to illustrate centripetal force
  3. Explain the applications of uniform circular motion
  4. Solve numerical problems involving uniform circular motion

Content

  • The radian, angular displacement and angular velocity
  • Centripetal force; the relations F=mv2/r,F=mrω2(derivation of the formula not necessary experimental treatment required)
  • Applications of uniform circular motion
  • Centrifuge, vertical ,horizontal circles, banked tracks(calculation on banked tracks and conical pendulum not required)
  • Problems solving (applications of relations F=mv2/r ,F=mrw2 in numerical calculations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAPER 2 TOPICS ARRANGED IN UNITS

Unit 1(Rectilinear propagation, reflection at curved surfaces, refraction of light and thin lenses)

Rectilinear propagation of light

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Perform and describe experiments to show that light travels in a straight line
  2. Describe the formation of shadows and eclipses
  3. Explain the functioning of a pin-hole camera
  4. State the laws of reflection
  5. Verify experimentally laws of reflection
  6. State the characteristics of images formed by plane mirrors
  7. Explain the applications of reflection at plane surfaces
  8. Solve numerical problems involving pinhole camera and mirrors inclined at an angle

Content

  • Rectilinear propagation of light(experimental treatment required)
  • Formation of shadows and eclipses(umbra and penumbra)
  • Pin-hole camera :image formation and magnification
  • Laws of reflection
  • Images formed by plane mirrors, ray diagrams, parallel and inclined mirrors
  • Devices based on reflection:periscope,kaleidoscope
  • Problems on pin-hole camera and mirrors inclined at an angle

Reflection at curved surfaces

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe concave,convex,and parabolic reflectors
  2. Describe using ray diagram the principal axis, principal focus, center of curvature and related terms
  3. Locate images formed by curved mirrors by construction of ray diagrams
  4. Determine experimentally the characteristics of images formed by a concave mirror
  5. Define magnification
  6. Explain the applications of curved reflecting surfaces

Content

  • Concave, convex and parabolic reflectors
  • Principal axis, principal focus, center of curvature and related terms
  • Location of images formed by curved mirrors by ray diagram method(experiments on concave mirrors required)
  • Magnification formula
  • Application of curved reflectors

 

Refraction of light

Specific objectives

By the end topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe simple experiments to illustrate refraction of light
  2. State the laws refraction of light
  3. Verify Snell’s law
  4. Define refractive index
  5. Determine experimentally the refractive index
  6. Describe experiments to illustrate dispersion of white light
  7. Explain total internal reflection and its effect
  8. State the application of total internal reflection
  9. Solve numerical problems involving refractive index and critical angle

Content

  • Refraction of light-laws of refraction (experimental treatment required)
  • Determination of refractive index-Snell’s law, real/apparent depth ,critical angle
  • Dispersion of white light (experimental treatment required)
  • Total internal reflection and its effect: critical angle
  • Application of total internal reflection-prism periscope, optical fibres
  • Problems involving refractive index and critical angle

Thin lenses

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe converging lenses and diverging lenses
  2. Describe using ray diagrams the principal focus, the optical centre and the focal length of a thin lens
  3. Determine experimentally the focal length of a converging lens
  4. Locate images formed by thin lenses using ray diagram construction method
  5. Describe the characteristics of images formed by thin lenses
  6. Explain image formation in the human eye
  7. describe the defects of vision  in the human eye and how they can be corrected
  8. Describe the use of lenses in various optical devices
  9. Solve numerical problems involving the lens formula and the magnification formula

Content

  • Types of lenses
  • Ray diagrams and terms used
  • Images formed –ray diagrams,characteristics,magnification
  • Determination of focal length:(experimental treatment required-estimation method, lens formula, lens-mirror method
  • Human eye, defects (short sightedness and long sightedness)
  • Optical devices –simple microscope ,compound microscope, the camera
  • Problem involving the lens formula and the magnification

Unit 2(Cells and simple circuits, current electricity, heating effect of electric current, mains electricity)

Cells and simple circuits

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Draw and set-up simple electric circuits
  2. Identify circuit symbols
  3. Define electric current
  4. Explain the working of primary and secondary cells
  5. Explain the care and maintenance of secondary cells

Content

  • Simple electric circuits:cell,ammeter,voltmeter,variable resistor, connecting wires bulbs and switches
  • Circuit symbols
  • Electric current and its SI unit
  • Primary and secondary cells. (simple cell, dry Leclanche cell, lead acid cell)

Current electricity

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define potential difference and state its SI unit
  2. Measure potential difference and electric current in a circuit
  3. Verify ohm’s law
  4. Define resistance and state its si unit
  5. Determine experimentally the voltage –current relationship[s for various conductors
  6. Define m.f and explain  internal resistance of a cell
  7. Derive the formula for effective resistance of resistors in series and in parallel
  8. Solve numerical problems involving ohm’s law,resisitors in series and in parallel

Content

  • Scale reading :ammeter, voltmeter
  • Electric circuits:current,potential difference
  • Ohm’s law (experimental treatment required)
  • Resistance: types of resistors, measurement of resistance, unit of resistance
  • Electromotive force (e.m.f) and internal resistance of a cell. The relation (E=V+Ir)
  • Resistors in series and parallel
  • Problems involving ohm’s law resistors in series and parallel

Heating effect of electric current

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Perform and describe experiments to illustrate heating effect  of an  electric current
  2. State the factors affecting the heating e by an electric current
  3. Derive the equation for electrical energy and electrical power
  4. Identify devices in which heating effect of an electric current is applied
  5. Solve numerical; problems involving electrical energy and electrical power

Content

  • Simple experiments on heating effect
  • Factors affecting electrical energy, the relation P=VIt and P=VI
  • Heating devices :electric kettle, electric iron, bulb filament, electric heater
  • Problems involving electrical energy and electrical power

Mains electricity

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State the source of mains electricity
  2. Describe the transmission of electric power from the generating station to the consumer
  3. Explain the domestic wiring system
  4. Define the kilowatt hour
  5. Determine the electrical energy consumption and cost
  6. Solve numerical problems involving mains electricity

Content

  • Sources of mains electricity eg. Geothermal ,hydro, nuclear e.t.c
  • Power transmission (include dangers of high voltage transmission)
  • Domestic wiring system
  • Kwh,consumption and cost of electricity
  • Problems involving mains electricity

Unit 3(Electrostatic I and II)

Electrostatics I

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe electrostatic charging of objects by rubbing(experimental treatment required)
  2. Explain the sources of electrostatic charges
  3. State the two types of charges
  4. State the basic law of charges (electrostatics)
  5. State the unit of charge
  6. Construct a simple leaf electroscope
  7. Use a charged leaf electroscope to identify conductors , insulators and types of charge

Content

  • Electrostatic charging of objects by rubbing 9experimetal treatment required)
  • Types of charges and law of charges
  • The coulomb
  • Leaf electroscope :features ,charging and discharging
  • Charging by contact and induction
  • Identification of charge
  • Conductors and insulators

Electrostatic II

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Sketch electric field patterns around charged bodies
  2. Describe charge distribution on conductors of various shapes
  3. Define capacitance and state its SI unit
  4. Describe charging and discharging of a capacitor (calculation involving curves not required)
  5. State the factors affecting the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitors
  6. Sate the applications of capacitors
  7. Solve numerical problems involving capacitors.

Content

  • Electric field patterns
  • Charge distribution on conductors :spherical and pear shaped conductors
  • Action at points: lightning arrestors
  • Capacitance: unit of capacitance(farad ,microfarad)factors affecting capacitance
  • Applications of capacitors
  • Problems involving capacitors (using Q=CV,Ct=C1+C2 1/ct=1/c1+1/c2)

Unit 4(Waves I and II,sound,electromagnetic spectrum)

Waves I

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe the formation of pulse and waves
  2. Describe transverse and longitudinal waves
  3. Define amplitude (a), wavelength(λ),frequency (f) and periodic time(T) of a wave
  4. Derive the relation v=fλ
  5. Solve numerical problems involving v=fλ

Content

  • Pulse and waves
  • Transverse and longitudinal waves
  • Amplitude (a) ,wavelength(λ),frequency (f) and periodic time(t)
  • Relation v=fλ
  • Problems involving v=fλ

Waves II

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe experiment to illustrate the properties of waves
  2. Sketch wave-fronts to illustrate the properties of waves
  3. Explain constructive interference and destructive interference
  4. Describe experiments to illustrate stationary waves

Content

  • Properties of waves including sound waves,reflection,refraction,diffraction and interfence (experimental treatment required)
  • Constructive interference and destructive interference(qualitative treatment only)
  • Stationary waves(qualitative and experimental treatment only)

Sound

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Perform and describe simple experiments to show that sound is produced by vibrating bodies
  2. Perform and describe an experiment to show that sound requires a material medium for propagation
  3. Explain the nature of sound waves
  4. Determine the speed of sound in air by echo method
  5. State the factors affecting the speed of sound
  6. Solve numerical problems involving speed of sound

 

Content

  • Sound :nature and source (experimental treatment
  • Propagation of sound: compressions and rarefactions
  • Speed of sound by echo method
  • Factors affecting speed of sound
  • Problems involving speed of sound

Electromagnetic spectrum

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe the complete electromagnetic spectrum
  2. State the properties of electromagnetic waves
  3. Describe the methods of detecting electromagnetic radiations
  4. Describe the applications of electromagnetic radiations
  5. Solve numerical problems involving c=fλ

Content

  • Electromagnetic spectrum
  • Properties of electromagnetic waves
  • Detection of electromagnetic radiations
  • Applications of electromagnetic radiations (include green house effect)
  • Problems involving c=fλ

Unit 5(Magnetism,magnetic effect of electric current,electromagnetic induction)

Magnetism

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe the properties and use of magnets
  2. Identify magnetic and non-magnetic materials
  3. State the basic law of magnetism
  4. Describe patterns of magnetic field
  5. Describe methods of magnetization and demagnetization
  6. Explain magnetization and demagnetization using the domain theory
  7. Construct a simple compass

Content

  • Magnets: properties and uses
  • Magnetic and non-magnetic materials
  • Basic law of magnetism
  • Magnetic field patterns
  • Magnetization and demagnetization
  • Domain theory of magnetism
  • Care of magnets
  • Construction of simple magnetic compass

Magnetic effect of electric current

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Perform and describe experiments to determine the direction of the magnetic field round a current carrying conductor
  2. Construct a simple electromagnet
  3. State the factors affecting the strength of an electromagnet
  4. Determine experimentally the direction of a force on a conductor carrying current in a magnetic field(motor effect)
  5. State the factors affecting force on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field
  6. Explain the working of simple electric motor and electric bell

Content

  • Magnetic field due to a current
  • Oersted’s experiment
  • Magnetic field patterns on straight conductor and solenoid(right hand grip rule)
  • Simple electromagnets
  • Factors affecting the strength of an electromagnet
  • Motor effect (Fleming’s left hand rule)
  • Factors affecting force on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field (qualitative treatment only)
  • Applications-electric bell, simple electric motor

Electromagnetic induction

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Perform and describe simple experiments to illustrate electromagnetic induction
  2. State the factors affecting the magnitude and the direction of the induced e.m.f
  3. State the laws of electromagnetic induction
  4. Describe simple experiments to illustrate mutual induction
  5. Explain the working of an alternating current(a.c) generator and direct current (d.c) generator
  6. Explain the applications of electromagnetic induction
  7. Solve numerical problems involving transformers

Content

  • Simple experiments to illustrate electromagnetic induction
  • Induced e.m.f –faradays law ,Lenz’s law
  • Mutual induction
  • Alternating current(a.c) generator and direct current (d.c) generator
  • Fleming’s right hand –rule
  • Transformers
  • Applications of electromagnetic induction
  • Problems involving transformers

Unit 6

(Photoelectric effect, X-rays, cathode rays, radioactivity and electronics)

Cathode rays and cathode ray tube

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Describe the production of cathode rays
  2. State the properties of cathode rays
  3. Explain the functioning of a cathode rays oscilloscope (C.R.O) and a television tube (TV tube )
  4. Explain the use of a cathode ray oscilloscope
  5. Solve numerical problems involving cathode rays oscilloscope

Content

  • Production of cathode rays
  • Properties of cathode rays
  • R.O and TV tube
  • Uses of CRO
  • Problems involving CRO

 

 

X-rays

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the production of x-rays
  2. State the properties of x-rays
  3. State the dangers of x-rays
  4. Explain the uses of x-rays

Content

  • Production of X-ray, X-ray tube
  • Energy changes in an x-ray tube
  • Properties of X-rays
  • Soft and hard X-rays
  • Dangers of X-rays and precautions
  • Uses of X-rays (Bragg’s law not required)

Photoelectric effect

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Perform and describe simple experiments to illustrate the photoelectric effect
  2. Explain the factors that affect photoelectric emission
  3. Apply the equation E =hf to calculate the energy of photons
  4. Define threshold frequency, work function and electron volt
  5. Explain photoelectric emission using Einstein equation(hfo+1/2mv2=hf)
  6. Explain the applications of photoelectric effect
  7. Solve numerical problems involving photoelectric emissions

Content

  • Photoelectric effect,photon,threshold frequency, work function, Planck’s constant and electron volt
  • Factors affecting photoelectric emission
  • Energy of photons
  • Einstein equation(hfo+1/2mv2=hf)
  • Applications of photoelectric effect-photo emissive cells, photo conductive cells, photovoltaic cells

Radioactivity

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. Define radioactive decay and half life
  2. Describe the three types of radiation emitted in natural radioactivity
  3. Explain the detection of radioactive emissions
  4. Define nuclear fission and fusion
  5. Write balanced nuclear equations
  6. Explain the dangers of radioactive emissions
  7. State the applications of radioactivity
  8. Solve numerical problems involving half-life

Content

  • Radioactive decay
  • half life
  • Types of radiation, properties of radiations
  • Detectors of radiations
  • Nuclear fission and fusion
  • Nuclear equations
  • Hazards of radioactivity ,precautions
  • Applications
  • Problems of half-life(integration not required)

Electronics

Specific objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:

  1. State the difference between conductors and insulators
  2. Define intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors
  3. Explain doping in semi-conductors
  4. Explain the working of a p-n junction diode
  5. Sketch current –voltage characteristic for a diode
  6. Explain the application of diodes in rectification

Content

  • Conductors,semi-conductors,insulators
  • Intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors
  • Doping
  • P-n junction diode
  • Application of diodes: half wave rectification and full wave rectification

New CRE Form 1 Free High School Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION ONE

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER ONE

 

GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (CRE)

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Define Christian religious education
  2. Explain the importance of learning Christian Religious Education
  3. Explain the Bible as the word of God, its major divisions and its human authors
  4. Outline and appreciate the translation of the Bible from the original languages (Hebrew, Greek) to local language
  5. Discuss the effects of the translation of the Bible into African languages
  6. Respect the Bible as the word of God and apply the acquired insights in their daily life.

 

  1. (a) WHAT IS CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

CRE is one of the academic subjects in the school curriculum in Kenya

It is the subject that brings us a vivid awareness of God and how He reveals Himself to us through our personal experience, the creation, the scriptures, Jesus Christ and Holy Spirit.

It helps learners to develop as a morally upright person.

 

(c) REASONS FOR STUDYING CRE

The following are some of the reasons for studying CRE

  1. To get a better understanding of God

We get a better understanding of God through the way He reveals Himself to us in our daily experiences. We also come to know God more through the teachings recorded in both the Old and New Testaments

  1. To enable us to think critically and make appropriate social, moral and spiritual decisions

As students, we face a lot of dilemmas on moral questions involving matters such as attraction to opposite sex, temptation to steal etc. CRE gives us the basis of making such choices based on Christian Principles.

  • To appreciate our own religion and that of others

In order to live in peace and harmony with others CRE helps us learn and appreciate their religion and respect their cultures and faiths

  1. To help you acquire principles of Christian living

This is summed up in the Ten Commandments and in the teachings of Jesus Christ

  1. To help us develop a sense of self worth and identity for ourselves and others
  2. To promote international consciousness

As Christians, we should appreciate every person in every part of the world as God’s creation.

  • To help us live new lives in Christ

Through CRE we learn and acquire some values and attitudes which in turn transform us.

  • To help form a bridge for further studies and career development

CRE forms a foundation for further   studies and career training

  1. To identify answers to some life questions

Some life questions such as why we exist, why people die and what happens after death are answered through CRE

  1. To contribute to the achievement of the national goals of education

National goals of education deal with the improvement of life and include:-

  • National unity
  • National development (economic and social needs)
  • Industrial development and self-fulfillment
  • Social equality
  • Respect and development of cultural heritage
  • International consciousness

 

In conclusion, CRE makes a contribution to the total development of a person-morally, spiritually, emotionally, physically, intellectually and socially

 

  1. THE BIBLE
  2. The Bible as God’s Word

The Bible is a book accepted by Christians as the written word of God through which God communicates to them.

It is also referred to as the inspired word of God. This means that what was written was what God intended them to communicate to other people. God’s power worked through the writers controlling what was being written.

It contains the history of salvation, that is, God’s purpose in creating and redeeming human through Jesus Christ

 

  1. Human Authors of the Bible

The authors of the Bible were under direct influence of God and they wrote what God wanted them to write. Some books were written by prophets like Nehemiah, Ezra and Isaiah. Luke’s gospel was written by Luke the disciple of Jesus, while Paul wrote various letters to different churches such as Corinth.

 

  1. Literally Forms used in writing the Bible

Literally forms are the different styles that the authors of the Bible used in writing it. Some of the literally forms used were:-

  1. Legislative texts (Leviticus)
  2. Wise sayings (Proverbs)
  • Prophetic Speeches (Jeremiah)
  1. Prayers (Nehemiah)
  2. Love Songs (Song of Solomon)
  3. Philosophical essays (Job)
  • Religious epics (Exodus)
  • Epistles (Romans)
  1. Gospels (Luke)

 

  1. The Bible as a Library

A library is a collection of books. The Bible is referred to as a library because:-

  • Although its one book, it contains many books
  • The books were written by different people
  • The books were written at different times in history
  • The writers came from different backgrounds
  • The writers were inspired to write by different circumstances
  • The authors wrote for different people and for various reasons

 

  1. Major divisions of the Bible

The Bible has two major sections:-

  • The Old Testament
  • The New Testament

The word Testament means covenant.

The Bible has 66 books, which have been accepted by Christians all over the world as the word of God

39 of the books are in the Old Testament while 27 books are in the New Testament.

Some Bibles used by the Roman Catholic Church such as Common Bible and the Jerusalem Bible contain 45 books in the Old Testament. The six extra books are commonly referred to as Deutro-Canonical or books of apocrypha.

The word apocrypha means hidden or secret. These books are:-

  • Tobit
  • Judith
  • Ecclesiasticus
  • Baruch
  • Meccabees I and II
  • Books of Wisdom

The books accepted by all Christians, make up the Canon (a Greek word meaning rule, standard or guidance) of the Old and New Testament

 

THE OLD TESTAMENT BOOKS

The Old Testament Books are grouped into four major sections. These are:

  • Books of Law
  • Books of History
  • Books of Prophecy
  • Books of Poetry

 

  1. Books of Law

These are first five books of the Bible. They are also referred to as the Torah (meaning law) or the Pentateuch which means five. These books are:-

  • Genesis
  • Exodus
  • Leviticus
  • Numbers
  • Deuteronomy

They contain the law of God to the Israelites. They also contain the history of the Israelites from creation to the time they entered the Promised Land, Canaan.

  1. Books of History

These contain the history of the Israelites from the time they entered and settled in the Promised Land to the period after the exile. They are 12 in number. These books are:-

  • Joshua
  • Judges
  • Ruth
  • I and II Samuel
  • I and II Kings
  • I and II Chronicles
  • Ezra
  • Nehemiah
  • Esther
  • Books of Prophecy

These are 17 in number.

Major Prophets are:-

  • Jeremiah
  • Isaiah
  • Ezekiel
  • Daniel
  • Lamentation

They are called so due to the larger length of their content

Minor Prophets are:-

  • Hosea
  • Joel
  • Amos
  • Obadiah
  • Jonah
  • Micah
  • Nahum
  • Habakkuk
  • Zephaniah
  • Haggai
  • Malachi
  • Zachariah
  1. Books of Poetry

These are sometimes referred to as writings or books of wisdom. These are:-

  • Psalms
  • Proverbs
  • Job
  • Ecclesiastes
  • Song of songs/ songs of Solomon

 

 

 

 

THE NEW TESTAMENT

These are divided into four major divisions namely:-

  1. The Gospels
  2. Church History
  • Epistles/Letters
  1. Revelations/Prophetic

 

  1. The Gospels

The word Gospel means the announcing of good news. These are the first four books of the New Testament. Namely:-

  • Mathew
  • Mark
  • Luke
  • John

The first three books are called the Synoptic gospels because they report similar incidents about the life of Jesus.

 

  1. Historical book
  • Acts of the Apostles

This book was written by Luke, the author of St. Luke’s Gospel. It deals with the history of the Early Church

 

  • The Epistles/Letters

These are 21 letters, mainly written by Paul. These letters fall under three categories:-

 

  1. The letters of Paul (Pauline letters)

These are 9.they are:-

  • Romans
  • I Corinthians
  • II Corinthians
  • Galatians
  • Ephesians
  • Philippians
  • Colossians
  • I Thessalonians
  • II Thessalonians
  1. The Pastoral Letters

There are 5 Pastoral Letters. These are:-

  • I Timothy
  • II Timothy
  • Titus
  • Philemon
  • Hebrews

They are called Pastoral because they are mainly addressed to Shepherds or Pastors. They show high regard for the duties of pastors and how these duties should be carried out

  1. The Catholic Letters

The word Catholic means Universal. Hence these letters can be applied to any group.  They are 7 in number. These include:-

  • James
  • I Peter
  • II Peter
  • I John
  • II John
  • III John
  • Jude
  1. Prophetic Book

This is the book of Revelation. It is also called apocalypse, a Greek word meaning revelation or disclosure. It talks of God’s will for the future.

 

  1. TRANSLATION OF THE BIBLE FROM ORIGINAL LANGUAGES TO LOCAL LANGUAGES
  2. Bible Translation

The word translation refers to expression of words, books, poems, songs and sayings from one language to another.

The Old Testament section of the Bible was originally written in Hebrew. It was later translated to Greek 200 years before Christ was born. This Greek translation is commonly known as Septuagint. This name refers to the seventy scholars and scribes who worked on the translation.

The New Testament was originally written in Greek.

During 14th Century AD, the Bible was translated into Latin. A language commonly used in the Roman Empire. This Latin translation of the Bible is known as Vulgate which means for common use. This translation was done by a Christian Scholar known as Jerome.

This translation was used for many years by the Christian Churches in Europe up to 16th Century AD when the period of Reformation began.

English and German translations were done during this period of Reformation. The Catholic Church, however, continued to use the Vulgate even to date.

As Christian Missionaries left their homelands for new lands, the Bible was translated into the local languages of the people that they evangelized to.

The first Bible translation in East Africa was done by Johann Ludwig Kraft. He was a missionary sent by the Church Missionary Society. It took him nine years to translate the Bible in Kiswahili. Translation has since been done into a number of Kenyan languages. These are:-

  • Gikuyu 1951
  • Kikamba 1956
  • Kimeru 1964
  • Kalenjin 1968
  • Luhya 1974
  • Swahili 1977

In Kenya, the work of the Bible translation is done by the Bible Society of Kenya. Their work is being complimented by the Bible Translation and Literacy Organization

 

 

  1. Versions of the Bible used in Kenya today

The word version refers to the style of the language use in the translation of the Bible texts. A version attempts to make the Bible content better understood by the readers

Examples of versions used in Kenya are:-

  • Good News Bible
  • Revised Standard Version (RSV)
  • The African Bible
  • Common Bible
  • King James Version
  • Jerusalem Bible
  • New International Version
  • English Bible
  • The Authored Version
  • The Living Bible
  • The Gideon’s International Version

 

  1. EFFECTS OF THE TRANSLATION OF THE BIBLE INTO AFRICAN LANGUAGES
  2. The translation ensured that there is effective communication between the locals and the missionaries in passing the word of God.
  3. It led to the development of local languages which had to be written down so as to facilitate the translation
  • The word of God reached more people in their languages because of the translation
  1. The local people could read the Bible on their own and understand it better
  2. It enabled the local people to have a critical outlook on certain issues such as the Similarities and differences between Christianity and African Traditional way of life.
  3. It led to high demand for formal education by Africans
  • It led to the foundation of more mission schools
  • More Africans became literate and were now able to communicate with others confidently through writing
  1. It led to the emergence of African Independent Churches and Schools
  2. It led to the expansion of the church as more people became believers, leaders in the churches as priests, catechists and lay leaders
  3. The translation has facilitated research and studies in African Religious Heritage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER TWO

 

CREATION AND THE FALL OF HUMANKIND

 

Specific objectives

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Describe the biblical accounts of creation and appreciate creation as the work of God
  2. Identify and appreciate the attributes of God from the biblical creation accounts
  3. Describe the traditional African understanding of creation
  4. Explain and appreciate the teachings from the biblical creation accounts
  5. Explain the origin and consequences of sin according to the biblical accounts of the fall of man
  6. Explain the traditional African concept of evil and discuss the similarities and differences with the biblical concept of sin
  7. Explain and appreciate God’s plan of salvation

 

  1. THE BIBLICAL STORIES OF CREATION AND THERE MEANING

(Genesis I and 2)

The Bible contains two accounts of creation in the beginning of the book of Genesis

 

1ST CREATION ACCOUNT

Genesis 1:12-2:4

This first account gives a record of what was created on specific days. The story is as follows:-

In the beginning, when God created the universe, the earth was formless and desolate. The raging ocean that covered everything was engulfed in total darkness. The spirit of God was moving over the water

 

1st Day, God commanded “Let there be light”. God was pleased with what he saw. He then separated light from the darkness. He named light Day and darkness Night.

 

2nd Day, God commanded “Let there be a dome to divide the water and to keep it in two separate places” He named the dome Sky.

 

3rd Day, God commanded “Let the water below the sky come together in one place so that land would appear.” He named the land Earth and the water which had come together He name Sea.

3rd Day still God commanded “Let the earth produce all kinds of plants, those that bear grain and those that bear fruit.

 

4th Day, then God commanded “Let light appear in the sky to separate day from night and to show the time when days, years and religious festivals begin” So God made two large lights, the Sun  to rule over the day and the Moon to rule over the night. He also made the Stars.

 

5th Day, God commanded “Let the water be filled with many kinds of living beings, and let the air be filled with birds.” So God created the great Sea Monsters, all kinds of creatures that live in the water, all kinds of Birds.

 

6th Day, God commanded “Let the earth produce all kinds of animal life: Domestic and Wild, Large and small”.

6th Day still, Then God said, “And now we will make human beings; they will be like us and resemble us” So God created Human Beings, male and female and blessed them to have many children

 

7th Day, by the seventh day, God finished what He had been doing and stopped working. He blessed the day.

 

Summary of first creation Account

Day Work Work of division and ornamentation
1 I Light and Day
2 II Sky
3 III Land and Sea
  IV Vegetation (grass, hearts, trees)
4 V Sun, Moon, Stars
5 VI Birds and Sea creatures
6 VII Animals (cattle and creeping animal)
  VIII Human beings (male and female)
7 Resting day (Sabbath)

 

 

2nd Creation Account

Genesis 2: 4-25

God had created the universe before but it had no plants because He had not sent any rain and there was no one to cultivate the land. Water was coming up from beneath the earth surface and waters the ground.

God took some soil from the ground and formed a man. He breathed life-giving breath into his nostrils and the man began to live.

Then the Lord planted a garden in Eden where He placed man there.

He made all kinds of beautiful trees to grow there and produce good fruit. In the middle of the garden stood the tree that gives life and the tree that gives knowledge of what is good and what is bad.

A stream flowed in Eden and watered the garden. Beyond Eden, it divided into four rivers. These are Pishon, Gihon, Tigris and Euphrates.

God place man in the Garden of Eden in order to cultivate it He told man that he may eat the fruit of any tree in the garden except the tree that gives knowledge of what is good and what is bad. He warned man that if he eats that fruit, he will die the same day.

God then took some soil from the ground to create man a companion. He created all animals and all birds and gave man to name them.

God saw that the animals were not suitable companion for man, so He made man fall into a deep sleep. While man was sleeping, God took out one of the man’s ribs and closed up the flesh. He formed woman out of the rib and brought her to him.

 

SIMILARITIES BETWEEN THE 1ST AND THE 2ND CREATION ACCOUNTS

  1. God is acknowledged as the creator
  2. Creation includes both the living and non-living objects
  • Human beings are presented as special creatures with responsibilities and privileges
  1. Human beings share in the life of God

 

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE 1ST AND THE 2ND CREATION ACCOUNTS

  1. The creation of the firmament, light, sun, moon, stars, fishes and creeping things are included in the first account but omitted in the second account
  2. The planting of the garden of Eden and the making of the river are in the second account but omitted in the first account
  • In the first account, both man and woman are created at the same time and in God’s image, while in the second account, man is created from dust while woman out of man’s rib.
  1. Creation in the first account is out of nothing but, in the second man is made out of the dust of the ground and plants are made to grow out of garden.
  2. In the first account, human beings were created last while in the second they were created first.
  3. Creation in the first account was completed on the sixth day and God rested on the seventh day. There are no days mentioned in the second account, and subsequently no rest is mentioned.
  • In the first account, everything that God created is good while in the second account, there is no mention of that.
  • In the first account, the emphasis on marriage is for procreation, while in the second account marriage is for partnership
  1. In the second account, there is mention of the forbidden tree but the first account makes no mention of it.

 

  1. ATTRIBUTES OF GOD FROM THE CREATION ACCOUNTS

The following are identified from the creation accounts

  1. There is only one God
  2. He is self-existent: God was there from the beginning.
  • He is a personal God: he creates human beings to be like Him so that they might enjoy a personal and loving relationship with Him
  1. He is the sole creator
  2. He is a God of order
  3. He is good and perfect. He was pleased with His creation which He saw as good. He is the source of goodness and happiness.
  • He is the sole source of life. Through His breath, He gave human beings life.
  • He is a moral God interested in the behavior of human beings
  1. He is a spirit
  2. He is powerful. He simply spoke and it happened
  3. He is the provider and sustainer of the universe
  • He is a worker

 

  1. TEACHINGS FROM THE BIBLICAL CREATION ACCOUNTS
  2. Man and woman were created for love and companionship
  3. Work and leisure are God’s gift to human beings
  • Human beings are commanded to continue with the work of creation
  1. Human beings occupy a place of honor in God’s created order
  2. Life should be respected
  3. Human culture (way of life) is ordained by God
  • The heavenly bodies (sun, moon, earth) were created to serve human beings
  • The marriage union is monogamous and permanent
  1. God is real

 

  1. TRADITIONAL AFRICAN VIEW OF CREATION

Every community in Kenya has its own myths concerning the origin of man and the world. It is generally agreed in these myths that man originated from God. Myths also try to explain man’s relationship with God. Some myths have cultural meanings. They try to explain supernatural phenomena such as death.

 

AGIKUYU MYTHS OF ORIGIN

The myth tells us that at the beginning of things Gikuyu, the founder of Agikuyu tribe, was called by God (Ngai or Mugai), and was given a land with forests, rivers, valleys, animals and all other natural things. At the same time, Ngai (Divider of the Universe) made a big Mountain called Kirinyaga (Mt. Kenya). The mountain was His resting place when He was on inspection tours. It was also a sign of his splendor and majesty.

After calling Gikuyu, God took him to the top of the mountain and showed him the land He was to give him. This was a beautiful land full of fig trees (Migumo) in the centre of the country. God then ordered Gikuyu to descend from the mountain and proceed to the place he had shown him and establish his homestead there. This place was called Mukurwe wa Nyagathanga which is in Murang’a county.

Before Gikuyu parted with God, he was advised that whenever he had any need he should make a sacrifice and raise his hands towards Kirinyaga the mountain of mystery. God promised him his continued assistance anytime he called on Him.

When Gikuyu arrived at Mukurwe wa Nyagathanga his dwelling place, he found that God had provided him with a beautiful wife called Mumbai. The name Mumbi means creator or molder. Both lived happily and were blessed with nine beautiful daughters.

However, Gikuyu was disturbed by the fact that he did not have sons to inherit his property. He remembered what Ngai had promised him. He therefore made his needs known to God. he was advised to sacrifice a lamb and a kid, pour the blood and the fat of the two animals on the trunk of the fig tree, and then burn the meat as a sacrifice.

After this, he was asked to take his wife and daughters home and then come back to the sacred fig tree where he would find nine handsome young men. God revealed to Gikuyu that the young men would be willing to marry his daughter on his conditions.

When he returned to the place of sacrifice, he found nine young men as Ngai had promised. Gikuyu was overjoyed and knew that his Ngai was faithful to His promise. He took the nine young men to his family, where they were warmly received, entertained and fed well. They spent the night with Gikuyu’s family.

The next morning, the issue of marriage was discussed. The young men agreed to marry Gikuyu’s daughters on his conditions. The one condition that Gikuyu gave was that he would be willing to give his daughters for marriage only if the young men agreed to live with Gikuyu in his homestead. The young men could not resist the beauty of the daughters of Gikuyu and the hospitality accorded to them. As a result, they agreed to marry them. After a short time, all the nine daughters were married and each established their own family sets. These were joined together under the name Nyumba ya Mumbi (house of Mumbi).

The names of the nine daughters comprise the nine clans of the Agikuyu people. These are:

Name                                      Clan

Wachera                                  Achera

Wanjiku                                  Agachika

Wairimu                                 Airimu

Wambui                                  Ambui

Wangari                                  Angari

Wanjiru                                   Anjira

Wangui                                   Angui

Warigia/Mwithaga/Warigia   Ethaga

Waithira                                  Aithirandu

 

TEACHINGS FROM THE AGIKUYU MYTH OF ORIGIN

  1. God is the chief architect of the world
  2. He created out of nothing
  • He provides for the needs of human beings
  1. Man and woman are created by God
  2. Human beings lived in eternal bliss

 

  1. THE BIBLICAL TEACHING ON THE ORIGIN OF SIN AND ITS CONSEQUENCES

Genesis 3, 4, 6-9, 11

Definition of sin

Sin could be understood to mean:

  • To miss a mark, i.e. making an error or mistake of failing to attain a goal.
  • Iniquity
  • Transgression
  • A rebellion or offense against God

 

Origin of Sin

Sin entered the world when Adam and Eve disobeyed God by eating the fruit from the forbidden tree.

Sin is an offense against God. human beings have been endowed with the ability to make moral choices.

Adam and Eve sinned because they yielded to temptation

By yielding to temptation, they exhibited greed; a desire to want what did not belong to them, they wanted to be like God.

 

The Consequences of Sin

  1. Human beings are alienated from God. their friendship with Him changed to fear of God.
  2. What had been innocent and good became shameful. Adam and Eve are now ashamed of nakedness.
  • Pain will be part of human experience. Eve was told that she will experience pain during child bearing.
  1. The good relationship between God and human beings is ruined. God sent them out of the garden of Eden.
  2. The perfect relationship between man and woman is damaged. God told woman that she will still have desire and yet be subject to him.
  3. People will have to toil and struggle to meet their needs
  • The earth itself is under a curse
  • There is enmity between man and the wild animals
  1. Death sentence is passed upon all people
  2. Murderous feelings began to enter people’s hearts, for example Cain killed Abel.
  3. Human beings changed and became prone to sin
  • The life span of human beings was reduced
  • Global violence and forbidden marriages with heavenly beings led God to declare global destruction
  • God felt regret and remorse for having created human beings. God punished the world through the floods
  1. God confused human language after the flood. This led to dispersion of races.

 

  1. GOD’S PLAN OF SALVATION

God’s love and grace for human beings, however, could not allow Him to leave them with no hope for salvation.

He took steps to heal the damaged situation and relationship. He looked for Adam and Eve to find out where they were. When He found them, He provided them with clothes and the means to find food.

The snake is a symbol of evil

The woman was told that her seed will crush the head of the snake

This implies that Jesus, who is the ultimate seed of a woman, will defeat the devil.

Jesus brought salvation to the human race. God’s initiative in reconciling human beings to Himself is also seen in the call of Abraham.

 

  1. TRADITIONAL AFRICAN CONCEPT OF EVIL

Evil in the African understanding may mean an offense against another person or community. It can also mean an offence against God, spirits and ancestors. It can also mean any misfortune that can befall any individual or community.

There are many views concerning its origin and nature.

Many communities believe that God is good and therefore, did not create evil.

Others hold that evil originates from a source outside God.

The Abakusu, for example, believe that evil is caused by an evil black god (WERE Kumali) who was originally created by God but rebelled against God and became evil

Other communities believe that evil is caused by malicious ancestral spirits who have a grudge against the living-mainly due to neglect.

Evil people like witches, wizards and sorcerers who are able to tap mystical power and use it for evil

Evil is also caused by breaking of taboos

Also curses from parents, aunts, uncle and grandparents

Breaking of oaths

Bad omen

 

Consequences of evil in A.T.S

The consequences of evil in A.T.S are experienced in the here and now (in this world) and not in the hereafter (next world)

Most African communities believe that the consequences of evil have a great impact. Not only to the individuals concerned, but also on the relationship between the individual, wider community, God and ancestors

The consequences are social, religious and physical

The punishment for doing evil is given by God, spirits and ancestors, elders and other members of the community

It is believed that misfortunes such as barrenness, epidemics, illness, poverty, madness, drought, birth of physically and mentally challenged children, rebellious children, unstable families, environmental disasters and even war are punishment for wrong doing

Some also believe that when people die, they continue to experience the same lifestyle and status as they did on earth. Hence those who lead a good life in this life continue to have a good life and form a positive link between the living and God.

 

  1. SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN VIEW OF EVIL AND BIBLICAL CONCEPT OF SIN

 

SIMILARITIES

  1. God is the Supreme Being and is good. He is not the author of evil. Evil may be caused by an external force namely the devil (serpent) in the biblical creation account, or an evil force (malicious ancestral spirits), witches, sorcerers, evil spirits in traditional African communities.
  2. Both view sin as arising from human beings’ disobedience, greed and selfishness
  • Both view evil as misfortunes arising out of a curse by elders because of committing some offence. In the ATS, parents can curse their children for failing them in some way. In Genesis 3: 14 Adam and Eve are cursed for betraying God. the forth commandment demands that children honor their parents so that they can be blessed with long life. This means that an early death could sometimes be attributed to dishonoring parents.
  1. In both cases evil may result from failing in social or spiritual obligation
  2. Both agree that the result of sin and evil is suffering, death and hardships. In the biblical account, Adam will toil in hardship while in traditional African understanding, illness, misfortune, death and poverty are said to result from evil doing.
  3. In both cases, sin and evil results in human beings being separated from God and the end of the original state of goodness and innocence.
  • In both, God is the guardian of morality, law and order.

 

DIFFERENCES

  1. While the Biblical account emphasizes the personal nature of sin, the African concept emphasizes more on the social nature and consequences of evil. When Adam and Eve sinned, each one offended God individually. However, in the African understanding whatever an individual does affects the whole community.
  2. While the African traditional understanding of evil emphasis the act of evil and its consequences, in the Bible human beings are sinners by nature because they are tainted by the sin of Adam. However, Christ’s death on the cross has affected the redemption of humankind.
  • Although the Bible recognizes other forces that may lead human beings to sin, emphasis is on the moral choices people make. African traditional understanding attributes evil to external forces like spirits or breaking of taboos
  1. The biblical view of sin does not leave human beings doomed to suffer forever. They are offered an escape and a message of hope through Christ’s death and resurrection. The African understanding of evil does not offer a final solution to the problem of evil. They continue in the cycle of appeasing the offended forces so as to be forgiven and reconciled.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER THREE

 

FAITH AND GOD’S PROMISES-ABRAHAM

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Outline the background to the call of Abraham
  2. Define the term “faith in God”
  3. Explain how Abraham demonstrated his faith in God and its relevance to Christians today
  4. State the promises made by God to Abraham and explain their importance to Christians today
  5. Define the term covenant
  6. Explain and appreciate the importance of God’s covenant with Abraham
  7. Identify covenants in modem life and appreciate their significance
  8. State the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants (the Jews) and relate to the African circumcision practice
  9. Develop and appreciate a sense to live according to Gods guidance and direction

 

 

  1. BACKGROUND TO THE CALL OF ABRAHAM

Genesis 11: 24-32, 12: 1-9

Abraham lived with his father Terah in Ur. He had two brothers, Haran and Nahor. Haran had a son called Lot.

The people in Ur practiced Polytheism (worship of many gods or idols) the moon god was one of the gods.

At the time of his call, Abraham was known as Abram and his wife as Sarai. God changed their names to Abraham (meaning “father of many nations’) and Sarah (meaning mother of nations)

Terah left Ur for Canaan with his son Abraham, Sarah and Lot. On their way to Canaan, they settled at Haran about 1000Km from Ur where Terah died.

While at Haran, God called Abraham at the age of 75. He was told by God to leave his native land, his relatives, his father’s home and go to a land where God will show him.

He was also promised many descendants, blessings and fame.

Abraham obeyed God’s call. He left Haran to an unknown destination. He was accompanied by his wife Sarah and his nephew Lot.

On arrival at Canaan, Abraham came to Shechem. There, the Lord appeared to him and told him that he will give him the land of Canaan. Abraham built an altar of God at Shechem.

From Shechem, Abraham went to Bethel. At Bethel, he built another altar for God and worshipped Him.

After awhile, there was famine in Canaan and Abraham left for Egypt where he lived for some years. In Egypt, Abraham was treated kindly by the king and he was given flocks of sheep and goats, cattle, donkeys, slaves and camels, making him a rich man.

 

  1. THE MEANING OF FAITH IN GOD

Hebrews 11: 1-6

Faith is complete trust or confidence in somebody or something.

It is a firm belief without necessarily having a logical proof.

Faith in God implies total obedience and trust in Him

The Bible says that without faith, it is impossible to please God because anyone who comes to Him must believe that He exists and that He rewards those who earnestly seek Him.

 

  1. ABRAHAM’S ACTS OF FAITH

Genesis 12: 1-9, 15: 1-6, 17:23-24, 21:1-7, 22:1-19

Abraham is referred to as the father of faith for the following reasons:-

  1. He agreed to move from his home Haran to an unknown destination as commanded by God
  2. Abraham believed in God when God promised him a son of his own even though he was old.
  • He agreed to circumcise himself at the age of 99. His son Ishmael and all male children of his household as a sign of the covenant he made with God.
  1. He circumcised his son Isaac at the age of 8 days and made it a command for all hi descendants.
  2. He agreed to sacrifice his own son Isaac when God told him to.
  3. He trusted and believed in the promises God made to him.
  • He agreed to change his name from Abram to Abraham and his wife’s name from Sarai to Sarah as commanded by God
  • He built altars for God at Shechem and Bethel where he worshiped God.
  1. He believed he will have as many descendants as the stars in the sky as God promised even though he had no son of his own.

 

Lessons that Christians learn from Abraham’s acts of faith

  1. God expects Christians to obey and have absolute faith in Him
  2. Christians should learn not to doubt God but to always remember that God fulfill His promise in His own time
  • Nothing is impossible with God. Despite being old, Abraham and Sarah were able to have a son of their own.
  1. Christians should be prepared to face very difficult situations as tests of their faith
  2. Christians are assured of possession of the Promised Land (eternal life) through their faith in Jesus Christ.
  3. Christians should be ready to make sacrifice to God without questioning
  • Those who have faith are the spiritual descendants of Abraham.

 

  1. GOD’S PROMISES TO ABRAHAM

Genesis 12: 2-3, 15: 1-21, 17: 1-8, 15-18

Promise means giving an assurance of something to someone.

God promised Abraham the following:-

  1. God will give him a land to dwell in
  2. He will give his descendants the land of Canaan to dwell in.
  • God would make Abraham’s name famous
  1. God would establish an everlasting covenant with Abraham and his descendants. He shall be their God.
  2. God would be a shield to Abraham, He will protect him.
  3. God would give him and his wife Sarah a son of their own.
  • God would make Abraham’s descendants a great nation
  • God would make his descendants be enslaved for four hundred years in a foreign land. God would however free them and deliver them back to their land with great possessions
  1. God would punish the nation that enslaved Abraham’s descendants
  2. God would make some of Abraham’s descendants Kings
  3. God would bless him
  • God would bless those that blessed Abraham
  • God would curse those that cursed Abraham
  • God will make all the families of the earth receive blessings through Abraham
  1. God would let Abraham live for long and die in peace.

 

Relevance of the promises made to Abraham by God to Christians today.

  1. God continues to call people from different backgrounds such as evangelists, priests, to serve Him
  2. God continuous to protect Christians in all circumstances
  • Christians learn that God values personal relationship with Him
  1. Christians are called to leave their past sinful lives and put their whole trust in God Almighty
  2. Through faith in Jesus Christ, all people become children of God and receive God’s blessings.

 

  1. THE MEANING OF COVENANT

Covenant is a serious or solemn agreement between two persons or groups of person

It can also be referred to as pact or treaty

 

Characteristics of a covenant

  1. It involves two or more persons making a pact
  2. Once parties involved enter into a covenant, it cannot be broken
  • If one of the parties decides to break the covenant, serious consequences are expected
  1. There must be a ceremony signifying the signing of the covenant
  2. There must be an outward sign that shows that the covenant exists
  3. Vows are exchanged between those signing the covenant

 

Types of covenants

There are two types of covenants

Conditional covenant

This involves two or more parties that regard each other as equals making a covenant

For example, the Sinai Covenant whereby the Israelites promised to keep God’s commandments as God promised to be their God as long as they kept these promises.

In marriage also, both man and woman give each other promise.

 

 

Unconditional covenants

These covenants are made between unequal parties such as between kings and their subjects

In this case, the subjects are inferior to their masters and they have to obey the commandments issued by the king without question

 

Examples of covenants from the Bible

  1. The Covenant with Noah in which God entered into a relationship with the whole world and promised to preserve the life of people. The sign of this covenant is the rainbow (Genesis 9)
  2. The covenant with Abraham in which god promised to fulfill the promises He made with him. The sign of the covenant is circumcision. (Genesis 15, 17)
  • The covenant with the people of Israel at Mount Sinai in which God promised to be their God. The Israelites promised obedience. The sign of this covenant is the Law. (Exodus 24)
  1. The covenant with King David in which God promised him that his dynasty will continue forever (2nd Samuel 7:14-16)
  2. Jeremiah’s covenant in which God promises to make a New covenant with the Israelites where each individual will come to know God personally (Jeremiah 31: 3-34)

 

  1. GOD’S COVENANT WITH ABRAHAM

Genesis 15: 1-19, 17: 1-22

God appeared to Abraham in a vision where God assured Abraham that He will shield him from danger and give him a great reward.

Abraham asked God what good the reward will do to hi and yet he had no child. He told God that his only heir was Eliezer of Damascus and wondered why his slave should inherit his property.

God told Abraham that Eliezer will not inherit his property but his own son will be his heir.

God took him outside and told him to look up to the sky and try to count the stars. He told Abraham that he will have as many descendants as the stars.

Abraham (who was 100 years old then and his wife 90 years) put his trust in God and because of this God was pleased with him and accepted him.

God then told Abraham that He will give him the land of Canaan.

Abraham wanted an assurance from God that He would fulfill His promises.

God entered into a covenant with him. God told him to bring a heifer (cow), a goat, a ram each of which three years old and a dove and a pigeon.

He then cut the animals into halves and placed them opposite each other in two rows. The birds were not split.

Vultures came down on the bodies, but Abraham drove them off.

Towards evening, Abraham fell into a deep sleep and was filled with fear while he slept. The Lord appeared to him in a vision and told him that:-

  • His descendants will be strangers in a foreign land and will be slaves but will leave that land after 400 years. They will however, come out of the foreign land with a lot of wealth and God will punish the nation that enslaves them.
  • He will live to a ripe age, die in peace and be buried.

When the sun had set and it was dark, a smoking firepot and a flaming torch suddenly appeared and passed between the pieces of the animals.

Then the Lord made a covenant with Abraham and promised to him and his descendants the land of Canaan.

Note: the physical manifestations of God are called Theophany. In this case, God appeared to Abraham in form of a smoking firepot and flaming torch. Other examples of Theophany are:

  • The burning bush in the call of Moses
  • The pillar of fire and pillar of cloud during the exodus
  • Thunder, lighting, smoking mountain during the making of the Sinai Covenant
  • They mighty wind, earthquake and still small voice of calm in the story of Elijah

 

Importance of the Covenant between God and Abraham

  • This covenant was unconditional. God took the initiative to enter into a covenant while Abraham obeyed. Therefore God bound Himself in a personal relationship with a human being.
  • As God passed through the pieces of meat, He showed that He will protect Abraham and his descendants.
  • This covenant begins a lasting relationship between God and all nations of the earth.
  • The covenant confirmed God’s choice of Abraham.
  • God was initiating His plan of salvation for human kind. God was ready to die in the person of His son, Jesus Christ, so that this covenant would be filled.

 

  1. COVENANTS IN MODERN LIFE
  2. Marriage Ceremony

In marriage, the bride, the bridegroom and their families come together.

It happens in customary, civil or church marriages.

Several agreements are made and both sides promise to be loyal to each other for the rest of their lives.

 

  1. Baptism

This happens in the Christians Churches. The new believers, infants or adults, are expected to keep vows from the day of baptism for the rest of their lives

 

  1. Loyalty

Leaders in public service, for example, heads of state, government ministries, members of parliament, senators, governors, administrators such as chiefs and church leader must be sworn in before they take over their new responsibilities.

 

  1. CIRCUMCISION
  2. The importance of circumcision for Abraham and his descendants

Genesis 17: 1-16

God appeared to Abraham and reassure him of the promises He had made earlier. God promised to make an everlasting covenant between Him and Abraham and his descendants.

Abraham was expected to obey and do what was right and pleasing to God. As a sign of obedience to the Lord, God commanded Abraham to circumcise all males of eight days old including slaves born within and those brought from foreigners

Those who failed t be circumcised would be considered as outcasts

Abraham’s name was also changed from Abram and Sarah, his wife was changed from Sarai.

Abraham was circumcised at the age of 99. His son Ishmael (by Haggar, the slave girl) who was 13 years old was also circumcised.

From that day, circumcision was to take place on the eighth day. It was a mark of identity for all true Jews, the chosen people of God. Circumcision was now going to be an outward sign of inner faith

It was also to be a physical sign that Abraham and his descendants had entered into a covenant with God.

 

  1. Similarities between the African and the Jewish rite of circumcision
  2. Circumcision is a physical mark of identity for both the Africans and Jews
  3. The rite of circumcision gives a sense of belonging/ mark of unity to both Jews and Africans
  • Circumcision is perceived as a religious function in both communities
  1. The practice of circumcision is passed on from one generation to another
  2. Those who fail to undergo the rite are considered outcasts
  3. In both communities, the rite of circumcision is taken as an important stage in a person’s life.

 

  1. Differences between the Jewish rite of Circumcision and the African practice of circumcision
  2. the Jewish community circumcised eight day old males while the African community circumcised adolescents between 10-18 years old
  3. In the Jewish community, circumcision is a physical sign for those joined to God in faith. In the African community it is not only a sign of identity but also marks the end of childhood and the beginning of adulthood
  • In the African community the initiates acquire new status and responsibilities. They enter warrior group, marry, and own property, where as in the Jewish community this is not possible since circumcision is performed on eight year old males.
  1. In Jewish practice, only boys are circumcised. In some African communities, even girls are circumcised through clitodectomy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FOUR

 

THE SINAI COVENANT-MOSES

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Give the historical background to the call of Moses
  2. Describe the call of Moses
  3. Outline the ten plagues
  4. Explain the Passover
  5. Describe Israelites journey during the wilderness including how they worshipped
  6. Describe the Sinai Covenant

 

 

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

Genesis 37: 1-36, 50: 1-26; Exodus 1-2

The history of the Israelites dates back to the time of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob who are considers being the great ancestors of the Israelites. Jacob had twelve sons. His son Joseph was his favorite. This made his brothers envy and hate him. As a result, they conspired and sold him to the Ishmaelite traders who later took him to Egypt and sold him to Portiphar, an army officer of Pharaoh.

In Egypt, the Lord was with Joseph and he became a successful man in Portiphar’s house. Later on, he interpreted Pharaoh’s dream which saved the Egyptians from severe famine. He was then appointed by Pharaoh to be a governor in charge of all the food stores in Egypt. After some years, there was severe famine in Canaan and Joseph’s brothers went to Egypt to buy food.  They unwillingly landed in the hands of Joseph. Joseph treated them kindly, and gave them food. At later date, he sent for whole family to come and settle in Egypt. When they arrived in Egypt, Joseph and Pharaoh settled them in the fertile land of Goshen.

The Pharaoh, who ruled the Egyptians at the time of Joseph, was a Hyksos King. Hyksos were Semitic people who had conquered the Egyptians. Joseph was from the same Semitic group as that one of the King and because of that, his family enjoyed protection from Pharaoh. After some years, Joseph and the Pharaoh who loved him died. Then, there came a new king from Egyptian community who did not know anything about Joseph. This King feared that the Israelites, being Semites unlike the Egyptians, might turn and join their enemies in fighting them. Therefore, the new King ordered that the Israelites be enslaved so that their number and strength could be reduced.

The King’s order proved futile as the number of the Israelites continued to increase. The King commanded that every new born baby boy should be killed by being drowned in River Nile.

It is during that time that Moses was born. His mother hid him for three months. When she could no longer hide him, she made a waterproof basket, laid the child inside and placed it among the reeds at the bank of River Nile.

At River Nile, Moses was rescued and adopted by Pharaoh’s daughter.

In Pharaoh’s palace, he was given the best education and training of the time. One day, Moses killed an Egyptian when he was defending an Israelite. He killed the Egyptian as a sign of identifying himself with his people, the Israelite. When he learned that Pharaoh had discovered what he had done, he ran to the wilderness to escape punishment.

 

Explain ways in which Moses background prepared him for his leadership

  • He grew up in the palace as prince, getting the best education befitting a royal.
  • Being nursed by his Mother at the place ensured he doesn’t lose his identity as an Israelite
  • Moses grew up to be an intelligent man, an attribute he used later in his Mission as a leader of God’s people.
  • Living in the wilderness as a shepherded, and experiencing all the difficulties of the wilderness also prepared him adequately to be a shepherded of God’s people.

 

  1. THE CALL OF MOSES

Exodus 3:1-22

When Moses escaped into the wilderness after killing the Egyptian, Jethro, a priest in Midian, took him in. he became a shepherd, tending Jethro’s flock and later married one of his daughters.

One day, when Moses was near Mount Horeb, commonly referred to as Mount Sinai, looking after his father in-laws sheep, he saw a strange sight. A bush was on fire but was not consumed. He went near to see what it was.

The angel of the Lord appeared to him in a flaming fire out of the midst of the bush. When Moses moved near to see the strange sight, God called him by name and instructed him, “Do not come any closer. Take off your sandals, because you are standing on a holy ground.” The removal of shoes by Moose was a sign of spiritual nakedness before God.

God told Moses that He was the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. Moses hid his face, for he was afraid to look at God. Then God told him that He had seen the suffering of His people, the Israelites in Egypt. He told Moses that He had come down to liberate them from the land of bondage

God commanded Moses to go back to Egypt and free the Israelites from the hands of the Egyptians. Moses protested by saying that he was not worthy to go before Pharaoh

Moses had killed an Egyptian and had run away from Egypt. He was afraid of being arrested if he went back there.

God assured Moses that He would be with him. He gave Moses a sign of assurance that when he liberates the Israelites from Egypt, they should worship Him at Mount Sinai.

Moses asked God what His name was. God told him, “I am who I am” meaning that God was what He was in the past and would always be the same God.

He instructed Moses to tell the Israelites that He was the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. He assured Moses that the Israelites would respond to him positively. However, Pharaoh would not let them go until several terrifying occurrences would force him to release the Israelites.

Despite the assurances Moses was given by God, he complained to God that the Israelites would neither believe nor listen to him.

God gave him two signs he was to use in performing miracles as proof that he was God’s messenger.

  • First, he was told to use the rod he had in his hand which would turn into a snake
  • Secondly, he was to place his hand in his pocket and on pulling it out, it would be affected with leprosy.

 

Moses still complained to God that he was not eloquent speaker, but just a stammerer

God assured Moses that the Egyptians would finally cooperate with the Israelites when the time came for them to leave Egypt. They would acquire a lot of property from the Egyptians. God also told him that his brother Aaron was to be his spokesman. Then Moses went back to Jethro’s home, gathered his family members and started his journey to Egypt.

 

Attributes of God from the call of Moses

  • God is loving and caring
  • God is transcendent; He is beyond human understanding. He cannot be limited to time and space.
  • God chooses whoever He wills to carry out His plans
  • God expects total obedience and faith on the part of those He chooses.

 

  1. THE TEN PLAGUES

Exodus 7: 14-11: 1-10

A plague may be a disease or an unfortunate occurrence in one’s life.

When Moses approached Pharaoh, Pharaoh proved difficult and would not release the Israelites. God intervened with ten severe plagues. God sent to the Egyptians as follows:

  1. the plague of Blood
  2. the plague of Frogs
  • the plague of Gnats
  1. the plague of Flies
  2. the plague of Death of Animals
  3. the plague of Boils
  • the plague of Hail
  • the plague of Locusts
  1. the plague of Darkness
  2. the Passover

 

  1. The plague of Blood

Moses was commanded by God to tell Aaron to strike the waters of the Nile with his rod. He did this in the presence of Pharaoh and the waters of the Nile turned into blood.

 

  1. The plague of Frogs

The Lord commanded Moses to tell Aaron to stretch his hand over the streams, canals and ponds. Aaron did as was commanded; and there were frogs all over the land of Egypt. When the Egyptians were overwhelmed by these frogs, Pharaoh asked Moses to pray for their removal

 

  • The plague of the Gnats

Gnats are small two-winged biting flies. This plague was so severe that even the magicians of Egypt acknowledged the hand and power of God. The Gnats covered the land, people and animals. Pharaoh did not give in

  1. The plague of Flies

Flies came to the land of Egypt in swarms. They invaded Pharaoh’s palace and the houses of his officials while there were no flies in the houses of the Israelites. Pharaoh deceived Moses that he would release the Israelites if the flies were removed. Moses prayed to Yahweh and the flies left. Pharaoh however, did not release the children of God.

 

  1. The plague of Death of Animals

God sent a plague that killed all the Egyptians animals. Their cows, donkeys, camels, sheep, goats and horses were killed. However, the animals of the Israelites were not affected. Still Pharaoh refused to release them

 

  1. The plague of Boils

Moses and Aaron were told by God to cast ashes into the air. This act produced sores and open wounds on Egyptians and their animals. Pharaoh remained stubborn and did not release the Israelites

 

  • The plague of Hail

God sent severe hailstorm which affected Pharaoh as well. It was the worst storm Egypt had ever experienced. Everything left in the open was destroyed and all people who had not taken shelter were killed. Moses prayed to God and stopped the storm, Pharaoh refused to release the Israelites.

 

  • The plague of Locusts

Locusts came to the Egyptian land, but Pharaoh refused to release them

 

  1. The plague of Darkness

The Lord sent darkens over the whole land of Egypt. No one could see anything or anyone for three days. Pharaoh now softened and told Moses that he could take his people and go to worship God with all his people but leave the animals. Moses told Pharaoh that they had to leave with all their animals so that they may go and sacrifice to their God in the wilderness. Pharaoh refused to release them yet again.

After this plague, Moses promised never to appear before Pharaoh again. However, God was still concerned about the freedom of the Israelites and, therefore, He sent Moses to Pharaoh one last time.

 

  1. THE PASSOVER

Exodus 12: 1-3

The term Passover is driveled from the Hebrew word Pasach meaning ‘to pass over’ with the aim of sparing or protecting.

In the tenth plague, the first born sons of the Egyptians and those of their animals were to die, starting with the son of Pharaoh to the son of a slave in Egypt.

 

Instructions for the Preparation of the Tenth plagues

Moses called all the elders of Israel and gave them the following instructions:-

  1. On the tenth of that month, each man had to choose either a lamb or a young goat for his household. If his family was too small to eat a whole animal, then he and his next door neighbor were to share the animal. The animal chosen was to be male, one year old and without blemish. Using a young animal signified the innocence of the sacrifice an animal without blemish signified the purity of the sacrifice.
  2. The animal chosen was to be killed on the evening of the fourteenth day of that month. The animal’s blood was to be smeared on the two door posts and the lintel of the Israelite’s houses. The blood was to act as a sign of distinguishing the Israelites’ houses from those of the Egyptians. This was to ensure that the angel of death would spare them when he killed the first born sons of the Egyptians.
  • The lamb or animal for sacrifice was to be roasted whole, meaning with its head, legs and inner parts. Roasting was the quickest method of coking since the Israelites were in a hurry.
  1. The meat was to be eaten that night with unleavened bread and bitter herbs. This was because there was no time to ferment the dough. The bitter herbs signified the bitter experiences of slavery in Egypt.
  2. They were to eat the sacrificial meat after they were dressed up and packed their luggage. This was because they were in a hurry to leave
  3. The Israelite women were to ask for jewels, silver and clothing from the Egyptians women on the eve of departure. These items were to act as compensation for the free labor the Israelites had given in Egypt.
  • Everyone was to remain indoors until morning in order to be protected from the angel of death
  • The Passover was to be commemorated annually and its significance taught to the coming generations

 

The Israelites carried out all the instructions given. On the 14th night, the angel of death or “the destroyer” passed over the Israelites’ houses, sparing them and killing the first born sons of the Egyptians. Pharaoh’s son was not spared, neither the sons of slaves in the Egyptian houses, or the male offspring of their animals. There was wailing and crying throughout Egypt.

The tenth plague broke Pharaoh’s heart and arrogance. He called Moses and Aaron and commanded them to take the Israelites out of Egypt.

 

Attributes of God from the Ten Plagues

The plagues revealed that Yahweh was:-

  • More powerful than the Egyptian gods
  • Aware of the problems of the Israelites
  • Determined to save His people
  • Working through His prophet, Moses
  • Was just
  • Requires absolute obedience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. THE EXODUS

The journey from Egypt to the wilderness by the Israelites is what is called the Exodus which means “going out”.

 

  1. The crossing of the Red Sea

Exodus 14: 5-31

The people of Israel had been in slavery for 430 years when Moses led them out of Egypt. Moses wanted them to get away as quickly as possible. This is because God had warned Moses that Pharaoh would pursue them. He led them south, towards the Mountain of God, Mount Sinai.

Just as God had been with His people in Egypt, so was He with them when they left. He went before them during the day in a pillar of cloud and during the night in a pillar of fire.

Pharaoh took 600 chariots, horsemen and soldiers, and pursued the Israelites. He hoped to bring them back because he did not want to lose the slave labor. Pharaoh’s army soon came close to the Israelites. The Israelites saw a cloud of dust at a distance and knew that the Egyptians were after them. They were afraid and angry at Moses. They said it would have been better for them to serve the Egyptians than to die in the desert.

Moses assured the Israelites that God would not abandon them. Yahweh ordered Moses to stretch out his hand over the sea that was ahead of them. A strong wind parted the water and the people of God crossed on dry ground to safety.

Pharaoh’s soldiers, who had also reached the sea, began to cross. When they reached the middle of the sea, the water began to flow back and filled the path the Israelites had used. The chariots and horses could not move. They tried turning back but this was not possible. God ones again told Moses to hold out his hand over the sea, and the water flowed over the Egyptians until none of them was left alive.

 

  1. God provides water in the wilderness

Exodus 15: 22-27, 17: 1-6

From the Red Sea, Moses led the Israelites towards Mt. Sinai through the desert. Soon, the people were thirsty and hungry.

Their faith in God came under severe test as they began to grumble because they could not get water to drink at Marah and Rephidim. They wondered why Moses brought them into the wilderness to suffer.

Moses sought God’s guidance in a bid to appease the Israelites. At Marah, the bitter waters were turned sweet after God told Moses to throw a tree into the water. At Rephidim, God told Moses to strike a rock with his rod and water flowed from it.

After this, God promised to protect the Israelites from diseases if they obeyed Him because He was their leader.

 

  1. God provides Manna and Quails

Exodus 16: 1-13

The people of Israel lacked food while in the wilderness. When they complained and mourned to Moses, God provided food for them

God provided Manna and each morning the people gathered the day’s portion. Manna was white seed-like substance that tested like biscuits made with honey. He also provided Quails which came in large flocks. A Quail is a round-bodied bird with a small tail.

  1. Defeat of the Amalekites

Exodus 17: 8-16

While at Rephidim, the Israelites were attacked by men from the tribe of Amalek. Moses had become too old to fight, so he asked Joshua, the son of Nun, to lead the people to battle. Moses stood on a hill with his hands held out to God in prayer.

Whenever the Israelites saw his hands held up, they knew God was in control, but whenever Moses got tired and put his hands down, they lost hope and the Amalekites began to win. Aaron and Hur held up Moses’ hands and eventually the Israelites won

 

  1. THE MAKING OF THE SINAI COVENANT

Exodus 19, 20: 18-21, 24: 1-8

  1. Preparation

God made a covenant with the Israelites at Mount Sinai in the wilderness. He brought them here so that He could enter into a personal relationship with the whole community of Abraham’s descendants

God called Moses to the mountain to ask him if the Israelites were willing to obey Him. If they were, He promised to make them:

  • His People
  • A Kingdom of Priest
  • A Holy Nation

When Moses came down to the foot of the mountain, he told the Israelites what God had said. The Israelites promised to do what the Lord had spoken. As He had promised earlier, God told Moses to inform the Israelites that He would come down in a thick cloud to meet them. God wanted to confirm to the people that Moses was His true prophet.

In preparation for God’s coming, the Israelites were to;

  • Make themselves holy by washing their garments
  • Mark the boundaries on the foot of the mountains so as to prevent any person or animal going up the mountain.
  • Abstain from sexual relationship

On the third day, Moses took the Israelites to meet their God. God manifested His presence in form of thunder, lightening, earthquake and a thick cloud that covered the whole mountain. There was also a loud trumpet blast that made the people tremble

Moses went up the Mountain and was given the Ten Commandments. Moses came back from the mountain and told the people about the laws and ordinances which were to guide them as a covenant people.

All the people answered in one voice, and said “All the words which the Lord has spoken we will do”

 

  1. Sealing of the Covenant

The following morning, Moses prepared a ceremony to seal the covenant. He built an altar at the foot of the mountain on which he placed twelve pillars according to the twelve tribes of Israel. Then he sent young men to offer burnt offerings and peace offerings to the Lord.

Moses took half of the blood and poured it on the altar, the place of meeting with God. He then took the book of the covenant, in which the divine laws had been written down by him, he read it in the hearing of all people and they all said, “all that the Lord has spoken, we will do and we will be obedient.”

Then Moses took the remainder of the blood and sprinkled it over the people. The sprinkling of the blood implied that the covenant was binding the Israelites to God.

God concluded the covenant ceremony by giving Moses the two stone tablets on which the laws were written.

 

  1. The Ten Commandments

Exodus 20:1-17

These are the main laws which God gave Moses. The Greek name for them is Decalogue.

These laws were either conditional laws or absolute laws

Conditional law states that if a certain thing happens, then a certain consequence will follow.

Absolute laws were unconditional, whereby everything had to be followed without question or discussion

The Ten Commandments are divided into two major groups, these are:-

 

  1. Those which define the people’s duty towards God

Under this category, fall the first four commandments

  1. Those which define one’s duty towards others

Under this category fall the last six commandments

 

The Ten Commandments are:-

  1. You shall have no other gods before Me

The Israelites were to worship God alone. Christians are urged to love God with all their heart, mind and soul.

 

  1. You shall not make for yourself a graven image

God was not to be depicted in any form or description such as images or idols

 

  • You shall not take the name of the Lord your God in vain

This commandment forbids the use of God’s name in light or careless manner without regard to His holiness. One should not swear in God’s name

 

  1. Remember the Sabbath Day and keep it holy

The Sabbath Day was instituted by God at creation. Since God rested on this day after completing the work of creation. This is still applicable today.

 

  1. Honor your father and mother that your days may be long

This means that God’s gift of life is passed on to us through our parents. Parents sustain their children by providing for them in every way they can. Therefore, they deserve respect, obedience and love from their children. This is the only commandment with a blessing.

 

  1. You shall not kill

It is God alone who gives life and it should be Him alone to take it. Christians are called upon to preserve, respect and protect life. Therefore, acts like abortion and murder are evil and thus condemned by God.

 

  • You shall not commit adultery

It is wrong to have sexual intercourse with somebody else’s wife or husband, for such an act will sow discord in the community.

 

  • You shall not steal

Stealing indicates lack of trust in God’s providence. Practices like slavery, robbery, cheating in trade and refusal to pay debts are condemned.

 

  1. You shall not bear false witness against your neighbor

False accusations destroy respect and love among God’s people.

 

  1. You shall not covet your neighbor’s property

This commandment condemns greed of any nature. Christians are encouraged to practice self control and acquire what they need justly.

 

Besides the Ten Commandments, the Israelites were given other rules and regulations to govern their daily lives. Those rules dealt with matters concerning religious ceremonies, treatment of slaves and strangers, theft, loses and repayment, violence and bodily injury.

 

  1. The Breaking of the Covenant

Exodus 32: 1-35

Although the Israelites had promised to keep the covenant, they did not take long before they dishonored their pledge to obey God. This happened when Moses had gone to the mountain to receive the written Ten Commandments

He had left Aaron in charge of the people. When Moses delayed in coming back, the Israelites became impatient and restless. They asked Aaron to make them a god that would lead them, for they did not know what had happened to Moses.

Aaron told them to take off the rings of gold which were worn by their sons, daughters and wives and bring them to him. Then, he melted them and molded a bull calf and the Israelites said that that was their god which had brought them out of Egypt.

They also built an altar for god. They offered burnt offerings and peace offerings to it and indulged themselves in eating, drinking and sex.

In the meantime, God revealed to Moses that the Israelites had broken the covenant. God threatened to destroy them.  Moses interceded for them and God changed His mind.

As Moses came down the mountain, he found the Israelites singing and dancing around the golden calf. This annoyed him and he threw down the stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written on. Moses took the golden calf, burnt it into powder, mixed it with water and made the Israelites drink. Then he called those who had not sinned and ordered them to take their swords and kill those who had sinned.

 

  1. The Renewal of the Sinai Covenant

Exodus 34: 1-35

The renewal of the covenant came after Moses had pleaded with God not to destroy the Israelites after they broke the covenant. God spared the Israelites.

The Lord commanded Moses to cut two stone tablets and go up to the mountain. Then He told Moses that He would make a covenant with the Israelites again.

 

Conditions that God expected the Israelites to fulfill with the renewal of the Sinai Covenant

  • to obey what God commands them
  • not to make any treaty with the those who live in the land where they were going
  • To break down the altars, sacred stones and false gods of the inhabitants of Canaan.
  • Not to worship any other god
  • Not to make cast idols
  • To keep the feast of the unleavened bread
  • To rest on the seventh day
  • To dedicate all their first-born male children and first-born male of their domestic animals to God
  • To offer to God the first fruits of their crops

After all these commands, God promised the Israelites that He would:

  • Protect and preserve them
  • Bless them
  • Make them prosper so much that the surrounding nations would enquire about their source of wealth and success.

After these promises, God asked Moses to write these words in new set of stone tablets. This showed that the covenant between God and the Israelites was now renewed.

 

  1. HOW THE ISRAELITES WORSHIPPED GOD IN THE WILDERNESS

Exodus 20: 22-26, 23: 14-20

Worship refers to the reverence paid to God. It may also refer to the recognition given to God as the creator and controller of the universe.

During this period in the wilderness, the Israelites worshipped God as individuals and as a community. This occurred at specific places, at different times and in a particular manner. All worship involved:-

  • Offering of prayers
  • Petitioning God for desired favors
  • Thanking God for His protection and providence
  • Singing songs of praise
  • Offering sacrifices and offerings by priests
  • Observing the Sabbath Day

 

Various aspects of Israelites worship and where it occurred:-

 

  1. SACRIFICES AND OFFERINGS

In sacrifices, animals were used where as in an offering, agricultural produce was used. Sacrifices included:

  1. Burnt offerings/holocaust

Here the sacrificial animal was completely burnt and therefore, entirely removed from human possession and given to God.

 

 

 

  1. Atonement/ sin offering

This type of sacrifice was offered when one had sinned either against God or his/her fellow human beings and wanted his/her sins to be forgiven. The one who had sinned brought an animal before God and it was offered as a sacrifice. In this case, the animal died on behalf of the person who had sinned.

 

  • Peace offering/communion sacrifice/fellowship offering

In this sacrifice, part of the meat of the sacrificial animal was eaten by the people and other parts which consisted of fat and blood were burnt on the altar for God. The purpose of this sacrifice was to bring the worshippers into union with God.

 

  1. Gift offering

In this offering, the best animal or grains that God had blessed the concerned party was chosen and offered to God as a thanksgiving

 

  1. Meal offering/drink offering

This type of offering involved both vegetable and animal offerings. Meat offering could be offered alone, but was usually offered together with fresh agricultural produce.

 

  1. Incense offering

Incense is a substance composed of sweet smelling herbs. It is burnt before God and it was a sign of God’s holiness and His acceptance of the sacrifice.

 

  1. FESTIVALS

Festival is a celebration commemorating a past event such as a day of independence in a given country.

The festivals in the Israelites community included:-

  1. The Passover/ Feast of the Unleavened Bread

This feast was held annually at the beginning of each year. Unleavened bread would be eaten for seven days of the first month in every New Year. The feast was a commemoration of the Israelites’ liberation from Egypt.

 

  1. The Feast of Weeks/ Pentecost

This feast originally marked the end of the wheat harvest. Later, it was conducted 50 days from the Sabbath following the Passover, hence the name Pentecost.

 

  • The feast of tabernacles

This festival marked the end of the agricultural year. It took place in autumn when the fruits had been harvested.

 

  1. ALTARS

Altars are earthly marked meeting places between God and people.

The Israelites built an altar in places where they received a Theophany or God’s physical manifestation. Examples of altars are like the ones Moses built at the place where Amalek was defeated and at the foot of Mount Sinai.

 

  1. THE TENT OF MEETING

This was a portable structure in which the Israelites worshipped God in. it was also called a Tabernacle

The outer court of the Tabernacle consisted of an altar for burnt offerings and a basin where priests washed their feet and hands.

The interior part of the Tabernacle had two chambers. The outer one contained an altar for incense, the golden sick and bread of the presence table. The second chamber was known as the most holy place because it contained the Ark of the Covenant.

The Ark of the Covenant was a wooden box that was covered by pure gold and the inside contained the two stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written on. It was taken care of by the Levites who were appointed priests the time of Moses.

The Tabernacle symbolized the presence of God among His people. Only appointed or elected people would approach the Tent of Meeting.  Priests would go inside the tabernacle to offer prayers and sacrifices to God on behalf of other people.

 

Identify the elements of Israelites worship which have found place in the Christian worship today

  1. The Passover feast which marked the liberation of the Israelites from Egypt. This is also referred to as The Lord’s Supper in the New Testament and Christian worship today.
  2. use of prayers and songs
  • observing the Lord’s Day (Sabbath) by modern Christians
  1. offerings are also given in form of money, goods and services
  2. building of altars

 

  1. THE ISRAELITES’ NEW UNDERSTANDING OF THE NATURE OF GOD

Exodus 33, 34

Although God introduced Himself to Moses as Yahweh, the Israelites only came to know Him through their experiences in the wilderness.

The renewal of the covenant showed that the broken covenant relationship could now be formerly restored. Yahweh showed that He is a merciful and compassionate God by giving them a second chance.

The favored position of the Israelites in God’s presence was a source of envy by other nations. They were God’s chosen nation

In the wilderness, the Israelites came to know God as their healer. He promised to heal all their diseases if they obeyed Him.

Despite the Israelites’ sins, God fulfilled His promises to them of a land of their own. He had promised to drive away their enemies.

They came to recognize Him as God of Victory for He defeated the Canaanites, Perizzites, Hittites and Jebusites who had occupied the Promised Land.

The Israelites realized that they could depend upon God as He was faithful.

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FIVE

 

LEADERSHIP IN ISRAEL-DAVID & SOLOMON

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the leaner should be able to:

  1. explain the reasons for Kingship in Israel
  2. Explain reasons against Kingship in Israel
  • Explain King Soul’s failures
  1. Explain the lessons that can be learnt from King Soul’s failures
  2. Explain and appreciate the importance of David as King of Israel and as ancestor of Jesus Christ
  3. Explain the qualities of a good leader drawn from King David’s leadership
  • Explain and asses King Solomon’s achievements and failures
  • Explain the importance of the Temple in Israel
  1. Desire to seek God’s guidance in leadership

 

INTRODUCTION

Leadership refers to the manner in which a community’s way of life is ruled or controlled.

When the Israelites settled in Canaan for the first 200 years, they were ruled by Judges.

THE FIRST Judge was Joshua who took over after Moses died in the wilderness. The last Judge was Samuel.

However, Yahweh, the God of Israel, remained the sovereign ruler of His people.

 

DUTIES OF JUDGES

  • They led the Israelites to war against their enemies
  • They settled disputes among the people
  • They acted as religious leaders and led the Israelites in worship. They received God’s Spirit who gave them the knowledge and power to carry out these duties
  • Some of the Judges acted as God’s prophets.

 

  1. REASONS FOR KINGSHIP IN ISRAEL

1st Samuel 8: 1-9

The Israelites were led by Judges from the time they settled in Canaan. However, it reached a time where they made a decision to have an earthly king to rule over them. Some of the reasons for Kingship are:-

  1. Samuel’s sons, Joel and Abidjan, were corrupt and took bribes

When Samuel grew old, he appointed his two sons to be judges in his place. The two sons lacked good leadership qualities of their father. They were corrupt and took bribes. The Israelites went to Samuel and asked him to choose a king to rule over them.

 

 

  1. The Israelites wanted a warrior king to lead them to war and bring victory to Israel.

The place where the Ark of the Covenant (Sanctuary) was kept had been destroyed by the Philistines. The Philistines had also taken the Ark of the Covenant. Canaan; therefore, faced threat of being a Philistine empire. As a result, the Israelites wanted a warrior king who would lead them into battles against the philistines so as to recover the stolen ark.

 

  • The Israelites wanted kings like the other nations around who had kings

Moabites, Philistines, Amalekites and Phoenicians all had kings. The Israelites saw that they were the only nation in that region who had no king. Hence, they wanted one.

 

  1. The Israelites wanted a physical leader whom they could see and approach

This implied that they were rejecting Yahweh as their unseen ruler

 

  1. The Israelites wanted a stable political government ruled by laws and order

They wanted a government that had enough security established through a regular army and perhaps one with an established law courts to try and punish wrong doers.

 

  1. REASON AGAINST KINGSHIP IN ISRAEL

1st Samuel 8: 10-20

By demanding a king, the Israelites were seen as rejecting Yahweh as their unseen ruler. God told Samuel to give the Israelites strict warnings and explain how the king would treat them. For example:-

  1. The king would conscribe the Israelites’’ sons forcefully into the army
  2. The king would introduce forced labor
  • The king would grab people’s land or vineyards for government use
  1. The king would turn people into slaves
  2. The king would force their daughters to work for his wives’ sons and for the royal house in general
  3. Israel would become like other nations which did not know Yahweh and then they would cease to be a covenant people.
  • Yahweh would reject them when they cried to Him.

The elders request for a king threatened to destroy the true identity of Israel as a “people of God” and as a covenant people

 

  1. KING SAUL’S SUCCESS AND FAILURES

1st Samuel 13: 8-14, 15: 7-25

Saul was son of Kish from the tribe of Benjamin. God commanded Samuel to anoint him.

 

King Saul’s success

  1. Saul was Yahweh’s own choice
  2. Saul received God’s spirit, which gave him power to act as God’s appointee like it had happened with the judges.
  • Through Yahweh’s help, Saul fought against all Israel’s enemies everywhere and won. For example he:-
  • Fought against the Amalekites
  • Led a successful war against the Philistines
  • Defeated the Amalekites

 

King Saul’s failure

  1. He became impatient and offered sacrifices to God at Gilgal instead of waiting for Prophet Samuel

Samuel had told Saul that he would meet him at Gilgal and offer sacrifices to God before the Israelites’ army went to fight the Philistines. Saul waited for seven days and Samuel seemed late in coming. The Philistine army started closing in on the Israelites. Saul’s army started running away to escape from the Philistines. Saul feared that unless he received God’s blessing before going to battle, the Philistines would destroy them. Saul decided to offer a sacrifice to god as a matter of urgency.

Just as he finished offering sacrifice, Samuel arrived and was angry with Saul and rebuked him. Saul had appointed himself as a mediator between God and the people. (He was neither a priest nor a prophet to do that work) therefore, Samuel prophesied the end of his rule.

  1. He failed to carry out the law of total destruction of an enemy conquered

The Law of Herem or the Ban required that when the Israelites went to war against any enemy, they were to destroy everything: man, woman, child, cattle and all property belonging to the enemy.

However, when Saul led his army against the Amalekites and defeated them, he did not destroy everything as Samuel had commanded him to do. Saul and his army kept the best sheep, lambs, cattle and everything else that was good, he intended to offer them as burnt sacrifices to God. He also captured King Agag alive and spared his life.

Samuel met Saul and he was disappointed with him and refused to listen to Saul’s excuses as to why he had disobeyed God’s commandment. Samuel told him that to obey God was better than mere sacrifice to Him.

  • The spirit of god left Saul and was replaced with an evil spirit that tormented him
  1. Saul turned against David because David had become popular with the Israelites.
  2. He consulted a median in trying to bring back Samuel’s spirit, hence practiced idolatry

 

Lessons learnt from king Saul’s failures

Saul’s failures have messages for both Christians and other leaders, for example:-

  1. Need for patience
  2. Need for obedience and faith in God
  • Need for political leaders to listen to advice from Church leaders
  1. Need for not turning against rivals
  2. Need for sincerity in worship of God

 

 

 

 

 

  1. KING DAVID’S IMPORTANCE

1st Samuel 16:1-23; 2nd  Samuel 6: 1-15

After Saul was rejected as king of Israel, Samuel was guided by God to go to Bethlehem. To the home of a Shepherded called Jesse who had eight sons. God would then show him who among those sons would be anointed as the next king of Israel.

Seven of Jesse’s sons were brought before Samuel; one at a time but God told Samuel that he had not chosen any of them. However, when the youngest son, David, a shepherded, was brought before Samuel, God told Samuel that that was the one, he should anoint him.

Samuel then took the olive oil and anointed David in front of his brothers. The spirit of the Lord then took control of David and was with him from that day on. However, this anointing had to be kept secret from Saul; otherwise he would plan to kill David. David had to wait until Saul died before he would take over. David was then employed in the service of Saul to be playing a lyre and harp to sooth Saul whenever he was possessed by an evil spirit.

As long as David worked for Saul, he remained faithful servant of the King. He was loved by Saul’s family. He even married one of his daughters. He became a personal friend of one of Saul’s son called Jonathan.

Many years later, Saul and his sons were killed in a battle against the Philistines. David then became the next king and ruled for over 40 years as king of Judah and Israel. His successes lay in the fact that he knew and obeyed God in all his undertakings.

 

KING DAVID’S ACHIEVEMENTS

  1. He was chosen by God
  2. He received public anointing at Hebron where he signed a treaty with the elders. This meant that he had been acknowledged by all the twelve tribes of Israel as their king.
  • He received the spirit of God from the time he was anointed.
  1. He was a brilliant military commander.

He broke the Philistines’ control over Canaan. He also waged successful wars against Moab, Ammon, Edom, Amalek and Aram (Syria). He concluded a treaty with the Phoenician King, Hiram of Tyre.

  1. He captured the old fortress of Jerusalem from the Jebusites and made it his capital city. Jerusalem was a neutral site belonging neither to the Southern nor to the Northern tribes of Israel.
  2. He removed the Ark of the Covenant from the house of Abinadab in Shiloh and brought it to Jerusalem with a great ceremony, singing and dancing. He then brought priests of Jerusalem and attached them to the royal court.
  • He expressed faith in God. In this, he managed to kill Goliath, the great Philistine warrior. He consulted God before going to war and never forgot to thank God for whatever blessing he had bestowed on him.
  • He was a skilled musician and composed many Psalms that were used and are still being used in temple and church worship.
  1. David respected the prophets of God and always consulted them whenever he wanted to do anything.
  2. He expanded the geographical boundaries of Israel through conquests and after which he would annex the land.
  3. He was a great diplomat and established good political relations with the neighboring kings.
  • He was a shrewd administrator who chose wise elders and counselors to advice him.
  • God promised to establish an everlasting kingdom for David where his descendants would live in security never to be disturbed by anybody.
  • David ruled over Israel, administering law and justice to all people.
  1. He insisted on taking census of all Israel.
  • He had remarkable leadership qualities. For example he was a brave man, eloquent in speech, patient and God fearing.
  • David was He was ready to accept sins he had committed and repent.
  • David received great favor from the Deutronomist by asserting that David was an ideal king.

 

  1. DAVID AS AN ANCESTOR OF JESUS CHRIST

2nd Samuel 1-29; Luke 1:26-33

After building a palace for himself, David intended to build a temple for God. He consulted Prophet Nathan to find out whether it was in order to do so. The prophet approved the idea. However, later that night Nathan received revelation from God which stated that David was not to build the temple. God instead made the following promises to David:-

  • God promised to keep David and his descendants safe from all enemies.
  • God would give David’s descendants a place to settle
  • God promised to raise up an heir from the house of David to sit on the throne
  • He promised to let David’s son be the one to build a temple for Him. God’s relationship with this king would be like that of a father to his son
  • God promised to establish an everlasting kingdom for David
  • God promised to make David’s name great or famous among all other leaders of the earth.

Some of these promises were fulfilled through Solomon his son, who also built a temple for God. David’s reign was also marked by period of peace and prosperity.

 

The promises made to David were also fulfilled in the New Testament through the coming of Jesus Christ in the following ways:-

  1. Jesus was born by a girl in Galilee who had been promised in marriage to Joseph, a descendant of King David.
  2. Angel Gabriel in his annunciation message to Mary says that Jesus will be king like his ancestor David.
  3. Zachariah in his Benedictus says that God has risen up a savior descended from the house of David.
  4. Jesus was born in Bethlehem which was also the birth place of David.
  5. The blind man at Jericho hailed Jesus as the son of David and looked to him to restore his sight.
  6. Jesus was hailed by the crowd as the Messiah, descended from David during His Triumphal entry into Jerusalem
  7. The early apostles like Peter and Paul, in their Sermons, made a number of references to Jesus as a descendant of David
  8. Saint Paul asserted that the Good News of salvation is about the son of God that took human nature and was born from David’s lineage
  9. In his genealogy, Saint Mathew also says that Jesus was a descendant of David.
  10. QUALITIES OF A GOOD LEADER DRAWN FROM KING DAVID
  11. Courage/bravery

David was a courageous military commandment who led his people to wars.

  1. Faith

David was a God-fearing man and expressed his total trust in God by consulting Him before engaging in any adventure

  • Gratitude

David always thanked God for any success or favors he received from Him

  1. Loyalty

David drew the support of his subjects by concluding a number of agreements or treaties with both the men of Judah and Israel in which the subjects promised their loyalty to him and he did likewise.

  1. Justice

David is said to have administered justice to all his subjects without favoring anyone. He never practiced tribalism or nepotism.

  1. Wisdom

David was a wise man; he chose wise legal advisors to assist him in his rule and chose Jerusalem, a neutral spot for administration hence tribal jealousies.

  • Humility

King David was ready to admit his mistakes and accepted criticism and rebukes from religious leaders such as prophets. He was ready to repent when he realized his mistakes.

  • Kindness

David forgave Saul and spared his life even though the latter wanted to kill him.

 

  1. KING SOLOMON’S ACHIEVEMENTS AND FAILURES

1st Kings 3-11

Solomon was the son of David. He was appointed by his father to succeed him. He was anointed by Zadok, the priest. He ruled for 40 years like his father David.

 

KING SOLOMON’S ACHIEVEMENTS

  1. He was a successful merchant. He achieved this by establishing and developing trade with the neighboring countries.
  2. He built up a professional army equipped with horse-drawn chariots.
  3. Solomon appointed government officials who assisted him in his administration.
  4. He developed a diplomatic relationship with foreign countries by marrying the daughters of the Kings of Egypt, Moab, Edom, Tyre etc.
  5. He was a great wise man and was praised for this.
  6. He built the temple for God.
  7. Solomon brought the Ark of the Covenant to the Temple of Jerusalem. This represented God’s presence among His people.
  8. He built himself a palace that took 13 years to complete.
  9. He composed 3,000 proverbs and 1,005 songs

 

 

 

KING SOLOMON’S FAILURE

  1. He married foreign wives who worshipped other god’s
  2. He built temples for the Pagan gods worshipped by his wives
  • He introduced forced labor in the building of palace & the temple
  1. He killed his own half brother, Adonijah, he suspected he could be his rival to the throne
  2. He practiced nepotism. Solomon’s own tribesmen from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin were exempted from forced labor.
  3. He introduced high taxation in Israel.
  • He valued himself more than God; he spent only seven years in building the Temple, but 13 years in building his own palace.
  • He was extravagant in the way he used the wealth belonging to the state of Israel.
  1. King Solomon sold part of Israelite territory: 20 towns of Galilee to Hiram, the King of Tyre in repayment for a debt he was unable to settle.
  2. He hired the skills of pagan craftsmen who designed, decorated and furnished the Temple of God.

 

THE DEATH OF SOLOMON AND THE DIVISION OF THE KINGDOM

1st King 12

When Solomon died, his son, Rehoboam succeeded him. A delegation of elders from the ten tribes of the North led by Jeroboam I. son of Nebat, met Rehoboam at Shechem. They presented their memorandum and told him they were willing to accept him as their king if he would give them some assurance of better treatment. They wanted him to rule them less harshly than his father Solomon had done.

Instead of listening to their grievances, he threatened them even with worse treatment than his father.

The delegation was angered with the harsh reply and rebelled against Rehoboam. They made Jeroboam I King of the Northern tribes. This split the kingdom into two; Israel comprising ten tribes and Judah comprising two tribes.

The Kingdom of Judah retained Jerusalem as its capital city. Jeroboam fortified two cities, Shechem and Penuel from where he ruled Israel in turn. He finally settled at Tirzah to the north of Shechem.

 

  1. THE IMPORTANCE OF THE TEMPLE IN ISRAEL
  2. It symbolized God’s presence among His people through the Ark of the Covenant which was kept in the Temple.
  3. It was a dwelling place for God. On the day of dedication to God, God’s glory filled the Temple in form of a thick cloud.
  4. It was a house of worship and prayer.
  5. it was a place where all first-born male children were dedicated to God
  6. all the Jewish religious festivals or feasts such as the Passover and Pentecost were celebrated in the Temple
  7. The temple was a training place for the Jewish religious teachers. These are the Scribes
  8. The Temple was the place where the prophets and priests lived.
  9. The Temple was the only place where all rites of purification were carried out.
  10. It was used as a law-court by the council of Jewish religious leaders called the Sanhedrin.
  11. The Temple was the only place where sacrifices to God were offered by the priests
  12. Religious ceremonies like naming and circumcision of baby boy took place in the Temple on the eighth day.
  13. It was the place where the right types of animals for sacrifice were brought by the Jews who had travelled long distances to celebrate the annual feasts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER SIX

 

LOYALTY TO GOD-ELIJAH

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the leaner should be able to:

  1. Identify the factors that led to the spread of idolatry in Israel
  2. Explain the effects of Idolatry in Israel
  3. Describe the Mount Camel’s contest
  4. Explain how Elijah fought corruption in Israel
  5. Outline the reasons why Elijah faced danger and hostility as a prophet of God
  6. Explain the relevance of Elijah’s prophetic mission to Christians today

 

  1. FACTORS THAT LED TO THE SPREAD OF IDOLATRY IN ISRAEL

Idolatry refers to the worship of idol. (An idol is an image representing a god). The following contributed to the Israelites idol worship:-

 

  1. The local Canaanite Religion

Characteristics of the Canaanites religion that made it be a constant temptation to the Israelites

  1. It was a nature religion. The worshippers aim was to control forces of nature such as rain and drought.
  2. The aims of the religion were to ensure continued fertility of land, flock and people.
  • It was a cyclic religion which meant that seasons were repeated in contrast to Yahweism which was linear.
  1. It comprised family of gods
    • the high god was called El, the King and the father of years
    • The “wife” of El was Asherah, a goddess of fertility.
    • The storm god was called Baal, also referred to as the god of rain and fertility
    • The female partner of Baal was called Baalath which means Lady although her personal name was Ashtarte
    • The sister of Baal was called Anat, a goddess of war and love.
    • Mot was the god of drought, famine and death
  2. Symbols were used to represent each god. i.e Baal was in the form of bull and stone pillar, Asherah by a sacred pole.
  3. temple prostitution was practiced. It was believed that if a barren couple imitated Baal and Ashtarte when having sex, they would be able bear children.
  • there were many places of worship such as temples under sacred trees and on top of the hills
  • sacrifices including human beings were offered to these gods
  1. Festivals and feasts were also celebrated. For example:
  • Feast of Unleavened Bread which was carried out at the beginning of the barely harvest
  • Feast of weeks celebrated during the wheat harvest

Characteristics that made Israelites an easier target to Canaanites Religion and way of life

  1. Israelites transformed from pastoral life to agricultural life
  2. The belief that a god was only powerful in his own land
  • The Israelites were attracted to the visible gods of the Canaanites as opposed to the invisible Yahweh
  1. The Israelites’ failure to effect God’s command to destroy all the cultic objects and temples used in the worship of Canaanite gods

 

  1. Religious Schism between Judah and Israel

Schism refers to a division within or separation from an established church/religion but not necessarily involving a difference in doctrine.

After the separation of the two kingdoms, Jeroboam feared that the people of Israel, will be won over by Rehoboam in Judah if they continued going to Jerusalem to worship, so he did the following:-

  1. He made two golden calves and placed one at Bethel and the other one at Dan to act as the visible representation of Yahweh
  2. He ignored Jerusalem as centre of worship and set up two rival places of worship at Dan and Bethel
  • He made the Israelites to offer sacrifices to the two golden bulls representing Yahweh
  1. He built other places of worship on hilltops thus copying the practices of the surrounding nations.
  2. He chose priests from ordinary families to serve Yahweh at the centers of worship instead of the tribe of Levi
  3. He instituted religious festivals or feasts in the month of his choices
  • He burnt incense at the altar of idols

 

  1. King Ahab’s Marriage with the Phoenician Priests

When Omri, Ahab’s father, seized power, he made great political achievements for Israel. He formed an alliance with the king of Phoenicia.

To strengthen further the political union between the two countries, Israel and Phoenicia, Omri arranged for the royal marriage of his son, Ahab to Jezebel, the daughter of Ethbaal, king of Tyre.

Immediately Ahab became the king of Israel, he tried to please his wife by allowing her to introduce her religion to Israel.

She imported her Baal (Baal-Melkart) to Israel which was the official protective god of Tyre.

She also imported 450 prophets of Baal and supported them out of the public treasury

King Ahab built a temple for Baal-Melkart, equipped it with an altar and an image of Asherah-mother goddess

Jezebel began a strong complain that resulted with the Israelites being forced to worship Baal hence Baalism became the official state religion.

 

 

 

 

  1. THE EFFECTS OF IDOLATRY IN ISRAEL
  2. Syncretism-the process in which certain beliefs or practices from different religions are fused. Yahweh became one of other gods as the Israelites fused/mixed elements from Canaanite gods to the worship of Yahweh.
  3. Former places of worship for the Canaanite gods were turned into places of worship for Yahweh without removing the Canaanite symbols such as altars and pillars.
  • The Canaanite agricultural calendar was adopted by Israel for the timing of the pilgrimage festival.
  1. Names of the Canaanite gods (i.e. El, the father of all gods) was used for Yahweh
  2. The Canaanite sacrificial system was incorporated into Israelite worship. For example peace offerings, burnt offerings and cereal offerings were originally Canaanite
  3. Under the influence of Jezebel, king Ahab declared Baalism a compulsory state religion
  • Queen Jezebel ordered the destruction of the altars of Yahweh
  • Prophets of Yahweh were killed
  1. 450 prophets of Baal were made the officials of the royal court

 

  1. ELIJAH’S FIGHT AGAINST FALSE RELIGION AND CORRUPTION

Introduction

  • Elijah was a prophet from the Northern Kingdom of Israel
  • He prophesized during the reign of King Ahab, sixty years after Jeroboam I had been ruler of  Israel
  • This was a time when the worship of Yahweh was on the verge of extinction because of threats from Queen Jezebel.

 

  1. Elijah’s fight against false religion

1st king 18: 17-46

God told Elijah to go and meet the king. As soon as King Ahab saw him, he called him trouble maker. Elijah had stated that there would be no rain in the capital (Samaria) until he say so. This was because of Israelites unfaithfulness

Elijah asked the king to gather all Israelites together with the 450 prophets of Baal to a contest at Mount Carmel

The contest was to determine there and then, who was the Lord, who had the power to control rain and fertility

Elijah told them to bring two bulls. The prophets of Baal to take one and offer a sacrifice to their god and Elijah to offer the other one to God They were not to light any fire and the people agreed that the God who answered by fire would be the true God

The prophets of Baal were the first to offer their sacrifice. After preparing the altar, they started praying to their god. Shouting and dancing around the altar.

However, there was no answer. By midday, Elijah started mocking them in four different ways. He told them to pray harder because Baal is:-

 

  • The philosopher, inventor-he is musing or pre-occupied
  • The patron of Phoenician merchant-he is busy or gone aside
  • The patron of his sailors-he is on a journey or business trip
  • The winter sleeper, the vegetable god- he is asleep and must be awakened.

 

Baal failed to answer his prophets by bringing fire to consume the sacrifice

After this, Elijah repaired the abandoned altar of Yahweh; he set up twelve stones, to represent each of the twelve tribes of Israel. He poured water on the wood. The purposes of these rituals were:

 

  • To enhance the fire miracle by ensuring that the altar was wet
  • To bring down rain by imitating the falling of rain

 

After this, Elijah prayed to the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob for help. Immediately after his prayer, the supernatural fire descended from heaven and consumed the sacrifice.

Elijah then condemned the prophets of Baal to death. Afterwards, Elijah performed rain ceremony. On that day, rain fell in great torrents.

 

Lessons learnt about the nature of God from the contest at Mount Carmel

  • Yahweh is the only God. Baal is no god at all
  • Yahweh is a living God who controls forces of nature
  • He is the Lord of nature
  • Yahweh is a powerful God
  • Yahweh is a merciful God who back wayward hearts
  • Yahweh is a jealous God who will have no other gods besides Him
  • Yahweh is a God of justice who punished idolaters and other sinners
  • Yahweh answers prayers

 

  1. Elijah fight against Corruption

1st King 21: 1-29

Corruption can be defined as any form of injustice done to the innocent by those in position of leadership

King Ahab coveted Naboth’s vineyard which was close to his own palace at Jezreel, Samaria’s second capital. Ahab offered to buy the vineyard at a generous price or have it exchanged with another one.

But Naboth refused to sell or exchange the inheritance for the one reason that it was a family estate.

Naboth’s refusal to sell or exchange the vineyard made King Ahab gloomy and he even refused to eat.

Jezebel, his wife, consoled him and told him not to worry as he was King and would get the vineyard.

She forged letters in the King’s name and accused Naboth of blasphemy and treason. Naboth was not given time to defend himself, he was stoned to death in accordance to the law.

The land hence became a state property and Ahab went to possess it.

God sent Elijah to go and pronounce divine judgment on the house of Ahab for what he had done. He was to tell Ahab that his dynasty was going to be destroyed.

Ahab put on sack clothes as a sign of repentance. God hence promised to effect punishment during the reign of his sons and not him.

As for Jezebel, God said that dogs will eat her body in the city of Jezreel.

 

Forms of corruption found in our society today are:-

  • Tribalism
  • Bribery
  • Cheating in business
  • Stealing
  • Robbery with violence
  • Dishonesty
  • Misuse of public funds/property
  • Grabbing of personal and public land

 

  1. Ways in which Christians can help in reducing corruption in Kenya
  • Respecting oneself and others
  • Respecting laws set up in the constitution
  • Building a fair and just society by applying life skills such as critical thinking, creative thinking and making appropriate moral decisions
  • Pray for the corrupt to change their behavior
  • Set good example of acting as good role models for others
  • Educate people on the evils of corruption
  • Report those who engage in corrupt practices to the relevant authorities.

 

  1. REASONS WHY ELIJAH FACED DANGER AND HOSTILITY AS A PROPHET OF GOD

1st king 18: 1-46. 19: 1-21, 21: 1-26

Because of Elijah’s work as prophet of God, he had direct conflict with the king and Jezebel. The two wanted to kill him for the following reasons

  • Elijah had pronounced a three year drought in Israel
  • Prophet Elijah had put to death the 450 prophets of Baal during Mount Camel contest
  • Elijah had boldly condemned King Ahab for taking away Naboth vineyard

 

  1. WHAT IS THE RELEVANCE OF ELIJAH’S PROPHETIC MISSION TO CHRISTIANS TODAY?
  2. Church leaders should remain courageous and firm in condemning any form of social injustice in society
  3. Christians should remain faithful to God through word and deed even if this would cost them their lives
  • Christians should not despair in their missionary work but lean on God for encouragement and providence
  1. Christians should pray to God in faith as God would answer them
  2. Christians should advocate for rights of the poor and speak against any form of oppression
  3. Christians should not give false evidence against their neighbors like Jezebel did to Naboth
  • Christians should be persistent like Elijah in their struggle against injustice
  • God is able to establish an intimate relationship with His faithful.

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION TWO

 

 

AFRICAN RELIGIOUS HERITAGE-MORAL AND CULTURAL VALUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE AFRICAN COMMUNITY

Specific objectives

By the end of this section, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Explain the importance of blood kinship in the African communities
  2. Explain the factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African Community
  3. Explain the importance of rites of passage
    1. Birth and naming
    2. Initiation
  • Marriage
  1. Death
  1. Explain the changing attitude of African communities towards the rites of passage
  2. Explain the role of specialists in the Traditional African communities
  3. Discuss and evaluate continuity and change of the African understanding of community land, property, worship, medicine, old age and dressing

 

KINSHIP SYSTEM IN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN SOCIETY

Kinship refers to relationships

In A.T.S, each individual is related to the other person either through blood or marriage

Blood relatives include parents, brothers, sisters, uncles, aunts, cousins and grandparents

Through marriage, the husband or wife acquire more relatives who are referred to as in laws

Every marriage brings new links thus increasing and strengthening the kinship ties.

 

FAMILY TREE

 

Great Grandparents                                                                        Great Grand-parents

 

 

Grandparents                                                                         Grandparents

 

 

 

Aunts       Uncles        Father                                                             Mother    Uncles   Aunts

 

Cousins Cousins                                                                                             Cousins  Cousins

                                                                                                 

 

 

                       

                                                Brothers                                 Sisters

 

 

                                    Nephews         Nieces             Nephews     Nieces

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANCE OF BLOOD KINSHIP IN AFRICAN SOCIETY

The kinship system extended to ancestors who were seen as part of the living. Kinship was important because:-

  1. It controlled relationship among people
  2. It governed marriage so that clans related could not marry
  • It encouraged communal living and unity. It bound members of the community together
  1. It took the responsibility of solving social problems. This provided security to all concerned
  2. It emphasized the brotherhood of human beings and promoted harmony in the society. It was the duty of each member of the community to ensure that the society lived in harmony
  3. Each person learnt the values of the society during the rites of passage. This gave members a sense of belonging
  • Wishes of the ancestors and spirits were respected so that they did not curse the family
  • Family problems were solved to avoid misunderstandings and conflicts
  1. Each adult was responsible for discipline the children
  2. Children were taught how to behave toward older people

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO HARMONY AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY IN THE AFRICAN COMMUNITY

These factors include:-

  1. Division of labor
  2. Communal worship
  • Leisure activities
  1. Rites of passage
  2. Sharing
  3. Social norms/rules and regulations
  • Punishments for law breakers
  • Communal work
  1. Virtues

 

  1. DIVISION OF LABOR

Various tasks to be performed were fairly distributed among the people

Elders –they played political roles and they were the chief counselors

-they maintained laws and order

-they settled disputes

Old women     –they looked after the grandchildren

-They educated girls on their roles as future wives and mothers

Young unmarried men           –They provided security for the community

Small boys      –Helped in handling animals

-Teamed up with their fathers and young men in some of their activities

-They learnt through observation and acquired skills such as smelting, hunting

and building

Girls    -They help their mothers in household duties like cooking, looking after babies, fetching

firewood and water

-they learn some skills such as weaving and pottery.

 

  1. SHARING

They shared material things and participated in all activities depending on age, sex and status

 

Rites of passage

The whole community participated in ceremonies related to birth, initiation, marriage and death.

All kinsmen, friends and neighbors actively participated in the ceremonies by sharing responsibilities, eat and feast together.

 

  1. COMMUNAL WORSHIP

During such occasions, people come to thank God for a good harvest or after victory in battle. In such a function, sacrifices are made and prayers offered. During such times of crisis, for example, when there is a disaster, an epidemic or serious sickness, people gather and offer sacrifices to God and to the ancestral spirits in order to appease them.

 

  1. LEISURE ACTIVITIES

In African Traditional Society, leisure is integrated with other activities although after work; people rest and share jokes. People are occasionally entertained by the youth through singing and dancing during times when there is little work to be done. In the evenings, men are entertained by the youth. As the elders watch the youths perform, they encourage and correct them accordingly and also they identify certain talents among the performers

 

  1. SOCIAL NORMS

In A.T.S, people grow up knowing what is right and wrong. Rules and regulations are established to govern and regulate people’s behavior. Everybody understands the virtues they should uphold such as friendship, love, honesty, courage, bravery and b compassion. People are also discouraged from developing vices such as cheating, theft, selfishness, greed and dishonesty.  Social norms keep the community from disintegrating and they provide peace to the individual and the society.

 

  1. RITES OF PASSAGE

Rites of passage are important stages in a person’s life. Such rights are turning points which make changes from old to new stages in one’s life. They include:-

  1. Conception and pregnancy
  2. Birth
  • Naming
  1. Initiation
  2. Marriage
  3. Death
  • Burial
  • Life after death

N/B Each individual involved in each stage goes through a number of ceremonies with three main characteristics.

  1. Separation –being secluded/cut off from the rest of the people around for a period of time
  2. Transition this is a period of change brought about by new knowledge given during seclusion period
  3. Incorporation –This is a return to the ordinary community.

Ritual performed, assumed both social and religious values. It is through these rites that kinship ties are strengthened.

 

  1. Conception and Pregnancy

The unborn child is very valuable to the larger community hence the pregnant mother is greatly taken care of. The expectant mother is not referred to directly as expectant. Terms like:-

  • She is heavy
  • She is full
  • She is satisfied

Direct reference to this stage can easily affect the unborn child. It can lead to miscarriage or other abnormalities.

Special treatment given to the expectant Mother

  1. She had to avoid being in the company of people with various disabilities such as the blind and the lame.
  2. She had to keep off from metallic objects
  • She had to avoid doing heavy work like splitting firewood, carrying heavy luggage
  1. In some communities, the expectant mother had to keep off from the husband.
  2. She was supposed to abstain from certain food such as eggs and fatty meat.
  3. She was supposed to wear protective charms
  • She was not supposed to speak to the husband directly. It had to be through an intermediary

 

  1. Birth of the Child

The birth of the child is a community affair as the child belongs to the whole community. It is witnessed by elderly women who act as midwives. Men are not allowed to go near the delivery place.

When the baby arrives, Its sex is announced in various ways such as shouts and ululations. This is because everybody is eager to know the sex of the baby. Some communities like Gikuyu, give five ululations for a baby boy and four ululations for a baby girl.

The placenta is disposed off ceremoniously:-

  • In some communities, it is thrown into a running stream or river.
  • In others, it is dried up and kept for rituals to be performed later.
  • In others, it is carefully buried near the homestead or in uncultivated field or in a shamba with bananas or cereals.
  • In some, it is hung in the house to symbolize the continuity of life.

All these ceremonies are observed so that the womb may remain fertile to ensure continuity of life. The umbilical cord is also disposed off ceremoniously.

Where birth took place

  • A special house has to be built for that purpose
  • In the house of the expectant mother
  • In the home of the expectant mothers parents

 

Rituals and ceremonies conducted during birth

  1. The father prepared sugar cane dish-for the mother and the child and for her strength
  2. The child was washed and smeared with oil for cleansing
  • The father sacrificed a goat- -to purify the homestead

-as a way of giving thanks,

-for protection of the child

-for joining the child with the ancestors

 

  1. The mother and the child were kept in seclusion
  2. The mother and the child were shaved. Shaving of the hair indicated that the mother had lost out pregnancy and growth of new hair was a symbol of new and clean life

 

Sacrifices offered during birth

  • Sacrifice which were of the goat and sheep were intended to bring God and the ancestors to share the occasion of birth of the child with the clan
  • They were being appeased to protect the mother and the child
  • It was for thanks giving for the giving of the baby

 

  1. Naming of the child
  2. Describe ways of naming children in African Traditional Society
  3. Some of the names given reflected the problems that the parents faced. For example, a special name is given to a child who is born after many years of childless marriage. In some instances, if many children have died before the arrival of another, such is given the name of an animal or ugly name as an indication that they have little hope that this one will survive.
  4. Some reflected the conditions of weather and seasons of the time of birth. For example floods, drought and famine. Others reflected certain activities within the community such as planting, harvesting or hunting. Names like Wanjala and Nanjala show that these were born during famine. Some also describe important or strange events that are current among the people such as wars or the invasion of locust. For example Nasiche for Luhyas’ and Ngige for Kikuyu’s showing the invasion of locusts
  • some names have religious connotations for example Were for Luhya God.
  1. other names reflected the different labor the mother went through during delivery
  2. twins are given special names
  3. some names are given to remember the departed relatives. This is so especially when the new born baby shows features of such a person. Names of the dead relatives show gratitude to the ancestors and retain links between the living and the dead.

 

Changing attitude to birth and naming

  1. women attend antenatal clinic and eventually give birth in hospitals and health centre. Doctors play the role of midwives
  2. the mother and the child are not secluded from the rest of the family members
  • the sex of the baby is casually announced by attending doctors and midwives in hospitals. It is not accompanied by ululations
  1. the birth of the new baby is no longer a community affair but rather a family affair.
  2. The rituals performed to the mother and the child in the past has been down played. For example participation in shaving of hair and protection rites

As regards naming, many communities have retained their traditions so that the name given reflects the character and personality of the child or the person they are named after.

 

  1. Initiation Rites

in most communities in Kenya, the main initiation rite for boys is circumcision and clitodectomy for girls. Others like Luo’s have six of their lower front teeth removed.

Initiation rites involved the whole community. Every member of the community is expected to undergo the rite, failure to which the person will be looked as an outcast and as a child no matter how old he/she might be.

Before initiation ceremony is done, the young people are prepared both physically and psychologically. The physical preparation involves being properly fed on a special diet so that they are healthy and strong. The psychological preparation involves them being informed on what to expect and what is expected of them. They are encouraged and challenged to face the ordeal with courage and taught about its significance.

 

Reasons why initiation rites are important in A.T.S

  1. The initiate gains a new status in life; he/she moves from childhood to adulthood and is considered a mature and full member of the community.
  2. After initiation, a person acquires new rights and privileges. For example he or she qualifies to marry. The man can also own property and has a right to inherit his father’s property. A man can now bury his father, defend his family and the community.
  • Initiates receive special education from sponsors during the seclusion period. They’re instructed on how to behave as adults, warriors, future husbands and parents
  1. Initiation ceremonies bring families, relatives and friends together. They help strengthening kinship ties for example the shading of blood binds the initiates to the land and to the ancestors
  2. Initiation ceremonies are looked at as an occasion for prayers to God for the well being of the initiates and the property of the whole community
  3. In some communities, initiation rites help in structuring the community through age or groups.
  • In some communities, like among the Maasai and Poket, the initiation rite is a sign of courage and bravery. It helps to identify the warriors.
  • The pain endured during initiation prepares the initiates to face the difficulties and challenges of adult life.

 

 

Channing attitude towards initiation rites

  1. It is no longer possible to gather together all those undergoing rituals such as circumcision and keep them in seclusion for long periods. This is mainly due to demand of formal education
  2. Boys are taken to hospitals individually by their families for the operation for hygienic and safety reasons
  • The pomp that used to accompany such rituals is slowly dying out due to economic reasons
  1. It is difficult for those circumcised at the same time to know one another and even form age groups or sets
  2. Parents organize to circumcise their children when much younger unlike in the past when this was done at puberty.
  3. Circumcision is being practiced by some communities which never practiced it before for example the Luo
  • Education offered during such rites in the past is now being offered formally through subjects such as Biology, CRE, SEE and Home Science
  • Many Kenyan communities have abandoned the practice of circumcision of girls

 

Give reasons why initiates were put in seclusion for some time

  1. To give them an opportunity to share experiences
  2. To enable proper feeding for all
  • In order to undergo some rituals to bond them together
  1. It was easy to guide and counsel them on adulthood responsibilities and customs
  2. Seclusion kept them from women and children
  3. They were secluded to cement their brotherhood relation
  • To help in proper check-up and monitoring of their healing
  • To learn the community secrets, customs and traditions of the people.

 

  1. Marriage Rites

In A.T.S marriage is looked upon as sacred and ordained by God

 

Importance of marriage in African Traditional Community

  1. Through marriage, new social relationships are created between families and relatives. As a result, the web of kinship is expanded
  2. Marriage ceremonies (where there is feasting and rejoicing) brings the whole community together and everybody in the community has a role to play
  • The new couple is provided with an opportunity to learn new knowledge and skills, for example, how to build a family, how to fulfill sexual needs and how to love and be loved. It is in marriage that a man and a woman find mutual love and companionship
  1. It improves the status of individuals in society. They are more respected and accorded social responsibilities. Their status increase further when they get children. The survival of the community is ensured through the children born within marriage
  2. Marriage was a source of wealth for the man and the family as a whole. In polygamous marriage for example, the many wives and their children provided the necessary labor that was required. The more children the couple had, the more prestigious they become in society.
  3. Sons born in marriage inherit their father’s property
  • Children promote the social status of their parents. If a family has many children, the man and his wife will be accorded more respect than in cases where there are few or no children.
  • Children make the marriage complete and strengthen the bond of unity between husband and wife.
  1. Children take care of their parents in old age and give them a decent burial when they die
  2. Children provide security for the home collectively. The young unmarried men were expected to defend the community against any aggressors
  3. Through marriage, the living, the dead and the yet to be born are brought in harmony. Marriage makes it possible for the African to regain the loss immortality through the children born and who are named after dead relatives.

 

What approaches were used in chasing a marriage partner in African Traditional Society?

  1. Parents chose the partners when the boy/girl was young or not yet born
  2. Some young people made their own choices and then informed their parents
  • It was made by an intermediary
  1. In some communities, the girl was waylaid on her way home
  2. Senior wives made a choice of another wife/wives for her husband
  3. In some communities, twin boys married twin girls
  • In other communities, marriage was done through inheriting the wife of the dead brother.
  • In some communities, rich men/leaders were given wives as gift
  1. Some debtors would give her daughters as a wife for the creditor

 

Changing attitude to marriage rites

  1. Western culture, such as formal education and Christianity have changed marriage attitude to some extent
  2. It used to be an obligation for all normal persons to get married and have children. This is not happening today because there are many individuals who decided not to get married.
  • In A.T.S, pre-marital sex was not permitted and offenders were severely punished. They also valued virginity among girls and girls of this kind fetched a lot of bride-price on wedding day. today, the society has become permissive and morality has declined.
  1. The more children a married couple had, the more prestige they gained in society. Today most couples prefer small families because of economic constrains
  2. Today, young people get into serious relationships before they have time to know each other’s background
  3. Today, divorce cases are on the rise and marriage vows are not taken seriously by people
  • Marriage in A.T.S was basically for procreation but today a couple can decide to stay together even without children
  • Bride price has been highly commercialized today to an extent that it has lost meaning
  1. Today, people prefers monogamous marriages as opposed to polygamy
  2. In the past, marriages were carried out within tribes but today there are inter-tribal and even interracial marriages which have diluted cultural practices.
  3. Today, young people get married late in life because they have to complete formal education, vocational training and look for employment before they can think about settling down in marriage

 

  1. Death Rites

Death was the final stage in one’s life. It was a community affair and was seen as inevitable. Death is a sorrowful event because the dead person is physically and permanently removed from the living members of the family

 

Causes of death in African Traditional Society

  1. Sorcery/witchcraft/evil magic
  2. Curses of the old
  • Breaking of taboos/oaths
  1. Punishment from God
  2. Failure to respect the ancestors
  3. Eating poisoned food
  • Accidents
  • Diseases
  1. Natural calamities for example drought or floods
  2. Neglecting the ancestors
  3. Lack of reverence to God

 

State five rituals performed during the funeral rites in African Traditional Society

  1. The corpse was washed in some communities using water and herbal medicine in order to preserve it and send it clean to the spirit world
  2. In some communities, the dead are buried with their belongings such as food stuffs, animal, bows and arrows. Such communities believe that the dead will need these things in the next world.
  • Pregnant women and children are not allowed to touch or come in close contact with the corpse so that misfortunes do not befall them.
  1. The dead are buried in a carefully selected places in the ancestral land so that the spirit continuous to be close to the family
  2. The body is also carefully placed in the grave facing the appropriate direction according to the customs of the people
  3. In some communities, the bodies are properly dressed before disposal while in others, like the Luhya, they are buried naked in the belief that they will be reborn in the spirit world
  • The grave which is a symbol of separation is respected by being protected and made a family shrine in the cases when the dead were the head of the family. People avoid walking over it
  • Before and during burial, the members of the family and all relatives enter a period of mourning. Normal activities temporarily are halted. In some, people smear their body with white clay, others stop washing their bodies, refrain from sexual intercourse or stop eating
  1. During the same period, there is singing or mourning songs and dancing as a way of expressing sorrow and sending off the departed to the next world
  2. In some communities, there is feasting and drinking of bear
  3. After burial, close relatives share their hair as a sign that one of their members has been separated from them and for cleansing impurities. The new hair that grows shows that life continuous after death.

 

Describe ways of expressing solidarity during funeral rites in African Traditional Community

  1. Everyone took part in ceremonies performed by the bereaved family for example eating and dancing
  2. They helped to prepare home duties for example cleaning and cooking
  • They brought the food to be eaten during the mourning period
  1. They came to mourn with the family of the dead to give them moral support
  2. They came to prepare the grave/digging is done by young men
  3. Members of the bereaved family in form the friends and relatives in the event of death
  • They attend the funeral to bid farewell to the dead
  • They sing/dance and sacrifice to the ancestors to express their solidarity
  1. They give the Eulogy to praise the diseased and his/her contribution to the community

 

Describe ways in which African Traditional Society demonstrated their belief in life after death

  1. Burying the dead with their belongings to enable them to continue with life in the spiritual world
  2. The dead is buried in his best estate as a sign that he’s with the family
  • Continued care for the dead through attending of grave
  1. Offerings of sacrifice/libations to the dead are offered to appease them
  2. Preparing the corpse through washing in water and herbal medicine to send it clean to the spiritual world
  3. Purification ceremonies after burial were performed as a sign that no misfortune has been left
  • Burying the dead without cloths to ensure quick re-birth in the spiritual world
  • Singing and dancing to send away the departed peacefully to the next world
  1. Children are named after the ancestors/dead
  2. The ancestors were the intermediaries between men and God. they were consulted to give solutions

 

Changing attitudes to death and funeral rites

  • Funeral rites are still taken seriously by all Africans Communities.
  • Most of the dead are still being taken to ancestral land for burial. Others are buried in cemeteries in urban centers or wherever they’ve purchased land
  • The major method of disposing bodies is still by burying although some communities prefer cremation
  • Among Christians, although death is sorrowful and painful, it is also looked at as a gateway to joining the savior in heaven for the righteous. Sinners go to hell where there is eternal suffering
  • However, in Traditional African Religion, there is no concept of heaven or hell. Those who die join the world of spirits
  • Christians believe in the resurrection of the body but Africans do not have these beliefs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE ROLE OF SPECIALISTS IN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN SOCIETY

Specialists are people who have undergone training and have acquired great knowledge and skills in a certain occupation or study.

In African Traditional Society, specialists are people who have special knowledge and skills on different subjects in the community. The specialists included:-

  • The rain makers
  • The elders
  • The diviners
  • Prophets
  • Priests
  • Healers

 

THE RAINMAKERS

They were normally responsible for bringing rain. Rainmakers normally pray for rain. They plead with God for rain and they tell the people when the rain will fall.

Identify five duties of rainmakers in African Traditional Community

  1. They prayed for long hours for rain
  2. They performed rituals when asking for rain or stopping the rain
  • They advised people about the time to expect the rain
  1. They acted as mediators between God and the people. They offered sacrifices/prayers/offerings to God. this was done with the help of priests
  2. They acted as diviners and prophets

Outline the methods used to acquire the rain-making skills in African Traditional Society

  1. By consulting other rain-makers
  2. Through studying the skies
  • By studying the habits of trees and plants
  1. They studied the habits of birds for example sparrows, animals or insects
  2. By studying the heavenly bodies for example the moon, the sun, the clouds and stars
  3. Use of common sense
  • There are those who were called by the ancestors

 

 THE ELDERS

State the duties of elders in African Traditional Society

  1. They act as a government in the community and are called upon to perform important functions such as settling family and land disputes
  2. They make major decisions affecting families and the community
  • They stipulate rules and regulations to be followed for the purposes of maintaining law and order
  1. They ensure that traditional values and cultural practices are observed and maintained by all through the education given to the youth and members of the community
  2. They play a leading role during important functions in the community; for example, during the rites of passage
  3. They assist priests in preparing and performing rituals of sex and marriage
  • They lead the members of their families in religious functions such as sacrifices or pouring of libation

 

THE HEALERS

These were also referred to as medicine men. They inherited the profession from their parents

Roles of healers/medicine men

  1. They were responsible for the combating(preventing) sickness and misfortunes
  2. Advising people on prevention methods by pointing out the possible causes of death such as witchcraft, curses, sorcery and magic, bad omen
  • Aid in increasing productivity and love among spouses
  1. Removing curses
  2. Controlling spirits/ancestral powers which could harm the living.
  3. They gave protection and security from evil forces
  • Guaranteeing prosperity and good fortunes
  • They were responsible for cleansing harm and impurity

 

DIVINERS

The main role of the diviners is to find out the hidden secrets or knowledge and then convey the same to other people. They also work as medicine men

The diviners communicate with the spirit world directly or through mediums. The median help diviners to find out the following:-

  1. Which spirit of the living dead needs to be appeased
  2. Those who bewitch others
  • Types of rituals and medicine

The practice of diviners has been seriously affected by the adoption of Christian and Western values

 

PROPHETS

In African Traditional Society, prophets are also called seers. They possess special powers and can predict what is going to happen in the future. Some of them receive revelations about the future through visions and dreams

Sometime, they use their intuition and foresight and are able to advice the community on issues that concern them. For example they advise and warn the people when to expect problems like drought, war or raids.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTINUITY AND CHANGE OF SOME ASPECTS OF TRADITIONAL CULTURE

These deals with the continuity and change of some aspects of traditional African understanding of:-

  1. Community land
  2. Property
  • Worship
  1. Medicine
  2. Old age
  3. Dressing

Changes in African lifestyles have been brought by:-

  • Modern education
  • Urbanization
  • Individualism

 

COMMUNITY LAND

  • In most communities, land was a gift from God and it was communally owned and inherited from ancestors
  • Land would not be transferred from one family to another
  • Land provided food, building materials, firewood, herbs
  • Family land fixed boundaries and nobody could interfere with it.

 

Changes

  • Today, land is still believed as God given, it is a source of livelihood. However, land is like any other property
  • It is a source of wealth which can be sold when need arises
  • Land is individually owned and title deeds are evidence of individual ownership
  • It is subdivided among individuals in different families
  • Greed has resorted in land grabbing or conflicts

 

PROPERTY

In the African Traditional Society property was acquired through:-

  1. Inheritance
  2. Gifts-cattle
  • Winning in wars/raiding
  1. Payment of dowry
  2. Individual effort

Wealth was seen in terms of land, cattle, wives, and children. Property was a source of security and social prestige. Property was commonly owned. The share holders were;-

  • The family
  • The clan
  • The tribe and
  • The living dead

Changes

  • Property is individually owned
  • There is competition for property even among family members
  • The poor are neglected
  • Wealth takes different forms:- money, houses, land etc
  • Daughters are no longer seen as a source of wealth because many do not get married
  • Wealth can be acquired unethically through stealing, land grabbing

 

WORSHIP

The African had a clear concept of the God they worshipped and they called upon Him at all times to help them. God would be worshipped at individual, family or community level

The purpose of worship was to petition God, thank Him and appease ancestral spirits. God was worshipped through sacrifices, offerings, prayers, singing and dancing

Places of worship such as forests, hill tops and caves were regarded as sacred and set aside

 

Changes

Today many Africans follow the Christian faith and other foreign religions. They have integrated certain aspects of traditional religion with the Christian faith, for example:-

  1. Prayers at individual, family and community level
  2. Congregational or communal worship is regularized at least once a week where people meet in the house of God for worship
  • Although God can be worshipped everywhere, there are certain places (buildings) set aside for worship
  1. Offerings in form of money and material gods
  2. Singing and dancing
  3. Invocations

African   Christians no longer sacrifice animals to God as the case was in the past

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AFRICAN CONCEPT OF GOD, SPIRITS AND ANCESTORS

  1. GOD

The traditional idea of God is that He is a Supreme Being/Deity. He was a perfect human being. The supreme God is that who excels in all good qualities of man. This Being does not have material body but exists as a spiritual being.

 

Attributes of God

  • God is good-He’s the giver of life and sustainer
  • God is merciful- Proven in times of danger, anxiety etc
  • God is all knowing –(Omniscient) nothing is/can be hidden for Him
  • God is holy hence those offering sacrifice ought to be pure
  • God is all powerful (Omnipotent) supersede everything in power and strength
  • God is all understanding hence forgiving
  • God is all present (Omnipresent) simultaneously worldwide
  • God is limitless not limited by time or space
  • God is self existent God originated on His own
  • God is spirit He is invisible and everlasting
  • God is ever lasting (Eternal) lives beyond lifetime of a person, an animal or a plant.
  • God is the creator all was created by Him

 

  1. SPIRITS

Spirits are believed to be existing between God and human beings in the universe. There are many types of spirits and all of them are believed to have been created by God. however, it is also believed that some spirits were once human beings who died many years back and the living people can no longer identify them.

 

Spirits

 

 

Nature spirit                                                                                 Human spirit

 

 

Sky            Earth                                                                          Long               Recently

                                                                          

Spirits       Spirits                                                                         Dead               Dead

                                                                                                      (Ghosts)            (Ancestors)

 

  1. Nature spirits
    1. Nature spirits of the sky

These are the spirits which are associated with objects and forces of the sky like the sun, the moon, the stars, rain, thunder and lightning. The belief in these spirits help people to explain the mysteries of the forces of nature connected with the sky.

 

 

  1. Nature spirits of earth

These spirits are connected with forces of the earth such as hills, mountains, rocks and trees etc

 

  1. Human Spirits

They are in two categories, namely: the ghost’s spirits belonging to those who died long ago and the ancestral spirits (the living dead), whose identity is still alive in the memories of people. These spirits are believed to appear to the living in visions, dreams or even in the open. In general, people fear ghosts more than the ancestral spirits.

 

  • Divinities

Some African communities in West Africa like the Ashanti of Ghana, Yoruba of Nigeria and Mande of Sieraleon believe in category of spirits between God and the spirits described above i.e. divinities

These divinities are believed to have been created by God and they represent His activities on earth.

 

The role of the spirits

  1. Some spirits (the good ones) appear in people’s dreams especially the diviners, priests, medicine men and rainmakers to relay information. This information is then used as given to avoid any punishment from the spirits.
  2. The naughty spirits may call someone by name but on turning round to see who called the person, there would be nobody.
  • The religious specialists may also consult the spirits as part of their normal training and practice
  1. The belief in the existence of spirits provides people with the explanation of many mysteries which they find in the universe
  2. Spirits relay God’s response to human beings
  3. Bad spirits sometimes possess a person. This could cause the person to leave home and go to the forests, jump into the fire and get burnt etc

 

  1. ANCESTORS

These are the fore-fathers or founders of the African clans or tribes. They are people who died and whose names and identity are still remembered by the family or clan members

 

Role of Ancestors

Like spirits, ancestors are believed to appear to the living in various forms such as dreams and visions. Reasons for appearance are:-

  1. To enquire about the family affairs as they are still part of the family
  2. To give instructions to the family as to what should be done in certain areas affecting it.
  • To rebuke and worn of the impending punishment to those who failed to carry out certain instructions
  1. To request for something like an animal to be slaughtered for them if need be
  2. To act as mediators between the living and God
  3. They punish those who commit crime

THE AFRICAN UNDERSTANDING OF THE HIERARCHY OF BEINGS

The African understanding of the universe is that it consists of two parts:-

  • The visible (the Earth) and
  • The invisible (sky) which is regarded as the home of God.

 

  1. HIERARCHY OF BEINGS

This universe has a specific order of created beings with God, the Creator, occupying the highest rank. This ordering is what is referred to as the hierarchy of beings. It can be divided into seven categories:-

  1. God, the Supreme being is at the top. He is believed to be responsible for the existence and sustenance of human beings and all other beings
  2. 2nd are the Divinities
  • 3rd are the Spirits
  1. 4th are the Living Dead, (ancestors). This forms an intermediate stage between the human beings who are alive and the spirit world
  2. 5th position is Human Beings. They include those who are physically alive and those who are yet to be born
  3. 6th are the Living Things like animals and plants
  • Lastly are the Natural and Artificial Things without biological life such as rain, rivers, mountains, rocks and all other lifeless objects.

 

God

 

Divinities

 

 

Spirits

 

Living Dead (Ancestors)

 

Human Beings

 

Plants and Animals-Living Things

 

None Living Things

 

  1. THE INTER-RELATIONSHIP OF ALL THINGS, LIVING AND NONE-LIVING

According to the African view of the universe, all created beings depend on each other and on God

 

  1. Human Beings and God
  2. Human beings, depend on God for most essential requirements of life for example rain, air and sunshine
  3. They are less powerful than God
  • They are under all obligations to obey the laws and commandments given by God
  1. Failure to obey these regulations may lead to punishment
  2. They must offer sacrifices to God to maintain good relation with him
  3. Natural calamities like draught, floods and earthquakes are believed to be controlled by God and are beyond people’s power.

 

  1. Human beings and animals

God gave animals to people for their use and they should be handled responsibly

Importance of animals to man

  • Domestic animals like cattle, sheep and goats are used as food and for payment of dowry
  • Possession of these animals is also seen as a sign of prestige and wealth
  • The skins of these animals can be used as clothes
  • Some are used as sacrifices to God and as payment for a fine by an offender to the offended person

 

  1. Human Beings and Plants

Ways through which human beings depend on plants are:-

  • Certain plants like vegetables are used for food
  • Pastoralists and those rear animals depend on grass and foliage for their livestock
  • Trees are used for fuel and for building purposes
  • Plants are also used for conservation of wildlife for example trees

 

  1. Human Beings and Non-living things

None-Living things like rain, rocks and rivers are given a religious significance. For example, rain is seen as great blessings from God because it brings pasture for pastoralists and good harvest of crops for agriculturalists. Natural phenomena like thunder are seen as God’s movement or God’s voice. They are therefore seen as signs of warning from God.

 

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LIVING TOWARDS GOD, SPIRIT AND ANCESTORS

 

  1. Traditional African worship of God

Worship is people’s attempt to meet and communicate with the spiritual world especially with God

  • Sacrifices and offerings were made to God, spirits and ancestors for the following reasons:-
  1. In recognition of God’s absolute ownership of life and property
  2. To invoke God for special blessings to the clan at large
  • To thank God for various reasons such as success in war or plentiful harvest by the community or individual
  1. To express a person’s fellowship or communion with God
  2. To avert evil
  • Prayers always accompanied offerings and sacrifices so that the purpose of the occasion is declared.
  • Singing and dancing was also done as a way of worship
  • Prayers, invocation and blessings also formed part of African way of worship

 

  1. Veneration of Ancestors

Every effort made to ensure that good relationships are maintained and that these spirits and ancestors are not offended

Ways of maintaining good relationship with the ancestors:-

  1. Pouring libation of beer, milk and water to the spirits
  2. They are consulted through a diviner or a medicine man when a major family undertaking or decision is about to be made
  • They are remembered by naming the children after them
  1. They are remembered through rituals

 

  1. Communication with the spirits

People came to know what the spirits want through the use of specialists especially the diviners and mediums. The medium who normally works with a diviner gets “spirit possession” through various means. For example by;

  1. Sitting quietly in a place
  2. Singing
  • Dancing
  1. Clapping of hands

The medium then loses his/her senses and become an instrument of the spirit. The spirit begins to speak, giving requests sort and can also make demands on the living

 

Quiz

  1. Identify ways which the Africans sort reconciliation with God
  2. Explain the means through which Africans communicated with God
  • Identify occasions when prayers were offered in Traditional African Communities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Download free High School topical questions and answers (Form 1-4)

Free pdf notes and exams downloads- Revision questions enables you to gauge yourself on how much content you are able to recall. These revision questions are more helpful when arranged per topic. Therefore, you can clear with one topic at a time in a progressive manner. Get unlimited free downloads of Topic Revision Questions Free Downloads for all Form 1, 2, 3 and 4 Subjects here.

Once again, all these resources are available for download at no cost whatsoever. Try our resources today and you will definitely be happy with them.

Do not forget to find all secondary and primary school resources here; Free Secondary and Primary School resources.

TOPIC BY TOPIC QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS PER SUBJECT

KISWAHILI TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
HOME SCIENCE TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
GEOGRAPHY TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
ENGLISH TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
COMPUTER STUDIES TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
CHEMISTRY TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
C.R.E TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
BUSINESS STUDIES TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
BIOLOGY TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)
AGRICULTURE TOPICALLY ARRANGED QUESTIONS (F1-F4)

TOPIC BY TOPIC QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS PER FORM

FORM ONE TOPICAL RESOURCES

FORM ONE CHEMISTRY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE MATHEMATICS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE AGRICULTURE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE CRE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE ENGLISH ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE BUSINESS STUDIES ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE BIOLOGY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE KISWAHILI ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE HISTORY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE GEOGRAPHY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM ONE PHYSICS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE

F1-ENDTERM-2-ASSIGNMENT

F1 PHYSICS TOPICALS

F1 MATHS TOPICALS

F1 KISWAHILI TOPICALS

F1 HISTORY TOPICALS

F1 GEOGRAPHY TOPICALS

F1 ENGLISH TOPICALS

F1 CRE TOPICALS REVISION

F1 CHEMISTRY TOPICALS

F1 BUSINESS TOPICALS

F1 BIOLOGY TOPICALS

F1 AGRIC TOPICALS

ENGLISH PP1 TRIALS SET 1

ENGLISH MADE FAMILIAR 

English Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Kiswahili Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Mathematics Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Biology Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Physics Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Chemistry Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

General Science Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

History and Government Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Geography Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Christian Religious Education (CRE) Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Home Science Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Art and Design Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Agriculture Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Woodwork Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Metalwork Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Building Construction Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Power Mechanics Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Electricity Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Drawing and Design Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Aviation Technology Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Computer studies Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

French Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

German Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Arabic Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Kenya Sign Language (KSL) Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Music Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

Business Studies Form 1 Topical Revision Resource 

FORM TWO TOPICAL RESOURCES

FORM 2 CRE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 CHEMISTRY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 AGRICULTURE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 ENGLISH ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 BUSINESS STUDIES ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 KISWAHILI ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 PHYSICS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 MATHS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 BIOLOGY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 2 HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE

F2-ENDTERM-2-ASSIGNMENT

F2 PHYSICS TOPICALS

F2 MATHS TOPICALS

F2 KISWAHILI TOPICALS

F2 HISTORY TOPICALS

F2 GEOGRAPHY TOPICALS

F2 ENGLISH TOPICALS

F2 CRE TOPICALS REVISION

F2 CHEMISTRY TOPICALS

F2 BUSINESS TOPICALS

F2 BIOLOGY TOPICALS

F2 AGRIC TOPICALS

English Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Kiswahili Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Mathematics Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Biology Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Physics Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Chemistry Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

General Science Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

History and Government Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Geography Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Christian Religious Education (CRE) Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Home Science Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Art and Design Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Agriculture Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Woodwork Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Metalwork Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Building Construction Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Power Mechanics Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Electricity Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Drawing and Design Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Aviation Technology Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Computer studies Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

French Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

German Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Arabic Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Kenya Sign Language (KSL) Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Music Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 

Business Studies Form 2 Topical Revision Resource 


DOWNLOAD FREE PRIMARY & HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE UPDATED NOTES

Click on the links below

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

Click on the links below;

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

Search more free materials here: [ivory-search id=”16550″ title=”Get Free Primary and Secondary: Notes, Exams, KCSE, KCPE papers, Schemes of work and more”]

FREE PRIMARY SCHOOL RESOURCES

FREE CLASS 8 RESOURCES


FORM THREE TOPICAL RESOURCES

FORM 3 AGRICULTURE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 BUSINESS STUDIES ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 BIOLOGY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 CHEMISTRY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 KISWAHILI ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 PHYSICS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 ENGLISH ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 MATHS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 GEOGRAPHY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 3 CRE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE

F3-ENDTERM-2-ASSIGNMENT

F3 PHYSICS TOPICALS

F3 MATHS TOPICALS

F3 KISWAHILI TOPICALS

F3 HISTORY TOPICALS

F3 GEOGRAPHY TOPICALS

F3 ENGLISH TOPICALS

F3 CRE TOPICALS REVISION

F3 CHEMISTRY TOPICALS

F3 BUSINESS TOPICALS

F3 BIOLOGY TOPICALS

F3 AGRIC TOPICALS

English Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Kiswahili Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Mathematics Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Biology Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Physics Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Chemistry Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

General Science Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

History and Government Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Geography Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Christian Religious Education (CRE) Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Home Science Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Art and Design Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Agriculture Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Woodwork Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Metalwork Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Building Construction Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Power Mechanics Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Electricity Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Drawing and Design Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Aviation Technology Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Computer studies Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

French Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

German Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Arabic Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Kenya Sign Language (KSL) Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Music Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

Business Studies Form 3 Topical Revision Resource 

FORM FOUR TOPICAL RESOURCES

FORM 4 BUSINESS STUDIES ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 PHYSICS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 AGRICULTURE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 KISWAHILI ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 CHEMISTRY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 BIOLOGY ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 CRE ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM 4 MATHS ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE
FORM GEOGRAPHY 4 ALL TOPICS FREE RESOURCE

KCSE ENGLISH MOCKS SET 2

KCSE ENGLISH MOCKS SET 1-1

KCSE ENG PREDICTOR SET 1

F4 PHYSICS TOPICALS

F4 MATHS TOPICALS

F4 KISWAHILI TOPICALS

F4 HISTORY TOPICALS

F4 GEOGRAPHY TOPICALS

F4 ENGLISH TOPICALS

F4 CRE TOPICALS REVISION

F4 CHEMISTRY TOPICALS

F4 BUSINESS TOPICALS

F4 BIOLOGY TOPICALS

F4 AGRIC TOPICALS

English Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

English Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Kiswahili Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Mathematics Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Biology Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Physics Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Chemistry Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

General Science Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

History and Government Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Geography Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Christian Religious Education (CRE) Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Home Science Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Arty and Design Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Agriculture Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Woodwork Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Metalwork Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Building Construction Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Power Mechanics Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Electricity Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Drawing and Design Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Aviation Technology Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Computer studies Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

French Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

German Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Arabic Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Kenya Sign Language (KSL) Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Music Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

Business Studies Form 4 Topical Revision Resource 

PRE-PRIMARY 2, PP2, ASSESSMENT REPORT CARD FREE

PP2 REPORT CARD.

Download a free copy here; PP2 FREE REPORT BOOK.

LEARNER’S DETAILS

NAME            :                                                                                                                                              

LEVEL            :                                                                                                                                              

AGE                :                                                                                                                                              

UPI                  :                                                                                                                                              

 

STAMPED

PASSPORT

PHOTO

 

PARENT’S/GUARDIAN’S DETAILS

FATHER’S NAME    :                                                                                                          

CONTACT                  :                                                           SIG                                        

EMAIL ADDRESS     :                                                                                                          

MOTHER’S NAME  :                                                                                                          

CONTACT                  :                                                           SIG                                        

EMAIL ADDRESS     :                                                                                                          

FACILITATOR’S NAME    :                                                                                              

CONTACT                  :                                                           SIG                                        

 

SCHOOL STAMP

 

 

 

 

LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 LISTENING          
1.1 Common greetings and farewell related to relationship.          
  Respond appropriately to greetings with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
  Respond appropriately to farewell with reference to relationship in and out of school          
  Enjoy responding to greetings and farewell with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
1.2 Listening for comprehension          
  Answer questions correctly after a listening experience in class.          
  Solve simple riddles in and out of school.          
  Sing songs with actions in and out of school.          
  Recite poems and rhymes with actions in and out of school.          
  Take pleasure in activities that involve listening for comprehension.          
1.3 Active listening          
  Pay attention to conversations in and out of school.          
  Answer questions after listening to a story.          
  Respond to simple instructions in and out of school.          
  Appreciate the contribution of others during conversations.          
1.4 Passing information          
  Convey verbal messages effectively in and out of school.          
  Retell short stories in and out of school.          
  Engage in dialogue in and out of school.          
  Take pleasure in passing verbal messages and retelling short stories in and out of school.          
1.5 Auditory discrimination          
  Identify all letter sounds in the classroom environment.          
   Differentiate closely related letter sounds in and out of school          
  Experience pleasure through play in and out of school.          
             
1.5 Auditory memory          
  Say letter sounds after the teacher in class.          
  Recall letter sounds in and out of class.          
  Enjoy playing auditory memory games in and out of class.          
2.0 SPEAKING          
2.1 Common greetings and farewell related to relationship          
  Use vocabulary related to greetings with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
  Use vocabulary related to bidding farewell with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
  Greet people appropriately with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
  Bid people farewell appropriately with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
  Appreciate greeting and bidding people farewell with reference to relationship in and out of school.          
2.2 Self-expression          
  Express their needs and ideasVerbally in and out of school.          
  Use appropriate vocabulary to express their needs and ideas in and out of school.          
  Take pleasure in expressing their ideas and needs verbally and non-verbally at home and in school.          
2.3 Polite Language          
  Use appropriate vocabulary when making requests in and out of school.          
  Use appropriate vocabulary to excuse self and apologize in and out of school.          
  State the appropriate vocabulary for excusing self and making requests in andout of school.          
  Appreciate making requests, excusing self and apologizing when need arises.          
2.4 Audience awareness          
  Speak clearly when talking to others in and out of class.          
  Speak loud enough for the audience to hear in school and at home.          
  Demonstrate ability to speak confidently in and out of class.          
  Enjoy speaking to others inand out of class.          
2.5 Passing information          
  Convey messages effectively at home and in school.          
  Retell short stories in andout of school.          
  Use relevant vocabulary when engaging in dialogue.          
  Take pleasure in passing verbal messages and retelling stories in and outof school.          
2.6 Naming          
  Name objects, animals, people and colours in the immediate environment.          
  Name safe objects in theimmediate environment.          
  Name unsafe objects in theimmediate environment.          
  Experience pleasure in naming colours, objects andpeople in the immediateenvironment.          
2.7 Articulation of letter sounds          
  Articulate vowels and consonants correctly in and out of class.          
  Demonstrate awareness of letter-sound correspondence in and out of class.          
  Take pleasure in activitiesrelating to letter sounds in and out of class.          
3.0 READING          
3.1 Book handling skills          
  Demonstrate book handling skills in and out of school.          
  Demonstrate ability toarrange books properly.          
  Take pleasure in book handling and storage activities.          
3.2 Reading readiness skills          
  Demonstrate left-right eye orientation when reading          
  Demonstrate top-bottomorientation skills when reading          
  Turn pages from right to leftwhen opening a page          
  Enjoy participating in pre-reading activities in and out of school          
3.3 Print awareness          
  Talk about pictures in and out of school.          
  Demonstrate awareness of print in and out of school.          
  Show interest in readingin and out of school.          
  Enjoy reading picturesin and out of school.          
3.4 Visual Discrimination          
  Identify differences and similarities in objects and pictures at home and at school.          
  Match and pair pictures andobjects at home and at school.          
  Take pleasure in visual discrimination activities at home and at school.          
3.5 Visual memory          
  Recall objects, colours and pictures in the immediate environment.          
  Recall letters of the alphabet in and out of class.          
  Talk about what they have seen in the immediate environment.          
  Have pleasure in visual memory activities in and out of class.          
3.6 Reading posture          
  Identify correct reading posture in pictures.          
  Sit appropriately when reading in and out of class.          
  Enjoy participating in activities on reading posture in and out of class.          
3.7 Letter recognition          
  Match upper case letters with corresponding lower case letters in class.          
  Take pleasure in letter matching activities in and out of class.          
3.8 Reading syllables          
  Read syllables in and out of class.          
  Demonstrate ability to read syllables in class          
  Enjoy participating in activities that involve reading syllables.          
3.9 Reading three to four letter words          
  Demonstrate ability to blend syllables to read three to four letter words in and out of class.          
  Read three to four letter words correctly in and out of class.          
  Enjoy participating in activities that involve reading three to four letter words in and out of class.          
4.0 WRITING          
4.1 Book handling          
  Demonstrate ability to handle books appropriately in and out of class.          
  Arrange books properly in and out of class.          
  Enjoy participating in book handling activities in and out of class.          
4.2 Writing readiness skills          
  Hold a writing tool properly in and out of class.          
  Turn pages from right to left during a writing activity in and out of class.          
  Take pleasure in prewriting activities inand out of class.          
4.3 Writing posture          
  Sit appropriately when writing in and out of class.          
  Derives pleasure in activities for writing posture in and out of class          
4.4 Eye-hand coordination skills          
  Demonstrate eye-hand coordination when writing in and out of class.          
  Enjoy participating in eye-hand coordination activities in and out of class.          
4.5 Pattern writing          
  Write simple cursive patterns in and out of class.          
  Use audio visual materials to make simple cursive patterns in and out of class.          
  Hold writing tools appropriately when writing.          
  Experience pleasure in cursive pattern writing activities in and out of class          
4.6 Letter formation          
  Form letters correctly in and out of class.          
  Demonstrate ability to form letters correctly in and out of class.          
  Have pleasure in letter formation activities in and out of class.          
4.7 Writing letters of the alphabet          
  Demonstrate ability to write letters properly in and out of class.          
  Write letters of the alphabet properly in and out of class.          
  Enjoy using basic tools for letter writing activities in and out of class.          
4.8 Writing three to four letter words (allow variation depending on the language)          
  Write three to four letter words in class.          
  Copy own name in class.          
  Have pleasure in participating in writing activities in and out of class.          

 

 

 

 

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                  

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 CLASSIFICATION          
1.1 Sorting and grouping          
  identify similarities and differences between objects for distinguishing one object from the other          
  sort and group objects intheir environment          
  group objects in the environment according to more than one attribute          
  appreciate the materials in the environment for their uniqueness and diversity          
1.2 Matching and pairing          
  identify similarities among objects in the environment          
  identify differences amongobjects in the environment          
  match objects according to likeness or sameness in the
environment
         
  pair objects related to eachother according to sameness,likeness, use, typerelationship, part and whole          
  use appropriate vocabularyrelated to matching andpairing objects for effectivecommunication          
  appreciate the use of differentobjects in the environment          
1.3 Ordering          
  collect and identify differentobjects in their environment for exploration and enjoyment          
  Arrange objects in the immediate environment according to size in ascending up to five objects for comparison.          
  Arrange objects in the immediate environment according t size in descending order.          
  arrange objects in the environment according to more than one attribute          
  differentiate objects of differentsizes in the environment          
  use different objects in the environment in their daily activities          
  use appropriate vocabularyrelated to ordering in their daily life experiences for effective communication          
  appreciate different objects ormaterials in the environment          
1.4 Patterns          
  Observe objects in the environment for the purpose of identifying patterns.          
  identify similarities anddifferences among objects          
  arrange similar objects tomake a pattern          
  use different objects tomake patterns          
  identify patterns in different objects within the environment (clothes, animals, seeds, leaves)          
  Identify the repeating partof the patterns.          
  appreciate pattern s in theirenvironment          
  enjoy making different patterns with objects found in the environment          
2.0 NUMBERS          
2.1 Rote counting          
  rote count numbers 1-50 for developing numeracy skills          
  rote count using actions upto 50 for enhancing acquisition of numeracy          
  enjoy rote counting up to50 in their daily life.          
2.2 Number recognition          
  identify numerals 1-20 for enhancement of acquisition of formation of number symbols          
  appreciate use of numbers and develop curiosity for numbers in daily life experiences.          
2.3 Counting concrete objects          
  observe objects in differentgroups or sets fordistinguishing different typesof similar objects          
  count concrete objects 1-20 fordeveloping skills          
  demonstrate one to onecorrespondence whilecounting concrete objects          
  enjoy counting objects withintheir environment          
  appreciate the use of one to one correspondence in real lifesituations          
  demonstrate number value bycounting concrete objects

 

         
2.4 Number sequencing          
  identify number symbols 1-20 for acquisition of numeracy skills          
  arrange number cards in sequence 1-20 for appreciation of increase in value          
  arrange number cards in sequence by completing missing numbers          
  enjoy arranging numbers in sequence in day to day experiences          
2.5 Number value          
  collect objects from the environment          
  count groups of objects in the environment and select the corresponding number symbol.          
  differentiate the number valueof objects in the environment          
  appreciate the value of numbers in their daily life experiences          
  Relate number value withobjects in the environment.          
2.6 Symbolic representation of number (number writing)          
  identify number symbols up to 20 for association of spoken number and its symbolic representation          
  form and write numbers 1- 20 on a surface for representing quantities of objects or items by symbols          
  write number symbols 1-20on a surface for enjoyment          
  form number symbols 1-20using ICT for digital literacy          
  Appreciate the use ofnumbers within their environment.          
2.7 Number puzzle          
  rearrange number cards 1-20 in thecorrect order          
  identify different parts of numerals1-20 using not more than ten parts          
  join different parts of numbers to form complete number symbols 1-20 with not more than 10 parts          
  enjoy completing number puzzles indaily life          
  relate number symbols with theobjects in the environment          
  use ICT to complete number puzzles          
2.8 Putting together          
  collect different groups ofsimilar objects for counting          
  identify sets of similar objects in the environment for counting          
  put similar objects together with a sum not exceeding 9          
  enjoy the activities of puttingtogether objects in their day to day experiences          
  appreciate that things becomemore when put together          
2.9 Taking away          
  collect different groups of similarobjects or items          
  count objects in different sets toestablish the number in each set          
  take away fewer objects from setsnot more than 9          
  count the number of the remainingobjects after taking away          
  enjoy the activities of taking away objects and counting the remainders in the day to day life experiences          
3.0 MEASUREMENT          
3.1 Sides of objects          
  observe different objects with straight sides in the environment          
  identify different sides of objects in the environment          
  manipulate objects of different sides in the environment          
  enjoy measuring sides of objects using arbitrary units          
3.2 Mass (heavy and light)          
  collect different objects from the environment          
  lift different objects in theenvironment for comparing their

heaviness

         
  compare heavy and light objects in the environment          
  appreciate objects of differentmass in their environment          
  enjoy manipulating objects ofdifferent mass in daily life

experiences

         
3.3 Capacity (how much can a container hold)          
  fill and empty different containers with different objects and substances          
  compare sizes of containersusing through filling and emptying using differentsubstances and objects          
  appreciate the use of objectsof different sizes in theenvironment          
  enjoy filling and emptyingcontainers in the environment          
3.4 Time (Daily routines)          
  compare sizes of shadows at different times of the day to

determine their sizes

         
  use vocabulary related to time for effective communication          
  observe tools used fortelling time          
  name tools used for telling time (clock ;calendar; mobile phone; animals and birds)          
  name the days of the week and the months of the year          
  appreciate management of time when doing different activities          
3.6 Money (Kenyan currency coins and notes)          
  observe types of Kenyancurrency for familiarity          
  identify Kenyan currency coins and notes for distinguishing them from other currencies          
  buy items using Kenyan coins and notes of different denominations          
  save money for future use          
  make a simple budget basingon own needs          
  appreciate the use of Kenyancurrency in their daily life          
3.7 Area (surfaces of objects)          
  observe objects with different surfaces in the environment for determining their sizes          
  identify surfaces of differentobjects in the environment          
  cover surfaces of different objects by using not more than 20 smaller similar objects          
  use appropriate vocabulary related to surfaces of objects for effective communication          
  Appreciate different surfacesof objects in the environment.          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                  

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

PSYCHOMOTOR AND CREATIVE ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 PICTURE MAKING TECHNIQUES          
1.1 Drawing from observation          
  use appropriate tools todraw simple pictures          
  draw simple representation from observation          
  appreciate each other’s,drawing          
1.2 Drawing from Memory          
  identify drawing materials          
  use appropriate tools todraw simple pictures          
  draw symbolicrepresentation of things found in the classroom frommemory          
   appreciate each other’s,drawing          
1.3 Printing          
  identify printingmaterials          
  develop simple printingtools          
  create patterns using different objects for creativity          
  appreciate own andother pupils work          
1.4 Colouring          
  recognize common colours in the environment for use in

colouring

         
  display ability to use colour media freely for enjoyment          
  appreciate and talk abouttheir work          
1.5 Painting          
  identify painting materials          
  paint freely on paper forfamiliarization of materials          
  use finger technique forpainting          
  paint freely for enjoyment          
  appreciate own and otherspainted work          
1.5 Mosaic          
  identify materials formaking mosaic

 

         
  Make mosaic pictures using locally available Materials for aesthetics.          
  make collage pictures using locally available materials for enjoyment          
  appreciate the use oflocally available materials for making mosaic          
1.6 Collage          
  identify material for making collage          
  make collage pictures usinglocally available materials for

aesthetics

         
  make collage pictures usinglocally available materials for

enjoyment

         
  Appreciate their own and otherpupils work and develop self-esteem.          
2.0 MODELLING TECHNIQUES          
2.1 Ball technique          
  identify different types of materials used in modelling          
  model items using ball techniques          
  model for enjoyment          
  Express their ideas, feelings and emotions through modelling.          
2.2 Coil technique          
  identify different types of material used in coil technique          
  model items using coiltechniques          
  model for enjoyment          
  Express their ideas, feelings and emotions through Modelling.          
2.3 Slab Technique          
  identify different types of material used in slab technique          
  model items using slab techniques          
  model for enjoyment          
  Express their ideas, feelings and emotions through modelling.          
3.0 PAPER CRAFT          
3.1 Paper folding          
  identify different methods of folding papers for creativity          
  make items using folding techniques for problem solving          
  make items using paper folding techniques for fun          
4.0 CREATING SHAPES AND FORMS USING ICT          
4.1 Creating shape forms          
  identify drawing icons for familiarization with digital devices          
  use digital device to create shapes and forms creativity          
  appreciate the use of ICT increating shapes and forms          
5.0 PAPER CRAFT          
5.1 Weaving          
  identify materials forweaving          
  make weaves using paper forcreativity          
  appreciate the use of localmaterials for making woven

articles

         
6.0 CONSTRUCTION          
6.1 3-Dimensional forms          
  identify materials for construction          
  create forms in 3-d using locally found materials for innovation          
  handling construction materials for exploration and enjoyment          
  appreciate self and otherswork          
7.0 ORNAMENTS          
7.1 Beading          
  identify locally available materials for beading          
  make an item using coloured beads for creativity          
  appreciate self and otherswork          
7.2 Bracelets          
  identify local materials for making bracelets          
  make and decorate bracelets for friendship.          
  making bracelets for enjoyment          
8.0 PERFOMANCE          
8.1 Dance          
  Perform a free dancing style for enjoyment. movement for

enjoyment

         
  dance in pairs andgroups for cooperation          
  respond to changes in tempo and rhythms through body

 

         
  perform traditional dances within the locality to enhance

culture

         
8.2 Musical rhymes          
  recite rhymes with repetitive phrases and rhythmic patterns          
  display the ability to recitesimple rhymes          
  perform simple rhymes forentertainment          
  recite a range of musical rhymes to enhance creativity          
  appreciate others talents as they perform simple rhymes          
8.3 Rhythmic patterns          
  identify musical instruments usedfor performing rhythmic patterns e.g. percussion          
  display the ability to create rhythmic movements through dance, nodding and swaying for enjoyment          
  create rhythm using percussioninstruments to enhance tempo          
  appreciate others talent as they perform rhythmic patterns using percussion instruments          
8.4 Singing games          
  identify different cultural singing games for harmonious core existence          
  perform varied cultural singing games using props for enjoyment          
  express feelings through singing games for appreciation          
8.5 Pay simple musical instruments          
  identify various music ICTdevice for familiarization          
  play simple musicalinstruments for enjoyment          
  display ability to play various simple musical instruments including ICT device          
  play simple instruments and make movement for talent development          
9.0 LISTENING AND RESPONDING          
9.1 Musical sounds          
  listen to sounds from the environment for familiarization          
  imitate sounds made fromthe environment for vocal development          
  appreciate sounds from theenvironment for correct

response

         
10.0 BASIC MOTOR SKILLS          
10.1 Locomotive Skills          
  identify common terms usedin outdoor activities such as

climbing/sliding, throwingand catching for correct response

         
  climb and slide on playing objects for enjoyment          
  observe safety during climbing and sliding on playing objects          
10.2 Non-locomotive skills          
  identify common terms used in turning and twisting activities for appropriate response          
  turning and twisting forflexibility          
  turn and twist for safety          
10.3 Manipulative skills          
  kick freely for enjoyment          
  display the ability to balance the body for kicking technique          
  display manipulative skillsthrough bouncing ball for

distance estimation

         
  bounce and kick balls safely          
  bounce and kick balls forenjoyment          
11.0 SWIMMING          
11.1 Pool safety          
  identify basic water safety and hygiene rules for application in the pool          
  demonstrate ability to follow safety rules accordingly          
11.2 Water orientation          
  confidently move around the pool in readiness for swimming          
  opening eyes confidently in water for safe swimming          
  identify basic floating techniques for swimming          
  appreciate the use of water forrecreation          
12.0 FUN GAMES          
12.1 Modern/Traditional fun games          
  identify some fun games within their environment for play          
  perform fun games forenjoyment          
  appreciate and acknowledge each other as they perform the fun games          

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                  

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT          
1.1 Myself          
  talk about body parts (head, ears, eyes, mouth, hand,) for self-awareness,          
  Tell the uses of ears, nose mouth and eyes. for self-awareness,

 

         
  Appreciate one’sbody parts for self-esteem.          
1.2 Our School          
  talk about work done by different people in the school          
  participate indeveloping classroom rule (Dos and Don’ts)

for interpersonal relationships

         
   appreciate the school community for harmonious living          
1.3 Our home          
1.3.1 Structures/building          
  Name different structures andbuildings found at home,          
  Identify different buildings andstructures at home,          
  Talk about the uses of buildingsand structures at home,          
  Appreciate buildings andstructures.          
1.3.2 People found at home          
  name people found at home for self- awareness,          
  tell the relationships between people found at home for harmonious living          
  talk about people found at home for harmonious living          
  talk about work done by people at home          
  Appreciate people found at homeand the work they do.          
1.4 Interpersonal relationship          
  Identify Courteous words used in day today life          
  Talk about the use of courteous words in day to day life for interpersonal relationship          
  Appreciate the need touse courteous words          
  Use greetings and respond with actions appropriately          
  Show empathy to theneedy          
1.5 Neighbourhood          
  identify the classmates by names for harmonious living          
   name the classmates as neighbours for interpersonal

relationships

         
  identify physicalfeatures in the neighbourhood forsafety and security          
  appreciate theclassmates as theirneighbours          
1.6 Dressing          
  identify clothes worn atdifferent times          
  dress and undressappropriately          
  to put on shoes correctly          
  appreciate one’s clothesfor self-esteem          
2.0 HEALTH PRACTICES          
2.1 Hand washing          
  tell the importance of washing hands for personal hygiene          
  wash hands appropriately          
  tell critical times to wash hands          
  appreciate the need towash hands at critical

times

         
2.2 Care for the nose          
  tell the importance of having a personal handkerchief,          
  wipe one’s nose appropriately,          
  appreciate the need to own and care for a personal handkerchief          
2.3 Care for teeth          
  tell the dangers of using substances that destroy teeth,          
  talk about actions thatdestroy teeth,          
  brush teeth using appropriate brushing material found in one’s locality ,          
  Appreciate the need to care for teeth by avoiding eating sugary things.          
2.4 Toileting          
  talk about the importance of using a clean toilet,          
  Identify materials used for toileting          
  use the toilet properly for safety and hygiene,

 

         
  Appreciate proper useof toilet facilities.          
2.5 Food/feeding          
  talk about different types of foods for healthy living,          
  feed self for good health and nutrition,          
  talk about dangers of sharing food from other people’s mouth,          
  talk about dos and don’ts while eating          
  Observe table manners whileeating.          
3.0 NATURAL ENVIRONMENT          
3.1 Plants          
  talk about plants in the immediate environment          
  observe plants in the immediate environment          
  talk about the uses of plants in the immediate environment          
  take care of plants found in their immediate environment          
  appreciate plants found in their immediate environment          
3.2 Animals          
  talk about animals in the immediate environment,          
  observe animals within the environment,          
  appreciate the presence of animals in the environment          
3.3 Weather          
  Talk about the different weather conditions.          
  observe weather conditionsin the immediate environment          
  appreciate different weather conditions in the environment          
3.4 Water          
  Talk about sources of water          
  Talk about the uses of water in the environment          
  Play with waterfor enjoyment and discovery          
  appreciate the importance of water in the environment          
3.5 Soil          
  talk about the safety measures when playing with soil,          
  play with soil for enjoyment and exploration,          
   Appreciate playing withsoil for enjoyment.          
3.6 Sound          
  recognize the sources of sounds produced in the immediate environment,          
  talk about sounds produced in the immediate environment,          
  Respond to different sounds in the environment appropriately.          
3.7 Smell          
  identify the bodypart used in smelling,          
  recognize the pleasant and unpleasant smell in the immediate environment,          
  Respond appropriately to the pleasant and unpleasant smell

in the surrounding,

         
  Appreciate the pleasant smell in the immediate environment.          
3.8 Light          
  talk about different sources of light in the immediate environment,          
  play with shadows          
  appreciate uses of light in the immediate environment          
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CARE AND SAFETY          
4.1 Care for the immediate environment          
  identify waste materials and items that require disposal in the immediateenvironment          
  dispose waste materials appropriately          
  appreciate living in aclean environment          
4.2 Safety in the environment          
  talk about safe places, objects and activities in the immediate environment,          
  talk about dangerous places in the immediate environment,          
  talk about dangerous objects in the immediate environment,          
  talk about dangerous activities in the immediate environment,          
  to recognize safe and dangerous places, objects and activities in the immediate environment,          
  talk about how to identify strangers within their immediate environment          
  Take safety precautions inthe school compound.          

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                  

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 GOD’S CREATION          
1.1 God as the provider and healer          
  identify God as the providerfor their needs,          
  Sing simple songs on God as a provider to enhance their knowledge of God,          
  identify God as a healer fortheir spiritual and physical

nourishment,

         
  recite short poems of God as a healer stories to enhance their trust in God,          
  display understanding of God is a provider and healer for their spiritual growth,          
  Appreciate God as theprovider and healer.          
1.2 Creation (parts of the body)          
  Name his /her parts of the body that God created in his own

image and likeness

         
  Demonstrate some ways of caring parts of the body as the temple of the holy spirit          
  Appreciate his/her parts of the body as wonderfully made by God          
1.3 Plants and domestic animals          
  name plants found at home and school as part of God’s creation          
  name animals found at home and school as part of God’s creation          
  state simple ways of taking care of plants and some domestic animals          
  demonstrate taking care of some domestic animals and plants for social responsibility          
  Appreciate plants and animals found at home and school as God’s creation.          
1.4 Name of God according catchment          
  identify the name of God as used in his/her catchment area for personal knowledge          
  identify the name of God in other communities for peaceful co-existence          
   appreciate the name of God according to his/her catchment area for self – awareness          
  desire to know the name of God as used in other communities to promote unity          
1.5 Communicating to God through prayer          
  mention simple prayers at different times for his/her spiritual nourishment          
  Recite prayers for different times as part of his/her spiritual growth.          
  respect different times of prayer for his/her spiritual growth          
  Appreciate prayer as one of the most important way of talking to God.          
  desire to pray at alltimes          
2.0 HOLY BIBLE          
2.1 The Bible          
  Identify the bible as a Holy book used by Christians for his/her spiritual growth          
  Sing simple songs onthe Bible as a Holy book of God to be

respected

         
  appreciate the Bible as a Holy book          
  desire to read the Bibleas Holy book          
2.2 Handling the bible          
  identify different waysof handling the Bible as a Holy book used by Christians to nurture a sense of responsibility          
  demonstrate different ways of handling the Bible with care to promote respect for the word of God          
  sing simple songs on how to handle the Bible          
  desire to handle the Bible with respect as a Holy book          
  appreciate the importance of handling the Bible as part of his/her self-discipline          
3.0 CHRISTIAN RELIUOUS FESTIVALS AND RITUALS          
3.1 Christian festivals: Christmas and Easter          
  identify the Christian festivals for spiritual growth          
  give the meaning of Christmas as an important Christian celebration about God’s love          
  sing songs in praise ofChristmas as the birthday of Jesus Christ.          
  role play the Christmas events with joy          
  give the meaning of Easter as an important Christian celebration of God’s love          
  sing Easter songs in thankingJesus Christ for dying for us          
  appreciate Christmas andEaster as Christian celebrations of God’s love.          
3.2 Christian Rituals          
  identify some simple Christian rituals for his/her spiritual growth          
  Demonstrate some Christianrituals performed in his/her

church for spiritual nourishment

         
  Roles play Christian rituals practiced according to different churches to nurturepeaceful coexistence amonglearners.

Appreciate taking part in Christian rituals in his/her

church to promote the values of love, responsibility and integrity

         
4.0 CHRISTIAN VALUES          
4.1 Greatest commandment: Love of God and neighbour          
  state the greatest commandment of God for their spiritual growth          
  practice the love of God and neighbour to promote interpersonal relationship          
  role play on how love of God and neighbour should promote peaceful coexistence          
  sing songs of God’s love and neighbour to promote spiritual growth          
  desire to thank God for his love for mankind          
  appreciate the commandment on love of God and neighbour for spiritual growth          
5.0 PLACES OF WORSHIP          
5.1 Places of worship          
  Identify the church as a place of worship          
  Identify different places of worship that exists in his/her community for peaceful co-existence.          
  demonstrate activities that take place in the church for-example singing, praying and giving offerings as thanks giving to God          
  colour a picture of a church as a place of worship for self-efficacy          
  respect different places of worship to promote religious tolerance          
5.2 Church services          
  identify different activities that take place during the church

service for harmonious living

         
  demonstrate the activities that are performed during the

church service for interpersonal interaction

         
  sing songs that relate to the activities that take place during the church service for spiritual growth          
  desire to participate in the activities that are done during the church service for self fulfilment          
  appreciate the activities that take place during church service for spiritual nourishment          
5.3 Behaviour in the Church          
  identify good behaviour for desirable Christian living          
  demonstrate good behavior in Church to show respect to God          
  recite short memory verses from the bible on good behaviour for spiritual development.          
  appreciate the importance of good behaviour in church to

promote love andharmony

desire to have good manners in the church

         

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                  

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS EDUCATION ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 QUR’AN          
1.1 The Arabic alphabet with vowels (fat-ha (a), kasra (i) , dhumma (u)          
  recognize the alphabet with the given vowels in Arabic text          
  name correctly three vowels in the Arabic text          
  articulate correctly the sounds of Arabic alphabet

with vowels

         
  write the Arabic alphabet from right to left adding

the vowels on them

         
1.2 Surah Naas          
  Recite correctly……………. Surah Naas as a form of protection          
  handle the Qurán with respect as a Holy book          
  Appreciate reciting…………………. Surah Naas as a prayer          
2.0 PILLARS OF IMAN          
2.1 Belief inAllah (SWT)          
  identify oneself and others as Allah’s creation as stated in the Qur’an          
  appreciate the uniqueness of oneself and others as Allah’s creation          
  care for oneself and Allah’s other creation in the immediate

environment as a form of ibadaat/worship

         
2.2 Belief in His Prophets (Prophet Muhammad)(S.A.W.)          
  mention the name of the parents of prophet Muhammad (S.A.W.) as a sign of love and respect          
  narrate simple short story on early years of prophet Muhammad’s (S.A.W.)          
  demonstrate love for prophet Muhammad (S.A.W.) by emulating his character (obedience)          
  appreciate the important role played by the parent to up bring their children          
3.0 DEVOTIONAL          
3.1 Pillars ofIslam –SwalahPostures ofSwalah (dailyprayer)

 

         
  Name the different posturesas used in ……………….          
  appreciate ……………as a pillar of Islam          
  Demonstrate the postures in performing ………          
4.0 MORAL TEACHINGS         `
4.1 IslamicEtiquette          
4.1.1 Toileting          
  demonstrate appropriate toileting manners according to Islamic teachings          
  develop proper way of toileting in their day to day life          
   practice proper use of water during and after toileting

(Istinja)

         
4.1.2 Manners of Eating          
  demonstrate eating manners according to Islamic teachings          
  practice Islamic manners of eating according to the sunnah (traditions) of the prophet (S.A.W.)          
  acquire Islamic phrases used before and after eating appropriately          
4.1.3 Islamic phrases (………(thank you)          
  pronounce correctly the Islamic phrase (Shukran) as a way of appreciation          
  use appropriately the given Islamic phrase in their day to

day life

         
  appreciate the importance of the Islamic phrase (Shukran)

in their daily life

         
4.1.4 Relationship (places of worship)          
  name places of worship in order to respect other people’s faith          
  co-exist harmoniously with people of other religions for interpersonal relations          
  use Masjid as a place of worship          
5.0 ISLAMIC FESTIVALS          
5.1 Eid          
  describe activities related to Eid as an Islamic festival          
  appreciate Eid as an Islamic festival          
  share happiness and joy during Eid by singing songs and exchanging gifts          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                  

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

 

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                     

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                     

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                              

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                             Sign                                                                                  

HINDU RELIGIOUS EDUCATION ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 CREATION          
1.1 My extended family          
  Mention names of extended family members for self-awareness.          
  identify members of extended family by their names          
  Appreciate the members of extended family for mutual satisfaction.          
1.2 PanchMahabhoo

 

         
  identify the element Vayu(Air) in relation to the Panch Mahabhoot          
  appreciate the elementVayu(Air) as Paramatma’s

creation for life

         
2.0 WORSHIP          
2.1 Basic Mantrasfor Jaap

 

         
  recite the Basic Mantra of each faith for worship respect to Paramatma          
  demonstrate the appropriate discipline for the recitation of

Mantras to show

         
  appreciate recitation of Mantras as an act of worship.          
2.2 Musical Instruments used in worship          
  mention musical instruments used in worship          
  identify different instruments used in worship in the four faiths for familiarization          
  Appreciate the use of musical instruments in worship for spiritual growth.          
3.0 MANIFESTATIONS          
3.1 The EnlightenedBeings          
  name the Enlightened Beings according to the four faiths          
  identify the names of Enlightened Beings to familiarize with his/her faith          
  appreciate the Enlightened Beings to enhance faith in

Paramatma

         
3.2 Belief inParamatma          
  mention the names ofDevis and Devtas tofamiliarize thelearner with belief inParamatma          
   Identify the Devisand Devtas as pertheir attributes to
deepen the learner’sfaith.
         
4.0 Scriptures          
4.1 Name of scriptures          
  name Scriptures to promote religious identity and unity          
  identify Scriptures from other faiths to promote

peace and unity

         
  Acknowledge all Scriptures as holy to promote religious tolerance.          
5.0 Yoga          
5.1 Simple postures          
  name simple yoga postures for good health          
  demonstrate simple yoga postures correctly for physical wellbeing          
5.2 Coping with emotion          
  Appreciate Yoga as a way for peaceful living by coping positively with anxiety.          
6.0 Sadachar          
6.1 General etiquette          
  mention words that express gratitude for a healthy relationship          
  demonstrate acts of obedience to foster  harmony          
  Appreciate the blessings that may be bestowed upon him/her out of obedience.          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TERMLY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                                     

LEARNING AREA  EXAM 1 EXAM 2 EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIES        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
PSYCHOMOTOR AND CREATIVE ACTIVITIES        
         

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                         

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                       

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

 

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

TERMLY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                                     

LEARNING AREA  EXAM 1 EXAM 2 EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIES        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
PSYCHOMOTOR AND CREATIVE ACTIVITIES        
         

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                         

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                       

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

 

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

TERMLY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                         

LEARNING AREA  EXAM 1 EXAM 2 EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIES        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
PSYCHOMOTOR AND CREATIVE ACTIVITIES        
         

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                         

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                       

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

 

ANNUAL SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                          

LEARNING AREA  EXAM 1 EXAM 2 EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIES        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
PSYCHOMOTOR AND CREATIVE ACTIVITIES        
         

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                         

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                       

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

 

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

SOCIAL /BEHAVIOUR REPORT

KEY

S        –         SATISFACTORY

I         –         IMPROVEMENT

Report to be completed by the class teacher

BEHAVIOUR ASSESMENT
Considering for others  
Organization for school resources  
Accepts responsibility  
Works independently  
Works well with others  
Completes assignments at school  
Completes home assignments  
Participates in community service learning  
Use time wisely  
Has reverence for God as per a super being  
   
 

 

 

OTHER COMMENTS FROM THE TEACHER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
   

 

Grade 7 Latest Rationalized Notes

Grade 7 Latest Rationalized Notes available below:

Grade 7 CBC Complete PreTechnical Studies notes

GRADE 7 CRE NOTES complete.docx

grade-7-rationalised-pre-technical-notes-term-1-2-3-updated

CREATIVE ARTS & SPORTS Grade 7 Notes01_sign

G7 INTEGRATED SCIENCE.-1 (2)

Grade-7-english-notes-term-1-2-and-3 (1) (1)

GRADE_7_RATIONALISED_PRE_TECHNICAL_NOTES_TERM_1_2_3_UPDATED

G7 SOCIAL STUDIES (4) GRADE 7 MATHEMATICS BOOK

More Grade 7 Notes free downloads:

Grade 7 Notes and Schemes of Work

Free CBC Grade 7 Notes, Schemes of Work and Exams

Free Grade 7 Notes- All Subjects

Updated Grade 7 Notes For All Subjects

Grade 7 CBC Tracker Notes

Grade 7 Rationalized Notes (Free Downloads)

Grade 7 Exams and Notes

Grade 7 CBC free Schemes of works & Notes (Updated)

Grade 7 & 8 Notes, Exams and Schemes- Junior School Notes

Free Grade 7 CBC Notes and Schemes of Work

Junior School Free CBC Notes, Exams for Grade 6, 7 & 8

Latest Grade 7 CBC Free Notes PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 7 Junior School Schemes of Work & Notes Free

CBC Grade 7 Exams, Notes, Schemes & Assessment Materials

Grade 7 Complete CBC Notes For All Subjects

Grade 7 & 8 Free Exams, Holiday Assignments and Notes

Free Rationalized Grade 7, 8 & 9 CBC Notes and Schemes

Grade 7 Free CBC Notes For Junior Secondary

Free Grade 7 CBC Curriculum Designs, Notes & Schemes of Work [Junior Secondary]

Grade 7 CBC Free Social Notes

Grade 7 CBC Notes for all subjects

Grade 7 Teaching Notes & Exams | Free Resources

Grade 7 CBC Notes Free Downloads

Grade 7 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work

Grade 7 CBC Notes Free Downloads

CBC notes free downloads (PP1 to 2, grade 1 to 7)

FORM 2 CHEMISTRY NOTES HANDBOOK IN PDF

ATOMIC STRUCTURE

The atom is the smallest particle of an element that take part in a chemical reaction. The atom is made up of three subatomic particles:

          (i)Protons

          (ii)Electrons

          (iii)Neutrons

 

(i)Protons

1.The proton is positively charged

2.Is found in the centre of an atom called nucleus

3.It has a relative  mass 1

4.The number of protons in a atom of an element is its Atomic number

 

 (ii)Electrons

1.The Electrons is negatively charged

2.Is found in fixed regions surrounding the centre of an atom called energy levels/orbitals.

3.It has a relative  mass 1/1840

4.The number of protons and electrons  in a atom of an element is always equal

 

(iii)Neutrons

1.The Neutron is neither positively or negatively charged thus neutral.

2.Like protons it is found in the centre of an atom called nucleus

3.It has a relative  mass 1

4.The number of protons and neutrons in a atom of an element is its Mass number

 

Diagram showing the relative positions of protons ,electrons and neutrons in an atom of an element

 

 

 

Diagram showing the relative positions of protons, electrons and neutrons in an atom of Carbon

 

 

 

The table below show atomic structure of the 1st twenty elements.

 


Element
Symbol Protons Electrons Neutrons Atomic
number
Mass number

 

Hydrogen H 1 1 0 1 1
Helium He 2 2 2 2 4
Lithium Li 3 3 4 3 7
Beryllium Be 4 4 5 4 9
Boron B 5 5 6 5 11
Carbon C 6 6 6 6 12
Nitrogen N 7 7 7 7 14
Oxygen O 8 8 8 8 16
Fluorine F 9 9 10 9 19
Neon Ne 10 10 10 10 20
Sodium Na 11 11 12 11 23
Magnesium Mg 12 12 12 12 24
Aluminium Al 13 13 14 13 27
Silicon Si 14 14 14 14 28
Phosphorus P 15 15 16 15 31
Sulphur S 16 16 16 16 32
Chlorine Cl 17 17 18 17 35
Argon Ar 18 18 22 18 40
Potassium K 19 19 20 19 39
Calcium Ca 20 20 20 20 40

Most atoms of elements exist as isotopes.

Isotopes are atoms of the same element, having the same number of protons/atomic number but different number of neutrons/mass number.

By convention, isotopes are written with the mass number as superscript and the atomic number as subscript to the left of the chemical symbol of the element. i.e.

mass number

atomic  number                  m n  X            symbol of element

 

Below is the conventional method of writing the 1st twenty elements showing the mass numbers and atomic numbers;

 

11H                      42He            73Li              94Be             115B                126C

 

147N                         168O           199F             2010Ne          2311Na             2412Mg

 

2713Al                    2814Si           3115P            3216S            3517Cl               4018Ar

 

3919K                     4020C

 

The table below shows some common natural isotopes of some elements

 

Element Isotopes Protons Electrons Neutrons Atomic

number

Mass

number

Hydrogen 11H

21H(deuterium)

31H(Tritium)

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

2

3

1

1

1

 

1

2

3

Chlorine 3517Cl

3717Cl

17

17

17

17

18

20

17

17

35

37

Potassium 3919K

4019K

4119K

19

19

19

19

19

19

20

21

22

19

19

19

39

40

41

Oxygen 168O

188O

8

8

8

8

8

10

8

8

16

18

Uranium 23592U

23892U

 

92

92

92

92

143

146

92

92

235

238

Neon 2210Ne

2010Ne

2110Ne

10

10

10

10

10

10

12

10

11

10

10

10

22

20

21

The mass of an average atom is very small (10-22 g).Masses of atoms are therefore expressed in relation to a chosen element.

The atom recommended is 12C isotope whose mass is arbitrarily assigned as 12.000 atomic mass units(a.m.u) .

All other atoms are compared to the mass of 12C isotope to give the relative at The relative atomic mass(RAM) is therefore defined as “the mass of average atom of an element  compared to  1/12  an atom of 12C isotope whose mass is arbitrarily fixed as 12.000 atomic mass units(a.m.u) ” i.e;

 

RAM   =      mass of  atom of an element

1/12  of one atom of 12C isotope

 

Accurate relative atomic masses (RAM) are got from the mass spectrometer. Mass spectrometer determines the isotopes of the element and their relative abundance/availability.

Using the relative abundances/availability of the isotopes, the relative atomic mass (RAM) can be determined /calculated as in the below examples.

  1. Chlorine occurs as 75% 3517Cl and 25% 3717Cl isotopes. Calculate the relative atomic mass of Chlorine.

 

Working

100 atoms of chlorine contains 75 atoms of 3517Cl isotopes

100 atoms of chlorine contains 75 atoms of 3717Cl isotopes

Therefore;

RAM  of chlorine = ( 75/100 x 35)   +  25/100  x 37 =  35.5

Note that:

Relative atomic mass has no units

More atoms of chlorine exist as 3517Cl(75%) than as 3717Cl(25%)     therefore RAM is nearer to the more abundant isotope.

 

  1. Calculate the relative atomic mass of potassium given that it exist as;

93.1%  3919K ,  0.01%  4019K  ,  6.89%  4119K ,

 

Working

100 atoms of potassium contains 93.1 atoms of 3919K isotopes

100 atoms of potassium contains 0.01 atoms of 4019K isotopes

100 atoms of potassium contains 6.89 atoms of 4119K isotopes

Therefore;

RAM  of potassium = (93.1/100 x39) + (0.01/100 x 40) +(6.89 /100 x 39)

=

Note that:

Relative atomic mass has no units

More atoms of potassium exist as 3919K (93.1%) therefore RAM is nearer to the more abundant 3919K  isotope.

 

  1. Calculate the relative atomic mass of Neon given that it exist as;

90.92%  2010Ne ,  0.26%  2110Ne  ,  8.82%  2210Ne,

 

Working

100 atoms of Neon contains 90.92 atoms of 2010Ne  isotopes

100 atoms of Neon contains 0.26 atoms of 2110Ne  isotopes

100 atoms of Neon contains 8.82 atoms of 2210 Ne  isotopes       Therefore;

RAM  of  Neon = (90.92/100 x20) + (0.26/100 x 21) +(8.82 /100 x 22)

=

Note that:

Relative atomic mass has no units

More atoms of Neon exist as 2010Ne (90.92%) therefore RAM is nearer to the more abundant 2010Ne  isotope.

 

  1. Calculate the relative atomic mass of Argon given that it exist as;

90.92%  2010Ne ,  0.26%  2110Ne  ,  8.82%  2210Ne,

NB

The relative atomic mass is a measure of the masses of atoms. The higher the relative atomic mass, the heavier the atom.

 

Electrons are found in energy levels/orbital.

An energy level is a fixed region around/surrounding the nucleus of an atom occupied by electrons of the same (potential) energy.

By convention energy levels are named 1,2,3… outwards  from the region nearest to nucleus.

 

Each energy level is occupied by a fixed number of electrons:

The 1st energy level is occupied by a maximum of two electrons

The 2nd  energy level is occupied by a maximum of eight electrons

The  3rd  energy level is occupied by a maximum of eight electrons( or   eighteen electrons if available)

The  4th   energy level is occupied by a maximum of eight electrons( or eighteen or thirty two electrons if available)

 

This arrangement of electrons in an atom is called electron configuration / structure.

By convention the electron configuration / structure of an atom of an element can be shown in form of a diagram using either cross(x) or dot() to

 

Practice examples  drawing electronic configurations

 

a)11H has – in nucleus1proton and 0 neutrons

– 1 electron in the 1st energy levels thus:

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons(represented by cross(x)

 

Electronic structure of Hydrogen is thus: 1:

                  

  1. b) 42He has – in nucleus 2 proton and 2 neutrons – 2 electron in the 1st energy levels thus:

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of Helium is thus: 2:

 

  1. c) 73Li has – in nucleus 3 proton and 4 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

1 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Lithium is thus: 2:1

 

  1. d) 94Be has – in nucleus 4 proton and 5 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

2 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

Electronic structure of  Beryllium is thus: 2:2

 

  1. e) 115B has – in nucleus 5 proton and 6 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

3 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Boron is thus: 2:3

 

  1. f)   126C  has      – in nucleus 6 proton and 6 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

4 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Carbon is thus: 2:4

 

  1. g) 147N has – in nucleus 7 proton and 7 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

5 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Nitrogen is thus: 2:5

 

  1. h) 168O has – in nucleus 8 proton and 8 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

6 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Oxygen is thus: 2:6

 

 

  1. i) 199F has – in nucleus 9 proton and 10 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

7 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

 

Electronic structure of  Fluorine is thus: 2:7

  1. i) 2010Ne has – in nucleus 10 proton and 10 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by cross(x)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Neon is thus: 2:8

 

  1. j) 2311Na has – in nucleus 11 proton and 12 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

1 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Sodium is thus: 2:8:1

 

  1. k) 2412Mg has – in nucleus 12 proton and 12 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

2 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Magnesium is thus: 2:8:2

  1. l) 2713Al has – in nucleus 13 proton and 14 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

3 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

 

 

Electronic structure of  Aluminium is thus: 2:8:3

 

  1. m) 2814Si has – in nucleus 14 proton and 14 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

4 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Silicon is thus: 2:8:4

 

  1. n) 3115P has – in nucleus 14 proton and 15 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

5 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Phosphorus is thus: 2:8:5

 

  1. o) 3216S has – in nucleus 16 proton and 16 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

6 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Sulphur is thus: 2:8:6

 

  1. p) 3517Cl has – in nucleus 18 proton and 17 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

7 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Chlorine is thus: 2:8:7

 

  1. p) 4018Ar has – in nucleus 22 proton and 18 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

8 electron in the 3rd   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Argon is thus: 2:8:8

 

  1. q) 3919K has – in nucleus 20 proton and 19 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

8 electron in the 3rd   energy levels

1 electron in the 4th   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Potassium is thus: 2:8:8:1

 

  1. r) 4020Ca has – in nucleus 20 proton and 20 neutrons

2 electron in the 1st energy levels

8 electron in the 2nd  energy levels

8 electron in the 3rd   energy levels

2 electron in the 4th   energy levels thus

 

 

Nucleus

Energy levels

Electrons (represented by dot(.)

Electronic structure of  Calcium is thus: 2:8:8:2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.PERIODIC TABLE

 

There are over 100 elements so far discovered. Scientists have tried to group them together in a periodic table.

A periodic table is a horizontal and vertical arrangement of elements according to their atomic numbers.

This table was successfully arranged in 1913 by the British scientist Henry Moseley from the previous work of the Russian Scientist Dmitri Mendeleev.

The horizontal arrangement forms period. Atoms in the same period have the same the same number of energy levels in their electronic structure. i.e.

The number of energy levels in the electronic configuration of an element determine the period to which the element is in the periodic table.

e.g.

Which period of the periodic table are the following isotopes/elements/atoms?

  1. 126C

 

Electron structure 2:4 => 2 energy levels used thus Period 2

  1. 2311Na

 

Electron structure 2:8:1 => 3 energy levels used thus Period 3

  1. 3919K

 

Electron structure 2:8:8:1 => 4 energy levels used thus Period 4

  1. 11H

Electron structure 1: => 1 energy level used thus Period 1

 

The vertical arrangement of elements  forms a group. Atoms in the same have the same the same group have the same number of outer energy level electrons as  per their electronic structure. i.e.

The number of electrons in the outer energy level  an element determine the group to which the element is ,in the periodic table.

 

  1. 126C

Electron structure 2:4 => 4 electrons in outer energy level thus Group IV

  1. 2311C

Electron structure 2:8:1 => 1 electron in outer energy level thus Group I

 

  1. 3919K

 

Electron structure 2:8:8:1=>1 electron in outer energy level thus Group I

 

  1. 11H

Electron structure 1: => 1 electron in outer energy level thus Group I

 

By convention;

 (i)Periods are named using English numerals 1,2,3,4,…

(ii)Groups are named using Roman numerals I,II,III,IV,…

 

There are eighteen groups in a standard periodic table.

There are seven periods in a standard periodic table.

 

THE STANDARD PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS

 

 

When an atom has maximum number of electrons in its outer energy level, it is said to be stable.

When an atom has no maximum number of electrons in its outer energy level, it is said to be unstable.

 All stable atoms are in group 8/18 of the periodic table. All other elements are unstable.

All unstable atoms/isotopes try to be stable through chemical reactions. A chemical reaction involves gaining or losing outer electrons (electron transfer) .When electron transfer take place, an ion is formed.

 

An ion is formed when an unstable atom gain or donate electrons in its outer energy level inorder to be stable. Whether an atom gain or donate electrons depend on the relative energy required to donate or gain extra electrons i.e.

Examples

  1. 199 F has electronic structure/configuration 2:7.

It can donate the seven outer electrons to have stable electronic structure/configuration 2:.

It can gain one extra electron to have stable electronic structure/configuration 2:8. Gaining requires less energy, and thus  Fluorine reacts by gaining one extra electrons.

  1. 2313 Al has electronic structure/configuration 2:8:3

It can donate the three outer electrons to have stable electronic structure/configuration 2:8.

It can gain five extra electrons to have stable electronic structure/configuration 2:8:8. Donating requires less energy, and thus  Aluminium reacts by donating its three outer electrons.

 

Elements with less than four electrons in the outer energy level donates /lose the outer electrons to be stable and form a positively charged ion called cation.

A cation therefore has more protons(positive charge) than electrons(negative charge)

 Generally metals usually form cation

Elements with more than four electrons in the outer energy level gain /acquire extra  electrons in the outer energy level to be stable and form a negatively charged ion called anion.

An anion therefore has less protons(positive charge) than electrons(negative charge)

Generally non metals usually form anion. Except  Hydrogen

The charge carried by an ion is equal to the number of electrons gained/acquired or donated/lost.

 

Examples of ion formation

 

1.11H

H          ->             H+                +                   e

(atom)    (monovalent cation)       (electrons donated/lost)

Electronic configuration 1:                 (No electrons remains)

 

 

  1. 2713 Al

Al               ->                Al3+             +                  3e

(atom)                             (trivalent cation)  (3 electrons donated/lost)

Electron    2:8:3                                 2:8

structure   (unstable)                         (stable)

 

  1. 2311 Na

Na               ->                Na+              +                 e

(atom)                             (cation)          ( 1 electrons donated/lost)

Electron    2:8:1                                 2:8

structure   (unstable)                         (stable)

 

  1. 2412Mg

Mg              ->                Mg2+            +                 2e

(atom)                             (cation)          ( 2 electrons donated/lost)

Electron    2:8:1                                 2:8

structure   (unstable)                         (stable)

 

  1. 168O

O       +                2e                     ->                  O2-

(atom)            ( 2 electrons gained/acquired)      (anion)

Electron    2:6                                                                      2:8

structure   (unstable)                                                         (stable)

 

  1. 147N

N       +                3e                     ->                  N3-

(atom)            ( 3 electrons gained/acquired)      (anion)

Electron    2:5                                                                      2:8

structure   (unstable)                                                         (stable)

 

  1. 3115P

P       +                3e                     ->                  P3-

(atom)            ( 3 electrons gained/acquired)      (anion)

Electron    2:5                                                                      2:8

structure   (unstable)                                                         (stable)

 

  1. 199F

F       +                e                     ->                    F

(atom)            ( 1 electrons gained/acquired)      (anion)

Electron    2:7                                                                      2:8

structure   (unstable)                                                         (stable)

 

  1. 3517Cl

Cl      +                e                     ->                    Cl

(atom)            ( 1 electrons gained/acquired)      (anion)

Electron    2:8:7                                                                   2:8:8

structure   (unstable)                                                         (stable)

 

  1. 3919 K

K                ->                K+               +                 e

(atom)                             (cation)          ( 1 electrons donated/lost)

Electron    2:8:8:1                              2:8:8

structure   (unstable)                         (stable)

 

When an element donate/loses its outer electrons ,the process is called oxidation. When an element acquires/gains extra electrons in  its outer energy level,the process is called reduction.The  charge carried by an atom, cation  or anion is its oxidation state.

 

Table showing the oxidation states of some isotopes

Element Symbol of element / isotopes Charge of ion Oxidation state
Hydrogen 11H

21H(deuterium)

31H(Tritium)

H+

H+

H+

+1

+1

+1

Chlorine 3517Cl

3717Cl

 

 

Cl

Cl

-1

-1

Potassium 3919K

4019K

4119K

 

K+

K+

K+

+1

+1

+1

Oxygen 168O

188O

 

O2-

O2-

-2

-2

Magnesium 2412Mg Mg2+ +2
sodium 2311Na Na+ +1
Copper Cu Cu+

Cu2+

+1

+2

Iron   Fe2+

Fe3+

+2

+3

Lead   Pb2+

Pb4+

+2

+4

Manganese   Mn2+

Mn7+

+2

+7

Chromium   Cr3+

Cr6+

+3

+6

Sulphur   S4+

S6+

+4

+6

Carbon   C2+

C4+

+2

+4

 

Note :

Some elements can exist in  more than one oxidation state.They are said to have variable oxidation state.

Roman capital numeral is used to indicate the oxidation state of an element with a variable oxidation state in a compound.

 

Examples:

  • Copper (I) means Cu+ as in Copper(I)oxide
  • Copper (II) means Cu2+ as in Copper(II)oxide
  • Iron (II) means Fe2+ as in Iron(II)sulphide

(iv)    Iron (III) means Fe3+ as in Iron(III)chloride

  • Sulphur(VI)mean S6+ as in Iron(III)sulphate(VI)
  • Sulphur(VI)mean S6+ as in sulphur(VI)oxide
  • Sulphur(IV)mean S4+ as in sulphur(IV)oxide
  • Sulphur(IV)mean S4+ as in sodium sulphate(IV)

(ix)    Carbon(IV)mean C4+ as in carbon(IV)oxide

(x)     Carbon(IV)mean C4+ as in Lead(II)carbonate(IV)

(xi)    Carbon(II)mean C2+ as in carbon(II)oxide

(xii)   Manganese(IV)mean Mn4+ as in Manganese(IV)oxide

 

A compound is a combination of two or more elements in fixed proportions. The   ratio of the atoms making a compound is called the chemical formulae. Elements combine together to form a compound depending on their combining power.

The combining power of atoms in an element is called Valency.Valency of an element is equal to the number of:

(i)hydrogen atoms that an atom of element can combine with or displace.

(ii)electrons gained /acquired in outer energy level by non metals to be   stable/attain  duplet/octet.

(iii)electrons donated/lost by outer energy level of metals to be stable/attain octet/duplet.

(iv)charges carried by ions/cations/ions

Group of atoms that react as a unit during chemical reactions are called radicals.Elements with variable oxidation state also have more than one valency.

 

Table showing the valency of common radicals.

 

Radical name Chemical formulae Combining power / Valency
Ammonium NH4 + 1
Hydroxide OH 1
Nitrate(V) NO3 1
Hydrogen carbonate HCO3 1
Hydrogen sulphate(VI) HSO4 1
Hydrogen sulphate(IV) HSO3 1
Manganate(VII) MnO4 1
Chromate(VI) CrO42- 2
Dichromate(VI) Cr2O72- 2
Sulphate(VI) SO42- 2
Sulphate(IV) SO32- 2
Carbonate(IV) CO32- 2
Phosphate(V) PO42- 3

 

Table showing the valency of some common metal and non metals

 

Element/metal Valency Element/non metal Valency

 

Hydrogen 1 Florine 1
Lithium 1 Chlorine 1
Beryllium 2 Bromine 1
Boron 3 Iodine 1
Sodium 1 Carbon 4
Magnesium 2 Nitrogen 3
Aluminium 3 Oxygen 2
Potassium 1 Phosphorus 3
Calcium 2    
Zinc 2    
Barium 2    
Mercury 2    
Iron 2 and 3    
Copper 1 and 2    
Manganese 2 and 4    
Lead 2 and 4    

 

From the valency of elements , the chemical formular of a compound can be derived using the following procedure:

(i)Identify the elements and radicals making the compound

(ii)Write  the symbol/formular  of the elements making the compound     starting with the metallic element

(iii)Assign the valency of each element /radical as superscript.

(iv)Interchange/exchange the valencies of each element as subscript.

(v)Divide by the smallest/lowest valency to derive the smallest whole  number ratios

Ignore a valency of 1.

This is the chemical formula.

 

Practice examples

Write the chemical formula of

 (a)Aluminium oxide

 

Elements making compound Aluminium Oxygen
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Al O
Assign valencies as superscript Al3 O2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Al2 O3
Divide by smallest valency to get whole number

 

Chemical formula of Aluminium oxide is thus: Al2 O3

This means:2atoms of Aluminium combine with 3 atoms of Oxygen

 

(b)Sodium oxide

 

Elements making compound Sodium Oxygen
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Na O
Assign valencies as superscript Na1 O2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Na2 O1
Divide by smallest valency to get whole number

 

Chemical formula of Sodium oxide is thus: Na2 O

This means:2atoms of Sodium combine with 1 atom of Oxygen

 

(c)Calcium oxide

 

Elements making compound Calcium Oxygen
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Ca O
Assign valencies as superscript Ca2 O2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Ca2 O2
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio Ca1 O1

 

Chemical formula of Calcium oxide is thus: CaO

This means:1 atom of calcium combine with 1 atom of Oxygen.

 

(d)Lead(IV)oxide

 

Elements making compound Lead Oxygen
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Pb O
Assign valencies as superscript Pb4 O2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Pb2 O4
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio Pb1 O2

 

Chemical formula of Lead(IV) oxide is thus: PbO2

This means:1 atom of lead combine with 2 atoms of Oxygen.

 

(e)Lead(II)oxide

 

Elements making compound Lead Oxygen
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Pb O
Assign valencies as superscript Pb2 O2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Pb2 O2
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio Pb1 O1

 

Chemical formula of Lead(II) oxide is thus: PbO

This means:1 atom of lead combine with 1 atom of Oxygen.

 

(e)Iron(III)oxide

 

Elements making compound Iron Oxygen
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Fe O
Assign valencies as superscript Fe3 O2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Fe2 O3
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Iron(III) oxide is thus: Fe2O3

This means:2 atom of lead combine with 3 atom of Oxygen.

 

(f)Iron(II)sulphate(VI)

 

Elements making compound Iron sulphate(VI)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Fe SO4
Assign valencies as superscript Fe2 SO4 2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Fe2 SO4  2
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio Fe1 SO4  1

 

Chemical formula of Iron(II) sulphate(VI) is thus: FeSO4

This means:1 atom of Iron combine with 1 sulphate(VI) radical.

 

(g)Copper(II)sulphate(VI)

 

Elements making compound Copper sulphate(VI)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Cu SO4
Assign valencies as superscript Cu2 SO4 2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Cu2 SO4  2
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio Cu1 SO4  1

 

Chemical formula of Cu(II)sulphate(VI) is thus: CuSO4

This means:1 atom of Copper combine with 1 sulphate(VI) radical.

 

(h)Aluminium sulphate(VI)

 

Elements making compound Aluminium sulphate(VI)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Al SO4
Assign valencies as superscript Al3 SO4 2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Al2 SO4  3
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Aluminium sulphate(VI) is thus: Al2(SO4)3

This means:2 atom of Aluminium combine with 3 sulphate(VI) radical.

 

(i)Aluminium nitrate(V)

 

Elements making compound Aluminium nitrate(V)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Al NO3
Assign valencies as superscript Al3 NO3 1
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Al1 NO3  3
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Aluminium sulphate(VI) is thus: Al (NO3)3

This means:1 atom of Aluminium combine with 3 nitrate(V) radical.

 

(j)Potassium  manganate(VII)

 

Elements making compound Potassium manganate(VII)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound K MnO4
Assign valencies as superscript K 1 MnO4 1
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript K1 MnO4 1
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Potassium manganate(VII) is thus: KMnO4

This means:1 atom of Potassium combine with 4 manganate(VII) radical.

 

(k)Sodium  dichromate(VI)

 

Elements making compound Sodium dichromate(VI)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Na Cr2O7
Assign valencies as superscript Na 1 Cr2O7 2
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Na2 Cr2O7 1
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Sodium dichromate(VI) is thus: Na2 Cr2O7

This means:2 atom of Sodium combine with 1 dichromate(VI) radical.

 

(l)Calcium  hydrogen carbonate

 

Elements making compound Calcium Hydrogen carbonate
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Ca CO3
Assign valencies as superscript Ca 2 HCO3 1
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Ca1 HCO3  2
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Calcium hydrogen carbonate is thus: Ca(HCO3)2

This means:1 atom of Calcium  combine with 2 hydrogen carbonate radical.

 

(l)Magnesium  hydrogen sulphate(VI)

 

Elements making compound Magnesium Hydrogen sulphate(VI)
Symbol of elements/radicals in compound Mg HSO4
Assign valencies as superscript Mg 2 HSO4 1
Exchange/Interchange the valencies as subscript Mg1 HSO4  2
Divide by two to get smallest whole number ratio

 

Chemical formula of Magnesium hydrogen sulphate(VI) is thus: Mg(HSO4)2

This means:1 atom of Magnesium  combine with 2 hydrogen sulphate(VI) radical.

 

Compounds are formed from chemical reactions. A chemical reaction is formed when atoms of the reactants break free to bond again and form products. A chemical reaction is a statement showing the movement of reactants to form products. The following procedure is used in writing a chemical  equations:

  1. Write the word equation
  2. Write the correct chemical formula for each of the reactants and products
  3. Check if the number of atoms of each element on the reactant side is equal to the number of atoms of each element on the product side.
  4. Multiply the chemical formula containing the unbalanced atoms with the lowest common multiple if the number of atoms on one side is not equal. This is called balancing.

 Do not change the chemical formula of the products/reactants.

  1. Assign in brackets, the physical state/state symbols of the reactants and products after each chemical formula as:

(i) (s) for solids

(ii) (l) for liquids

(iii) (g) for gas

(iv) (aq) for aqueous/dissolved in water to make a solution.

 

Practice examples

Write a balanced chemical equation for the following

  • Hydrogen gas is prepared from reacting Zinc granules with dilute hydrochloric acid.

Procedure

 

  1. Write the word equation

Zinc + Hydrochloric acid -> Zinc chloride + hydrogen gas

 

  1. Write the correct chemical formula for each of the reactants and products

Zn     +       HCl            ->      ZnCl2          +        H2

 

  1. Check if the number of atoms of each element on the reactant side is equal to the number of atoms of each element on the product side.

      Number of atoms of Zn on the reactant side is equal to product side

     One atom of H in HCl on the reactant side is not equal to two atoms in H2 on product side.

One atom of Cl in HCl on the reactant side is not equal to two atoms in ZnCl2 on product side.

 

  1. Multiply the chemical formula containing the unbalanced atoms with the lowest common multiple if the number of atoms on one side is not equal.

    Multiply  HCl by “2” to get “2” Hydrogen and “2” Chlorine on product and reactant side.

Zn     +       2 HCl          ->      ZnCl2          +        H2

  1. Assign in brackets, the physical state/state symbols .

Zn(s)          +       2 HCl(aq)             ->      ZnCl2 (aq)   +        H2(g)

 

  • Oxygen gas is prepared from decomposition of Hydrogen peroxide solution to water

Procedure

 

  1. Write the word equation

Hydrogen peroxide -> Water + oxygen gas

 

  1. Write the correct chemical formula for each of the reactants and products

H2O2           ->      H2O            +        O2

 

  1. Check if the number of atoms of each element on the reactant side is equal to the number of atoms of each element on the product side.

      Number of atoms of H on the reactant side is equal to product side

     Two atom of O in H2O2 on the reactant side is not equal to  three atoms (one in H2O and two in O2) on product side.

 

  1. Multiply the chemical formula containing the unbalanced atoms with the lowest common multiple if the number of atoms on one side is not equal.

    Multiply  H2O2 by “2” to get “4” Hydrogen and “4” Oxygen on reactants

    Multiply  H2O  by “2” to get “4” Hydrogen and “2” Oxygen on product side

   When the “2” Oxygen in O2 and the“2” in H2O are added on product side they are equal to the“4” Oxygen on reactants side.  

2H2O2                  ->      2H2O          +        O2

 

  1. Assign in brackets, the physical state/state symbols .

2H2O2(aq)            ->      2H2O(l)                +        O2(g)

 

  • Chlorine gas is prepared from Potassium manganate(VII) reacting with hydrochloric acid to form potassium chloride solution, manganese(II) chloride solution,water and chlorine gas.

 

Procedure

  1. Write the word equation

Potassium manganate(VII) + Hydrochloric acid ->

potassium chloride + manganese(II) chloride + chlorine +water

 

  1. Write the correct chemical formula for each of the reactants and products

KMnO4 + HCl     -> KCl  + MnCl2  +H2O + Cl2

 

  1. Check if the number of atoms of each element on the reactant side is equal to the number of atoms of each element on the product side.

      Number of atoms of K and Mn on the reactant side is equal to product side

     Two atom of H in H2O on the product side is not equal to one atom on reactant side.

Four atom of O in KMnO4 is not equal to one in H2

One atom of Cl in HCl on reactant side is not equal to three (one in H2O and two in Cl2)

 

  1. Multiply the chemical formula containing the unbalanced atoms with the lowest common multiple if the number of atoms on one side is not equal.

    Multiply  HCl by “16” to get “16” Hydrogen and “16” Chlorine on reactants

    Multiply  KMnO4  by “2” to get “2” Potassium and “2” manganese, “2 x4 =8” Oxygen on reactant side.

Balance the product side to get:

  

2 KMnO4 +16 HCl        -> 2 KCl  + 2 MnCl2      +8 H2O       + 5 Cl2

 

  1. Assign in brackets, the physical state/state symbols .

2KMnO4(s) +16 HCl(aq)-> 2 KCl (aq) + 2MnCl2(aq)+8 H2O(l)+5 Cl2(g)

 

(d)Carbon(IV)oxide  gas is prepared from Calcium carbonate reacting with hydrochloric acid to form calcium chloride solution, water and carbon(IV)oxide gas.

 

Procedure

  1. Write the word equation

Calcium carbonate + Hydrochloric acid ->

calcium chloride solution+ water +carbon(IV)oxide

  1. Write the correct chemical formula for each of the reactants and products

CaCO3 + HCl       -> CaCl2     +H2O + CO2

 

  1. Check if the number of atoms of each element on the reactant side is equal to the number of atoms of each element on the product side.

    

  1. Multiply the chemical formula containing the unbalanced atoms with the lowest common multiple if the number of atoms on one side is not equal.

   

  1. Assign in brackets, the physical state/state symbols .

CaCO3(s)   +    2 HCl(aq)  ->   CaCl2(aq)  +  H2O(l)  +   CO2(g)

 

(d)Sodium hydroxide solution neutralizes hydrochloric acid to form salt and water.

NaOH(aq)   +     HCl(aq)  ->   NaCl (aq)  +  H2O(l)

 

(e)Sodium reacts with water to form sodium hydroxide and hydrogen gas.

2Na(s)   +     2H2O(l)  ->   2NaOH(aq)  +  H2(g)

 

          (f)Calcium reacts withwater to form calcium hydroxide and hydrogen gas

Ca(s)   +     2H2O(l)  ->   Ca(OH)2(aq)  +  H2(g)

 

          (g)Copper(II)Oxide solid reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form copper(II)chloride and water.

CuO(s)   +     2HCl(aq)  ->   CuCl2(aq)  +  H2O(l)

 

(h)Hydrogen sulphide reacts with Oxygen to form sulphur(IV)Oxide and water.

                    2H2S(g) + 3O2(g)   ->  2SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

 

(i)Magnesium reacts with steam to form Magnesium Oxide and Hydrogen gas.

Mg(s)   +     2H2O(g)  ->   MgO(s)  +  H2(g)

 

(j)Ethane(C2H6) gas burns in air to form Carbon(IV)Oxide and water.

2C2H6(g)  +  7O2(g)  ->  4CO2(g)  +  6H2O(l)

 

(k)Ethene(C2H4) gas burns in air to form Carbon(IV)Oxide and water.

C2H4(g)  +  3O2(g)  ->  2CO2(g)  +  2H2O(l)

 

(l)Ethyne(C2H2) gas burns in air to form Carbon(IV)Oxide and water.

2C2H2(g)  +  5O2(g)  ->  4CO2(g)  +  2H2O(l)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.PERIODICITY OF CHEMICAL FAMILES/DOWN THE GROUP.

 

The number of valence electrons and the number of occupied energy levels in an atom of an element determine the position of an element in the periodic table.i.e

The number of occupied energy levels determine the Period and the valence electrons determine the Group.

Elements in the same group have similar physical and chemical properties. The trends in physical and chemical properties of elements in the same group vary down the group. Elements in the same group thus constitute a chemical family.

 

  • Group I elements: Alkali metals

 

Group I elements are called Alkali metals except Hydrogen which is a non metal. The alkali metals include:

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Electron structure Oxidation state Valency
Lithium Li 3 2:1 Li+ 1
Sodium Na 11 2:8:1 Na+ 1
Potassium K 19 2:8:8:1 K+ 1
Rubidium Rb 37 2:8:18:8:1 Rb+ 1
Caesium Cs 55 2:8:18:18:8:1 Cs+ 1
Francium Fr 87 2:8:18:32:18:8:1 Fr+ 1

 

All alkali metals atom has one electron in the outer energy level. They therefore are monovalent. They donate /lose the outer electron to have oxidation state M+

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Lithium   to Francium. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size. e.g.

The atomic size of Potassium is bigger/larger than that of sodium because Potassium has more/4 energy levels than sodium (3 energy levels).

 

Atomic and ionic radius

The distance between the centre of the nucleus of an atom and the outermost energy level occupied by electron/s is called atomic radius. Atomic radius is measured in nanometers(n).The higher /bigger the atomic radius the bigger /larger the atomic size.

 

The distance between the centre of the nucleus of an ion and the outermost energy level occupied by electron/s is called ionic radius. Ionic radius is also measured in nanometers(n).The higher /bigger the ionic radius the bigger /larger the size of the ion.

Atomic radius and ionic radius depend on the number of energy levels occupied by electrons. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic /ionic radius. e.g.

The atomic radius of Francium is bigger/larger than that of sodium because Francium has more/7 energy levels than sodium (3 energy levels).

Atomic radius and ionic radius of alkali metals increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

 

The atomic radius of alkali metals is bigger than the ionic radius. This is because alkali metals react by losing/donating the outer electron and hence lose the outer energy level.

 

Table showing the atomic and ionic radius of some alkali metals

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Atomic radius(nM) Ionic radius(nM)
Lithium Li 3 0.133 0.060
Sodium Na 11 0.157 0.095
Potassium K 19 0.203 0.133

 

The atomic radius of sodium is  0.157nM .The ionic radius of Na+ is 0.095nM. This is because sodium reacts by donating/losing the outer electrons and hence the outer energy level. The remaining electrons/energy levels experience more effective / greater nuclear attraction/pull towards the nucleus reducing the atomic radius.

 

Electropositivity

The ease of donating/losing electrons is called electropositivity. All alkali metals are electropositive. Electropositivity  increase as atomic radius increase. This is because the effective nuclear attraction on outer electrons decreases with increase in atomic radius. The outer electrons experience less nuclear attraction and can be lost/ donated easily/with ease. Francium is the most electropositive element in the periodic table because it has the highest/biggest atomic radius.

 

Ionization energy

The minimum amount of energy required to remove an electron from an atom of element in its gaseous state is called  1st ionization energy. The SI unit of ionization energy is kilojoules per mole/kJmole-1 .Ionization energy depend on atomic radius. The higher the atomic radius, the less effective the nuclear attraction on outer electrons/energy level and thus the lower the ionization energy. For alkali metals the 1st ionization energy decrease down the group as the atomic radius increase and the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease.

e.g. The 1st ionization energy of sodium is 496 kJmole-1  while that of potassium is 419 kJmole-1 .This is because atomic radius increase and thus effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease down the group from sodium to Potassium. It requires therefore less energy to donate/lose outer electrons in Potassium than in sodium.

 

Physical properties

Soft/Easy to cut: Alkali metals are soft and easy to cut with a knife. The softness and ease of cutting increase down the group from Lithium to Francium. This is because an increase in atomic radius, decreases the strength of metallic bond and the packing of the metallic structure

Appearance: Alkali metals have a shiny grey metallic luster when freshly cut. The surface rapidly/quickly tarnishes on exposure to air. This is because the metal surface rapidly/quickly reacts with elements of air/oxygen.

Melting and boiling points: Alkali metals have a relatively low melting/boiling point than common metals like Iron. This is because alkali metals use only one delocalized electron to form a weak metallic bond/structure.

Electrical/thermal conductivity: Alkali metals are good thermal and electrical conductors. Metals conduct using the outer mobile delocalized electrons. The delocalized electrons move randomly within the metallic structure.

 

          Summary of some physical properties of the 1st three alkali metals

 

Alkali metal Appearance Ease of cutting Melting point

(oC)

Boiling point

(oC)

Conductivity 1st  ionization energy
Lithium Silvery white Not easy 180 1330 Good 520
Sodium Shiny grey Easy 98 890 Good 496

 

Potassium Shiny grey Very easy 64 774 Good 419

 

Chemical properties

(i)Reaction with air/oxygen

On exposure to air, alkali metals reacts with the elements in the air.

Example

On exposure to air, Sodium first reacts with Oxygen to form sodium oxide.

4Na(s)         +       O2(g) ->      2Na2O(s)

The sodium oxide formed further reacts with water/moisture in the air to form sodium hydroxide solution.

            Na2O(s)      +      H2O(l)         ->     2NaOH(aq)

Sodium hydroxide solution reacts with carbon(IV)oxide in the air to form sodium carbonate.

2NaOH(aq)   +      CO2(g)        ->   Na2CO3(g)    +   H2O(l)

 

(ii)Burning in air/oxygen

Lithium burns in air with a crimson/deep red flame to form Lithium oxide

4Li (s)         +       O2(g) ->      2Li2O(s)

Sodium burns in air with a yellow flame to form sodium oxide

4Na (s)        +       O2(g) ->      2Na2O(s)

Sodium burns in oxygen with a yellow flame to form sodium peroxide

2Na (s)        +       O2(g) ->      Na2O2 (s)

Potassium burns in air with a lilac/purple flame to form potassium oxide

4K (s) +       O2(g) ->      2K2O (s)

 

(iii) Reaction with water:

 

Experiment

Measure 500 cm3 of water into a beaker.

Put three drops of phenolphthalein indicator.

Put about 0.5g of Lithium metal into the beaker.

Determine the pH of final product

Repeat the experiment using about 0.1 g of Sodium and Potassium.

Caution: Keep a distance

 

Observations

Alkali metal Observations Comparative speed/rate of the reaction
Lithium -Metal floats in water

-rapid effervescence/fizzing/bubbling

-colourless gas produced (that extinguishes burning splint with explosion /“pop” sound)

-resulting solution turn phenolphthalein indicator pink

-pH of solution = 12/13/14

 

Moderately vigorous
Sodium -Metal floats in water

-very rapid effervescence /fizzing /bubbling

-colourless gas produced (that extinguishes burning splint with explosion /“pop” sound)

-resulting solution turn phenolphthalein indicator pink

-pH of solution = 12/13/14

Very vigorous
Potassium -Metal floats in water

-explosive effervescence /fizzing /bubbling

-colourless gas produced (that extinguishes burning splint with explosion /“pop” sound)

-resulting solution turn phenolphthalein indicator pink

-pH of solution = 12/13/14

 

Explosive/burst into flames

 

Explanation

Alkali metals are less dense than water. They therefore float in water.They react with water to form a strongly alkaline solution of their hydroxides and producing hydrogen gas. The rate of this reaction increase down the group. i.e. Potassium is more reactive than sodium .Sodium is more reactive than Lithium.

The reactivity increases as electropositivity increases of the alkali increases. This is because as the atomic radius increases , the ease of donating/losing outer electron  increase during chemical reactions.

 

Chemical equations

2Li(s)          +        2H2O(l)       ->      2LiOH(aq)  +        H2(g)

2Na(s)         +        2H2O(l)       ->      2NaOH(aq) +        H2(g)

2K(s)          +        2H2O(l)       ->      2KOH(aq)   +        H2(g)

2Rb(s)         +        2H2O(l)       ->      2RbOH(aq) +        H2(g)

2Cs(s)         +        2H2O(l)       ->      2CsOH(aq) +        H2(g)

2Fr(s)          +        2H2O(l)       ->      2FrOH(aq)  +        H2(g)

Reactivity increase down the group

 

(iv) Reaction with chlorine:

 

Experiment

Cut about 0.5g of sodium into a deflagrating spoon with a lid cover. Introduce it on a Bunsen flame until it catches fire. Quickly and carefully lower it into a gas jar containing dry chlorine to cover the gas jar.

Repeat with about 0.5g of Lithium.

Caution: This experiment should be done in fume chamber because chlorine is poisonous /toxic.

 

Observation

Sodium metal continues to burn with a yellow flame forming white solid/fumes.

Lithium metal continues to burn with a crimson flame forming white solid / fumes.

Alkali metal react with chlorine gas to form the corresponding metal chlorides. The reactivity increase as electropositivity increase down the group from Lithium to Francium.The ease of donating/losing the outer electrons increase as the atomic radius increase and the outer electron is less attracted to the nucleus.

 

Chemical equations

2Li(s)          +        Cl2(g)          ->      2LiCl(s)

2Na(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2NaCl(s)

2K(s)          +        Cl2(g)          ->      2KCl(s)

2Rb(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2RbCl(s)

2Cs(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2CsCl(s)

2Fr(s)          +        Cl2(g)          ->      2FrCl(s)                                                                                    Reactivity increase down the group

 

The table below shows some compounds of the 1st three alkali metals

 

  Lithium sodium Potassium
Hydroxide LiOH NaOH KOH
Oxide Li2O Na2O K2O
Sulphide Li2S Na2S K2S
Chloride LiCl NaCl KCl
Carbonate Li2CO3 Na2CO3 K2CO3
Nitrate(V) LiNO3 NaNO3 KNO3
Nitrate(III) NaNO2 KNO2
Sulphate(VI) Li2SO4 Na2SO4 K2SO4
Sulphate(IV) Na2SO3 K2SO3
Hydrogen carbonate NaHCO3 KHCO3
Hydrogen sulphate(VI) NaHSO4 KHSO4
Hydrogen sulphate(IV) NaHSO3 KHSO3
Phosphate Na3PO4 K3PO4
Manganate(VI) NaMnO4 KMnO4
Dichromate(VI) Na2Cr2O7 K2Cr2O7
Chromate(VI) Na2CrO4 K2CrO4

 

Some uses of alkali metals include:

(i)Sodium is used in making sodium cyanide for extracting gold from gold ore.

(ii)Sodium chloride is used in seasoning food.

(iii)Molten mixture of sodium and potassium is used as coolant in nuclear reactors.

(iv)Sodium is used in making sodium hydroxide used in making soapy and soapless detergents.

(v)Sodium is used as a reducing agent for the extraction of titanium from Titanium(IV)chloride.

(vi)Lithium is used in making special high strength glasses

(vii)Lithium compounds are used to make dry cells in mobile phones and computer laptops.

 

Group II elements: Alkaline earth metals

 

Group II elements are called Alkaline earth metals . The alkaline earth metals include:

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Electron structure Oxidation state Valency
Beryllium Be 4 2:2 Be2+ 2
Magnesium Mg 12 2:8:2 Mg2+ 2
Calcium Ca 20 2:8:8:2 Ca2+ 2
Strontium Sr 38 2:8:18:8:2 Sr2+ 2
Barium Ba 56 2:8:18:18:8:2 Ba2+ 2
Radium Ra 88 2:8:18:32:18:8:2 Ra2+ 2

 

All alkaline earth metal atoms have two electrons in the outer energy level. They therefore are divalent. They donate /lose the two outer electrons to have oxidation state M2+

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Beryllium   to Radium. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size. e.g.

The atomic size/radius of Calcium is bigger/larger than that of Magnesium because Calcium has more/4 energy levels than Magnesium (3 energy levels).

 

Atomic radius and ionic radius of alkaline earth metals increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

 

The atomic radius of alkaline earth metals is bigger than the ionic radius. This is because they react by losing/donating the two outer electrons and hence lose the outer energy level.

 

Table showing the atomic and ionic radius of the 1st three alkaline earth metals

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Atomic radius(nM) Ionic radius(nM)
Beryllium Be 4 0.089 0.031
Magnesium Mg 12 0.136 0.065
Calcium Ca 20 0.174 0.099

The atomic radius of Magnesium is  0.136nM .The ionic radius of Mg2+ is 0.065nM. This is because Magnesium reacts by donating/losing the two outer electrons and hence the outer energy level. The remaining electrons/energy levels experience more effective / greater nuclear attraction/pull towards the nucleus reducing the atomic radius.

 

Electropositivity

All alkaline earth metals are also electropositive like alkali metals. The electropositivity increase with increase in atomic radius/size. Calcium is more electropositive than Magnesium. This is because the effective nuclear attraction on outer electrons decreases with increase in atomic radius. The two outer electrons in calcium experience less nuclear attraction and can be lost/ donated easily/with ease because of  the higher/bigger atomic radius.

 

Ionization energy

For alkaline earth metals the 1st ionization energy decrease down the group as the atomic radius increase and the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease.

e.g. The 1st ionization energy of Magnesium  is 900 kJmole-1  while that of Calcium is 590 kJmole-1 .This is because atomic radius increase and thus effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease down the group from magnesium to calcium.

It requires therefore less energy to donate/lose outer electron in calcium than in magnesium.

 

The minimum amount of energy required to remove a second electron from an ion of an element in its gaseous state is called the 2nd ionization energy.

The 2nd ionization energy is always higher /bigger than  the 1st  ionization energy.

This because once an electron is donated /lost form an atom, the overall effective nuclear attraction on the remaining electrons/energy level increase. Removing a second electron from the ion require therefore more energy than the first electron.

The atomic radius of alkali metals is higher/bigger than that of alkaline earth metals.This is because across/along the period from left to right there is an increase in nuclear charge from additional number of protons and still additional number of electrons entering the same energy level. Increase in nuclear charge increases the effective nuclear attraction on the outer energy level which pulls it closer to the nucleus. e.g.

Atomic radius of Sodium (0.157nM) is higher than that of Magnesium (0.137nM). This is because Magnesium has more effective nuclear attraction on the outer energy level than Sodium hence pulls outer energy level more nearer to its nucleus.

Physical properties

 

Soft/Easy to cut: Alkaline earth metals are not soft and easy to cut with a knife like alkali metals. This is because of the decrease in atomic radius of corresponding alkaline earth metal, increases the strength of metallic bond and the packing of the metallic structure. Alkaline earth metals are

(i)ductile(able to form wire/thin long rods)

(ii)malleable(able to be hammered into sheet/long thin plates)

(iii)have high tensile strength(able to be coiled without breaking/ not brittle/withstand stress)

 

Appearance: Alkali earth metals have a shiny grey metallic luster when their surface is freshly polished /scrubbed. The surface slowly tarnishes on exposure to air. This is because the metal surface slowly undergoes oxidation to form an oxide. This oxide layer should be removed before using the alkaline earth metals.

 

Melting and boiling points: Alkaline earth metals have a relatively high melting/ boiling point than alkali metals. This is because alkali metals use only one delocalized electron to form a weaker metallic bond/structure. Alkaline earth metals use two delocalized electrons to form a stronger metallic bond /structure.

The melting and boiling points decrease down the group as the atomic radius/size increase reducing the strength of metallic bond and packing of the metallic structure. e.g.

 

Beryllium has a melting point of 1280oC. Magnesium has a melting point of 650oC.Beryllium has a smaller atomic radius/size than magnesium .The strength of metallic bond and packing of the metallic structure is thus stronger in beryllium.

 

Electrical/thermal conductivity: Alkaline earth metals are good thermal and electrical conductors. The two delocalized valence electrons move randomly within the metallic structure.

Electrical conductivity increase down the group as the atomic radius/size increase making the delocalized outer electrons less attracted to nucleus. Alkaline earth metals are better thermal and electrical conductors than alkali metals because they have more/two outer delocalized electrons.e.g.

Magnesium is a better conductor than sodium because it has more/two delocalized electrons than sodium. The more delocalized electrons the better the electrical conductor.

Calcium is a better conductor than magnesium.

Calcium has bigger/larger atomic radius than magnesium because the delocalized electrons are less attracted to the nucleus of calcium and thus more free /mobile and thus better the electrical conductor

Summary of some physical properties of the 1st three alkaline earth metals

 

Alkaline earth metal Appearance Ease of cutting Melting point

(oC)

Boiling point

(oC)

Conduct- ivity 1st  ionization energy 2nd ionization energy
Beryllium Shiny grey Not

easy

1280 3450 Good 900 1800
Magnesium Shiny grey Not Easy 650 1110 Good 736

 

1450
calcium Shiny grey Not

easy

850 1140 Good 590 970

 

Chemical properties

(i)Reaction with air/oxygen

On exposure to air, the surface of alkaline earth  metals is slowly oxidized to its oxide on prolonged exposure to air.

Example

On exposure to air, the surface of magnesium ribbon is oxidized to form a thin film of Magnesium oxide

.         2Mg(s)        +       O2(g) ->      2MgO(s)

 

(ii)Burning in air/oxygen

Experiment

Hold a about 2cm length of Magnesium ribbon on a Bunsen flame. Stop heating when it catches fire/start burning.

Caution: Do not look directly at the flame

Put the products of burning into 100cm3 beaker. Add about 5cm3 of distilled water. Swirl. Test the mixture using litmus papers.
Repeat with Calcium

Observations

-Magnesium burns with a bright blindening flame

-White solid /ash produced

-Solid dissolves in water to form a colourless solution

-Blue litmus paper remain blue

-Red litmus paper turns blue

-colourless gas with pungent smell of urine

Explanation

Magnesium burns in air with  a bright blindening flame to form a mixture of Magnesium oxide and Magnesium nitride.

2Mg (s)       +       O2(g) ->      2MgO(s)

3Mg (s)       +       N2 (g)          ->      Mg3N2 (s)

Magnesium oxide dissolves in water to form magnesium hydroxide.

MgO(s)       +        H2O (l)        ->      Mg(OH)2(aq)

Magnesium nitride dissolves in water to form magnesium hydroxide and produce ammonia gas.

Mg3N2 (s)    +        6H2O(l)       ->      3Mg(OH)2(aq) + 2NH3 (g)

 

Magnesium hydroxide and ammonia are weakly alkaline with pH 8/9/10/11 and turns red litmus paper blue.

 

Calcium burns in air with faint orange/red flame to form a mixture of both Calcium oxide and calcium nitride.

2Ca (s)        +       O2(g) ->      2CaO(s)

3Ca (s)        +       N2 (g)          ->      Ca3N2 (s)

 

Calcium oxide dissolves in water to form calcium hydroxide.

CaO(s)        +        H2O(l)         ->      Ca(OH)2(aq)

Calcium nitride dissolves in water to form calcium hydroxide and produce ammonia gas.

Ca3N2 (s)     +        6H2O(l)       ->      3Ca(OH)2(aq) + 2NH3 (g)

Calcium hydroxide is also weakly alkaline solution with pH 8/9/10/11 and turns red litmus paper blue.

 

(iii)Reaction with water

 

Experiment

Measure 50 cm3 of distilled water into a beaker.

Scrub/polish with sand paper 1cm length of Magnesium ribbon

Place it in the water. Test the product-mixture with blue and red litmus papers.

Repeat with Calcium metal.

 

Observations

-Surface of magnesium covered by bubbles of colourless gas.

-Colourless solution formed.

-Effervescence/bubbles/fizzing takes place in Calcium.

-Red litmus paper turns blue.

-Blue litmus paper remains blue.

 

Explanations

Magnesium slowly reacts with cold water to form Magnesium hydroxide and bubbles of Hydrogen gas that stick on the surface of the ribbon.

 

Mg(s)  +  2H2O (l)     ->   Mg(OH)2(aq)   +    H2 (g)

Calcium moderately reacts with cold water to form Calcium hydroxide and produce a steady stream of Hydrogen gas.

 

Ca(s)  +  2H2O (l)      ->   Ca(OH)2(aq)   +    H2 (g)

 

(iv)Reaction with water vapour/steam

Experiment

Put some cotton wool soaked in water/wet sand in a long boiling tube.

Coil a well polished magnesium ribbon into the boiling tube.

Ensure the coil touches the side of the boiling tube. Heat the cotton wool/sand slightly then strongly heat the Magnesium ribbon .

Set up of apparatus

 

Observations

-Magnesium glows red hot then burns with a blindening flame.

-Magnesium continues to glow/burning even without more heating.

-White solid/residue.

-colourless gas collected over water.

Explanation

On heating wet sand, steam is generated which drives out the air that would otherwise react with /oxidize the ribbon.

Magnesium burns in steam/water vapour generating enough heat that ensures the reaction goes to completion even without further heating. White Magnesium oxide is formed and hydrogen gas is evolved.

To prevent suck back, the delivery tube should be removed from the water before heating is stopped at the end of the experiment.

Mg(s)  +  H2O (l)       ->   MgO(s)   +    H2 (g)

 

(v)Reaction with chlorine gas.

 

Experiment

Lower slowly  a burning magnesium ribbon/shavings into a gas jar containing Chlorine gas. Repeat with a hot piece of calcium metal.

Observation

-Magnesium continues to burn in chlorine with a bright blindening flame.

-Calcium continues to burn for a short time.

-White solid formed .

-Pale green colour of chlorine fades.

Explanation

Magnesium continues to burn in chlorine gas forming white magnesium oxide solid.

Mg(s)  +  Cl2 (g)        ->     MgCl2 (s)

Calcium burns slightly in chlorine gas to form white calcium oxide solid. Calcium oxide formed coat unreacted Calcium stopping further reaction

Ca(s)  +  Cl2 (g)         ->     CaCl2 (s)

 

(v)Reaction with dilute acids.

Experiment

Place about 4.0cm3 of 0.1M dilute sulphuric(VI)acid into a test tube. Add about 1.0cm length of magnesium ribbon into the test tube. Cover the mouth of the test tube using a thumb. Release the gas and test the gas using a burning splint.

Repeat with about 4.0cm3 of 0.1M dilute hydrochloric/nitric(V) acid.

Repeat with 0.1g of Calcium in a beaker with all the above acid

Caution: Keep distance when using calcium

 

Observation

-Effervescence/fizzing/bubbles with dilute sulphuric(VI) and nitric(V) acids

-Little Effervescence/fizzing/bubbles with calcium and dilute sulphuric(VI) acid.

-Colourless gas produced that extinguishes a burning splint with an explosion/ “pop” sound.

-No gas is produced with Nitric(V)acid.

-Colourless solution is formed.

 

Explanation

Dilute acids react with alkaline earth metals to form a salt and produce hydrogen gas.

Nitric(V)acid is a strong oxidizing agent. It quickly oxidizes the hydrogen produced to water.

Calcium is very reactive with dilute acids and thus a very small piece of very dilute acid should be used.

Chemical equations

Mg(s)  +  H2SO4 (aq)          ->   MgSO4(aq)   +    H2 (g)

Mg(s)  +  2HNO3 (aq)         ->   Mg(NO3)2(aq)   +    H2 (g)

Mg(s) +  2HCl (aq)            ->   MgCl2(aq)         +    H2 (g)

 

Ca(s)   +  H2SO4 (aq)           ->   CaSO4(s)           +    H2 (g)

(insoluble CaSO4(s) coat/cover Ca(s))

Ca(s)   +  2HNO3 (aq)         ->   Ca(NO3)2(aq)    +    H2 (g)

Ca(s)  +  2HCl (aq)            ->   CaCl2(aq)          +    H2 (g)

 

Ba(s)   +  H2SO4 (aq)           ->   BaSO4(s)           +    H2 (g)

(insoluble BaSO4(s) coat/cover Ba(s))

Ba(s)   +  2HNO3 (aq)         ->   Ba(NO3)2(aq)    +    H2 (g)

Ba(s)  +  2HCl (aq)            ->   BaCl2(aq)          +    H2 (g)

 

The table below shows some compounds of some alkaline earth metals

 

  Beryllium Magnesium Calcium Barium
Hydroxide Be(OH)2 Mg(OH)2 Ca(OH)2 Ba(OH)2
Oxide BeO MgO CaO BaO
Sulphide MgS CaS BaS
Chloride BeCl2 MgCl2 CaCl2 BaCl2
Carbonate BeCO3 MgCO3 CaCO3 BaCO3
Nitrate(V) Be(NO3)2 Mg(NO3)2 Ca(NO3)2 Ba(NO3)2
Sulphate(VI) BeSO4 MgSO4 CaSO4 BaSO4
Sulphate(IV) CaSO3 BaSO3
Hydrogen carbonate Mg(HCO3)2 Ca(HCO3)2
Hydrogen sulphate(VI) Mg(HSO4)2 Ca(HSO4)2

 

Some uses of alkaline earth metals include:

(i)Magnesium hydroxide is a non-toxic/poisonous mild base used as an anti acid medicine to relieve stomach acidity.

(ii)Making duralumin. Duralumin is an alloy of Magnesium and aluminium used for making aeroplane bodies because it is light.

(iii) Making plaster of Paris-Calcium sulphate(VI) is used in hospitals to set a fractures bone.

(iii)Making cement-Calcium carbonate is mixed with clay and sand then heated to form cement for construction/building.

(iv)Raise soil pH-Quicklime/calcium oxide is added to acidic soils to neutralize and raise the soil pH in agricultural farms.

(v)As nitrogenous fertilizer-Calcium nitrate(V) is used as an agricultural fertilizer because plants require calcium for proper growth.

(vi)In the blast furnace-Limestone is added to the blast furnace to produce more  reducing agent and remove slag in the blast furnace for extraction of Iron.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)Group VII elements: Halogens

 

Group VII elements are called Halogens. They are all non metals. They include:

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Electronicc configuration Charge of ion Valency State at Room Temperature
Fluorine

Chlorine

Bromine

Iodine

Astatine

F

Cl

Br

I

At

9

17

35

53

85

2:7

2:8:7

2:8:18:7

2:8:18:18:7

2:8:18:32:18:7

F

Cl

Br

I

At

1

1

1

1

1

Pale yellow gas

Pale green gas

Red liquid

Grey Solid

Radioactive

 

All halogen atoms have seven electrons in the outer energy level. They acquire/gain one electron in the outer energy level to be stable. They therefore are therefore monovalent .They exist in oxidation state X

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Fluorine   to Astatine. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size. e.g.

The atomic size/radius of Chlorine is bigger/larger than that of Fluorine because Chlorine has more/3 energy levels than Fluorine (2 energy levels).

 

Atomic radius and ionic radius of Halogens increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

 

The atomic radius of Halogens is smaller than the ionic radius. This is because they react by gaining/acquiring extra one electron in the outer energy level. The effective nuclear attraction on the more/extra electrons decreases. The incoming extra electron is also repelled causing the outer energy level to expand to reduce the repulsion and accommodate more electrons.

 

Table showing the atomic and ionic radius of four Halogens

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Atomic radius(nM) Ionic radius(nM)
Fluorine F 9 0.064 0.136
Chlorine Cl 17 0.099 0.181
Bromine Br 35 0.114 0.195
Iodine I 53 0.133 0.216

 

The atomic radius of Chlorine is  0.099nM .The ionic radius of Cl is 0.181nM. This is because Chlorine atom/molecule reacts by gaining/acquiring extra one electrons. The more/extra electrons/energy level experience less effective nuclear attraction /pull towards the nucleus .The outer enegy level expand/increase to reduce the repulsion of the existing and incoming gained /acquired electrons.

Electronegativity

The ease of gaining/acquiring extra electrons is called electronegativity. All halogens are electronegative. Electronegativity decreases as atomic radius increase. This is because the effective nuclear attraction on outer electrons decreases with increase in atomic radius.

The outer electrons experience less nuclear attraction and thus ease of gaining/acquiring extra electrons decrease.

It is measured using Pauling’s scale.

Where Fluorine with Pauling scale 4.0 is the most electronegative element  and thus the highest tendency to acquire/gain extra electron.

 

Table showing the electronegativity of the halogens.

 

Halogen F Cl Br I At
Electronegativity (Pauling scale) 4.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.2

 

The electronegativity of the halogens decrease down the group from fluorine to Astatine. This is because atomic radius increases down the group and thus decrease electron – attracting power down the group from fluorine to astatine.

Fluorine is the most electronegative element in the periodic table because it has the small atomic radius.

 

Electron affinity

The minimum amount of energy required to gain/acquire an extra electron by  an atom of element in its gaseous state is called  1st electron affinity. The SI unit of electron affinity is kilojoules per mole/kJmole-1 . Electron affinity depend on atomic radius. The higher the atomic radius, the less effective the nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons and thus the lower the electron affinity. For halogens the 1st electron affinity decrease down the group as the atomic radius increase and the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease. Due to its small size/atomic radius Fluorine shows exceptionally low electron affinity. This is because a lot of energy is required to overcome the high repulsion of the existing and incoming electrons.

 

Table showing the election affinity of halogens for the process

X   +    e      ->      X

Halogen F Cl Br I
Electron affinity kJmole-1 -333 -364 -342 -295

 

 

 

The higher the electron affinity the more stable theion.i.e

Cl is a more stable ion than Brbecause it has a more negative / exothermic electron affinity than Br

Electron affinity  is different from:

(i) Ionization energy.

Ionization energy is the energy required to lose/donate an electron in an atom of an element in its gaseous state while electron affinity is the energy required to gain/acquire extra electron by an atom of an element in its gaseous state.

      (ii) Electronegativity.

-Electron affinity is the energy required to gain an electron in an atom of an element in gaseous state. It involves the process:

X(g)   +       e        ->      X(g)

Electronegativity is the ease/tendency of gaining/ acquiring electrons by an element during chemical reactions.

It does not involve use of energy but theoretical arbitrary Pauling’ scale of measurements.

 

Physical properties

 

State at room temperature

Fluorine and Chlorine are gases, Bromine is a liquid and Iodine is a solid. Astatine is radioactive .

All halogens exist as diatomic molecules bonded by strong covalent bond. Each molecule is joined to the other by weak intermolecular forces/ Van-der-waals forces.

Melting/Boiling point

The strength of intermolecular/Van-der-waals forces of attraction increase with increase in molecular size/atomic radius.

Iodine has therefore the largest atomic radius and thus strongest intermolecular forces to make it a solid.

Iodine sublimes when heated to form (caution: highly toxic/poisonous) purple vapour.

This is because Iodine molecules are held together by weak van-der-waals/intermolecular  forces which require little heat energy to break.

Electrical conductivity

All Halogens are  poor conductors of electricity because they have no free delocalized electrons.

Solubility in polar and non-polar solvents

All halogens are soluble in water(polar solvent).

When  a boiling tube containing either chlorine gas or bromine vapour is separately inverted in a beaker containing distilled water and tetrachloromethane (non-polar solvent), the level of solution in boiling tube rises in both water and tetrachloromethane.

This is because halogen are soluble in both polar and non-polar solvents. Solubility of halogens in water/polar solvents decrease down the group. Solubility of halogens in non-polar solvent increase down the group.

The level of water in chlorine is higher than in bromine and the level of tetrachloromethane in chlorine is lower than in bromine.

Caution: Tetrachloromethane , Bromine vapour and Chlorine gas are all highly toxic/poisonous.

 

Table showing the physical properties of Halogens

 

Halogen Formula of molecule Electrical conductivity Solubility

in water

Melting point(oC) Boiling point(oC)
Fluorine F2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane -238 -188
Chlorine Cl2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane -101 -35
Bromine Br2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane 7 59
Iodine I2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane 114 sublimes

 

Chemical properties

 

(i)Displacement

 

Experiment

Place separately in test tubes about 5cm3 of sodium chloride, Sodium bromide and Sodium iodide solutions.

Add 5 drops of chlorine water to each  test tube:

Repeat with 5 drops of bromine water instead of chlorine water

Observation

Using Chlorine water

-Yellow colour of chlorine water fades in all test tubes   except with sodium chloride.

-Coloured Solution formed.

Using Bromine water

Yellow colour of bromine water fades in  test tubes containing sodium iodide.

-Coloured Solution formed.

Explanation

The halogens displace each other from their solution. The more electronegative displace the less electronegative from their solution.

  Chlorine is more electronegative than bromine and iodine.

On adding chlorine water, bromine and Iodine are displaced from their solutions by chlorine.

Bromine is more electronegative than iodide but less 6than chlorine.

On adding Bromine water, iodine is displaced from its solution but not chlorine.

 Table showing the displacement of the halogens

(V) means there is displacement (x ) means there is no displacement

                                Halogen ion in

solution

Halogen

F Cl Br I
F2 X      
Cl2 X X    
Br2 X X X  
I2 X X X X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chemical /ionic equations

With Fluorine

F2(g) +        2NaCl(aq) ->      2NaF(aq)     +        Cl2(aq)

F2(g) +        2Cl(aq)       ->      2F(aq)        +        Cl2(aq)

 

F2(g) +        2NaBr(aq) ->      2NaF(aq)     +        Br2(aq)

F2(g) +        2Br(aq)       ->      2F(aq)        +        Br2(aq)

 

F2(g) +        2NaI(aq)     ->      2NaF(aq)     +        I2(aq)

F2(g) +        2I(aq)         ->      2F(aq)        +        I2(aq)

 

With chlorine

Cl2(g)          +        2NaCl(aq) ->      2NaCl(aq)   +        Br2(aq)

Cl2(g)          +        2Br(aq)       ->      2Cl(aq)       +        Br2(aq)

 

Cl2(g)          +        2NaI(aq)     ->      2NaCl(aq)   +        I2(aq)

Cl2(g)          +        2I(aq)         ->      2Cl(aq)       +        I2(aq)

 

With Bromine

Br2(g)          +        2NaI(aq)     ->      2NaBr(aq)   +        I2(aq)

Br2(g)          +        2I(aq)         ->      2Br(aq)       +        I2(aq)

 

 

 Uses of halogens

  • Florine – manufacture of P.T.F.E (Poly tetra fluoroethene) synthetic fiber.
  • Reduce tooth decay when added in small amounts/quantities in tooth paste.

NB –large small quantities of fluorine /fluoride ions in water cause browning of teeth/flourosis.

  • Hydrogen fluoride is used to engrave words /pictures in glass.

 

  • Bromine – Silver bromide is used to make light sensitive photographic paper/films.

 

  • Iodide – Iodine dissolved in alcohol is used as medicine to kill bacteria in skin cuts. It is called tincture of iodine.

 

The table below to show some compounds of halogens.

 

 

                      Element

Halogen

H Na Mg Al Si C P
F HF NaF MgH2 AlF3 SiF4 CF4 PF3
Cl HCl NaCl MgCl AlCl3 SiCl3 CCl4 PCl3
Br HBr NaBr MgBr2 AlBr3 SiBr4 CBr4 PBr3
I Hl Nal Mgl2 All3 SiI4 Cl2 PBr3

 

 

  • Below is the table showing the bond energy of four halogens.

Bond                         Bond energy k J mole-1

Cl-Cl                                   242

Br-Br                                  193

I-I                                      151

 

  1. What do you understand by the term “bond energy”

Bond energy is the energy required to break/ form one mole of chemical bond

 

  1. Explain the trend in bond Energy of the halogens above:

Decrease down the group from chlorine to Iodine

-Atomic radius increase down the group decreasing the energy required to break the covalent bonds between the larger atom with reduced effective nuclear @ charge an outer energy level that take part in bonding.

 

(c)Group VIII elements: Noble gases

 

Group VIII elements are called Noble gases. They are all non metals. Noble gases occupy about 1.0% of the atmosphere as colourless gaseous mixture. Argon is the most abundant with 0.9%.

They exists as monatomic molecules with very weak van-der-waals /intermolecular forces holding the molecules.

They include:

Element Symbol Atomic number Electron structure State at room temperature
Helium He 2 2: Colourless gas
Neon Ne 10 2:8 Colourless gas
Argon Ar 18 2:8:8 Colourless gas
Krypton Kr 36 2:8:18:8 Colourless gas
Xenon Xe 54 2:8:18:18:8 Colourless gas
Radon Rn 86 2:8:18:32:18:8 Radioctive

All noble gas atoms have a stable duplet(two electrons in the 1st energy level) or octet(eight electrons in other outer energy level)in the outer energy level. They therefore do not acquire/gain extra electron in the outer energy level or donate/lose. They therefore are therefore zerovalent .

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Helium   to Randon. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size/radius. e.g.

The atomic size/radius of Argon is bigger/larger than that of Neon because Argon has more/3 energy levels than Neon (2 energy levels).

 

Atomic radius noble gases increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

The effective nuclear attraction on the outer electrons thus decrease down the group.

 

The noble gases are generally unreactive  because the  outer energy level has the stable octet/duplet. The stable octet/duplet in noble gas atoms lead to a comparatively very high 1st ionization energy. This is because losing /donating an electron from the stable atom require a lot of energy to lose/donate and make it unstable.

As atomic radius increase down the group and the 1st ionization energy decrease, very electronegative elements like Oxygen and Fluorine are able to react and bond with lower members of the noble gases.e.g

Xenon reacts with Fluorine to form a covalent compound XeF6.This is because the outer electrons/energy level if Xenon is far from the nucleus and thus experience less effective nuclear attraction.

 

Noble gases have low melting and boiling  points. This is because they exist as monatomic molecules joined by very weak intermolecular/van-der-waals forces that require very little energy to weaken and form liquid and break to form a gas.

The intermolecular/van-der-waals forces increase down the group as the atomic radius/size increase from Helium to Radon. The melting and boiling points thus increase also down the group.

Noble gases are insoluble in water and are poor conductors of electricity.

 

Element Formula of molecule Electrical conductivity Solubility

in water

Atomic radius(nM) 1st ionization energy Melting point(0C) Boiling

point(0C)

Helium He Poor Insoluble 0.128 2372 -270 -269
Neon Ne Poor Insoluble 0.160 2080 -249 -246
Argon Ar Poor Insoluble 0.192 1520 -189 -186
Krypton Kr Poor Insoluble 0.197 1350 -157 -152
Xenon Xe Poor Insoluble 0.217 1170 -112 -108
Radon Rn Poor Insoluble 0.221 1134 -104 -93

 

Uses of noble gases  

Argon is used in light bulbs to provide an inert environment to prevent oxidation of the bulb filament

Argon is used in arch welding as an insulator.

Neon is used in street  and advertisement light

Helium is mixed with Oxygen during deep sea diving and mountaineering.

Helium is used in weather balloon for meteorological research instead of Hydrogen because it is unreactive/inert.Hydrogen when impure can ignite with an explosion.

Helium is used in making thermometers for measuring very low temperatures.

 

  1. PERIODICITY OF ACROSS THE PERIOD.

(See Chemical bonding and Structure)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

UPGRADE

CHEMISTRY

                

FORM 2

                 

Periodicity of CHEMICAL FAMILIES

                

 

                

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive tutorial notes

 

 MUTHOMI S.G

www.kcselibrary.info

0720096206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   PERIODICITY OF CHEMICAL FAMILES

         (Patterns down the group)

 

The number of valence electrons and the number of occupied energy levels in an atom of an element determine the position of an element in the periodic table. i.e

The number of occupied energy levels determine the Period and the valence electrons determine the Group.

Elements in the same group have similar physical and chemical properties. The trends in physical and chemical properties of elements in the same group vary down the group. Elements in the same group thus constitute a chemical family.

 

  • Group I elements: Alkali metals

 

Group I elements are called Alkali metals except Hydrogen which is a non metal. The alkali metals include:

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Electron structure Oxidation state Valency
Lithium Li 3 2:1 Li+ 1
Sodium Na 11 2:8:1 Na+ 1
Potassium K 19 2:8:8:1 K+ 1
Rubidium Rb 37 2:8:18:8:1 Rb+ 1
Caesium Cs 55 2:8:18:18:8:1 Cs+ 1
Francium Fr 87 2:8:18:32:18:8:1 Fr+ 1

 

All alkali metals atom has one electron in the outer energy level. They therefore are monovalent. They donate /lose the outer electron to have oxidation state M+

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Lithium   to Francium. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size. e.g.

The atomic size of Potassium is bigger/larger than that of sodium because Potassium has more/4 energy levels than sodium (3 energy levels).

 

Atomic and ionic radius

The distance between the centre of the nucleus of an atom and the outermost energy level occupied by electron/s is called atomic radius. Atomic radius is measured in nanometers(n).The higher /bigger the atomic radius the bigger /larger the atomic size.

 

The distance between the centre of the nucleus of an ion and the outermost energy level occupied by electron/s is called ionic radius. Ionic radius is also measured in nanometers(n).The higher /bigger the ionic radius the bigger /larger the size of the ion.

Atomic radius and ionic radius depend on the number of energy levels occupied by electrons. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic /ionic radius. e.g.

The atomic radius of Francium is bigger/larger than that of sodium because Francium has more/7 energy levels than sodium (3 energy levels).

Atomic radius and ionic radius of alkali metals increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

 

The atomic radius of alkali metals is bigger than the ionic radius. This is because alkali metals react by losing/donating the outer electron and hence lose the outer energy level.

 

Table showing the atomic and ionic radius of some alkali metals

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Atomic radius(nM) Ionic radius(nM)
Lithium Li 3 0.133 0.060
Sodium Na 11 0.157 0.095
Potassium K 19 0.203 0.133

 

The atomic radius of sodium is  0.157nM .The ionic radius of Na+ is 0.095nM. This is because sodium reacts by donating/losing the outer electrons and hence the outer energy level. The remaining electrons/energy levels experience more effective / greater nuclear attraction/pull towards the nucleus reducing the atomic radius.

 

Electropositivity

The ease of donating/losing electrons is called electropositivity. All alkali metals are electropositive. Electropositivity  increase as atomic radius increase. This is because the effective nuclear attraction on outer electrons decreases with increase in atomic radius. The outer electrons experience less nuclear attraction and can be lost/ donated easily/with ease. Francium is the most electropositive element in the periodic table because it has the highest/biggest atomic radius.

 

Ionization energy

The minimum amount of energy required to remove an electron from an atom of element in its gaseous state is called  1st ionization energy. The SI unit of ionization energy is kilojoules per mole/kJmole-1 .Ionization energy depend on atomic radius. The higher the atomic radius, the less effective the nuclear attraction on outer electrons/energy level and thus the lower the ionization energy. For alkali metals the 1st ionization energy decrease down the group as the atomic radius increase and the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease.

e.g. The 1st ionization energy of sodium is 496 kJmole-1  while that of potassium is 419 kJmole-1 .This is because atomic radius increase and thus effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease down the group from sodium to Potassium. It requires therefore less energy to donate/lose outer electrons in Potassium than in sodium.

 

Physical properties

Soft/Easy to cut: Alkali metals are soft and easy to cut with a knife. The softness and ease of cutting increase down the group from Lithium to Francium. This is because an increase in atomic radius, decreases the strength of metallic bond and the packing of the metallic structure

Appearance: Alkali metals have a shiny grey metallic luster when freshly cut. The surface rapidly/quickly tarnishes on exposure to air. This is because the metal surface rapidly/quickly reacts with elements of air/oxygen.

Melting and boiling points: Alkali metals have a relatively low melting/boiling point than common metals like Iron. This is because alkali metals use only one delocalized electron to form a weak metallic bond/structure.

Electrical/thermal conductivity: Alkali metals are good thermal and electrical conductors. Metals conduct using the outer mobile delocalized electrons. The delocalized electrons move randomly within the metallic structure.

 

          Summary of some physical properties of the 1st three alkali metals

 

Alkali metal Appearance Ease of cutting Melting point

(oC)

Boiling point

(oC)

Conductivity 1st  ionization energy
Lithium Silvery white Not easy 180 1330 Good 520
Sodium Shiny grey Easy 98 890 Good 496

 

Potassium Shiny grey Very easy 64 774 Good 419

 

Chemical properties

(i)Reaction with air/oxygen

On exposure to air, alkali metals reacts with the elements in the air.

Example

On exposure to air, Sodium first reacts with Oxygen to form sodium oxide.

4Na(s)         +       O2(g) ->      2Na2O(s)

The sodium oxide formed further reacts with water/moisture in the air to form sodium hydroxide solution.

            Na2O(s)      +      H2O(l)         ->     2NaOH(aq)

Sodium hydroxide solution reacts with carbon(IV)oxide in the air to form sodium carbonate.

2NaOH(aq)   +      CO2(g)        ->   Na2CO3(g)    +   H2O(l)

 

(ii)Burning in air/oxygen

Lithium burns in air with a crimson/deep red flame to form Lithium oxide

4Li (s)         +       O2(g) ->      2Li2O(s)

Sodium burns in air with a yellow flame to form sodium oxide

4Na (s)        +       O2(g) ->      2Na2O(s)

Sodium burns in oxygen with a yellow flame to form sodium peroxide

2Na (s)        +       O2(g) ->      Na2O2 (s)

Potassium burns in air with a lilac/purple flame to form potassium oxide

4K (s) +       O2(g) ->      2K2O (s)

 

(iii) Reaction with water:

 

Experiment

Measure 500 cm3 of water into a beaker.

Put three drops of phenolphthalein indicator.

Put about 0.5g of Lithium metal into the beaker.

Determine the pH of final product

Repeat the experiment using about 0.1 g of Sodium and Potassium.

Caution: Keep a distance

 

Observations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alkali metal Observations Comparative speed/rate of the reaction
Lithium -Metal floats in water

-rapid effervescence/fizzing/bubbling

-colourless gas produced (that extinguishes burning splint with explosion /“pop” sound)

-resulting solution turn phenolphthalein indicator pink

-pH of solution = 12/13/14

 

Moderately vigorous
Sodium -Metal floats in water

-very rapid effervescence /fizzing /bubbling

-colourless gas produced (that extinguishes burning splint with explosion /“pop” sound)

-resulting solution turn phenolphthalein indicator pink

-pH of solution = 12/13/14

Very vigorous
Potassium -Metal floats in water

-explosive effervescence /fizzing /bubbling

-colourless gas produced (that extinguishes burning splint with explosion /“pop” sound)

-resulting solution turn phenolphthalein indicator pink

-pH of solution = 12/13/14

 

Explosive/burst into flames

 

Explanation

Alkali metals are less dense than water. They therefore float in water.They react with water to form a strongly alkaline solution of their hydroxides and producing hydrogen gas. The rate of this reaction increase down the group. i.e. Potassium is more reactive than sodium .Sodium is more reactive than Lithium.

The reactivity increases as electropositivity increases of the alkali increases. This is because as the atomic radius increases , the ease of donating/losing outer electron  increase during chemical reactions.

 

Chemical equations

2Li(s)          +        2H2O(l)       ->      2LiOH(aq)  +        H2(g)

2Na(s)         +        2H2O(l)       ->      2NaOH(aq) +        H2(g)

2K(s)          +        2H2O(l)       ->      2KOH(aq)   +        H2(g)

2Rb(s)         +        2H2O(l)       ->      2RbOH(aq) +        H2(g)

2Cs(s)         +        2H2O(l)       ->      2CsOH(aq) +        H2(g)

2Fr(s)          +        2H2O(l)       ->      2FrOH(aq)  +        H2(g)

Reactivity increase down the group

 

(iv) Reaction with chlorine:

 

Experiment

Cut about 0.5g of sodium into a deflagrating spoon with a lid cover. Introduce it on a Bunsen flame until it catches fire. Quickly and carefully lower it into a gas jar containing dry chlorine to cover the gas jar.

Repeat with about 0.5g of Lithium.

Caution: This experiment should be done in fume chamber because chlorine is poisonous /toxic.

 

Observation

Sodium metal continues to burn with a yellow flame forming white solid/fumes.

Lithium metal continues to burn with a crimson flame forming white solid / fumes.

Alkali metal react with chlorine gas to form the corresponding metal chlorides. The reactivity increase as electropositivity increase down the group from Lithium to Francium.The ease of donating/losing the outer electrons increase as the atomic radius increase and the outer electron is less attracted to the nucleus.

 

Chemical equations

2Li(s)          +        Cl2(g)          ->      2LiCl(s)

2Na(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2NaCl(s)

2K(s)          +        Cl2(g)          ->      2KCl(s)

2Rb(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2RbCl(s)

2Cs(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2CsCl(s)

2Fr(s)          +        Cl2(g)          ->      2FrCl(s)                                                                                    Reactivity increase down the group

 

 

 

 

The table below shows some compounds of the 1st three alkali metals

 

  Lithium sodium Potassium
Hydroxide LiOH NaOH KOH
Oxide Li2O Na2O K2O
Sulphide Li2S Na2S K2S
Chloride LiCl NaCl KCl
Carbonate Li2CO3 Na2CO3 K2CO3
Nitrate(V) LiNO3 NaNO3 KNO3
Nitrate(III) NaNO2 KNO2
Sulphate(VI) Li2SO4 Na2SO4 K2SO4
Sulphate(IV) Na2SO3 K2SO3
Hydrogen carbonate NaHCO3 KHCO3
Hydrogen sulphate(VI) NaHSO4 KHSO4
Hydrogen sulphate(IV) NaHSO3 KHSO3
Phosphate Na3PO4 K3PO4
Manganate(VI) NaMnO4 KMnO4
Dichromate(VI) Na2Cr2O7 K2Cr2O7
Chromate(VI) Na2CrO4 K2CrO4

 

Some uses of alkali metals include:

(i)Sodium is used in making sodium cyanide for extracting gold from gold ore.

(ii)Sodium chloride is used in seasoning food.

(iii)Molten mixture of sodium and potassium is used as coolant in nuclear reactors.

(iv)Sodium is used in making sodium hydroxide used in making soapy and soapless detergents.

(v)Sodium is used as a reducing agent for the extraction of titanium from Titanium(IV)chloride.

(vi)Lithium is used in making special high strength glasses

(vii)Lithium compounds are used to make dry cells in mobile phones and computer laptops.

 

Group II elements: Alkaline earth metals

 

Group II elements are called Alkaline earth metals . The alkaline earth metals include:

 

 

 

 

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Electron structure Oxidation state Valency
Beryllium Be 4 2:2 Be2+ 2
Magnesium Mg 12 2:8:2 Mg2+ 2
Calcium Ca 20 2:8:8:2 Ca2+ 2
Strontium Sr 38 2:8:18:8:2 Sr2+ 2
Barium Ba 56 2:8:18:18:8:2 Ba2+ 2
Radium Ra 88 2:8:18:32:18:8:2 Ra2+ 2

 

All alkaline earth metal atoms have two electrons in the outer energy level. They therefore are divalent. They donate /lose the two outer electrons to have oxidation state M2+

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Beryllium   to Radium. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size. e.g.

The atomic size/radius of Calcium is bigger/larger than that of Magnesium because Calcium has more/4 energy levels than Magnesium (3 energy levels).

 

Atomic radius and ionic radius of alkaline earth metals increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

 

The atomic radius of alkaline earth metals is bigger than the ionic radius. This is because they react by losing/donating the two outer electrons and hence lose the outer energy level.

 

Table showing the atomic and ionic radius of the 1st three alkaline earth metals

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Atomic radius(nM) Ionic radius(nM)
Beryllium Be 4 0.089 0.031
Magnesium Mg 12 0.136 0.065
Calcium Ca 20 0.174 0.099

The atomic radius of Magnesium is  0.136nM .The ionic radius of Mg2+ is 0.065nM. This is because Magnesium reacts by donating/losing the two outer electrons and hence the outer energy level. The remaining electrons/energy levels experience more effective / greater nuclear attraction/pull towards the nucleus reducing the atomic radius.

 

 

Electropositivity

All alkaline earth metals are also electropositive like alkali metals. The electropositivity increase with increase in atomic radius/size. Calcium is more electropositive than Magnesium. This is because the effective nuclear attraction on outer electrons decreases with increase in atomic radius. The two outer electrons in calcium experience less nuclear attraction and can be lost/ donated easily/with ease because of  the higher/bigger atomic radius.

 

Ionization energy

For alkaline earth metals the 1st ionization energy decrease down the group as the atomic radius increase and the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease.

e.g. The 1st ionization energy of Magnesium  is 900 kJmole-1  while that of Calcium is 590 kJmole-1 .This is because atomic radius increase and thus effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease down the group from magnesium to calcium.

It requires therefore less energy to donate/lose outer electron in calcium than in magnesium.

 

The minimum amount of energy required to remove a second electron from an ion of an element in its gaseous state is called the 2nd ionization energy.

The 2nd ionization energy is always higher /bigger than  the 1st  ionization energy.

This because once an electron is donated /lost form an atom, the overall effective nuclear attraction on the remaining electrons/energy level increase. Removing a second electron from the ion require therefore more energy than the first electron.

The atomic radius of alkali metals is higher/bigger than that of alkaline earth metals.This is because across/along the period from left to right there is an increase in nuclear charge from additional number of protons and still additional number of electrons entering the same energy level. Increase in nuclear charge increases the effective nuclear attraction on the outer energy level which pulls it closer to the nucleus. e.g.

Atomic radius of Sodium (0.157nM) is higher than that of Magnesium (0.137nM). This is because Magnesium has more effective nuclear attraction on the outer energy level than Sodium hence pulls outer energy level more nearer to its nucleus.

Physical properties

 

Soft/Easy to cut: Alkaline earth metals are not soft and easy to cut with a knife like alkali metals. This is because of the decrease in atomic radius of corresponding alkaline earth metal, increases the strength of metallic bond and the packing of the metallic structure. Alkaline earth metals are

(i)ductile(able to form wire/thin long rods)

(ii)malleable(able to be hammered into sheet/long thin plates)

(iii)have high tensile strength(able to be coiled without breaking/ not brittle/withstand stress)

 

Appearance: Alkali earth metals have a shiny grey metallic luster when their surface is freshly polished /scrubbed. The surface slowly tarnishes on exposure to air. This is because the metal surface slowly undergoes oxidation to form an oxide. This oxide layer should be removed before using the alkaline earth metals.

 

Melting and boiling points: Alkaline earth metals have a relatively high melting/ boiling point than alkali metals. This is because alkali metals use only one delocalized electron to form a weaker metallic bond/structure. Alkaline earth metals use two delocalized electrons to form a stronger metallic bond /structure.

The melting and boiling points decrease down the group as the atomic radius/size increase reducing the strength of metallic bond and packing of the metallic structure. e.g.

 

Beryllium has a melting point of 1280oC. Magnesium has a melting point of 650oC.Beryllium has a smaller atomic radius/size than magnesium .The strength of metallic bond and packing of the metallic structure is thus stronger in beryllium.

 

Electrical/thermal conductivity: Alkaline earth metals are good thermal and electrical conductors. The two delocalized valence electrons move randomly within the metallic structure.

Electrical conductivity increase down the group as the atomic radius/size increase making the delocalized outer electrons less attracted to nucleus. Alkaline earth metals are better thermal and electrical conductors than alkali metals because they have more/two outer delocalized electrons.e.g.

Magnesium is a better conductor than sodium because it has more/two delocalized electrons than sodium. The more delocalized electrons the better the electrical conductor.

Calcium is a better conductor than magnesium.

Calcium has bigger/larger atomic radius than magnesium because the delocalized electrons are less attracted to the nucleus of calcium and thus more free /mobile and thus better the electrical conductor

Summary of some physical properties of the 1st three alkaline earth metals

 

Alkaline earth metal Appearance Ease of cutting Melting point

(oC)

Boiling point

(oC)

Conduct- ivity 1st  ionization energy 2nd ionization energy
Beryllium Shiny grey Not

easy

1280 3450 Good 900 1800
Magnesium Shiny grey Not Easy 650 1110 Good 736

 

1450
calcium Shiny grey Not

easy

850 1140 Good 590 970

 

Chemical properties

(i)Reaction with air/oxygen

On exposure to air, the surface of alkaline earth  metals is slowly oxidized to its oxide on prolonged exposure to air.

Example

On exposure to air, the surface of magnesium ribbon is oxidized to form a thin film of Magnesium oxide

.         2Mg(s)        +       O2(g) ->      2MgO(s)

 

(ii)Burning in air/oxygen

Experiment

Hold a about 2cm length of Magnesium ribbon on a Bunsen flame. Stop heating when it catches fire/start burning.

Caution: Do not look directly at the flame

Put the products of burning into 100cm3 beaker. Add about 5cm3 of distilled water. Swirl. Test the mixture using litmus papers.
Repeat with Calcium

Observations

-Magnesium burns with a bright blindening flame

-White solid /ash produced

-Solid dissolves in water to form a colourless solution

-Blue litmus paper remain blue

-Red litmus paper turns blue

-colourless gas with pungent smell of urine

Explanation

Magnesium burns in air with  a bright blindening flame to form a mixture of Magnesium oxide and Magnesium nitride.

2Mg (s)       +       O2(g) ->      2MgO(s)

3Mg (s)       +       N2 (g)          ->      Mg3N2 (s)

Magnesium oxide dissolves in water to form magnesium hydroxide.

MgO(s)       +        H2O (l)        ->      Mg(OH)2(aq)

Magnesium nitride dissolves in water to form magnesium hydroxide and produce ammonia gas.

Mg3N2 (s)    +        6H2O(l)       ->      3Mg(OH)2(aq) + 2NH3 (g)

 

Magnesium hydroxide and ammonia are weakly alkaline with pH 8/9/10/11 and turns red litmus paper blue.

 

Calcium burns in air with faint orange/red flame to form a mixture of both Calcium oxide and calcium nitride.

2Ca (s)        +       O2(g) ->      2CaO(s)

3Ca (s)        +       N2 (g)          ->      Ca3N2 (s)

 

Calcium oxide dissolves in water to form calcium hydroxide.

CaO(s)        +        H2O(l)         ->      Ca(OH)2(aq)

Calcium nitride dissolves in water to form calcium hydroxide and produce ammonia gas.

Ca3N2 (s)     +        6H2O(l)       ->      3Ca(OH)2(aq) + 2NH3 (g)

Calcium hydroxide is also weakly alkaline solution with pH 8/9/10/11 and turns red litmus paper blue.

 

(iii)Reaction with water

 

Experiment

Measure 50 cm3 of distilled water into a beaker.

Scrub/polish with sand paper 1cm length of Magnesium ribbon

Place it in the water. Test the product-mixture with blue and red litmus papers.

Repeat with Calcium metal.

 

Observations

-Surface of magnesium covered by bubbles of colourless gas.

-Colourless solution formed.

-Effervescence/bubbles/fizzing takes place in Calcium.

-Red litmus paper turns blue.

-Blue litmus paper remains blue.

 

Explanations

Magnesium slowly reacts with cold water to form Magnesium hydroxide and bubbles of Hydrogen gas that stick on the surface of the ribbon.

 

Mg(s)  +  2H2O (l)     ->   Mg(OH)2(aq)   +    H2 (g)

Calcium moderately reacts with cold water to form Calcium hydroxide and produce a steady stream of Hydrogen gas.

 

Ca(s)  +  2H2O (l)      ->   Ca(OH)2(aq)   +    H2 (g)

 

(iv)Reaction with water vapour/steam

Experiment

Put some cotton wool soaked in water/wet sand in a long boiling tube.

Coil a well polished magnesium ribbon into the boiling tube.

Ensure the coil touches the side of the boiling tube. Heat the cotton wool/sand slightly then strongly heat the Magnesium ribbon .

Set up of apparatus

 

 

Observations

-Magnesium glows red hot then burns with a blindening flame.

-Magnesium continues to glow/burning even without more heating.

-White solid/residue.

-colourless gas collected over water.

Explanation

On heating wet sand, steam is generated which drives out the air that would otherwise react with /oxidize the ribbon.

Magnesium burns in steam/water vapour generating enough heat that ensures the reaction goes to completion even without further heating. White Magnesium oxide is formed and hydrogen gas is evolved.

To prevent suck back, the delivery tube should be removed from the water before heating is stopped at the end of the experiment.

Mg(s)  +  H2O (l)       ->   MgO(s)   +    H2 (g)

 

(v)Reaction with chlorine gas.

 

Experiment

Lower slowly  a burning magnesium ribbon/shavings into a gas jar containing Chlorine gas. Repeat with a hot piece of calcium metal.

Observation

-Magnesium continues to burn in chlorine with a bright blindening flame.

-Calcium continues to burn for a short time.

-White solid formed .

-Pale green colour of chlorine fades.

Explanation

Magnesium continues to burn in chlorine gas forming white magnesium oxide solid.

Mg(s)  +  Cl2 (g)        ->     MgCl2 (s)

Calcium burns slightly in chlorine gas to form white calcium oxide solid. Calcium oxide formed coat unreacted Calcium stopping further reaction

Ca(s)  +  Cl2 (g)         ->     CaCl2 (s)

 

(v)Reaction with dilute acids.

Experiment

Place about 4.0cm3 of 0.1M dilute sulphuric(VI)acid into a test tube. Add about 1.0cm length of magnesium ribbon into the test tube. Cover the mouth of the test tube using a thumb. Release the gas and test the gas using a burning splint.

Repeat with about 4.0cm3 of 0.1M dilute hydrochloric/nitric(V) acid.

Repeat with 0.1g of Calcium in a beaker with all the above acid

Caution: Keep distance when using calcium

 

Observation

-Effervescence/fizzing/bubbles with dilute sulphuric(VI) and nitric(V) acids

-Little Effervescence/fizzing/bubbles with calcium and dilute sulphuric(VI) acid.

-Colourless gas produced that extinguishes a burning splint with an explosion/ “pop” sound.

-No gas is produced with Nitric(V)acid.

-Colourless solution is formed.

 

Explanation

Dilute acids react with alkaline earth metals to form a salt and produce hydrogen gas.

Nitric(V)acid is a strong oxidizing agent. It quickly oxidizes the hydrogen produced to water.

Calcium is very reactive with dilute acids and thus a very small piece of very dilute acid should be used.

Chemical equations

Mg(s)  +  H2SO4 (aq)          ->   MgSO4(aq)   +    H2 (g)

Mg(s)  +  2HNO3 (aq)         ->   Mg(NO3)2(aq)   +    H2 (g)

Mg(s) +  2HCl (aq)            ->   MgCl2(aq)         +    H2 (g)

 

Ca(s)   +  H2SO4 (aq)           ->   CaSO4(s)           +    H2 (g)

(insoluble CaSO4(s) coat/cover Ca(s))

Ca(s)   +  2HNO3 (aq)         ->   Ca(NO3)2(aq)    +    H2 (g)

Ca(s)  +  2HCl (aq)            ->   CaCl2(aq)          +    H2 (g)

 

Ba(s)   +  H2SO4 (aq)           ->   BaSO4(s)           +    H2 (g)

(insoluble BaSO4(s) coat/cover Ba(s))

Ba(s)   +  2HNO3 (aq)         ->   Ba(NO3)2(aq)    +    H2 (g)

Ba(s)  +  2HCl (aq)            ->   BaCl2(aq)          +    H2 (g)

 

The table below shows some compounds of some alkaline earth metals

 

  Beryllium Magnesium Calcium Barium
Hydroxide Be(OH)2 Mg(OH)2 Ca(OH)2 Ba(OH)2
Oxide BeO MgO CaO BaO
Sulphide MgS CaS BaS
Chloride BeCl2 MgCl2 CaCl2 BaCl2
Carbonate BeCO3 MgCO3 CaCO3 BaCO3
Nitrate(V) Be(NO3)2 Mg(NO3)2 Ca(NO3)2 Ba(NO3)2
Sulphate(VI) BeSO4 MgSO4 CaSO4 BaSO4
Sulphate(IV) CaSO3 BaSO3
Hydrogen carbonate Mg(HCO3)2 Ca(HCO3)2
Hydrogen sulphate(VI) Mg(HSO4)2 Ca(HSO4)2

 

Some uses of alkaline earth metals include:

(i)Magnesium hydroxide is a non-toxic/poisonous mild base used as an anti acid medicine to relieve stomach acidity.

(ii)Making duralumin. Duralumin is an alloy of Magnesium and aluminium used for making aeroplane bodies because it is light.

(iii) Making plaster of Paris-Calcium sulphate(VI) is used in hospitals to set a fractures bone.

(iii)Making cement-Calcium carbonate is mixed with clay and sand then heated to form cement for construction/building.

(iv)Raise soil pH-Quicklime/calcium oxide is added to acidic soils to neutralize and raise the soil pH in agricultural farms.

(v)As nitrogenous fertilizer-Calcium nitrate(V) is used as an agricultural fertilizer because plants require calcium for proper growth.

(vi)In the blast furnace-Limestone is added to the blast furnace to produce more  reducing agent and remove slag in the blast furnace for extraction of Iron.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)Group VII elements: Halogens

 

Group VII elements are called Halogens. They are all non metals. They include:

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Electronicc configuration Charge of ion Valency State at Room Temperature
Fluorine

Chlorine

Bromine

Iodine

Astatine

F

Cl

Br

I

At

9

17

35

53

85

2:7

2:8:7

2:8:18:7

2:8:18:18:7

2:8:18:32:18:7

F

Cl

Br

I

At

1

1

1

1

1

Pale yellow gas

Pale green gas

Red liquid

Grey Solid

Radioactive

 

All halogen atoms have seven electrons in the outer energy level. They acquire/gain one electron in the outer energy level to be stable. They therefore are therefore monovalent .They exist in oxidation state X

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Fluorine   to Astatine. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size. e.g.

The atomic size/radius of Chlorine is bigger/larger than that of Fluorine because Chlorine has more/3 energy levels than Fluorine (2 energy levels).

 

Atomic radius and ionic radius of Halogens increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

 

The atomic radius of Halogens is smaller than the ionic radius. This is because they react by gaining/acquiring extra one electron in the outer energy level. The effective nuclear attraction on the more/extra electrons decreases. The incoming extra electron is also repelled causing the outer energy level to expand to reduce the repulsion and accommodate more electrons.

 

Table showing the atomic and ionic radius of four Halogens

 

Element Symbol Atomic number Atomic radius(nM) Ionic radius(nM)
Fluorine F 9 0.064 0.136
Chlorine Cl 17 0.099 0.181
Bromine Br 35 0.114 0.195
Iodine I 53 0.133 0.216

 

The atomic radius of Chlorine is  0.099nM .The ionic radius of Cl is 0.181nM. This is because Chlorine atom/molecule reacts by gaining/acquiring extra one electrons. The more/extra electrons/energy level experience less effective nuclear attraction /pull towards the nucleus .The outer enegy level expand/increase to reduce the repulsion of the existing and incoming gained /acquired electrons.

Electronegativity

The ease of gaining/acquiring extra electrons is called electronegativity. All halogens are electronegative. Electronegativity decreases as atomic radius increase. This is because the effective nuclear attraction on outer electrons decreases with increase in atomic radius.

The outer electrons experience less nuclear attraction and thus ease of gaining/acquiring extra electrons decrease.

It is measured using Pauling’s scale.

Where Fluorine with Pauling scale 4.0 is the most electronegative element  and thus the highest tendency to acquire/gain extra electron.

 

Table showing the electronegativity of the halogens.

 

Halogen F Cl Br I At
Electronegativity (Pauling scale) 4.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.2

 

The electronegativity of the halogens decrease down the group from fluorine to Astatine. This is because atomic radius increases down the group and thus decrease electron – attracting power down the group from fluorine to astatine.

Fluorine is the most electronegative element in the periodic table because it has the small atomic radius.

 

Electron affinity

The minimum amount of energy required to gain/acquire an extra electron by  an atom of element in its gaseous state is called  1st electron affinity. The SI unit of electron affinity is kilojoules per mole/kJmole-1 . Electron affinity depend on atomic radius. The higher the atomic radius, the less effective the nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons and thus the lower the electron affinity. For halogens the 1st electron affinity decrease down the group as the atomic radius increase and the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level electrons decrease. Due to its small size/atomic radius Fluorine shows exceptionally low electron affinity. This is because a lot of energy is required to overcome the high repulsion of the existing and incoming electrons.

 

Table showing the election affinity of halogens for the process

X   +    e      ->      X

Halogen F Cl Br I
Electron affinity kJmole-1 -333 -364 -342 -295

 

 

 

The higher the electron affinity the more stable theion.i.e

Cl is a more stable ion than Brbecause it has a more negative / exothermic electron affinity than Br

Electron affinity  is different from:

(i) Ionization energy.

Ionization energy is the energy required to lose/donate an electron in an atom of an element in its gaseous state while electron affinity is the energy required to gain/acquire extra electron by an atom of an element in its gaseous state.

      (ii) Electronegativity.

-Electron affinity is the energy required to gain an electron in an atom of an element in gaseous state. It involves the process:

X(g)   +       e        ->      X(g)

Electronegativity is the ease/tendency of gaining/ acquiring electrons by an element during chemical reactions.

It does not involve use of energy but theoretical arbitrary Pauling’ scale of measurements.

 

Physical properties

 

State at room temperature

Fluorine and Chlorine are gases, Bromine is a liquid and Iodine is a solid. Astatine is radioactive .

All halogens exist as diatomic molecules bonded by strong covalent bond. Each molecule is joined to the other by weak intermolecular forces/ Van-der-waals forces.

Melting/Boiling point

The strength of intermolecular/Van-der-waals forces of attraction increase with increase in molecular size/atomic radius.

Iodine has therefore the largest atomic radius and thus strongest intermolecular forces to make it a solid.

Iodine sublimes when heated to form (caution: highly toxic/poisonous) purple vapour.

This is because Iodine molecules are held together by weak van-der-waals/intermolecular  forces which require little heat energy to break.

Electrical conductivity

All Halogens are  poor conductors of electricity because they have no free delocalized electrons.

Solubility in polar and non-polar solvents

All halogens are soluble in water(polar solvent).

When  a boiling tube containing either chlorine gas or bromine vapour is separately inverted in a beaker containing distilled water and tetrachloromethane (non-polar solvent), the level of solution in boiling tube rises in both water and tetrachloromethane.

This is because halogen are soluble in both polar and non-polar solvents. Solubility of halogens in water/polar solvents decrease down the group. Solubility of halogens in non-polar solvent increase down the group.

The level of water in chlorine is higher than in bromine and the level of tetrachloromethane in chlorine is lower than in bromine.

Caution: Tetrachloromethane , Bromine vapour and Chlorine gas are all highly toxic/poisonous.

 

 

 

 

Table showing the physical properties of Halogens

 

Halogen Formula of molecule Electrical conductivity Solubility

in water

Melting point(oC) Boiling point(oC)
Fluorine F2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane -238 -188
Chlorine Cl2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane -101 -35
Bromine Br2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane 7 59
Iodine I2 Poor Insoluble/soluble in tetrachloromethane 114 sublimes

 

Chemical properties

 

(i)Displacement

 

Experiment

Place separately in test tubes about 5cm3 of sodium chloride, Sodium bromide and Sodium iodide solutions.

Add 5 drops of chlorine water to each  test tube:

Repeat with 5 drops of bromine water instead of chlorine water

Observation

Using Chlorine water

-Yellow colour of chlorine water fades in all test tubes   except with sodium chloride.

-Coloured Solution formed.

Using Bromine water

Yellow colour of bromine water fades in  test tubes containing sodium iodide.

-Coloured Solution formed.

Explanation

The halogens displace each other from their solution. The more electronegative displace the less electronegative from their solution.

  Chlorine is more electronegative than bromine and iodine.

On adding chlorine water, bromine and Iodine are displaced from their solutions by chlorine.

Bromine is more electronegative than iodide but less 6than chlorine.

On adding Bromine water, iodine is displaced from its solution but not chlorine.

 Table showing the displacement of the halogens

(V) means there is displacement (x ) means there is no displacement

                                Halogen ion in

solution

Halogen

F Cl Br I
F2 X      
Cl2 X X    
Br2 X X X  
I2 X X X X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chemical /ionic equations

With Fluorine

F2(g) +        2NaCl(aq) ->      2NaF(aq)     +        Cl2(aq)

F2(g) +        2Cl(aq)       ->      2F(aq)        +        Cl2(aq)

 

F2(g) +        2NaBr(aq) ->      2NaF(aq)     +        Br2(aq)

F2(g) +        2Br(aq)       ->      2F(aq)        +        Br2(aq)

 

F2(g) +        2NaI(aq)     ->      2NaF(aq)     +        I2(aq)

F2(g) +        2I(aq)         ->      2F(aq)        +        I2(aq)

 

With chlorine

Cl2(g)          +        2NaCl(aq) ->      2NaCl(aq)   +        Br2(aq)

Cl2(g)          +        2Br(aq)       ->      2Cl(aq)       +        Br2(aq)

 

Cl2(g)          +        2NaI(aq)     ->      2NaCl(aq)   +        I2(aq)

Cl2(g)          +        2I(aq)         ->      2Cl(aq)       +        I2(aq)

 

With Bromine

Br2(g)          +        2NaI(aq)     ->      2NaBr(aq)   +        I2(aq)

Br2(g)          +        2I(aq)         ->      2Br(aq)       +        I2(aq)

 

 

 

 

 

 Uses of halogens

  • Florine – manufacture of P.T.F.E (Poly tetra fluoroethene) synthetic fiber.
  • Reduce tooth decay when added in small amounts/quantities in tooth paste.

NB –large small quantities of fluorine /fluoride ions in water cause browning of teeth/flourosis.

  • Hydrogen fluoride is used to engrave words /pictures in glass.

 

  • Bromine – Silver bromide is used to make light sensitive photographic paper/films.

 

  • Iodide – Iodine dissolved in alcohol is used as medicine to kill bacteria in skin cuts. It is called tincture of iodine.

 

The table below to show some compounds of halogens.

 

 

                      Element

Halogen

H Na Mg Al Si C P
F HF NaF MgF2 AlF3 SiF4 CF4 PF3
Cl HCl NaCl MgCl2 AlCl3 SiCl 4 CCl4 PCl3
Br HBr NaBr MgBr2 AlBr3 SiBr4 CBr4 PBr3
I Hl Nal Mgl2 All3 SiI4 C l 4 PBr3

 

 

  • Below is the table showing the bond energy of four halogens.

Bond                         Bond energy k J mole-1

Cl-Cl                                   242

Br-Br                                  193

I-I                                      151

 

  • What do you understand by the term “bond energy”

Bond energy is the energy required to break/ form one mole of chemical bond

 

  1. Explain the trend in bond Energy of the halogens above:

Decrease down the group from chlorine to Iodine

-Atomic radius increase down the group decreasing the energy required to break the covalent bonds between the larger atom with reduced effective nuclear @ charge an outer energy level that take part in bonding.

 

(c)Group VIII elements: Noble gases

 

Group VIII elements are called Noble gases. They are all non metals. Noble gases occupy about 1.0% of the atmosphere as colourless gaseous mixture. Argon is the most abundant with 0.9%.

They exists as monatomic molecules with very weak van-der-waals /intermolecular forces holding the molecules.

They include:

Element Symbol Atomic number Electron structure State at room temperature
Helium He 2 2: Colourless gas
Neon Ne 10 2:8 Colourless gas
Argon Ar 18 2:8:8 Colourless gas
Krypton Kr 36 2:8:18:8 Colourless gas
Xenon Xe 54 2:8:18:18:8 Colourless gas
Radon Rn 86 2:8:18:32:18:8 Radioctive

All noble gas atoms have a stable duplet(two electrons in the 1st energy level) or octet(eight electrons in other outer energy level)in the outer energy level. They therefore do not acquire/gain extra electron in the outer energy level or donate/lose. They therefore are therefore zerovalent .

The number of energy levels increases down the group from Helium   to Randon. The more the number of energy levels the bigger/larger the atomic size/radius. e.g.

The atomic size/radius of Argon is bigger/larger than that of Neon because Argon has more/3 energy levels than Neon (2 energy levels).

 

Atomic radius noble gases increase down the group as the number of energy levels increases.

The effective nuclear attraction on the outer electrons thus decrease down the group.

 

The noble gases are generally unreactive  because the  outer energy level has the stable octet/duplet. The stable octet/duplet in noble gas atoms lead to a comparatively very high 1st ionization energy. This is because losing /donating an electron from the stable atom require a lot of energy to lose/donate and make it unstable.

As atomic radius increase down the group and the 1st ionization energy decrease, very electronegative elements like Oxygen and Fluorine are able to react and bond with lower members of the noble gases.e.g

Xenon reacts with Fluorine to form a covalent compound XeF6.This is because the outer electrons/energy level if Xenon is far from the nucleus and thus experience less effective nuclear attraction.

 

Noble gases have low melting and boiling  points. This is because they exist as monatomic molecules joined by very weak intermolecular/van-der-waals forces that require very little energy to weaken and form liquid and break to form a gas.

The intermolecular/van-der-waals forces increase down the group as the atomic radius/size increase from Helium to Radon. The melting and boiling points thus increase also down the group.

Noble gases are insoluble in water and are poor conductors of electricity.

 

Element Formula of molecule Electrical conductivity Solubility

in water

Atomic radius(nM) 1st ionization energy Melting point(0C) Boiling

point(0C)

Helium He Poor Insoluble 0.128 2372 -270 -269
Neon Ne Poor Insoluble 0.160 2080 -249 -246
Argon Ar Poor Insoluble 0.192 1520 -189 -186
Krypton Kr Poor Insoluble 0.197 1350 -157 -152
Xenon Xe Poor Insoluble 0.217 1170 -112 -108
Radon Rn Poor Insoluble 0.221 1134 -104 -93

 

Uses of noble gases 

Argon is used in light bulbs to provide an inert environment to prevent oxidation of the bulb filament

Argon is used in arch welding as an insulator.

Neon is used in street  and advertisement light

Helium is mixed with Oxygen during deep sea diving and mountaineering.

Helium is used in weather balloon for meteorological research instead of Hydrogen because it is unreactive/inert. Hydrogen when impure can ignite with an explosion.

Helium is used in making thermometers for measuring very low temperatures.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

UPGRADE

CHEMISTRY

                 

FORM 2

                 

STRUCTURE & BONDING

                

 

                 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive tutorial notes

 

MUTHOMI S.G

www.kcselibrary.info

0720096206

 

ssssss

 

 

 

 

 

CHEMICAL BONDING AND STRUCTURE

 

  1. CHEMICAL BONDING

A chemical bond is formed when atoms of the same or different elements share, gain, donate or delocalize their outer energy level electrons to combine during chemical reactions inorder to be stable.

Atoms have equal number of negatively charged electrons in the energy levels and positively charged protons in the nucleus.

Atoms are chemically stable if they have filled outer energy level. An energy level is full if it has duplet (2) or octet (8) state in outer energy level.

Noble gases have duplet /octet. All other atoms try to be like noble gases through chemical reactions and forming molecules.

Only electrons in the outer energy level take part in formation of a chemical bond. There are three main types of chemical bonds formed by atoms:

(i) covalent bond

(ii) ionic/electrovalent bond

(iii) metallic bond

 

(i)COVALENT BOND

A covalent bond is formed when atoms of the same or different element share some or all the outer energy level electrons to combine during chemical reactions inorder to attain duplet or octet.

A shared pair of electrons is attracted by the nucleus (protons) of the two atoms sharing.

Covalent bonds are mainly formed by non-metals to form molecules. A molecule is a group of atoms of the same or different elements held together by a covalent bond. The number of atoms making a molecule is called atomicity. Noble gases are monatomic because they are stable and thus do not bond with each other or other atoms. Most other gases are diatomic

The more the number of electrons shared, the stronger the covalent bond.

A pair of electrons that do not take part in the formation of a covalent bond is called a lone pair of electrons.

Mathematically, the number of electrons to be shared by an atom is equal to the number of electrons remaining for the atom to be stable/attain duplet/octet /have maximum electrons in outer energy level.

 

The following diagrams illustrate the formation of covalent bonds:

a)hydrogen molecule is made up of two hydrogen atoms in the outer energy level each requiring one electron to have a stable duplet.

To show the formation of covalent bonding in the molecule then the following data/information is required;

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               H                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                           1                           1

Electron configuration/structure                                      1:                          1:

Number of electron in outer energy level                         1                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          1                           1

Number of electrons not shared(lone pairs)                      0                           0

Diagram method 1

 

 

                                                                                                     

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

  ●x

H      H

 

Note:

After bonding the following intramolecular forces exist:

(i)the attraction of the shared electrons by both nucleus /protons of the atoms

(ii) the repulsion of the nucleus of one atom on the other.

(iii)balance of the attraction and repulsion is maintained inside/intramolecular/within  the molecule as follows;

 

E1

 

 

P1                                                          P1

 

 

 

E1

 

(iv)Protons(P1) from nucleus of atom 1 repel protons (P2)  from nucleus of atom 2.

(v)Electron (E1) in the energy levels of atom 1 repel electron (E2) in the energy levels of atom 2.

(vi) Protons(P1) from nucleus of atom 1 attract electron (E2) in the energy levels of atom 2.

(vii) protons (P2)  from nucleus of atom 2 attract electron (E2) in the energy levels of atom 2.

 

  1. b) Fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine molecules are made up also of two atoms sharing the outer energy level electrons to have a stable octet.

To show the formation of covalent bonding in the molecule then the following data/information is required;

(i) fluorine

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               F                           F

Number of protons/electrons                                           9                           9

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:7                        2:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         7                           7

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          1                           1

Number of outer electrons not shared( 3-lone pairs) 6                           6

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) chlorine

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               Cl                         Cl

Number of protons/electrons                                           17                         17

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:8:7                     2:8:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         7                           7

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          1                           1

Number of outer electrons not shared( 3-lone pairs) 6                           6

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii) Bromine

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               Br                         Br

Number of protons/electrons                                           35                         35

Electron configuration/structure                             2:8:18:7                    2:8:18:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         7                           7

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          1                           1

Number of outer electrons not shared( 3-lone pairs) 6                           6

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

(iv) Iodine

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               I                            I

Number of protons/electrons                                           53                         53

Electron configuration/structure                             2:8:18:18:7         2:8:18:18:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         7                           7

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          1                           1

Number of outer electrons not shared( 3-lone pairs) 6                           6

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

  1. c) Oxygen molecule is made up of two atoms sharing each two outer energy level electrons to have a stable octet as shown below;

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               O                          O

Number of protons/electrons                                           8                           8

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:6                          2:6

Number of electron in outer energy level                         6                           6

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          2                           2

Number of outer electrons not shared( 2-lone pairs) 4                           4

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. d) Nitrogen and phosphorus molecule is made up of two atoms sharing each three outer energy level electrons to have a stable octet as shown below;

(i) Nitrogen

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               N                          N

Number of protons/electrons                                           7                           7

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:5                         2:5

Number of electron in outer energy level                         5                           5

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          3                           3

Number of outer electrons not shared ( 3-lone pairs)        2                           2

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

(ii) Phosphorus

Symbol of atom/element taking part in bonding               P                           P

Number of protons/electrons                                           15                         15

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:8:5                      2:8:5

Number of electron in outer energy level                         5                           5

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          3                           3

Number of outer electrons not shared ( 3-lone pairs)        2                           2

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. e) Water molecule is made up of hydrogen and oxygen. Hydrogen requires to share one electron with oxygen to be stable/attain duplet. Oxygen requires to share two electrons to be stable/attain octet. Two hydrogen atoms share with one oxygen atom for both to be stable as shown below;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            O                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                           8                           1

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:6                          1

Number of electron in outer energy level                         6                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          2                           1

Number of electrons not shared( 2-Oxygen lone pairs)     4                           0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

  1. f) Ammonia molecule is made up of Hydrogen and Nitrogen. Hydrogen requires to share one electron with Nitrogen to be stable/attain duplet. Nitrogen requires to share three electrons to be stable/attain octet. Three hydrogen atoms share with one nitrogen atom for both to be stable as shown below;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            N                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                            7                          1

Electron configuration/structure                                       2:5                          1:

Number of electron in outer energy level                         5                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          3                             1

Number of electrons not shared( 1-Nitrogen lone pairs)   2                             0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

g)Carbon(IV) oxide molecule is made up of carbon and oxygen. Carbon requires to share four electrons with oxygen to be stable/attain octet. Oxygen requires to share two electrons to be stable/attain octet. Two oxygen atoms share with one carbon atom for both to be stable as shown below;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            O                          C

Number of protons/electrons                                           8                           6

Electron configuration/structure                             2:6                         2:4

Number of electron in outer energy level                         6                           4

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          2                           4

2-lone pairs from each Oxygen atom)                              2                           0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. h) Methane molecule is made up of hydrogen and carbon. Hydrogen requires sharing one electron with carbon to be stable/attain duplet. Carbon requires sharing four electrons to be stable/attain octet. Four hydrogen atoms share with one carbon atom for both to be stable as shown below;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            C                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                           6                           1

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:4                           1

Number of electron in outer energy level                         4                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          4                           1

Number of electrons not shared ( No lone pairs)                0                          0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Tetrachloromethane molecule is made up of chlorine and carbon. Chlorine requires sharing one electron with carbon to be stable/attain octet. Carbon requires sharing four electrons to be stable/attain octet. Four chlorine atoms share with one carbon atom for both to be stable as shown below;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            C                          Cl

Number of protons/electrons                                           6                           17

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:4                       2:8:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         4                           7

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          4                           1

3-lone pairs from each Chlorine atom(24 electrons)           0                           6

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. j) Ethane molecule is made up of six hydrogen and two carbon atoms. Hydrogen requires to share one electron with carbon to be stable/attain duplet. Carbon requires to share four electrons to be stable/attain octet. Three hydrogen atoms share with one carbon atom while another three hydrogen atoms share with a different carbon atom. The two carbon atoms bond by sharing a pair of the remaining electrons as shown below;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            C                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                           6                           1

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:4                          1

Number of electron in outer energy level                         4                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          4                           1

Number of electrons not shared( No lone pairs)                 0                          0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

  1. k) Ethene molecule is made up of four hydrogen and two carbon atoms. Hydrogen requires to share one electron with carbon to be stable/attain duplet. Carbon requires to share four electrons to be stable/attain octet. Two hydrogen atoms share with one carbon atom while another two hydrogen atoms share with a different carbon atom. The two carbon atoms bond by sharing two pairs of the remaining electrons as shown below;

 

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            C                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                           6                           1

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:4                          1

Number of electron in outer energy level                         4                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          4                           1

Number of electrons not shared( No lone pairs)                 0                          0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

  1. l) Ethyne molecule is made up of two hydrogen and two carbon atoms. Hydrogen requires to share one electron with carbon to be stable/attain duplet. Carbon requires to share four electrons to be stable/attain octet. One hydrogen atoms share with one carbon atom while another hydrogen atoms share with a different carbon atom. The two carbon atoms bond by sharing three pairs of the remaining electrons as shown below;

 

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            C                          H

Number of protons/electrons                                           6                           1

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:4                          1

Number of electron in outer energy level                         4                           1

Number of electrons remaining to be stable/shared          4                           1

Number of electrons not shared( No lone pairs)                 0                          0

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. j) Ethanol molecule is made up of six hydrogen one Oxygen

atom two carbon atoms.

Five Hydrogen atoms share their  one electron each with carbon to be stable/attain duplet. One Hydrogen atoms share one electron with Oxygen for both  to attain duplet/octet

Each Carbon uses  four electrons  to share with “O”and “H”attain octet/duplet.

NB: Oxygen has two lone pairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

j)Ethanoic molecule is made up of four hydrogen two Oxygen atom two carbon atoms.

 Three Hydrogen atoms share their  one electron each with carbon to be stable/attain duplet. One Hydrogen atoms share one electron with Oxygen for both  to attain duplet/octet

 Each Carbon uses  four electrons  to share with “O”and “H”attain octet/duplet.

NB: Each Oxygen atom has two lone pairs

 

 

 

By convention (as a rule), a

(i) single covalent bond made up of two shared( a pair) electrons is represented by a dash(—)

(ii) double covalent bond made up of four shared( two pairs) electrons is represented by a double dash(==)

(iii) triple covalent bond made up of six shared( three pairs) electrons is represented by a triple dash(==)

The representation below show the molecules covered in (a) to (k) above:

 

  1. Hydrogen molecule(H2)                              H–H

 

  1. Fluorine molecule(F2)                   F–F

 

  1. Chlorine molecule(Cl2) Cl–Cl

 

  1. Bromine molecule(Br2) Br–Br

 

  1. Iodine molecule(I2) I–I

 

  1. Oxygen molecule(O2) O=O

 

  1. Nitrogen molecule(N2) N=N

 

  1. Phosphorus molecule(P2)                   P=P

 

  1. Water molecule (H2O) H–O–H

 

 

      j   Ammonia molecule(NH3)                              H–N–H

H

 

k)Carbon(IV) oxide molecule(CO2)                  O==C==O

 

H

l)Methane molecule(CH4)                                  H–C–H

H

 

Cl

m)Tetrachloromethane molecule(CCl4               Cl–C–Cl

Cl

 

H   H

n)Ethane molecule(C2H6)                                   H–C—C–H

H     H

 

p)Ethene molecule(C2H4)                                     H-C==C-H

H    H

 

q)Ethyne molecule(C2H6)                                   H-C—C-H

 

 

 

 

 

Dative /coordinate bond

A dative/coordinate bond is a covalent bond formed when a lone pair of electrons is donated then shared to an electron-deficient species/ion/atom.

During dative/coordinate bonding, all the shared pair of electrons are donated by one of the combining/bonding species/ ion/atom.

Like covalent bonding, coordinate /dative bond is mainly formed by non-metals.

 

Illustration of coordinate /dative bond                                  

a)Ammonium ion(NH4+)

The ammonium ion is made up of ammonia (NH3) molecule and hydrogen (H+) ion. (H+) ion has no electrons. NH3 is made up of covalent bonding from Nitrogen and Hydrogen. One lone pair of electrons is present in Nitrogen atom after the bonding. This lone pair is donated and shared with an electron-deficient H+ ion

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

b)Phosphine ion (PH4+)

The Phosphine ion is made up of phosphine(NH3) molecule and hydrogen (H+) ion. (H+) ion has no electrons. PH3 is made up of covalent bonding from Phosphorus and Hydrogen. One lone pair of electrons is present in Phosphorus atom. After the bonding this lone pair is donated and shared with the electron-deficient H+ ion

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. c) Hydroxonium (H3O+) ion

The hydroxonium ion is made up of water (H2O) molecule and hydrogen (H+) ion. (H+) ion has no electrons. The H2O molecule is made up of covalent bonding from Oxygen and Hydrogen. One lone pair of electrons out of the two present in Oxygen atom after the bonding is donated and shared with the electron-deficient H+ ion

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. d) Carbon (II) oxide (CO)

Carbon (II) oxide is made up of carbon and Oxygen atoms sharing each two outer electron and not sharing each two electrons. Oxygen with an extra lone pair of electrons donates and share with the carbon atom for both to be stable.

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. e) Aluminium (III) chloride (AlCl3/Al2Cl6)

Aluminium (III) chloride is made up of aluminium and chlorine. One aluminium atom shares its outer electrons with three separate chlorine atoms. All chlorine atoms attain stable octet but aluminium does not. Another molecule of aluminium chloride shares its chlorine lone pair of electrons with the aluminium atom for both to be stable. This type of bond exists only in vapour phase after aluminium chloride sublimes.

Diagram method 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagram method 2

 

 

 

 

 

A dative/coordinate bond is by convention represented by an arrow (→) heading from the donor of the shared pair of electrons.

Below is the representation of molecules in the above examples;

a)Ammonium ion.

H

H− N→H

H

b)Phosphine ion                                    H

H− P→H

H

 

c)Hydroxonium ion

H− O→H

H

 

d)Carbon(II) oxide                             O→C

 

 

  1. d) Aluminium(III)chloride Cl    Cl           Cl

 

Al        Al

 

Cl                   Cl           Cl

 

 

(ii)IONIC/ELECTROVALENT BOND

An ionic/electrovalent bond is extreme of a covalent bond.

During ionic/electrovalent bonding there is complete transfer of valence electrons to one electronegative atom from an electropositive atom.

All metals are electropositive and easily/readily donate/lose their valence electrons.

All non-metals are electronegative and easily/readily gain/acquire extra electrons.

Ionic/electrovalent bonding therefore mainly involves transfer of electrons from metal/metallic radical to non-metallic radical.

When an electropositive atom donates /loses the valence electrons, it forms a positively charged cation to attain stable octet/duplet.

When an electronegative atom gains /acquires extra valence electrons, it forms a negatively charged anion to attain stable octet/duplet.

The electrostatic attraction force between the stable positively charged cation and the stable negatively charged anion with opposite charges constitute the ionic bond.

Like in covalent/dative/coordinate bonding, only the outer energy level electrons take part in the formation of ionic/electrovalent bond

Like in covalent/dative/coordinate bonding, the more electrons taking part / involved  in the formation of ionic/electrovalent bond, the stronger the ionic /electrovalent bond.

 

 

Illustration of ionic /electrovalent bond

a)Sodium chloride(NaCl)

Sodium chloride(NaCl) is formed when a sodium atom donate its outer valence electrons to chlorine atom for both to attain stable octet:

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            Na                        Cl

Number of protons/electrons                                           11                         17

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:8:1                       2:8:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         11                         7

Number of electrons donated and gained to be stable       1                           1

New electron configuration/structure                               2:8:                       2:8:

Symbol of cation/anion after bonding                              Na+                       Cl

 

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)Magnesium chloride(MgCl2)

Magnesium chloride (MgCl2) is formed when a magnesium atom donate its two outer valence electrons to chlorine atoms. Two chlorine atoms are required to gain each one electron. All the ions (cations and anions) attain stable octet:

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            Mg                        Cl

Number of protons/electrons                                           11                         17

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:8:2                       2:8:7

Number of electron in outer energy level                         2                           7

Number of electrons donated and gained to be stable       2                           1

New electron configuration/structure                               2:8:                         2:8:

Symbol of cation/anion after bonding                              Mg2+                     Cl

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c)Lithium oxide(Li2O)

Lithium oxide(Li2O)is formed when a Lithium atom donate its  outer valence electrons to Oxygen atom. Two Lithium atoms are required to donate/lose each one electron and attain stable duplet. Oxygen atom acquires the two electrons and attain stable octet:

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            Li                          O

Number of protons/electrons                                           3                           8

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:1                          2:6

Number of electron in outer energy level                         1                           6

Number of electrons donated and gained to be stable       1                           2

New electron configuration/structure                               2:                            2:8:

Symbol of cation/anion after bonding                             Li+                        O2-

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d)Aluminium(III) oxide(Al2O3)

Aluminium(III) oxide(Al2O3)is formed when a Aluminium atom donate its three outer valence electrons to Oxygen atom. Two Aluminium atoms are required to donate/lose each three electron and attain stable octet. Three Oxygen atoms gain/ acquire the six electrons and attain stable octet:

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            Al                         O

Number of protons/electrons                                           13                         8

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:8:3                       2:6

Number of electron in outer energy level                         3                           6

Number of electrons donated and gained to be stable       3                           2

New electron configuration/structure                               2:8:                         2:8:

Symbol of cation/anion after bonding                             Al3+                      O2-

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e)Calcium oxide(CaO)

Calcium oxide(CaO)is formed when a Calcium atom donate its two outer valence electrons to Oxygen atom. Both attain stable octet:

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            Ca                        O

Number of protons/electrons                                           20                         8

Electron configuration/structure                                      2:8:8:2                    2:6

Number of electron in outer energy level                         2                           6

Number of electrons donated and gained to be stable       2                           2

New electron configuration/structure                               2:8:8:                     2:8:

Symbol of cation/anion after bonding                             Ca2+                      O2-

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Some compounds can be formed from ionic/electrovalent, covalent and dative/coordinate bonding within their atoms/molecules:

 

a)Formation of ammonium chloride:

Ammonium chloride is formed from the reaction of ammonia gas and hydrogen chloride gas. Both ammonia and hydrogen chloride gas are formed from covalent bonding. During the reaction of ammonia and hydrogen chloride gas to form Ammonium chloride;

-ammonia forms a dative/coordinate bond with electron deficient H+ ion from Hydrogen chloride to form ammonium ion(NH4+)ion.

-the chloride ion Cl–  and ammonium ion(NH4+)ion bond through ionic /      electrovalent bond from the electrostatic attraction between the opposite/unlike charges.

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Dissolution/dissolving of hydrogen chloride:

Hydrogen chloride is formed when hydrogen and chlorine atoms form a covalent bond. Water is formed when hydrogen and Oxygen atoms also form a covalent bond. When hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water;

-water molecules  forms a dative/coordinate bond with electron deficient H+ ion from Hydrogen chloride to form hydroxonium ion(H3O+)ion.

-the chloride ion Cl–  and hydroxonium ion(H3O+)ion bond through ionic /      electrovalent bond from the electrostatic attraction between the opposite/unlike charges.

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

c)Dissolution/dissolving of ammonia gas:

Ammmonia gas is formed when hydrogen and Nitrogen atoms form a covalent bond. Water is formed when hydrogen and Oxygen atoms also form a covalent bond. When Ammonia gas is dissolved in water;

-ammonia forms a dative/coordinate bond with electron deficient H+ ion from a water molecule to form ammonium ion(NH4+)ion.

-the hydroxide ion OH–  and ammonium ion(NH4+)ion bond through ionic /      electrovalent bond from the electrostatic attraction between the opposite/unlike charges.

 

Diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)METALLIC BOND

A metallic bond is formed when metallic atoms delocalize their outer electrons inorder to be stable.

Metals delocalize their outer electrons to form positively charged cation .

The electrostatic attraction force between the metallic cation and the negatively charged electrons constitute the metallic bond.

The more delocalized electrons the stonger the metallic bond.

Illustration of ionic /electrovalent bond

  1. a) Sodium (Na) is made of one valence electron. The electron is donated to form Na+ The electron is delocalized /free within many sodium ions.

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding  Na             Na            Na

Number of protons/electrons                                  11              11             11

Electron configuration/structure                           2:8:1         2:8:1          2:8:1

Number of electron in outer energy level                1                 1              1

Number of electrons delocalized/free within          1                 1              1

New electron configuration/structure                     2:8:              2:8:           2:8:

Symbol of cation after metallic bonding                 Na+              Na+           Na+

Diagram

 

(three)Metallic cations attract

(three) free/delocalized electrons

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Aluminium (Al) is made of three valence electron. The three electrons are donated to form Al3+ The electrons are delocalized /free within many aluminium ions.

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding  Al              Al             Al

Number of protons/electrons                                  13              13             13

Electron configuration/structure                             2:8:3         2:8:3          2:8:3

Number of electron in outer energy level                3                 3              3

Number of electrons delocalized/free within          3                 3              3

New electron configuration/structure                     2:8:              2:8:           2:8:

Symbol of cation  after metallic bonding                Al3+             Al3+          Al3+

Diagram

 

(three)Metallic cations attract

                                                                    (nine) free/delocalized electrons

 

 

 

 

 

c)Calcium (Ca) is made of two valence electron.The two electrons are  donated to form Ca2+ ion.The electrons are delocalized /free within many Calcium  ions.

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding  Ca             Ca            Ca

Number of protons/electrons                                  20              20             20

Electron configuration/structure                             2:8:8:2      2:8:8:2   2:8:8:2

Number of electron in outer energy level              2                 2              2

Number of electrons delocalized/free within          2                 2              2

New electron configuration/structure                     2:8:8:           2:8:8:           2:8:8:

Symbol of cation  after metallic bonding                Ca2+            Ca2+          Ca2+

Diagram

 

(three)Metallic cations attract

(six) free/delocalized electrons

 

 

  1. d) Magnesium (Mg) is made of two valence electron. The two electrons are donated to form Mg2+The electrons are delocalized /free within many Magnesium ions.

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding            Mg                    Mg

Number of protons/electrons                                           12                      12

Electron configuration/structure                                        2:8:2                  2:8:2

Number of electron in outer energy level                         2                         2

Number of electrons delocalized/free within                    2                         2

New electron configuration/structure                               2:8:                     2:8:

Symbol of cation  after metallic bonding                         Mg2+                   Mg2+

Diagram

 

(two)Metallic cations attract

(four) free/delocalized electrons

 

 

 

e)Lithium (Li) is made of one valence electron.The  electron is donated to form Li+ ion.The electron is delocalized /free within many Lithium ions.ie;

Symbol of atoms/elements taking part in bonding  Li      Li      Li     Li

Number of protons/electrons                                 3        3        3        3

Electron configuration/structure                             2:1     2:1     2:1      2:1

Number of electron in outer energy level               1        1        1        1

Number of electrons delocalized/free within 1        1        1        1

New electron configuration/structure                     2:1:    2:1:   2:1:    2:1:

Symbol of cation  after metallic bonding                Li+        Li+    Li+        Li+

Diagram

 

(four)Metallic cations attract

                                                                    (four) free/delocalized electrons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.CHEMICAL  STRUCTURE

 

Chemical structure is the pattern/arrangement of atoms after they have bonded. There are two main types of chemical structures:

(i)simple molecular structure

     (ii) giant structures

 

(i)Simple molecular structure

Simple molecular structure is the pattern formed after atoms of non-metals have covalently bonded to form simple molecules.

Molecules are made of atoms joined together by weak intermolecular forces called Van-der-waals forces.The Van-der-waals forces hold the molecules together while the covalent bonds hold the atoms in the molecule.

 

                 Illustration of simple molecular structure

 

a)Hydrogen molecule(H2)

Hydrogen gas is made up of strong covalent bonds/intramolecular forces between each hydrogen atom making the molecule. Each molecule is joined to another by weak Van-der-waals forces/ intermolecular forces.

 

Illustration of simple molecular structure

 

a)Hydrogen molecule(H2)

Hydrogen gas is made up of strong covalent bonds/intramolecular forces between each hydrogen atom making the molecule. Each molecule is joined to another by weak Van-der-waals forces/ intermolecular forces

b)Oxygen molecule(O2)

Oxygen gas is made up of strong covalent bonds/intramolecular forces between each Oxygen atom making the molecule. Each molecule is joined to another by weak Van-der-waals forces/ intermolecular forces.

 

Strong intramolecular forces/covalent bond

 

O=O:::: O=O:::: O=O:::: O=O

: :    : :    : :   : :     : :    : :                      weak intermolecular

O=O:::: O=O:::: O=O:::: O=O            forces/van-der-waals forces

 

c)Iodine molecule(I2)

Iodine solid crystals are made up of strong covalent bonds/intramolecular forces between each iodine atom making the molecule.Each molecule is joined to another by weak Van-der-waals forces/ intermolecular forces.

Strong intramolecular forces/covalent bond

 

I— I:::: I — I:::: I — I:::: I — I

: :    : :    : :   : :     : :    : :    : :              weak intermolecular

I — I:::: I — I:::: I — I:::: I — I          forces/van-der-waals forces

 

d)Carbon(IV) oxide molecule(CO2)

Carbon(IV) oxide gas molecule is made up of strong covalent bonds/intramolecular forces between each Carbon and oxygen atoms making the molecule. Each molecule is joined to another by weak Van-der-waals forces/ intermolecular forces.

 

Strong intramolecular forces/covalent bond

 

O=C=O:::: O=C=O:::: O=C=O

: :               : :               : :                weak intermolecular

O=C=O:::: O=C=O:::: O=C=O           forces/van-der-waals forces

 

The following are the main characteristic properties of simple molecular structured compounds:

 

a)State

Most simple molecular substances are gases, liquid or liquids or solid that sublimes or has low boiling/melting points at room temperature (25oC) and pressure (atmospheric pressure).

Examples of simple molecular substances include:

-all gases eg Hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon (IV) oxide,

          –Petroleum fractions eg Petrol, paraffin, diesel, wax,

-Solid non-metals eg Sulphur, Iodine

-Water

 

  1. b) Low melting/boiling points

Melting is the process of weakening the intermolecular/ van-der-waal forces/ of attraction between the molecules that holding the substance/compound.

Note;

(i)Melting and boiling does not involve weakening/breaking the strong intramolecular force/covalent bonds holding the atoms in the molecule.

 

(ii) Melting and boiling points increase with increase in atomic radius/size of the atoms making the molecule as the intermolecular  forces / van-der-waal forces of attraction between the molecules increase. e.g.

Iodine has a higher melting/boiling point than chlorine because it has a higher /bigger atomic radius/size than chlorine, making the molecule to have stronger intermolecular force/ van-der-waal forces of attraction between the molecules than chlorine. Iodine is hence a solid and chlorine is a gas.

 

(c)Insoluble in water/soluble in organic solvents

Polar substances dissolve in polar solvents. Water is a polar solvent .Molecular substances do not thus dissolve in water because they are non-polar. They dissolve in non-polar solvents like methylbenzene, benzene, tetrachloromethane or propanone.

 

d)Poor conductors of heat and electricity

Substances with free mobile ions or free mobile/delocalized electrons conduct electricity. Molecular substances are poor conductors of heat/electricity because their molecules have no free mobile ions/electrons. This makes them very good insulators.

 

Hydrogen bonds

 

A hydrogen bond is an intermolecular force of attraction in which a very electronegative atom attracts hydrogen atom of another molecule.

The most electronegative elements are Fluorine, Oxygen and Nitrogen .Molecular compounds made up of these elements usually have hydrogen bonds.

Hydrogen bonds are stronger than van-der-waals forces but weaker than covalent bonds. Molecular compounds with hydrogen bonds thus have higher melting/boiling points than those with van-der-waals forces.

 

Illustration of Hydrogen bonding

 

a)Water molecule

During formation of covalent bond, the oxygen atom attract/pull the shared electrons more to itself than Hydrogen creating partial negative charges(δ)in Oxygen and partial positive charges(δ+)in Hydrogen.

Two molecules attract each other at the partial charges through Hydrogen bonding.

 

 

 

 

The hydrogen bonding in water makes it;

(i)a liquid with higher boiling and melting point than simple molecular substances with higher molecular mass. e.g. Hydrogen sulphide as in the table below;

 

Influence of H-bond in water (H2O) in comparison to H2S

 

Substance Water/ H2O Hydrogen sulphide/ H2S
Relative molecular mass          18              34
Melting point(oC)           0             -85
Boiling point(oC)          100             -60

 

(ii)have higher volume in solid (ice) than liquid (water) and thus ice is less dense than water. Ice therefore floats  above liquid water.

b)Ethanol molecule

 

Like in water, the oxygen atom attracts/pulls the shared electrons in the covalent bond more to itself than Hydrogen.

This creates a partial negative charge (δ-) on oxygen and partial positive charge(δ+) on hydrogen.

Two ethanol molecules attract each other at the partial charges through Hydrogen bonding forming a dimmer.

A dimmer is a molecule formed when two molecules join together as below:

 

 

 

Hydrogen bonds             covalent bonds

 

 

R1               O δ-…………………….…H δ+                  O δ-

 

 

H δ+                                               R2

 

R1 and R2 are extensions of the molecule.

For ethanol it is made up of CH3CH2 – to make the structure:

 

Hydrogen bonds            covalent bonds

 

 

CH3CH2              O δ-………………………….…H δ+             O δ-

 

 

H δ+                                               CH2CH3

 

 

b)Ethanoic acid molecule

Like in water and ethanol above, the oxygen atom attracts/pulls the shared electrons in the covalent bond in ethanoic acid more to itself than Hydrogen.

This creates a partial negative charge (δ-)on oxygen and partial positive charge(δ+) on hydrogen.

Two ethanoic acid molecules attract each other at the partial charges through Hydrogen-bonding forming a dimer.

Hydrogen bonds            covalent bonds

 

R1         C              O δ-………………………….…H δ+            O δ-

 

O δ-              H δ+………………..….O δ-                  C            R2

 

 

 

 

R1 and 2 are extensions of the molecule.

For ethanoic acid the extension is made up of CH3 –  to make the structure;

 

Hydrogen bonds            covalent bonds

 

CH3                C               O δ-…………………………………….…H δ+            O δ-

 

 

O δ-              H δ+…………………..……..………O δ-                 C            CH3

 

 

Ethanoic acid like ethanol exists as a dimer.

Ethanoic acid has a higher melting/boiling point than ethanol .This is because ethanoic acid has two/more hydrogen bond than ethanol.

 

  1. d) Proteins and sugars in living things also have multiple/complex hydrogen bonds in their structures.

(ii) Giant structure

 

This is the pattern formed after substances /atoms /ions bond to form a long chain network.

Giant structures therefore extend in all directions to form a pattern that continues repeating itself.

There are three main giant structures.

  1. a) giant covalent/atomic structure           b)giant ionic structure

c)giant metallic structure

  1. a) giant covalent/atomic structure

 

Giant covalent/atomic structure is the pattern formed after atoms have covalently bonded to form long chain pattern consisting of indefinite number of atoms covalently bonded together.

The strong covalent bonds hold all the atoms together to form a very well packed structure. Examples of substances with giant covalent/atomic structure include:

(i) carbon-diamond

(ii) carbon-graphite

(iii)silicon

(iv) silicon(IV) oxide/sand

Carbon-graphite and carbon-diamond are allotropes of carbon.

Allotropy is the existence of an element in more than one stable physical form at the same temperature and pressure.

Allotropes are atoms of the same element existing in more than one stable physical form at the same temperature and pressure.

Other elements that exhibit/show allotropy include;

-Sulphur as monoclinic sulphur and rhombic sulphur

-Phosphorus as white phosphorus and red phosphorus

 

The structure of carbon-diamond

Carbon has four valence electrons. The four valence electrons are used to form covalent bonds.

During the formation of diamond, one carbon atom covalently bond with four other carbon atoms.

C                                        C

x                                                  x.

x  C   x    —–>      C  .x C x.   C    ——>         C        C        C

x                                                  x.

C                                        C

After the bonding, the atoms rearrange to form a regular tetrahedral in which one carbon is in the centre while four are at the apex/corners.

 

 

C

 

 

 

C

 

 

C                                    C

 

 

C

 

This pattern repeats itself to form a long chain number of atoms covalently bonded together indefinitely. The pattern is therefore called giant tetrahedral structure. It extends in all directions where one atom of carbon is always a centre of four others at the apex/corner of a regular tetrahedral.

C

 

 

C

 

C                 C

C                         C

 

C

C

 

 

 

The giant tetrahedral structure of carbon-diamond is very well/closely packed and joined/bonded together by strong covalent bond.

This makes carbon-diamond to have the following properties:

 

  1. a) High melting/boiling point.

The giant tetrahedral structure is very well packed and joined together by strong covalent bonds.

This requires a lot of energy/heat to weaken for the element to melt and break for the element to boil.

 

 

  1. b) High density.

Carbon diamond is the hardest known natural substance.

This is because the giant tetrahedral structure is a very well packed pattern/structure and joined together by strong covalent bonds.

This makes Carbon diamond be used to make drill for drilling boreholes/oil wells.

The giant tetrahedral structure of carbon diamond is a very closely packed pattern /structure such that heat transfer by conduction is possible. This makes carbon diamond a good thermal conductor.

 

  1. c) Poor conductor of electricity.

Carbon-diamond has no free/delocalized electrons within its structure and thus do not conduct electricity.

 

  1. d) Insoluble in water.

Carbon-diamond is insoluble in water because it is non-polar and do not bond with water molecules.

 

  1. e) Is abrasive/Rough.

The edges of the closely well packed pattern/structure of Carbon-diamond make its surface rough/abrasive and thus able to smoothen /cut metals and glass.

 

  1. f) Have characteristic luster.

Carbon-diamond has a high optical dispersion and thus able to disperse light to different colours .This makes Carbon-diamond one of the most popular gemstone for making jewellery.

 

The structure of carbon-graphite

 

During the formation of graphite, one carbon atom covalently bond with three other carbon atoms leaving one free/delocalized electron.

 

C                              C

x                                                  x.

x  C   x    —–>      C  .x C x    ——>      C      C x  free/delocalized electron

x                                                  x.

C                              C

 

After the bonding, the atoms rearrange and join together to form a regular hexagon in which six carbon atoms are at the apex/corners.

The regular hexagon is joined to another in layers on the same surface by van-der-waals forces.

Each layer extends to form a plane in all directions.

The fourth valence electron that does not form covalent bonding is free/mobile /delocalized within the layers.

This structure/pattern is called giant hexagonal planar structure.

 

The giant hexagonal planar structure of carbon-graphite is closely packed and joined/bonded together by strong covalent bonds. This makes carbon-graphite to have the following properties:

 

  1. a) High melting/boiling point.

The giant hexagonal planar structure of carbon-graphite is well packed and joined together by strong covalent bonds.

This requires a lot of energy/heat to weaken for the element to melt and break for the element to boil.

 

  1. b) Good conductor of electricity.

Carbon-graphite has free/delocalized 4th valence electrons within its structure and thus conducts electricity.

 

  1. c) Insoluble in water.

Carbon-graphite is insoluble in water because it is non-polar and do not bond with water molecules.

  1. d) Soft.

Layers of giant hexagonal planar structure of carbon graphite are held together by van-der-waals forces.

The van-der-waals forces easily break when pressed and reform back on releasing/reducing pressure/force thus making graphite soft.

 

  1. e) Smooth and slippery.

When pressed at an angle the van-der-waals forces easily break and slide over each other making graphite soft and slippery.

It is thus used as a dry lubricant instead of oil.

 

f)Some uses of carbon-graphite.

  1. As a dry lubricant– carbon graphite is smooth and slippery and thus better lubricant than oil.Oil heat up when reducing friction.
  2. Making Lead-pencils- When pressed at an angle on paper the van-der-waals forces easily break and slide smoothly over contrasting background producing its characteristic black background.
  3. As moderator in nuclear reactors to reduce the rate of decay/disintegration of radioactive nuclides/atoms/isotopes.
  4. As electrode in dry/wet cells/battery- carbon graphite is inert and good conductor of electricity. Current is thus able to move from one electrode/terminal to the other in dry and wet cells/batteries. Carbon graphite is also very cheap.

 

 

  1. b) giant ionic structure

 

Giant ionic structure is the pattern formed after ions have bonded through ionic/electrovalent bonding to form a long chain consisting of indefinite number of ions.

The strong ionic/electrovalent bond holds all the cations and anions together to form a very well packed structure.

Substances with giant ionic structure are mainly crystals of salts e.g. sodium chloride, Magnesium chloride, Sodium iodide, Potassium chloride, copper (II) sulphate(VI).

 

The structure of sodium chloride

 

Sodium chloride is made up of sodium (Na+) and chloride (Cl)ions.

Sodium (Na+) ion is formed when a sodium atom donate /loose/donate an electron. Chloride (Cl) ion is formed when a chlorine atom gain /acquire an extra electron from sodium atom.

Many Na+ and Cl ions then rearrange such that one Na+ ion is surrounded by six Clions and one Clion is surrounded by six Na+ ions.

The pattern formed is a giant cubic structure where Cl ion is sand witched between Na+ ions and the same to Na+ ions.

This pattern forms a crystal.

A crystal is a solid form of a substance in which particles are arranged in a definite pattern regularly repeated in three dimensions.

 

The structure of sodium chloride

The giant cubic structure/crystal of sodium chloride is as below;

 

 

The giant cubic structure/crystal of sodium chloride is very well packed and joined by strong ionic/electrovalent bonds. This makes sodium chloride and many ionic compounds to have the following properties:

 

  1. a) Have high melting /boiling points.

The giant cubic lattice structure of sodium chloride is very closely packed into a crystal that requires a lot of energy/heat to weaken and melt/boil. This applies to all crystalline ionic compounds.

  1. b) Are good conductors of electricity in molten and aqueous state but poor conductor of electricity in solid.

Ionic compounds have fused ions in solid crystalline state.

On heating and dissolving in water, the crystal is broken into free mobile ions (Na+ and Cl ions).

The free mobile ions are responsible for conducting electricity in ionic compounds in molten and aqueous states.

 

c)Soluble in water

Ionic compounds are polar and dissolve in polar water molecules.

On dissolving, the crystal breaks to free the fused ions which are then surrounded by water molecules.

 

 

  1. b) giant metallic structure

 

This is the pattern formed after metallic atoms have bonded through metallic bond.

The pattern formed is one where the metallic cations rearrange to form a cubic structure.

The cubic structure is bound together by the free delocalized electrons that move freely within.

The more delocalized electrons, the stronger the metallic bond.

 

The structure of sodium and aluminium.

 

Sodium has one valence electrons.

Aluminium has three valence electrons.

After delocalizing the valence electrons ,the metal cations (Na+ and Al3+) rearrange to the apex /corners of a regular cube that extend in all directions.

The delocalized electrons remain free and mobile as shown below:

 

 

The giant cubic structure makes metals to have the following properties:

 

  1. a) Have high melting/boiling point

The giant cubic structure is very well packed and joined/bonded together by the free delocalized electrons.

The more delocalized electrons the higher the melting/boiling point.

The larger/bigger the metallic cation ,the weaker the packing of the cations and thus the lower the melting/boiling point. e.g.

 

(i) Sodium and potassium have both one valence delocalized electron.

Atomic radius of potassium is larger/bigger than that of sodium and hence less well packed in its metallic structure.

Sodium has therefore a higher melting/boiling point than potassium.

 

(ii) Sodium has one delocalized electron.

Aluminium has three delocalized electrons.

Atomic radius of sodium is larger/bigger than that of aluminium and hence less well packed in its metallic structure.

Aluminium has therefore a higher melting/boiling point than sodium because of the smaller well packed metallic (Al3+)ions and bonded/joined by more/three delocalized electrons.

 

The table below shows the comparative melting/boiling points of some metals:

Metal Electronic structure Atomic radius(nM) Melting point(oC) Boiling point(oC)
Sodium 2:8:1 0.155 98 890
Potassium 2:8:8:1 0.203 64 774
Magnesium 2:8:2 0.136 651 1110
Aluminium 2:8:3 0.125 1083 2382

 

  1. b) Good electrical and thermal conductor/electricity.

All metals are good conductors of heat and electricity including Mercury which is a liquid.

The mobile delocalized electrons are free within the giant metallic structure to move from one end to the other transmitting heat/electric current.

The more delocalized electrons the better the thermal/electrical conductivity.

High temperatures/heating lowers the thermal/electrical conductivity of metals because the delocalized electrons vibrate and move randomly hindering transfer of heat

 

From the table above:

Compare the electrical conductivity of;

(i)Magnesium and sodium

Magnesium is a better conductor than sodium.

Magnesium has more/two delocalized electrons than sodium. The more delocalized electrons the better the electrical conductor.

(ii)Potassium and sodium

Potassium is a better conductor than sodium.

Potassium has bigger/larger atomic radius than sodium. The delocalized electrons are less attracted to the nucleus of the atom and thus more free /mobile and thus better the electrical conductor.

 

  1. c) Insoluble in water

All metals are insoluble in water because they are non polar and thus do not bond with water.

Metals higher in the reactivity/electrochemical series like; Potassium, sodium, Lithium and Calcium reacts with cold water producing hydrogen gas and forming an alkaline solution of their hydroxides.ie

2K(s)        +       2H2O(l)       ->      2KOH(aq)   +       H2(g)

2Na(s)      +       2H2O(l)       ->      2NaOH(aq) +       H2(g)

2Li(s)       +       2H2O(l)       ->      2LiOH(aq)  +       H2(g)

Ca(s)        +       2H2O(l)       ->      Ca(OH)2(aq)+       H2(g)

 

Heavy metal like Magnesium, Aluminium, Iron, Zinc and Lead react with steam/water vapour to produce hydrogen gas and form the corresponding oxide.

 

Mg(s)          +       H2O(g)        ->      MgO(s)       +       H2(g)

Fe(s)           +       H2O(g)        ->      FeO(s)         +       H2(g)

Zn(s)           +       H2O(g)        ->      ZnO(s)        +       H2(g)

Pb(s)           +       H2O(g)        ->      PbO(s)        +       H2(g)

2Al(s)          +       3H2O(g)      ->      Al2O3(s)      +       3H2(g)

 

Metals lower in the reactivity/electrochemical series than hydrogen like; copper, Mercury, Gold Silver and Platinum do not react with water/vapour.

 

  1. d) Shiny metallic-lustre

All metals have a shiny grey metallic luster except copper which is brown.

When exposed to sunlight, the delocalized electrons gain energy, they vibrate on the metal surface scattering light to appear shiny.

With time, most metals corrode and are covered by a layer of the metal oxide.

The delocalized electrons are unable to gain and scatter light and the metal surface tarnishes/become dull.

 

  1. e) Ductile and malleable

All metals are malleable (can be made into thin sheet) and ductile (can be made into wire.

When beaten/hit/pressed lengthwise the metallic cations extend and is bound /bonded by the free/mobile electrons to form a sheet.

When beaten/hit/pressed lengthwise and bredthwise the metallic cations extend and is bound /bonded by the free/mobile electrons to form a wire/thin strip.

 

  1. f) Have high tensile strength

Metals are not brittle. The free delocalized electrons bind the metal together when it is bent /coiled at any angle.

The meta thus withstand stress/coiling

 

  1. g) Form alloys

An alloy is a uniform mixture of two or more metals.

Some metals have spaces between their metallic cations which can be occupied by another metal cation with smaller atomic radius.

Common alloys include:

Brass(Zinc and Copper alloy)

Bronze(Copper and Tin alloy)

German silver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Summary of Bonding and structure

 

  Simple molecular structure Giant covalent /atomic structure Giant ionic structure Giant metallic structure
(i)Examples

 

I2,S8,HCl,O2,CH4 Graphite,diamond

Si,SiO2

NaCl, KCl, CaO,CuSO4 Na,Fe,Cr,Hg,K
Constituent particles making structure molecules Atoms

(of non-metals)

Ions

(cation and anions)

Atoms

(of metals)

Type of substance Non-metal element/non-metal molecule/non-metal compound(electronegative elements) Group IV non-metals and some of their oxides Metal-non metal compounds(compounds of electropositive and electronegative compounds) Metallic compounds

Metallic elements (with low electonegativity and high electropositivity)

 

Bonding in solid state

-Strong covalent bonds hold atoms together within separate molecules (intramolecular forces)

-Weak van-der-waals forces hold separate molecules together (intermolecular forces)

Atoms are linked through the whole structure by very strong covalent bonds. Electrostatic attraction of cations and anions link the whole structure through strong ionic bond. EEElectrostatic

Electrostatic attraction of outer mobile electrons for positive nuclei binds atoms together though metallic bond

Properties

(i) Volatility

-Highly volatile with low melting/boiling point

-Low latent heat of fusion/vaporization

-Non volatile with very high melting/boiling points

-Low latent heat of fusion / vaporization

-Non volatile with very high melting/boiling points

-Low latent heat of fusion / vaporization

 

-Non volatile with very high melting/boiling points

-Low latent heat of fusion / vaporization

 

(ii) State at room temperature /pressure Usually gases,volatile liquids or solids that sublimes solids solids  

 

Solids except Mercury(liquid)

(iii) Hardness Soft and brittle(low tensile strength) Hard and brittle(low tensile strength) Hard and brittle(low tensile strength) Hard, malleable, ductile and have high  tensile strength
(iv) Thermal /electrical conductivity Poor thermal and electrical conductor when solid ,liquid or aqueous solutions but some dissolve and react to form electrolytes e.g.

Hydrogen chloride and ammonia gases.

Poor thermal and electrical conductor when solid ,liquid or aqueous solutions but

-Carbon-graphite is a good electrical conductor while

-Carbon-diamond is a good thermal conductor.

Poor thermal and electrical conductor when solid. Good thermal and electrical conductor in liquid/molten and aqueous states when the ions are not fused

 

Good thermal and electrical conductor in solid and liquid/molten  states  due to the free mobile /delocalized electrons

 

(v) Solubility Insoluble in polar solvents e.g. Water

Soluble in non-polar solvents e.g. tetrachloromethane, benzene, methylbenzene

Insoluble in all solvents Soluble in polar solvents e.g. Water

Insoluble in non-polar solvents e.g. tetrachloromethane, benzene, methylbenzene

Insoluble in polar/non-polar colvents.

-Some react with polar solvents

-Some metal dissolve in other metals to form alloys e.g. Brass is formed when Zinc dissolve in copper.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. PERIODICITY OF BONDING AND STRUCTURE

The periodic table does not classify elements as metals and non-metals. The table arranges

them in terms of atomic numbers.

However, based on structure and bonding of the elements in the periodic table;

(i)-the top right hand corner of about twenty elements are non-metals

(ii)-left of each non-metal is an element which shows characteristics of both metal and non-metal.

These elements are called semi-metals/metalloids. They include Boron, silicon, Germanium, Arsenic, and Terullium

(iii)-all other elements in the periodic table are metal.

(iv)-Hydrogen is a non-metal with metallic characteristic/property of donating/losing outer electron to form cation/H+ ion.

(v) –bromine is the only known natural liquid non-metal element at room temperature and pressure.

(vi) –mercury is only known natural liquid metal element at room temperature and pressure.

(vii) Carbon-graphite is a semi metals/metalloids. Carbon-diamond is a pure non-metal yet both are allotropes of carbon (same element)

 

  1. a) Sketch of the periodic table showing metals ,metalloid and non-metals

Metals                            Metalloids             Non-metals

 H   He
Li Be   B C N O F Ne
Na Mg   Al Si P S Cl Ar
K Ca  Transition metals Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Rb Sr   In Sn Sb Te I Xe
Cs Ba   Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
Fr Ra              

 

 

 

b)Periodicity in the physical properties of elements across period 2 and 3

 

Study table I and II below:

 

Table I(period 2)

Property

 

Li Be B C N O F Ne

 

Melting point(oC) 180 1280 2030 3700

(graphite)

3550

(diamond)

-210 -219 -220 -250
Boiling point(oC) 1330 2480 3930 Graphite sublimes

4830

(diamond)

-200 -180 -190 -245
Density at room temperature (gcm-3) 0.50 1.85 2.55 2.25

(graphite)

3.53

(diamond)

0.81 0.14 0.11 0.021
Type of element Metal Metal Metal Metalloid Non-metal Non-metal Non-metal Non-metal

 

Chemical structure Giant metallic Giant metallic Giant atomic/

covalent

Giant atomic/

covalent

Simple molecula

or molecule/ N2

 

Simple molecula

or molecules

/O2

Simple molecula

or molecule/F2

Simple molecula

or molecule/Ne

State at room temperature Solid Solid Solid Solid gas gas gas gas
Electron structure 2:1 2:2 2:3 2:4 2:5 2:6 2:7 2:8

 

 

Valency 1 2 3 4 3 2 1

 

 

Formular of ion Li+ Be2+ B3+ N3- O2- F

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table II (period 3)

Property Na Mg Al Si P(white) S(Rhombic) Cl Ar

 

Melting point(oC) 98 650 660 1410

 

44 114 -101 -189

 

Boiling point(oC) 890 1120 2450 2680 280 445 -34 -186
Density at room temperature (gcm-3) 0.97 1.74 2.70 2.33

(graphite)

3.53

(diamond)

1.82 2.07 0.157 0.011
Type of element Metal Metal Metal Metalloid Non-metal Non-metal Non-metal Non-metal

 

Chemical structure Giant metallic Giant metallic Giant

metallic

Giant atomic/

covalent

Simple molecula

or molecule/ P4

 

Simple molecula

or molecules

/S8

Simple molecula

or molecule/Cl2

Simple molecula

or molecule/Ar

State at room temperature Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid gas gas
Electron structure 2:8:1 2:8:2 2:8:3 2:8:4 2:8:5 2:8:6 2:8:7 2:8:8

 

 

Valency 1 2 3 4 3 2 1

 

 

Formular of ion Na+ Mg2+ Al3+ P3- S2- Cl

 

 

 

From table I and II above:

 

  1. Explain the trend in atomic radius along /across a period in the periodic table

Observation

Atomic radius of elements in the same period decrease successively across/along a period from left to right.

Explanation

Across/along the period from left to right there is an increase in nuclear charge from additional number of protons and still additional number of electrons entering the same energy level.

Increase in nuclear charge increases the effective nuclear attraction on the outer energy level pulling it closer to the nucleus successively across the period .e.g.

 

(i)From the table 1and 2 above, atomic radius of Sodium (0.157nM) is higher than that of Magnesium(0.137nM). This is because Magnesium has more effective nuclear attraction on the outer energy level than Sodium hence pulls outer energy level more nearer to its nucleus than sodium.

 

(ii)The rate of decrease in the atomic radius become smaller as the atom become heavier e.g. Atomic radius of Magnesium from sodium falls by(0.157nM- 0.137nM) =0.02

Atomic radius of Chlorine from sulphur falls by(0.104nM- 0.099nM) =0.005

This is because gaining/adding one more proton to 11 already present cause greater proportional change in nuclear attraction power  to magnesium than  gaining/adding one more proton to 16 already present in sulphur to chlorine.

 

(iii)Period 3 elements have more energy levels than Period 2 elements. They have therefore bigger/larger atomic radius/size than corresponding period 2 elements in the same group.

 

2.Explain the trend in ionic radius along/across a period in the periodic table

Observation

Ionic radius of elements in the same period decrease successively across/along a period from left to right for the first three elements then increase drastically then slowly successively decrease.

 

Explanation

Across/along the period from left to right elements change form electron donors/losers (reducing agents) to electron acceptors (oxidizing agents).

(i)An atom form stable ion by either gaining/acquiring/ accepting extra electron or donating/losing outer electrons.

 

(ii)Metals form stable ions by donating/losing all the outer energy level electrons and thus also the outer energy level .i.e.

-Sodium ion has one less energy level than sodium atom. The ion is formed by sodium atom donating/losing (all) the outer energy level electron and thus also the outer energy level making the ion to have smaller ionic radius than atom.

 

(iii)Ionic radius therefore decrease across/along the period from Lithium to Boron in period 2 and from Sodium to Aluminium in period 3.This is because the number of electrons donated/lost causes increased effective nuclear attraction on remaining electrons /energy levels.

 

(iv)Non-metals form stable ion by gaining/acquiring/accepting extra electron in the outer energy level. The extra electron/s increases the repulsion among electrons and reduces the effective nuclear attraction on outer energy level. The outer energy level therefore expand/enlarge/increase in order to accommodate the extra repelled electrons .The more electrons gained/accepted/acquired the more repulsion and the more expansion to accommodate them and hence bigger/larger atomic radius. e.g.

          –Nitrogen ion has three electrons more than Nitrogen atom. The outer energy level expand/enlarge/increase to accommodate the extra repelled electrons. Nitrogen atom thus has smaller atomic radius than the ionic radius of nitrogen ion.

 

(v) Ionic radius decrease from group IV onwards from left to right. This because the number of electrons gained to form ion decrease across/along the period from left to right. e.g. Nitrogen ion has bigger/larger  ionic radius than Oxygen.

 

3.Explain the trend in melting and boiling point of elements in a period in the periodic table.

Observation

The melting and boiling point of elements rise up to the elements in Group IV(Carbon/Silicon) along/across the period then continuously falls.

Explanation

Melting/boiling points depend on the packing of the structure making the element and the strength of the bond holding the atoms/molecules together.

Across/along the period (2 and 3) the structure changes from giant metallic, giant atomic/covalent to simple molecular.

(i)For metals, the number of delocalized electrons increases across/along the period and hence stronger metallic bond/structure thus requiring a lot of heat/energy to weaken.

The strength of a metallic bond also depends on the atomic radius/size. The melting /boiling point decrease as the atomic radius/size of metals increase due to decreased packing of larger atoms. e.g.

-The melting /boiling point of Lithium is lower than that of Beryllium because Beryllium has two/more delocalized electrons and hence stronger metallic structure/bond.

– The melting /boiling point of Lithium is higher than that of Sodium because the atomic radius/size Lithium is smaller and hence better packed  and hence forms stronger metallic structure/bond.

 

(ii)Carbon-graphite/carbon-diamond in period 2 and Silicon in period 3 form very well packed giant atomic/covalent structures held together by strong covalent bonds. These elements have therefore very high melting/boiling points.

Both Carbon-graphite/ carbon-diamond have smaller atomic radius/size than Silicon in period 3 and thus higher melting/boiling points due to better/closer packing of smaller atoms in their well packed giant atomic/covalent structures.

 

(ii)Non-metals from group V along/across the period form simple molecules joined by weak intermolecular /van-der-waals force. The weak intermolecular /van-der-waals force require little energy/heat to weaken leading to low melting/boiling points. The strength of the intermolecular /van-der-waals forces decrease with decrease in atomic radius/ size lowering the melting/boiling points along/across the period (and raising the melting/boiling points down the group).e.g.

-The melting /boiling point of Nitrogen is higher than that of Oxygen. This is because the atomic radius/ size of Nitrogen is higher than that of Oxygen and hence stronger intermolecular /van-der-waals forces between Nitrogen molecules.

-The melting /boiling point of Chlorine is higher than that of Fluorine. This is because the atomic radius/ size of Chlorine is higher than that of Fluorine and hence stronger intermolecular /van-der-waals forces between Chlorine molecules.

 

(iii)Rhombic sulphur exists as a puckered ring of S8atoms which are well packed. Before melting the ring break and join to very long chains that entangle each other causing the unusually high melting/boiling point of Rhombic sulphur.

 

(iv)Both sulphur and phosphorus exists as allotropes.

Sulphur exists as Rhombic-sulphur and monoclinic-sulphur. Rhombic-sulphur is the stable form of sulphur at room temperature and pressure.

Phosphorus exists as white-phosphorus and red-phosphorus.

White-phosphorus is the stable form of Phosphorus at room temperature and pressure.

 

  1. State and explain the trend in density of elements in a period in the periodic table.

Observation: Density increase upto the elements in group IV then falls across/along the period successively

Explanation:

Density is the mass per unit volume occupied by matter/particles/atoms/molecules of element.

 

(i)For metals ,the stronger metallic bond and the more delocalized electrons ensure a very well packed giant metallic structure that occupy less volume and thus higher density.

The more the number of delocalized electrons along/across the period, the higher the density. e.g.

(i)Aluminium has a higher density than sodium. This is because aluminium has more /three delocalized electrons than /one sodium thus forms a very well packed giant metallic structure that occupy less volume per given mass/density.

 

(ii)Carbon-graphite ,carbon-diamond and silicon in group IV form a well packed giant atomic/covalent structure that is continuously joined by strong covalent bonds hence occupy less volume per given mass/density.

Carbon-graphite form a less well packed giant hexagonal planar structure joined by Van-der-waals forces. Its density (2.25gcm-3) is therefore less than that of Carbon-diamond(3.53gcm-3) and silicon(2.33gcm-3).Both diamond and silicon have giant tetrahedral structure that is better packed. Carbon-diamond has smaller atomic radius/size than silicon. Its density is thus higher because of better packing and subsequently higher density. Carbon-diamond is the hardest known natural substance by having the highest density.

 

(iii)For non-metals, the strength of the intermolecular /van-der-waals forces decreases with decrease in atomic radius/size along/across the period. This decreases the mass occupied by given volume of atoms in a molecule from group VI onwards. e.g.

Phosphorus has a higher atomic radius/size than chlorine and Argon and thus stronger intermolecular/van-der-waals forces that ensure a given mass of phosphorus occupy less volume than chlorine and neon.

 

5.State and explain the trend in thermal/electrical conductivity of elements in a period in the periodic table.

Observation:

Increase along/across the period from group I, II, and III then decrease in Group IV to drastically decrease in group V to VIII (O).

Explanation

(i)Metals have free delocalized electrons that are responsible for thermal/electrical conductivity.Thermal/electrical conductivity increase  with increase in number of delocalized electrons. The thermal conductivity decrease with increase in temperature/heating. 

e.g.

Aluminium with three delocalized electrons from each atom in its metallic structure has the highest electrical /thermal conductivity in period 3.

 

(ii)Carbon-graphite has also free 4th valency electrons that are delocalized within its layers of giant hexagonal planar structure. They are responsible for the electrical conductivity of graphite.

 

(iii)Silicon and carbon diamond do not conduct electricity but conducts heat. With each atom too close to each other in their very well packed giant tetrahedral structure, heat transfer /radiate between the atoms. The thermal conductivity increase with increase in temperature/heating.

                                                                       

(iv)All other non-metals are poor /non-conductor of heat and electricity. They are made of molecules with no free /mobile delocalized electrons in their structure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Periodicity of the oxides of elements along/across period 3

 

The table below summarizes some properties of the oxides of elements in period 3 of the periodic table.

 

Formular of oxide/

Property

Na2O MgO Al2O3 SiO2 P2O5

P4O6

SO2

SO3

Cl2O7

Cl2O

Melting

 

point(oC)

1193 3075 2045 1728

 

563 -76 -60

 

Boiling

 

point(oC)

1278 3601 2980 2231 301 -10 -9
Bond type Ionic Ionic Ionic Covalent Covalent Covalent Covalent

 

Chemical structure Giant ionic structure Giant ionic structure Giant ionic structure Giant atomic/

covalent

Simple molecula

or molecule

 

Simple molecula

or molecules

Simple molecula

or molecule

State at room

temperature

Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid gas Gas

(Cl2O7 is a liquid)

Nature of

Oxide

Basic/

alkaline

Basic/

alkaline

Amphotellic oxide 2:8:4 2:8:5 2:8:6 2:8:7
Reaction with water

 

 

React to form NaOH /alkaline solution React to form MgOH)2 /weakly alkaline solution Don’t react with water. Don’t react with water. React to form H2PO4

/weakly acidic solution

-SO2 react to form H2SO3 . H2SO3 is quickly oxidized to H2SO4

-SO2 react to form H2SO4/ strongly

acidic

-Cl2O7 reacts to form HClO4

/weakly acidic solution

Reaction with dilute acids Reacts to form salt and water Reacts to form salt and water Reacts to form salt and water No reaction No reaction No reaction No reaction

 

  1. All the oxides of elements in period 3 except those of sulphur and chlorine are solids at room temperature and pressure.
  2. Across/along the period, bonding of the oxides changes from ionic in sodium oxide magnesium oxide and aluminium oxide (show both ionic and covalent properties) to covalent in the rest of the oxides.

 

  1. Across/along the period, the structure of the oxides changes from giant ionic structure in sodium oxide, magnesium oxide and aluminium oxide to giant atomic/covalent structure in silicon (IV) oxide. The rest of the oxides form simple molecules/molecular structure.

 

  1. Sodium oxide and magnesium oxide are basic /alkaline in nature. Aluminium oxide is amphotellic in nature (shows both acidic and basic characteristics). The rest of the oxides are acidic in nature.

 

  1. Ionic compounds/oxides have very high melting/boiling points because of the strong electrostatic attraction joining the giant ionic crystal lattice.

The melting/boiling points increase from sodium oxide to aluminium oxide as the number of electrons involved in bonding increase, increasing the strength of the ionic bond/structure.

 

  1. Silicon (IV) oxide is made of a well packed giant atomic/covalent structure joined by strong covalent bonds.

This results in a solid with very high melting/boiling point.

 

7.Phosphorus (V) oxide, sulphur(IV) oxide/ sulphur (VI) oxide and dichloride heptoxide exist as simple molecules/molecular structure joined by weak van-der-waals/intermolecular forces.

This results in them existing as low melting /boiling point solids/gases.

 

  1. Ionic oxide conducts electricity in molten and aqueous states but not in solid.

In solid state the ions are fused/fixed but on heating to molten state and when dissolved in water, the ions are free / mobile.

Sodium oxide, magnesium oxide and aluminium oxide are therefore good conductors in molten and aqueous states.

 

  1. Covalent bonded oxides do not conduct electricity in solid, molten or in aqueous states.

This is because they do not have free / mobile ion. Phosphorus (V) oxide, sulphur(IV) oxide/ sulphur (VI) oxide and dichloride heptoxide are thus non-conductors/insulators.

 

  1. Silicon (IV) oxide is a poor/weak conductor of heat in solid state. This is because it has very closely packed structure for heat to radiate conduct along its structure.

 

  1. Electopositivity decrease across the period while electronegativity increase across the period. The oxides thus become less ionic and more covalent along/across the period.

12.The steady change from giant ionic structure to giant atomic/ covalent structure then simple molecular structure lead to profound differences in the reaction of the oxides with water,acids and alkalis/bases:

 

(i) Reaction with water

  1. a) Ionic oxides react with water to form alkaline solutions e.g.;

I.Sodium oxide reacts/dissolves in water forming an alkaline solution of sodium hydroxide.

Chemical equation:        Na2O(s)   +   H2O (l)     ->    2NaOH(aq)

 

  1. Magnesium oxide slightly/ slowly reacts/dissolves in water forming an alkaline solution of magnesium hydroxide

Chemical equation:        MgO(s)   +   2H2O (l)     ->    Mg(OH) 2 (aq)

 

III. Aluminium oxide does reacts/dissolves in water.

  1. b) Non-metallic oxides are acidic. They react with water to form weakly acidic solutions:
  2. Phosphorus (V) oxide readily reacts/dissolves in water forming a weak acidic solution of phosphoric (V) acid.

Chemical equation:        P4O10 (s)   +   6H2O (l)     ->    4H3PO4 (aq)

Chemical equation:        P2O5 (s)   +   3H2O (l)     ->    2H3PO4 (aq)

 

  1. Sulphur (IV) oxide readily reacts/dissolves in water forming a weak acidic solution of sulphuric (IV) acid.

Chemical equation:        SO2 (g)   +   H2O (l)     ->    H2SO3 (aq)

Sulphur (VI) oxide quickly fumes in water to form concentrated  sulphuric (VI) acid which is a strong acid.

Chemical equation:        SO3 (g)   +   H2O (l)     ->    H2SO4 (aq)

 

III. Dichlorine oxide reacts with water to form weak acidic solution of chloric(I) acid/hypochlorous acid.

Chemical equation:        Cl2O (g)   +   H2O (l)     ->   2HClO (aq)

 

  1. Dichlorine heptoxide reacts with water to form weak acidic solution of chloric(VII) acid.

Chemical equation:        Cl2O7 (l)   +   H2O (l)     ->   2HClO4 (aq)

 

  1. c) Silicon (IV) oxide does not react with water.

It reacts with hot concentrated alkalis forming silicate (IV) salts. e.g.

Silicon (IV) oxide react with hot concentrated sodium hydroxide to form sodium silicate (IV) salt.

Chemical equation:        SiO2 (s)   +   2NaOH (aq)     ->    Na2SiO3 (aq) +   H2O (l)

 

(ii) Reaction with dilute acids

  1. a) Ionic oxides react with dilute acids to form salt and water only. This is a neutralization e.g.

Chemical equation:        Na2O(s)   +   H2SO4 (aq)     ->    Na2SO4 (aq)  + H2O(l)

Chemical equation:        MgO(s)   +   2HNO3(aq)     ->    Mg (NO3) 2 (aq) + H2O(l)

Chemical equation:        Al2O3 (s) +   6HCl(aq)        ->    2AlCl3 (aq)  +  3H2O(l)

 

Aluminium oxide is amphotellic and reacts with hot concentrated strong alkalis sodium/potassium hydroxides to form complex sodium aluminate(III) and potassium aluminate(III) salt.

Chemical equation:  Al2O3 (s)   +  2NaOH(aq) +  3H2O(l)    ->   2 NaAl(OH)4 (aq)

Chemical equation:  Al2O3 (s)   +  2KOH(aq) +  3H2O(l)    ->   2 KAl(OH)4 (aq)

 

  1. b) Acidic oxides do not react with dilute acids.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c)Periodicity of the Chlorides of elements along/across period 3

 

The table below summarizes some properties of the chlorides of elements in period 3 of the periodic table.

Formular of chloride/

Property

NaCl MgCl2 AlCl3 SiCl4 PCl5

PCl3

SCl2

S2Cl2

Cl2
Melting

 

point(oC)

801 714 Sublimes at

180 oC

-70

 

PCl5

Sublimes at

-94 oC

-78 -101

 

Boiling

 

point(oC)

1465 1418 423(as Al2Cl6

vapour

57 74(as P2Cl6

Vapour

164 (as PCl5)

 

decomposes

at 59 oC

-34
Bond type Ionic Ionic Ionic/

Covalent/

dative

Covalent Covalent Covalent Covalent

 

Chemical structure Giant ionic structure Giant ionic structure Molecular/

dimerizes

Simple molecula

or molecule

Simple molecula

or molecule

 

Simple molecula

or molecules

Simple molecula

or molecule

State at room

temperature

Solid Solid Solid liquid Liquid

PCl5

is solid

liquid Gas
Nature of

Chloride

Neutral Neutral Strongly acidic Strongly acidic Strongly acidic Strongly acidic Strongly acidic
 

pH of solution

7.0 7.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Reaction with water

 

 

Dissolve Dissolve -Hydrolysed

by water

-Acidic hydrogen chloride fumes produced

-Hydrolysed

by water

-Acidic hydrogen chloride fumes produced

Hydrolysed

by water

-Acidic hydrogen chloride fumes produced

Hydrolysed

by water

-Acidic hydrogen chloride fumes produced

Forms HCl and HClO
Electrical conductivity in molten/aqueous state good good poor nil nil nil nil

 

  1. Sodium Chloride, Magnesium chloride and aluminium chloride are solids at room temperature and pressure.

Silicon(IV) chloride, phosphorus(III)chloride and disulphur dichloride are liquids. Phosphorus(V)chloride is  a solid. Both chlorine and sulphur chloride are gases.

 

  1. Across/along the period bonding changes from ionic in Sodium Chloride and Magnesium chloride to covalent in the rest of the chlorides.

 

  1. Anhydrous aluminium chloride is also a molecular compound .Each aluminium atom is covalently bonded to three chlorine atoms.

In vapour/gaseous phase/state two molecules dimerizes to Al2O6 molecule through coordinate/dative bonding.

 

  1. Across/along the period the structure changes from giant ionic in Sodium Chloride and Magnesium chloride to simple molecules/molecular structure in the rest of the chlorides.

 

  1. Ionic chlorides have very high melting /boiling points because of the strong ionic bond/electrostatic attraction between the ions in their crystal lattice.The rest of the chlorides have low melting /boiling points because of the weak van-der-waal /intermolecular forces.

 

  1. Sodium Chloride and Magnesium chloride in molten and aqueous state have free/mobile ions and thus good electrical conductors. Aluminium chloride is a poor conductor. The rest of the chlorides do not conduct because they have no free/mobile ions.

 

  1. Ionic chloride form neutral solutions with pH =7. These chlorides ionize/dissociate completely into free cations and anions.i.e;

Sodium Chloride and Magnesium chloride have pH=7 because they are fully/completely ionized/dissociated into free ions.

Chemical equation          NaCl  (s)     ->      Na+(aq)       +       Cl(aq)             

Chemical equation          MgCl2  (s)   ->      Mg2+(aq)     +       2Cl(aq)

 

8 Across/along the period from aluminium chloride, hydrolysis of the chloride takes place when reacting/dissolved in water.

Hydrolysis is the reaction of a compound when dissolved in water.

 

a)Aluminium chloride is hydrolyzed by water to form aluminium hydroxide and fumes of hydrogen chloride gas. Hydrogen chloride gas dissolves in water to acidic hydrochloric acid. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid with low pH and thus the mixture is strongly acidic.

Chemical equation          AlCl3  (s)   +  3H2O(l)->    Al(OH)3(s)    +    3HCl(g)

 

b)Silicon(IV) chloride is hydrolyzed by water to form silicon(IV)oxide and fumes of hydrogen chloride gas. Hydrogen chloride gas dissolves in water to acidic hydrochloric acid. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid with low pH and thus the mixture is strongly acidic.

Chemical equation          SiCl4  (l)   +  2H2O(l)->    SiO2(s)    +  4HCl(g)

This reaction is highly exothermic producing /evolving a lot of heat that cause a rise in the temperature of the mixture.

 

  1. c) Both phosphoric (V) chloride and phosphoric (III) chloride are hydrolyzed by water to form phosphoric (V) acid and phosphoric (III) acid Fumes of hydrogen chloride gas are produced. Hydrogen chloride gas dissolves in water to acidic hydrochloric acid. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid with low pH and thus the mixture is strongly acidic.

Chemical equation          PCl5  (s)   +  4H2O(l)->    H3PO4(aq)    +       5HCl(g)

Chemical equation          PCl3  (s)   +  3H2O(l)->    H3PO4(aq)    +       3HCl(g)

 

This reaction is also highly exothermic producing /evolving a lot of heat that cause a rise in the temperature of the mixture.

 

  1. d) Disulphur dichloride similarly hydrolyzes in water to form yellow deposits of sulphur and produce a mixture of sulphur (IV) oxide and hydrogen chloride Hydrogen chloride gas dissolves in water to acidic hydrochloric acid. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid with low pH and thus the mixture is strongly acidic.

Chemical equation          2S2Cl2  (l)   +  2H2O(l)->  3S(s)  + SO2(g)  + 4HCl(g)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. COMPREHENSIVE REVISION QUESTIONS

 

1.The grid below represents periodic table.  Study it and answer the questions that follow.  The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.

 

    A
B       G   H E C
  J I L        
D N           M  

(a) (I) Indicate on the grid the position of an element represented by letter N whose electronic configuration of a divalent cation is 2:8:8 . ( 1 mark )

 

(II) Name the bond formed between D and H react. Explain your answer.(2 marks )

Ionic/electrovalent

D is electropositive thus donates two electrons to electronegative H

(III) Write an equation for the reaction between B and water.     ( 1 mark )

Chemical equation                 2B  (s)   +  2H2O(l) ->    2BOH(aq)    +  H2 (g)

(IV) How do the atomic radii of I and L compare.  Explain.                                    ( 2 marks )

 

 

 

(V) In terms of structure and bonding explain why the oxide of G has lower melting point than oxide of L.                                         ( 2 marks )

 

 

(b) Study the information given below and answer the question that follow.

 

Formula of compound N NaCl MgCl 2 Al2Cl6 SiCl4 PCl3 SCl2
B.P(0C) 1470 1420 Sublimes 60 75 60
M.P(0C) 800 710 At 8000C -70 90 -80

( I)Why is the formula of aluminium chloride given as Al2Cl6 and not AlCl3 ?                                                                                                                   ( 1 mark )

 

(II) Give two chlorides that are liquid at room temperature.  Give a reason for the answer.                                                                                                  (2 marks )

 

 

(III) Give a reason why Al2Cl6 has a lower melting point than MgCl2 although both Al and Mg are metals.                                                                          (1 mark )

 

 

(IV) Which of the chlorides would remain in liquid state for the highest temperature range explain why ?                                                            (2 mark )

 

 

(Kakamega)

  1. a) Study the information given below and answer the questions that follow.

 

Element Atomic radius (nm) Ionic radius (nm) Formula of oxide Melting point of oxide (‘C)
P

Q

R

S

T

0.364

0.830

0.592

0.381

0.762

0.421

0.711

0.485

0.446

0.676

A2O

BO2

E2O3

G2O5

JO

-119

837

1466

242

1054

(i) Which elements are non-metals? Give a reason.                           (2mks)

 

(ii) Explain why the melting point of the oxide of R is higher than that of the oxide of S.                                                                                            (2mks)

 

(iii) Give two elements that would react vigorously with each other. Explain your answer.                                                                                         (2mks)

 

 

  1. b) Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow (The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements)

 

 

  Ionization Energy_kJ/Mole
Element Electronic configuration   1st ionization energy 2nd ionization energy
A  2.2 900  1800
B 2.8.2 736 1450
C 2.8.8.2 590 1150

(i) What chemical family do the elements A, B and C belong?                       (1mk)

 

(ii) What is meant by the term ionization energy?                                         (1mk)

 

iii) The 2nd  ionization energy is higher that the 1st ionization energy of each. Explain

(1mk)

(iv)When a piece of element C is placed in cold water, it sinks to the bottom and an effervescence of a colourless gas that burns explosively is produced. Use a simple diagram to illustrate how this gas can be collected during this experiment.                                                                                                                     (3mks)

 

  1. The grid below represents part of the periodic table. The letters do not represent the actual symbols.

 

    A
B     X G   Z E V
  J I L   T    
D N           M  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Select the most reactive non-metal. (1mk)

 

  1. b) Write the formula of the compound consisting of

I.D and Z only.                                                                                             (2mk)

 

 

  1. X and Z

 

  1. c) Select an element that can form an ion of change +2                (1mk)

 

  1. d) Which element has the least ionization energy? Explain    (2mks)
  2. e) Suggest with reasons a likely pH value of an aqueous solution of the chlorine of:(3mks)

T.

 

B

 

X

 

  1. f) To which chemical family do the following elements belong? (2mk)

J

V

 

  1. g) An element K has relative atomic mass of 40.2.It has two isotopes of masses 39 and 42. Calculate the relative abundance of each isotope. (3mks)

4.The grid below shows part of the periodic table study it and answer the questions that follow. The letters do not represent the true symbols.

               
                 
                 
            A    
  B   C   D   E  
F G              
              H  
                 

 

\(a) Which element forms ions with charge of 2-. Explain                    (2mks)

 

(b) What is the nature of the oxide formed by C.                                 (1mk)

 

(c) How does the reactivity of H compare with that of E. Explain?      (2mks)

 

(d)Write down a balanced equation between B and Chlorine.              (1mk)

 

(e) Explain how the atomic radii of F and G compare.                        (1mk)

 

(f) If the oxides of F and D are separately dissolved in water, state and explain the effects of their aqueous solutions on litmus.                                             (3mks)

 

  1. (a) The grid below show part of the periodic table.(The letter do not represent the actual symbols).Use it to answer the questions that follow.

 

T   Q
        S   R K  
A J   Y   U   L  
W             M B
  C           N  
P                
                 

(i)Select the most reactive non-metal.                                                         (1mk)

 

(ii)Select an element that forms a divalent cation.                                       (1mk)

 

(iii)Element Z has atomic number 14.Show its position in the grid.              (1mk)

 

(iv)How do the atomic radii of U and J compare?                                       (2mks)

 

(v)How do electrical conductivity of A and Y compare?                              (2mks)

 

(vi)How does the boiling point of elements K, L and M vary? Explain        (2mks

(b) The table below gives information on four elements by letters K, L, M and N. Study it and answer the  questions that follow. The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.

 

Element Electron arrangement Atomic radius Ionic radius
K 2:8:2 0.136 0.065
L 2:8:7 0.099 0.181
M 2:8:8:1 0.203 0.133
N 2:8:8:2 0.174 0.099

 

(a) Which two elements have similar properties? Explain.              (2mks)

 

(b) Which element is a non-metal? Explain.                                   (1mk)

(c) Which one of the elements is the strongest reducing agent.     (1mk)

  1. The grid given below represents part of the periodic table study it and answer the questions that follow. (The letters do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.)

 

    A
         B        
  C D     E    
  F              
                 

 

(i) What name is given to the group of elements to which C and F belong?    (1mk)

 

(ii) Which letter represents the element that is the least reactive?                   (1mk)

(iii) What type of bond is formed when B and E react? Explain                    (2mks)

(iv)Write formula of the compound formed where elements D and oxygen gas react.       (1mk)

 

 

(v) On the grid indicate the a tick (√) the position of element G which is in the third period of the periodic table and forms G3- ions.                                                       (1mk)

 

(b) Study the information in the table below and answer the questions that follow. (The letter do not represents the actual symbols of the substance).

 

Substance Melting point oC Boiling point oC Solubility in water Density at room. Temp/g/cm3
H -117 78.5 Very soluble 0.8
J -78 -33 Very soluble 0.77x 1-3
K -23 77 Insoluble 1.6
L – 219 -183 Slightly

Soluable

1.33 x 10-3

 

I.(i) Which substance would dissolve in water and could be separated from the solution by fractional distillation.                                                           (1mk)

 

(ii) Which substances is a liquid at room temperature and when mixed with water two layers would be formed?                                                                              (1mk)

 

  1. Which letter represents a substance that is a gas at room temperature and which can be collected ;

(i) Over water?                                                                                             (1mk)

 

(ii) By downward displacement of air? Density of air at room temperature = 1.29 x 10-3 g/C

 

(1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

UPGRADE

CHEMISTRY

                

FORM 2

                 

Introduction to SALTS

 

 

 

      

 

                 Comprehensive tutorial notes

 

MUTHOMI S.G

www.kcselibrary.info

0720096206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION TO SALTS

 

1.(a) A salt is an ionic compound formed when the cation from a base combine with the anion derived from an acid.

A salt is therefore formed when the hydrogen ions in an acid are replaced wholly/fully or partially/partly ,directly or indirectly by a metal or ammonium radical.

 

(b) The number of ionizable/replaceable hydrogen in an acid is called basicity of an acid.

Some acids are therefore:

(i)monobasic acids generally denoted HX e.g.

HCl, HNO3,HCOOH,CH3COOH.

 

(ii)dibasic acids ; generally denoted H2X e.g.

H2SO4, H2SO3, H2CO3,HOOCOOH.

 

(iii)tribasic acids ; generally denoted H3X e.g.

H3PO4.

 

(c) Some salts are normal salts while other are acid salts.

(i)A normal salt is formed when all the ionizable /replaceable hydrogen in an acid is replaced by a metal or metallic /ammonium radical.

 

(ii)An acid salt is formed when part/portion the ionizable /replaceable hydrogen in an acid is replaced by a metal or metallic /ammonium radical.

 

Table showing normal and acid salts derived from common acids

 

   Acid  name Chemical formula Basicity     Normal salt      Acid salt
Hydrochloric acid HCl Monobasic Chloride(Cl) None

 

Nitric(V)acid HNO3 Monobasic Nitrate(V)(NO3) None

 

Nitric(III)acid HNO2 Monobasic Nitrate(III)(NO2) None

 

Sulphuric(VI)acid H2SO4 Dibasic Sulphate(VI) (SO42-) Hydrogen sulphate(VI)

(HSO4)

 

Sulphuric(IV)acid H2SO3 Dibasic Sulphate(IV) (SO32-) Hydrogen sulphate(IV)

(HSO3)

 

Carbonic(IV)acid H2CO3 Dibasic Carbonate(IV)(CO32-) Hydrogen carbonate(IV)

(HCO3)

 

Phosphoric(V)

acid

H3PO4 Tribasic Phosphate(V)(PO43-) Dihydrogen phosphate(V)

(H2PO42-)

 

Hydrogen diphosphate(V)

(HP2O42-)

 

The table below show shows some examples of salts.

Base/alkali Cation Acid Anion Salt Chemical name of salts
NaOH Na+ HCl Cl NaCl Sodium(I)chloride
Mg(OH)2 Mg2+ H2SO4 SO42- MgSO4

Mg(HSO4)2

Magnesium sulphate(VI)

Magnesium hydrogen sulphate(VI)

Pb(OH)2 Pb2+ HNO3 NO3 Pb(NO3)2 Lead(II)nitrate(V)
Ba(OH)2 Ba2+ HNO3 NO3 Ba(NO3)2 Barium(II)nitrate(V)
Ca(OH)2 Ba2+ H2SO4 SO42- MgSO4 Calcium sulphate(VI)
NH4OH NH4+ H3PO4 PO43- (NH4 )3PO4

(NH4 )2HPO4

NH4 H2PO4

Ammonium phosphate(V)

Diammonium phosphate(V)

Ammonium diphosphate(V)

KOH K+ H3PO4 PO43- K3PO4 Potassium phosphate(V)
Al(OH)3 Al3+ H2SO4 SO42- Al2(SO4)2 Aluminium(III)sulphate(VI)
Fe(OH)2 Fe2+ H2SO4 SO42- FeSO4 Iron(II)sulphate(VI)
Fe(OH)3 Fe3+ H2SO4 SO42- Fe2(SO4)2 Iron(III)sulphate(VI)

 

(d) Some salts undergo hygroscopy, deliquescence and efflorescence.

(i) Hygroscopic salts /compounds are those that absorb water from the atmosphere but do not form a solution.

Some salts which are hygroscopic include anhydrous copper(II)sulphate(VI), anhydrous cobalt(II)chloride, potassium nitrate(V) common table salt.

 

(ii)Deliquescent salts /compounds are those that absorb water from the atmosphere and form a solution.

Some salts which are deliquescent include: Sodium nitrate(V),Calcium chloride, Sodium hydroxide, Iron(II)chloride, Magnesium chloride.

 

(iii)Efflorescent salts/compounds are those that lose their  water of crystallization to  the atmosphere.

Some salts which effloresces include: sodium carbonate decahydrate, Iron(II)sulphate(VI)heptahydrate, sodium sulphate (VI)decahydrate.

 

(e)Some salts contain water of crystallization.They are hydrated.Others do not contain water of crystallization. They are anhydrous.

 

Table showing some hydrated salts.

Name of hydrated salt Chemical formula
Copper(II)sulphate(VI)pentahydrate CuSO4.5H2O
Aluminium(III)sulphate(VI)hexahydrate Al2 (SO4) 3.6H2O
Zinc(II)sulphate(VI)heptahydrate ZnSO4.7H2O
Iron(II)sulphate(VI)heptahydrate FeSO4.7H2O
Calcium(II)sulphate(VI)heptahydrate CaSO4.7H2O
Magnesium(II)sulphate(VI)heptahydrate MgSO4.7H2O
Sodium sulphate(VI)decahydrate Na2SO4.10H2O
Sodium carbonate(IV)decahydrate Na2CO3.10H2O
Potassium carbonate(IV)decahydrate K2CO3.10H2O
Potassium sulphate(VI)decahydrate K2SO4.10H2O

 

(f)Some salts exist as a simple salt while some as complex salts. Below are some complex salts.

Table of some complex salts

 

Name of complex salt Chemical formula Colour of the complex salt
Tetraamminecopper(II)sulphate(VI) Cu(NH3) 4 SO4 H2O Royal/deep blue solution
Tetraamminezinc(II)nitrate(V) Zn(NH3) 4 (NO3 )2 Colourless solution
Tetraamminecopper(II) nitrate(V) Cu(NH3) 4 (NO3 )2 Royal/deep blue solution
Tetraamminezinc(II)sulphate(VI) Zn(NH3) 4 SO4 Colourless solution

 

(g)Some salts exist as two salts in one. They are called double salts.

 

Table of some double salts

Name of double salts Chemical formula
Trona(sodium sesquicarbonate) Na2CO3 NaHCO3.2H2O
Ammonium iron(II)sulphate(VI) FeSO4(NH4) 2SO4.2H2O
Ammonium aluminium(III)sulphate(VI) Al2(SO4) 3(NH4) 2SO4.H2O

 

(h)Some salts dissolve in water to form a solution. They are said to be soluble. Others do not dissolve in water. They form a suspension/precipitate in water.

 

Table of solubility of salts

 

          Soluble salts            Insoluble salts
All nitrate(V)salts  
All sulphate(VI)/SO42- salts          except    Barium(II) sulphate(VI)/BaSO4

Calcium(II) sulphate(VI)/CaSO4

Lead(II) sulphate(VI)/PbSO4

All sulphate(IV)/SO32- salts          except    Barium(II) sulphate(IV)/BaSO3

Calcium(II) sulphate(IV)/CaSO3

Lead(II) sulphate(IV)/PbSO3

All chlorides/Cl–                                         except   Silver chloride/AgCl

Lead(II)chloride/PbCl2(dissolves in hot water)

All phosphate(V)/PO43-  
All sodium,potassium and ammonium salts  
All hydrogen carbonates/HCO3  
All hydrogen sulphate(VI)/ HSO4  
Sodium carbonate/Na2CO3,

potassium carbonate/ K2CO3,

ammonium carbonate (NH4) 2CO3

except    All carbonates
All alkalis(KOH,NaOH, NH4OH) except     All bases

 

13 Salts can be prepared in a school laboratory by a method that uses its solubility in water.

  • Soluble salts may be prepared by using any of the following methods:

 

(i)Direct displacement/reaction of a metal with an acid.

By reacting a metal higher in the reactivity series than hydrogen with a dilute acid,a salt is formed and hydrogen gas is evolved.

Excess of the metal must be used to ensure all the acid has reacted.

When effervescence/bubbling /fizzing has stopped ,excess metal is filtered.

The filtrate is  heated to concentrate then allowed to crystallize.

Washing with distilled water then drying between filter papers produces a sample crystal of the salt. i.e.

M(s)    +   H2X      ->   MX(aq)   +    H2(g)

Examples

Mg(s)  +  H2SO4(aq)       ->  MgSO4 (aq)      + H2(g)

Zn(s)   +  H2SO4(aq)       ->  ZnSO4 (aq)       + H2(g)

Pb(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Pb(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2(g)

Ca(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Ca(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2(g)

Mg(s)  +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Mg(NO3) 2(aq)  + H2(g)

Mg(s)  +  2HCl(aq)         -> MgCl 2(aq)        + H2(g)

Zn(s)   +  2HCl(aq)         -> ZnCl 2(aq)         + H2(g)

 

(ii)Reaction of an insoluble base with an acid

By adding an insoluble base (oxide/hydroxide )to a dilute acid until no more dissolves, in the acid,a salt and water are formed. Excess of the base is filtered off. The filtrate is heated to concentrate ,allowed to crystallize then washed with distilled water before drying between filter papers e.g.

PbO(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)   -> Pb(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2O (l)

Pb(OH)2(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)       -> Pb(NO3) 2(aq)    + 2H2O (l)

CaO (s)   +  2HNO3(aq)  -> Ca(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2O (l)

MgO (s)  +  2HNO3(aq)  -> Mg(NO3) 2(aq)  + H2O (l)

MgO (s)  +  2HCl(aq)     -> MgCl 2(aq)        + H2O (l)

ZnO (s)   +  2HCl(aq)     -> ZnCl 2(aq)         + H2O (l)

Zn(OH)2(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Zn(NO3) 2(aq)    + 2H2O (l)

CuO (s)   +  2HCl(aq)     -> CuCl 2(aq)         + H2O (l)

CuO (s)   +  H2SO4(aq)   -> CuSO4(aq)        + H2O (l)

Ag2O(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)  -> 2AgNO3(aq)      + H2O (l)

Na2O(s)   +  2HNO3(aq)  -> 2NaNO3(aq)      + H2O (l)

 

(iii)reaction of insoluble /soluble carbonate /hydrogen carbonate with an acid.

By adding an excess of a soluble /insoluble carbonate or hydrogen carbonate to adilute acid, effervescence /fizzing/bubbling out of carbon(IV)oxide gas shows the reaction is taking place. When effervescence /fizzing/bubbling out of the gas is over, excess of the insoluble carbonate is filtered off. The filtrate is heated to concentrate ,allowed to crystallize then washed with distilled water before drying between filter paper papers e.g.

PbCO3 (s)     +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Pb(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2O (l)+ CO2(g)

ZnCO3 (s)     +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Zn(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2O (l)+ CO2(g)

CaCO3 (s)     +  2HNO3(aq)      -> Ca(NO3) 2(aq)    + H2O (l)+ CO2(g)

MgCO3 (s)    + H2SO4(aq)        -> MgSO4(aq)       + H2O (l)+ CO2(g)

Cu CO3 (s)    +  H2SO4(aq)       -> CuSO4(aq)        + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

Ag2CO3 (s)   +  2HNO3(aq)      -> 2AgNO3(aq)      + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

Na2CO3 (s)    +  2HNO3(aq)      -> 2NaNO3(aq)      + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

K2CO3 (s)     +  2HCl(aq)           -> 2KCl(aq)           + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

NaHCO3 (s)    +  HNO3(aq)      -> NaNO3(aq)        + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

KHCO3 (s)     +  HCl(aq)           -> KCl(aq)             + H2O (l) + CO2(g)

 

(iv)neutralization/reaction of soluble base/alkali with dilute acid

 

By adding an acid to a burette into a known volume of an alkali with 2-3 drops of an indicator, the colour of the indicator changes when the acid has completely reacted with an alkali at the end point. The procedure is then repeated without the indicator .The solution mixture is then heated to concentrate , allowed to crystallize ,washed with distilled water before drying with filter papers. e.g.

 

NaOH (aq)       +  HNO3(aq)     -> NaNO3(aq)       + H2O (l)

KOH (aq)         +  HNO3(aq)     -> KNO3(aq)         + H2O (l)

KOH (aq)         +  HCl(aq)        -> KCl(aq)            + H2O (l)

2KOH (aq)       +  H2SO4(aq)    -> K2SO4(aq)        + 2H2O (l)

2 NH4OH (aq)  +  H2SO4(aq)    -> (NH4)2SO4(aq)  + 2H2O (l)

NH4OH (aq)     +  HNO3(aq)     -> NH4NO3(aq)      +  H2O (l)

 

(iv)direct synthesis/combination.

When a metal burn in a gas jar containing a non metal , the two directly combine to form a salt. e.g.

2Na(s)         +        Cl2(g)          ->      2NaCl(s)

2K(s)          +       Cl2(g)          ->      2KCl(s)

Mg(s)          +       Cl2(g)          ->      Mg Cl2 (s)

Ca(s)           +       Cl2(g)          ->      Ca Cl2 (s)

 

Some salts once formed undergo sublimation and hydrolysis. Care should be taken to avoid water/moisture into the reaction flask during their preparation.Such salts include aluminium(III)chloride(AlCl3) and iron (III)chloride(FeCl3)

 

  1. Heated aluminium foil reacts with chlorine to form aluminium(III)chloride that sublimes away from the source of heating then deposited as solid again

2Al(s)          +       3Cl2(g)        ->      2AlCl3 (s/g)

 

Once formed  aluminium(III)chloride hydrolyses/reacts with water vapour / moisture present to form aluminium hydroxide solution and highly acidic fumes of hydrogen chloride gas.

AlCl3(s)+     3H2 O(g)      ->      Al(OH)3 (aq) + 3HCl(g)

 

  1. Heated iron filings reacts with chlorine to form iron(III)chloride that sublimes away from the source of heating then deposited as solid again

2Fe(s)          +       3Cl2(g)        ->      2FeCl3 (s/g)

 

Once formed , aluminium(III)chloride hydrolyses/reacts with water vapour / moisture present to form aluminium hydroxide solution and highly acidic fumes of hydrogen chloride gas.

FeCl3(s)+     3H2 O(g)      ->      Fe(OH)3 (aq) + 3HCl(g)

 

(b)Insoluble salts can be prepared by reacting two suitable soluble salts to form one soluble and one insoluble. This is called double decomposition or precipitation. The mixture is filtered and the residue is washed with distilled water then dried.

CuSO4(aq)        +   Na2CO3 (aq)         ->      CuCO3 (s)  +  Na2 SO4(aq)

BaCl2(aq)        +   K2SO4 (aq)            ->      BaSO4 (s)   +  2KCl (aq)

Pb(NO3)2(aq)   +   K2SO4 (aq)            ->      PbSO4 (s)   +  2KNO3 (aq)

2AgNO3(aq)      +  MgCl2 (aq)             ->      2AgCl(s)     +  Mg(NO3)2 (aq)

Pb(NO3)2(aq)   +   (NH4) 2SO4 (aq)     ->      PbSO4 (s)   +  2NH4NO 3(aq)

BaCl2(aq)        +   K2SO3 (aq)           ->      BaSO3 (s)   +  2KCl (aq)

 

  1. Salts may lose their water of crystallization , decompose ,melt or sublime on heating on a Bunsen burner flame.

The following shows the behavior of some salts on heating gently /or strongly in a laboratory school burner:

 

(a)effect of heat on chlorides

All chlorides have very high melting and boiling points and therefore are not affected by laboratory heating except ammonium chloride. Ammonium chloride sublimes on gentle heating. It dissociate into the constituent ammonia and hydrogen chloride gases on strong heating.

 

NH4Cl(s)               NH4Cl(g)                        NH3(g) + HCl(g)

(sublimation)             (dissociation)

 

(b)effect of heat on nitrate(V)

(i) Potassium nitrate(V)/KNO3 and sodium nitrate(V)/NaNO3 decompose on heating to form Potassium nitrate(III)/KNO2 and sodium nitrate(III)/NaNO2  and producing Oxygen gas in each case.

2KNO3 (s)    -> 2KNO2(s) +   O2(g)

2NaNO3 (s)  -> 2NaNO2(s) +   O2(g)

 

(ii)Heavy metal nitrates(V) salts decompose on heating to form the oxide and a mixture of brown acidic nitrogen(IV)oxide and oxygen gases. e.g.

2Ca(NO3)2 (s)         ->    2CaO(s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

2Mg(NO3)2(s)         ->    2MgO(s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

2Zn(NO3)2(s)           ->    2ZnO(s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

2Pb(NO3)2(s)           ->    2PbO(s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

2Cu(NO3)2(s)          ->    2CuO(s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

2Fe(NO3)2(s)           ->    2FeO(s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

 

(iii)Silver(I)nitrate(V) and mercury(II) nitrate(V) are lowest in the reactivity series. They decompose on heating to form the metal(silver and mercury)and the Nitrogen(IV)oxide and oxygen gas. i.e.

2AgNO3(s)   ->    2Ag (s)    +   2NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

2Hg(NO3)2 (s)          ->    2Hg (s)    +   4NO2(g)   +    O2(g)

 

(iv)Ammonium nitrate(V) and Ammonium nitrate(III) decompose on heating to Nitrogen(I)oxide(relights/rekindles glowing splint) and nitrogen gas respectively.Water is also formed.i.e.

NH4NO3(s)      ->      N2O (g)     +     H2O(l)

NH4NO2(s)      ->      N2 (g)        +     H2O(l)

 

(c) effect of heat on nitrate(V)

 

Only Iron(II)sulphate(VI), Iron(III)sulphate(VI) and copper(II)sulphate(VI) decompose on heating. They form the oxide, and produce highly acidic fumes of acidic sulphur(IV)oxide gas.

 

2FeSO4 (s)                ->      Fe2O3(s)      +     SO3(g) +     SO2(g)

Fe2(SO4) 3(s)              ->      Fe2O3(s)     +     SO3(g)

CuSO4 (s)                 ->      CuO(s)       +     SO3(g)

 

(d) effect of heat on carbonates(IV) and hydrogen carbonate(IV).

(i)Sodium carbonate(IV)and potassium carbonate(IV)do not decompose on heating.

(ii)Heavy metal nitrate(IV)salts decompose on heating to form the oxide and produce carbon(IV)oxide gas. Carbon (IV)oxide gas forms a white precipitate when bubbled in lime water. The white precipitate dissolves if the gas is in excess. e.g. CuCO3 (s)                 ->      CuO(s)       +     CO2(g)

CaCO3 (s)                       ->      CaO(s)       +     CO2(g)

PbCO3 (s)                       ->      PbO(s)       +     CO2(g)

FeCO3 (s)                       ->      FeO(s)       +     CO2(g)

ZnCO3 (s)                       ->      ZnO(s)       +     CO2(g)

 

(iii)Sodium hydrogen carbonate(IV) and Potassium hydrogen carbonate(IV)decompose on heating to give the corresponding carbonate (IV) and form water and carbon(IV)oxide gas. i.e.

2NaHCO 3(s)              ->      Na2CO3(s)     +     CO2(g)   +  H2O(l)

2KHCO 3(s)                 ->      K2CO3(s)      +     CO2(g)   +  H2O(l)

(iii) Calcium hydrogen carbonate (IV) and Magnesium hydrogen carbonate(IV) decompose on heating to give the corresponding carbonate (IV) and form water and carbon(IV)oxide gas. i. e.

Ca(HCO3) 2(aq)              ->      CaCO3(s)      +     CO2(g)   +  H2O(l)

Mg(HCO3) 2(aq)             ->      MgCO3(s)     +     CO2(g)   +  H2O(l)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

UPGRADE

CHEMISTRY

                

FORM 2

                 

Introduction to ELECTROLYSIS

      

 

                

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive tutorial notes

 

 MUTHOMI S.G

www.kcselibrary.info

                                      0720096206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION TO ELECTROLYSIS     (ELECTROLYTIC CELL)

 

1.Electrolysis is defined simply as the decomposition of a compound by an electric current/electricity.

A compound that is decomposed by an electric current is called an electrolyte. Some electrolytes are weak while others are strong.

 

2.Strong electrolytes are those that are fully ionized/dissociated into (many) ions.    Common strong electrolytes include:

(i)all mineral acids

(ii)all strong alkalis/sodium hydroxide/potassium hydroxide.

(iii)all soluble salts

 

3.Weak electrolytes are those that are partially/partly ionized/dissociated into (few) ions.

Common weak electrolytes include:

(i)all organic acids

(ii)all bases except sodium hydroxide/potassium hydroxide.

(iii)Water

 

  1. 4. A compound that is not decomposed by an electric current is called non-electrolyte.

Non-electrolytes are those compounds /substances that exist as molecules and thus cannot ionize/dissociate into(any) ions .

Common non-electrolytes include:

(i) most organic solvents (e.g. petrol/paraffin/benzene/methylbenzene/ethanol)

(ii)all hydrocarbons(alkanes /alkenes/alkynes)

(iii)Chemicals of life(e.g. proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, starch, sugar)

 

  1. 5. An electrolytes in solid state have fused /joined ions and therefore do not conduct electricity but the ions (cations and anions) are free and mobile in molten and aqueous (solution, dissolved in water) state.

 

6.During electrolysis, the free ions are attracted to the electrodes.

An electrode is a rod through which current enter and leave the electrolyte during electrolysis.

An electrode that does not influence/alter the products of electrolysis is called an inert electrode.

 Common inert electrodes include:

(i)Platinum

(ii)Carbon graphite

Platinum is not usually used in a school laboratory because it is very expensive. Carbon graphite is easily/readily and cheaply available (from used dry cells).

 

7.The positive electrode is called Anode.The anode is the electrode through which current enter the electrolyte/electrons leave the electrolyte

8.The negative electrode is called Cathode. The cathode is the electrode through which current leave the electrolyte / electrons enter the electrolyte

 

  1. 9. During the electrolysis, free anions are attracted to the anode where they lose /donate electrons to form neutral atoms/molecules. i.e.

 

M(l)  ->      M+(l)  +  e  (for cations from molten electrolytes)

M(s)  ->      M+(aq)  +  e  (for cations from electrolytes in aqueous state / solution / dissolved in water)

 

The neutral atoms /molecules form the products of electrolysis at the anode. This is called discharge at anode

 

  1. During electrolysis, free cations are attracted to the cathode where they gain /accept/acquire electrons to form neutral atoms/molecules.

X+ (aq)  +  2e -> X(s) (for cations from electrolytes in aqueous state / solution / dissolved in water)

2X+ (l)  +  2e -> X (l)  (for cations from molten electrolytes)

 

The neutral atoms /molecules form the products of electrolysis at the cathode. This is called discharge at cathode.

 

  1. The below set up shows an electrolytic cell.

 

 

 

 

  1. For a compound /salt containing only two ion/binary salt the products of electrolysis in an electrolytic cell can be determined as in the below examples:

 

 

a)To determine the products of electrolysis of molten Lead(II)chloride

 

(i)Decomposition of electrolyte into free ions;

PbCl2 (l)        ->     Pb 2+(l)  +    2Cl(l)

(Compound decomposed into free cation and anion in liquid state)

 

(ii)At the cathode/negative electrode(-);

Pb 2+(l)    +      2e     ->    Pb (l)

(Cation / Pb 2+ gains / accepts / acquires electrons to form free atom)

 

(iii)At the anode/positive electrode(+);

2Cl(l)      ->    Cl2 (g)  +    2e

(Anion / Cldonate/lose electrons to form free atom then a gas molecule)

 

(iv)Products of electrolysis therefore are;

I.At the cathode grey beads /solid lead metal.

II.At the anode pale green chlorine gas.

 

 

b)To determine the products of electrolysis of molten Zinc bromide

 

(i)Decomposition of electrolyte into free ions;

ZnBr2 (l)        ->    Zn 2+(l)  +    2Br(l)

(Compound decomposed into free cation and anion in liquid state)

 

(ii)At the cathode/negative electrode(-);

Zn 2+(l)    +      2e     ->    Zn(l)

(Cation / Zn2+ gains / accepts / acquires electrons to form free atom)

 

(iii)At the anode/positive electrode(+);

2Br(l)      ->    Br2 (g)  +    2e

(Anion / Brdonate/lose electrons to form free atom then a liquid molecule which change to gas on heating)

 

(iv)Products of electrolysis therefore are;

I.At the cathode grey beads /solid Zinc metal.

II.At the anode red bromine liquid / red/brown bromine gas.

 

c)To determine the products of electrolysis of molten sodium chloride

 

(i)Decomposition of electrolyte into free ions;

NaCl (l)        ->      Na +(l)  +    Cl(l)

(Compound decomposed into free cation and anion in liquid state)

 

(ii)At the cathode/negative electrode(-);

2Na+(l)    +      2e     ->    Na (l)

(Cation / Na+ gains / accepts / acquires electrons to form free atom)

 

(iii)At the anode/positive electrode(+);

2Cl(l)      ->    Cl2 (g)  +    2e

(Anion / Cldonate/lose electrons to form free atom then a gas molecule)

 

(iv)Products of electrolysis therefore are;

I.At the cathode grey beads /solid sodium metal.

II.At the anode pale green chlorine gas.

 

      d)To determine the products of electrolysis of molten Aluminium (III)oxide

 

(i)Decomposition of electrolyte into free ions;

Al2O3 (l)        ->     2Al 3+(l)  +    3O2-(l)

(Compound decomposed into free cation and anion in liquid state)

 

(ii)At the cathode/negative electrode(-);

4Al 3+ (l)    +      12e     ->    4Al (l)

(Cation / Al 3+ gains / accepts / acquires electrons to form free atom)

 

(iii)At the anode/positive electrode(+);

6O2-(l)      ->    3O2 (g)  +    12e

(Anion /6O2- donate/lose 12 electrons to form free atom then three gas molecule)

 

(iv)Products of electrolysis therefore are;

I.At the cathode grey beads /solid aluminium metal.

II.At the anode colourless  gas that relights/rekindles glowing splint.

 

13.In industries electrolysis has the following uses/applications:

 

(a)Extraction of reactive metals from their ores.

Potassium, sodium ,magnesium, and aluminium  are extracted from their ores using electrolytic methods.

 

(b)Purifying copper after exraction from copper pyrites ores.

Copper obtained from copper pyrites ores is not pure. After extraction, the copper is refined by electrolysing copper(II)sulphate(VI) solution using the impure copper as anode and a thin strip of pure copper as cathode. Electrode ionization take place there:

(i)At the cathode; Cu2+ (aq)      +   2e   ->  Cu(s) (Pure copper deposits on the strip

(ii)At the anode;  Cu(s) ->Cu2+ (aq)   +   2e   (impure copper erodes/dissolves)

 

(c)Electroplating

The label EPNS(Electro Plated Nickel Silver) on some steel/metallic utensils mean they are plated/coated with silver and/or Nickel to improve their appearance(add their aesthetic value)and prevent/slow corrosion(rusting of iron). Electroplating is the process of coating a metal with another metal using an electric current. During electroplating, the cathode is made of the metal to be coated/impure.

Example:

During the electroplating of a spoon with silver

(i)the spoon/impure is placed as the cathode(negative terminal of battery)

(ii)the pure silver is placed as the anode(positive terminal of battery)

(iii)the pure silver erodes/ionizes/dissociates to release electrons:

Ag(s) ->Ag+ (aq)   +   e   (impure silver erodes/dissolves)

(iv) silver (Ag+)ions from electrolyte gain electrons to form pure silver  deposits / coat /cover the spoon/impure

Ag+ (aq)      +   e   ->Ag(s)    (pure silver deposits /coat/cover on spoon)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

UPGRADE

CHEMISTRY

                

FORM 2

                 

Chemistry of CARBON

 

 

 

 

      

 

                 Comprehensive tutorial notes

 

 MUTHOMI S.G

www.kcselibrary.info

                                      0720096206

 

 

 

 

 

 

A: CARBON

Carbon is an element in Group IV(Group 4)of the Periodic table .It has atomic number 6 and electronic configuration 2:4 and thus has four valence electrons(tetravalent).It does not easily ionize but forms strong covalent bonds with other elements including itself.

 

(a)Occurrence

Carbon mainly naturally occurs as:

(i)allotropes of carbon i.e graphite, diamond and fullerenes.

(ii)amorphous carbon in coal, peat ,charcoal and coke.

(iii)carbon(IV)oxide gas accounting 0.03% by volume of normal air in the    atmosphere.

(b)Allotropes of Carbon

Carbon  naturally occur in two main crystalline allotropic forms, carbon-graphite and carbon-diamond

 

Carbon-diamond Carbon-graphite
Shiny crystalline solid Black/dull crystalline solid
Has a very high melting/boiling point because it has a very closely packed giant tetrahedral structure joined by strong covalent bonds Has a high melting/boiling point because it has a very closely packed giant hexagonal planar structure  joined by strong covalent bonds
Has very high density(Hardest known natural substance) Soft
Abrassive Slippery
Poor electrical conductor because it has no free delocalized electrons Good electrical conductor because it has free 4th valency delocalized electrons
Is used in making Jewels, drilling and cutting metals Used in making Lead-pencils,electrodes in batteries and as a lubricant
Has giant tetrahedral structure Has giant hexagonal planar structure

 

c)Properties of Carbon

(i)Physical properties of carbon

Carbon occur widely and naturally as a black solid

It is insoluble in water but soluble in carbon disulphide and organic solvents.

It is a poor electrical and thermal conductor.

(ii)Chemical properties of carbon

  1. Burning

Experiment

Introduce a small piece of charcoal on a Bunsen flame then lower it into a gas jar containing Oxygen gas. Put three drops of water. Swirl. Test the solution with blue and red litmus papers.

Observation

          -Carbon chars then burns with a blue flame

-Colourless and odourless gas produced

-Solution formed turn blue litmus paper faint red. Red litmus paper remains red.

Explanation

Carbon burns in air and faster in Oxygen with a blue non-sooty/non-smoky flame forming Carbon (IV) oxide gas. Carbon burns in limited supply of air with a blue non-sooty/non-smoky flame forming Carbon (IV) oxide gas. Carbon (IV) oxide gas dissolve in water to form weak acidic solution of Carbonic (IV)acid.

Chemical Equation

C(s)   +        O2(g)     ->   CO2(g)       (in excess air)

2C(s) +        O2(g)    ->   2CO(g)       (in limited air)

CO2(g)   +    H2O (l)  ->   H2CO3 (aq)  (very weak acid)

 

  1. Reducing agent

Experiment

Mix thoroughly equal amounts of powdered charcoal and copper (II)oxide into a crucible. Heat strongly.

Observation

Colour change from black to brown

Explanation

Carbon is a reducing agent. For ages it has been used to reducing metal oxide ores to metal, itself oxidized to carbon(IV)oxide gas. Carbon reduces black copper(II)oxide to brown copper metal

 

Chemical Equation

2CuO(s)       +       C(s)   ->     2Cu(s)         +      CO2(g)

(black)                                     (brown)

 

2PbO(s)        +       C(s)   ->     2Pb(s)         +      CO2(g)

(brown when hot/                     (grey)

yellow when cool)

 

2ZnO(s)        +       C(s)   ->     2Zn(s)         +      CO2(g)

(yellow when hot/                     (grey)

white when cool)

 

Fe2O3(s)      +       3C(s)            ->     2Fe(s) +      3CO2(g)

(brown when hot/cool                            (grey)

 

Fe3O4 (s)       +       4C(s)            ->     3Fe(s) +      4CO2(g)

(brown when hot/cool                            (grey)

 

 

 

 

B: COMPOUNDS OF CARBON

 

The following are the main compounds of Carbon

(i)Carbon(IV)Oxide(CO2)

(ii)Carbon(II)Oxide(CO)

(iii)Carbonate(IV) (CO32-)and hydrogen carbonate(IV(HCO3)

(iv)Sodium carbonate(Na2CO3)

 

(i) Carbon(IV)Oxide (CO2)

 

(a)Occurrence

 

Carbon(IV)oxide is found:

-in the air /atmosphere as 0.03% by volume.

-a solid carbon(IV)oxide mineral in Esageri near Eldame Ravine and Kerita near Limuru in Kenya.

 

(b)School Laboratory preparation

 

In the school laboratory carbon(IV)oxide can be prepared in the school laboratory from the reaction of marble chips(CaCO3)or sodium hydrogen carbonate(NaHCO3) with dilute hydrochloric acid.

 

 

 

(c)Properties of carbon(IV)oxide gas(Questions)

 

1.Write the equation for the reaction for the school laboratory preparation of carbon (IV)oxide gas.

Any carbonate reacted with dilute hydrochloric acid should be able to generate carbon (IV)oxide gas.

Chemical equations

CaCO3(s)   +    2HCl(aq)     ->     CaCO3 (aq)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

ZnCO3(s)   +    2HCl(aq)     ->     ZnCO3 (aq)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

MgCO3(s) +    2HCl(aq)     ->     MgCO3 (aq)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

CuCO3(s)   +    2HCl(aq)     ->     CuCO3 (aq)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

NaHCO3(s) +    HCl(aq)     ->       Na2CO3 (aq)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

KHCO3(s)   +     HCl(aq)     ->       K2CO3 (aq)     +   H2O(l)     +   CO2 (g)

2.What method of gas collection is used in preparation of Carbon(IV)oxide gas. Explain.

Downward delivery /upward displacement of air/over mercury

Carbon(IV)oxide gas is about 1½  times denser than air.

3.What is the purpose of :

(a)water?

          To absorb the more volatile hydrogen chloride fumes produced during the vigorous reaction.

 

(b)sodium hydrogen carbonate?

To absorb the more volatile hydrogen chloride fumes produced during the vigorous reaction and by reacting with the acid to produce more carbon (IV)oxide gas .

 

Chemical equation

NaHCO3(s) +    HCl(aq)     ->       Na2CO3 (aq)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

 

(c)concentrated sulphuric(VI)acid?

To dry the gas/as a drying agent

 

4.Describe the smell of carbon(IV)oxide gas

          Colourless and odourless

 

  1. Effect on lime water.

Experiment

Bubbled carbon(IV)oxide gas into a test tube containing lime water for about three minutes

Observation

White precipitate is formed.

White precipitate dissolved when excess carbon(IV)oxide gas is bubbled .

Explanation

Carbon(IV)oxide gas reacts with lime water(Ca(OH)2) to form an insoluble white precipitate of calcium carbonate. Calcium carbonate reacts with more Carbon(IV) oxide gas to form soluble Calcium hydrogen carbonate.

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2(aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     CaCO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

CaCO3 (aq)    +    H2O(l)  +    CO2 (g) ->     Ca(HCO3) 2 (aq)

 

  1. Effects on burning Magnesium ribbon

Experiment

Lower a piece of burning magnesium ribbon into a gas jar containing carbon (IV)oxide gas.

Observation

The ribbon continues to burn with difficulty

White ash/solid is formed.

Black speck/solid/particles formed on the side of gas jar.

Explanation

Carbon(IV)oxide gas does not support combustion/burning.Magnesium burn to produce/release enough heat energy to decompose Carbon(IV) oxide gas to carbon and oxygen.Magnesium continues to burn in Oxygen forming white Magnesium Oxide solid/ash.Black speck/particle of carbon/charcoal residue forms on the sides of reaction flask. During the reaction Carbon(IV) oxide is reduced(Oxidizing agent)to carbon while Magnesium is Oxidized to Magnesium Oxide.

Chemical equation

2Mg(s)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     C (s)    +    2MgO(l)

 

  1. Dry and wet litmus papers were separately put in a gas jar containing dry carbon (IV)oxide gas. State and explain the observations made.

Observation

Blue dry litmus paper remain blue

Red dry litmus paper remain Red

Blue wet/damp/moist litmus paper turn red

Red wet/damp/moist litmus paper remain red

Explanation

Dry Carbon (IV) oxide gas is a molecular compound that does not dissociate/ionize to release H+ and thus has no effect on litmus papers.

Wet/damp/moist litmus papers contains water that dissolves/react with dry carbon (IV) oxide gas to form the weak solution of carbonic (IV) acid(H2CO3).

Carbonic (IV) acid dissociate/ionizes to a few /little free H+ and CO32-.

The few H+ (aq) ions are responsible for turning blue litmus paper to faint red showing the gas is very weakly acidic.

 

Chemical equation

H2CO3(aq)        ->     2H+ (aq)    +    CO32-(aq)

  1. Explain why Carbon (IV)oxide cannot be prepared from the reaction of:

(i) marble chips with dilute sulphuric(VI)acid.

Explanation

Reaction  forms insoluble calcium sulphate(VI)that cover/coat unreacted marble chips stopping further reaction

Chemical equation

CaCO3(s)     +    H2SO4 (aq)     ->     CaSO4 (s)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

PbCO3(s)     +    H2SO4 (aq)     ->     PbSO4 (s)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

BaCO3(s)     +    H2SO4 (aq)     ->     BaSO4 (s)    +   H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

(ii) Lead(II)carbonate with dilute Hydrochloric acid.

Reaction  forms insoluble Lead(II)Chloride that cover/coat unreacted Lead(II) carbonate stopping further reaction unless the reaction mixture is heated. Lead(II)Chloride is soluble in hot water.

Chemical equation

PbCO3(s)     +    2HCl (aq)     ->     PbCl2 (s)    +       H2O(l)     +    CO2 (g)

 

  1. Describe the test for the presence of Carbon (IV)oxide.

Using burning splint

Lower a burning splint into a gas jar suspected to contain Carbon (IV)oxide gas.The burning splint is extinguished.

Using Lime water.

Bubble the gas suspected to be Carbon (IV)oxide gas.A white precipitate that dissolve in excess bubbling is formed.

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2(aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     CaCO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

CaCO3 (aq)    +    H2O(l)  +    CO2 (g) ->     Ca(HCO3) 2 (aq)

 

10.State three main uses of Carbon (IV)oxide gas

(i)In the Solvay process for the manufacture of soda ash/sodium carbonate

(ii)In preservation of aerated drinks

(iii)As fire extinguisher because it does not support combustion and is denser than   air.

(iv)In manufacture of Baking powder.

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Carbon(II)Oxide (CO)

(a)Occurrence

 

Carbon(II)oxide is found is found from incomplete combustion of fuels like petrol charcoal, liquefied Petroleum Gas/LPG.

 

(b)School Laboratory preparation

 

In the school laboratory carbon(II)oxide can be prepared from dehydration of methanoic acid/Formic acid(HCOOH) or Ethan-1,2-dioic acid/Oxalic acid(HOOCCOOH) using concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid. Heating is necessary.

METHOD 1:Preparation of Carbon (IV)Oxide from dehydration of Oxalic/ethan-1,2-dioic acid

 

 

 

 

METHOD 2:Preparation of Carbon (IV)Oxide from dehydration of Formic/Methanoic acid

 

 

 

 

(c)Properties of Carbon (II)Oxide(Questions)

1.Write the equation  for the reaction for the preparation of carbon(II)oxide using;

 

(i)Method 1;

Chemical equation

HOOCCOOH(s)   –Conc.H2SO4–>   CO(g)  +  CO2 (g)   +  H2O(l)

H2C2O4(s)   –Conc.H2SO4–>   CO(g)  +  CO2 (g)   +  H2O(l)

 

(ii)Method 2;

Chemical equation

HCOOH(s)   –Conc.H2SO4–>   CO(g)     +  H2O(l)

H2CO2(s)   –Conc.H2SO4–>   CO(g)      +  H2O(l)

 

2.What method of gas collection is used during the preparation of carbon (II) oxide.

Over water because the gas is insoluble in water.

Downward delivery because the gas is 1 ½ times denser than air .

 

3.What is the purpose  of :

(i) Potassium hydroxide/sodium hydroxide in Method 1

To absorb/ remove carbon (II) oxide produced during the reaction.

2KOH (aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     K2CO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

 2NaOH (aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     Na2CO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

 

(ii) Concentrated sulphuric(VI)acid in Method 1 and 2.

          Dehydrating agent –removes the element of water (Hydrogen and Oxygen in ratio 2:1) present in both methanoic and ethan-1,2-dioic acid.

 

  1. Describe the smell of carbon(II)oxide.

          Colourless and odourless.

  1. State and explain the observation made when carbon(IV)oxide is bubbled in lime water for a long time.

          No white precipitate is formed.

 

  1. Dry and wet/moist/damp litmus papers were separately put in a gas jar containing dry carbon(IV)oxide gas. State and explain the observations made.

 

Observation

-blue dry litmus paper remains blue

-red dry litmus paper remains red

– wet/moist/damp blue litmus paper remains blue

– wet/moist/damp red litmus paper remains red

Explanation

Carbon(II)oxide gas is a molecular compound that does not dissociate /ionize to release H+ ions and thus has no effect on litmus papers. Carbon(II)oxide gas is therefore a neutral gas.

  1. Carbon (II)oxide gas was ignited at the end of a generator as below.

 

 

Flame K

 

 

 

 

 

      Dry carbon(II)oxide

 

(i)State the observations made in flame K.

          Gas burns with a blue flame

(ii)Write the equation for the reaction taking place at flame K.

                   2CO(g)   +  O2 (g) -> 2CO2 (g)

 

  1. Carbon(II)oxide is a reducing agent. Explain

 

Experiment

Pass carbon(II)oxide through glass tube containing  copper (II)oxide. Ignite any excess poisonous carbon(II)oxide.

Observation

Colour change from black to brown. Excess carbon (II)oxide burn with a blue flame.

Explanation

Carbon is a reducing agent. It is used to reduce metal oxide ores to metal, itself oxidized to carbon(IV)oxide gas. Carbon(II)Oxide  reduces black copper(II)oxide to brown copper metal

Chemical Equation

CuO(s)         +       CO(g)           ->     Cu(s) +      CO2(g)

(black)                                            (brown)

 

PbO(s)          +       CO(g)           ->     Pb(s) +      CO2(g)

(brown when hot/                               (grey)

yellow when cool)

 

ZnO(s)         +       CO(g)           ->     Zn(s) +      CO2(g)

(yellow when hot/                              (grey)

white when cool)

 

Fe2O3(s)      +       3CO(s)         ->     2Fe(s) +      3CO2(g)

(brown when hot/cool                            (grey)

 

Fe3O4 (s)       +       4CO(g)         ->     3Fe(s) +      4CO2(g)

(brown when hot/cool                            (grey)

These reaction are used during the extraction of many metals from their ore.

 

  1. Carbon (II) oxide is a pollutant. Explain.

Carbon(II)oxide is highly poisonous/toxic.It preferentially combine with haemoglobin to form stable carboxyhaemoglobin in the blood instead of oxyhaemoglobin.This reduces the free haemoglobin in the blood causing nausea , coma then death.

 

10.The diagram below show a burning charcoal stove/burner/jiko. Use it to answer the questions that follow.

 

 

Explain the changes that take place in the burner

Explanation

Charcoal stove has air holes through which air enters. Air oxidizes carbon to carbon(IV)oxide gas at region I. This reaction is exothermic(-∆H) producing more heat.

Chemical equation

C(s)  + O2(g)         -> CO2(g)

Carbon(IV)oxide gas formed rises up to meet more charcoal which reduces it to Carbon(II)oxide gas.

Chemical equation

2CO2 (g)  + O2(g)  -> 2CO (g)

At the top of burner in region II, Carbon (II)oxide gas is further oxidized to Carbon(IV)oxide gas  if there is plenty of air but escape if the air is limited poisoning the living things around.

Chemical equation

2CO (g)  + O2(g)   -> 2CO2 (g)

(excess air)

11.Describe the test for the presence of carbon(II)oxide gas.

Experiment

Burn/Ignite the pure sample of the gas. Pass/Bubble the products into lime water/Calcium hydroxide .

Observation

Colourless gas burns with a blue flame. A white precipitate is formed that dissolve on further bubbling of the products.

Chemical equation

2CO (g)  + O2(g)   -> 2CO2 (g) (gas burns with blue flame)

Chemical equation

Ca(OH) 2 (aq)  + CO2 (g) -> CaCO3 (s) + H2O(l)

Chemical equation

CO2 (g)        +   CaCO3 (s)   +   H2O(l)  -> Ca(HCO3) 2 (aq)

 

  1. State the main uses of carbon (II)oxide gas.

(i) As a fuel /water gas

(ii)As a reducing agent in the blast furnace for extracting iron from iron ore(Magnetite/Haematite)

(iii)As a reducing agent in extraction of Zinc from Zinc ore/Zinc blende

(iv) As a reducing agent in extraction of Lead from Lead ore/Galena

(v) As a reducing agent in extraction of Copper from Copper iron sulphide/Copper pyrites.

 

 

(iii)Carbonate(IV) (CO32-)and hydrogen carbonate(IV(HCO3)

 

1.Carbonate (IV) (CO32-) are normal salts derived from carbonic(IV)acid (H2CO3) and hydrogen carbonate (IV) (HCO3) are acid salts derived from carbonic(IV)acid.

Carbonic(IV)acid(H2CO3) is formed when carbon(IV)oxide gas is bubbled in water. It is a dibasic acid with two ionizable hydrogens.

H2CO3(aq) ->2H+(aq) + CO32-(aq)

H2CO3(aq) -> H+(aq) + HCO3(aq)

2.Carbonate (IV) (CO32-) are insoluble in water except Na2CO3 , K2CO3 and (NH4)2CO3

3.Hydrogen carbonate (IV) (HCO3) are soluble in water. Only five hydrogen carbonates exist. Na HCO3 , KHCO3 ,NH4HCO3   Ca(HCO3)2 and Mg(HCO3)2

Ca(HCO3)2 and Mg(HCO3)2 exist only in aqueous solutions.

3.The following experiments show the effect of heat on Carbonate (IV) (CO32-) and Hydrogen carbonate (IV) (HCO3) salts:

Experiment

In a clean dry test tube place separately about 1.0 of the following:

Zinc(II)carbonate(IV), sodium hydrogen carbonate(IV), sodium carbonate(IV), Potassium carbonate(IV) ammonium carbonate(IV), potassium hydrogen carbonate(IV), Lead(II)carbonate(IV), Iron(II)carbonate(IV), and copper(II)carbonate(IV). Heat each portion gently the strongly. Test any gases produced with lime water.

Observation

(i)Colorless droplets form on the cooler parts of test tube in case of sodium carbonate(IV) and Potassium carbonate(IV).

(ii)White residue/solid left in case of sodium hydrogen carbonate(IV), sodium carbonate(IV), Potassium carbonate(IV) and potassium hydrogen carbonate(IV).

(iii)Colour changes from blue/green to black in case of copper(II)carbonate(IV).

(iv) Colour changes from green to brown/yellow in case of Iron (II)carbonate(IV).

(v) Colour changes from white when cool to yellow when hot in case of Zinc (II) carbonate(IV).

(vi) Colour changes from yellow when cool to brown when hot in case of Lead (II) carbonate(IV).

(vii)Colourless gas produced that forms a white precipitate with lime water in all cases.

Explanation

  1. Sodium carbonate(IV) and Potassium carbonate(IV) exist as hydrated salts with 10 molecules of water of crystallization that condenses and collects on cooler parts of test tube as a colourless liquid.

Chemical equation

Na2CO3 .10H2O(s)     ->     Na2CO3 (s)     +    10H2O(l)

K2CO3 .10H2O(s)       ->     K2CO3 (s)       +    10H2O(l)

  1. Carbonate (IV) (CO32-) and Hydrogen carbonate (IV) (HCO3) salts decompose on heating except Sodium carbonate(IV) and Potassium carbonate(IV).

(a) Sodium hydrogen carbonate(IV) and Potassium hydrogen carbonate(IV) decompose on heating to form sodium carbonate(IV) and Potassium carbonate(IV).Water and carbon(IV)oxide gas are also produced.

Chemical equation

2NaHCO3 (s)     ->     Na2CO3 (s)     +    H2O(l) + CO2 (g)

(white)                        (white)

2KHCO3 (s)     ->     K2CO3 (s)     +    H2O(l) + CO2 (g)

(white)                        (white)

(b) Calcium hydrogen carbonate(IV) and Magnesium hydrogen carbonate(IV) decompose on heating to form insoluble Calcium carbonate(IV) and Magnesium carbonate(IV).Water and carbon(IV)oxide gas are also produced.

Chemical equation

Ca(HCO3)2 (aq)          ->          CaCO3 (s)     +    H2O(l) + CO2 (g)

(Colourless solution)                 (white)

Mg(HCO3)2 (aq)          ->          MgCO3 (s)     +    H2O(l) + CO2 (g)

(Colourless solution)                 (white)

(c) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate(IV) decompose on heating to form ammonium carbonate(IV) .Water and carbon(IV)oxide gas are also produced.

Chemical equation

2NH4HCO3 (s)     ->     (NH4)2CO3 (s)     +    H2O(l) + CO2 (g)

(white)                        (white)

(d)All other carbonates decompose on heating to form the metal oxide and produce carbon(IV)oxide gas e.g.

Chemical equation

MgCO3 (s)          ->          MgO (s)       +       CO2 (g)

(white solid)                   (white solid)

Chemical equation

BaCO3 (s)          ->          BaO (s)       +       CO2 (g)

(white solid)             (white solid)

Chemical equation

CaCO3 (s)          ->          CaO (s)       +       CO2 (g)

(white solid)             (white solid)

Chemical equation

CuCO3 (s)          ->          CuO (s)       +       CO2 (g)

(blue/green solid)         (black solid)

Chemical equation

ZnCO3 (s)          ->          ZnO (s)       +       CO2 (g)

(white solid)             (white solid when cool/

Yellow solid when hot)

Chemical equation

PbCO3 (s)          ->          PbO (s)       +       CO2 (g)

(white solid)             (yellow solid when cool/

brown solid when hot)

4.The following experiments show the presence of  Carbonate (IV) (CO32-) and Hydrogen carbonate (IV) (HCO3) ions in sample of a salt:

 

(a)Using Lead(II) nitrate(V)

  1. Using a portion of salt solution in a test tube .add four drops of Lead(II)nitrate(V)solution.Preserve.

 

Observation inference
White precipitate/ppt CO32- ,SO32- ,SO42- ,Cl

  1. To the preserved solution ,add six drops of dilutte nitric(V)acid. Preserve.

 

Observation inference
White precipitate/ppt persists

 

White precipitate/ppt dissolves

SO42- ,Cl

 

CO32- ,SO32-

  1. To the preserved sample( that forms a precipitate ),heat to boil.
Observation inference
White precipitate/ppt persists

 

White precipitate/ppt dissolves

SO42-

 

Cl

 

  1. To the preserved sample( that do not form a precipitate ),add three drops of acidified potassium manganate(VII)/lime water
Observation inference
Effervescence/bubbles/fizzing colourless gas produced

Acidified KMnO4 decolorized/no white precipitate on lime water

 

Effervescence/bubbles/fizzing colourless gas produced

Acidified KMnO4 not decolorized/ white precipitate on lime water

 

SO32-

 

 

 

 

CO32-

 

 

Experiments/Observations:

(b)Using Barium(II)nitrate(V)/ Barium(II)chloride

 

  1. To about 5cm3 of a salt solution in a test tube add four drops of Barium(II) nitrate (V) / Barium(II)chloride. Preserve.

 

Observation Inference
White precipitate/ppt SO42- , SO32- , CO32- ions

 

  1. To the preserved sample in (I) above, add six drops of 2M nitric(V) acid . Preserve.

 

Observation 1

Observation Inference
White precipitate/ppt persists SO42- , ions

 

Observation 2

Observation Inference
White precipitate/ppt dissolves SO32- , CO32- , ions

 

III.To the preserved sample observation 2 in (II) above, add 4 drops of acidified potassium manganate(VII) /dichromate(VI).

 

Observation 1

Observation Inference
(i)acidified potassium manganate(VII)decolorized

(ii)Orange colour of acidified potassium

dichromate(VI) turns to green

SO32- ions

 

 

Observation 2

Observation Inference
(i)acidified potassium manganate(VII) not decolorized

(ii)Orange colour of acidified potassium

dichromate(VI) does not turns to green

 

CO32- ions

 

 

 

 

 

Explanations

 

Using Lead(II)nitrate(V)

(i)Lead(II)nitrate(V) solution reacts with chlorides(Cl), Sulphate (VI) salts (SO42- ), Sulphate (IV)salts (SO32-) and carbonates(CO32-) to form the insoluble white precipitate of Lead(II)chloride, Lead(II)sulphate(VI), Lead(II) sulphate (IV) and Lead(II)carbonate(IV).

 

Chemical/ionic equation:

Pb2+(aq)       +       Cl (aq)       ->      PbCl2(s)

Pb2+(aq)       +       SO42+ (aq)   ->      PbSO4 (s)

Pb2+(aq)       +       SO32+ (aq)   ->      PbSO3 (s)

Pb2+(aq)       +       CO32+ (aq)  ->      PbCO3 (s)

 

(ii)When the insoluble precipitates are acidified with nitric(V) acid,

– Lead(II)chloride and Lead(II)sulphate(VI) do not react with the acid and thus their white precipitates remain/ persists.

– Lead(II) sulphate (IV) and Lead(II)carbonate(IV) reacts with the acid to form soluble Lead(II) nitrate (V) and produce/effervesces/fizzes/bubbles out sulphur(IV)oxide and carbon(IV)oxide gases respectively.

. Chemical/ionic equation:

PbSO3 (s)   +   2H+(aq)       ->   H2 O (l)    +   Pb2+(aq)    +       SO2 (g)

PbCO3 (s)   +   2H+(aq)      ->   H2 O (l)    +   Pb2+(aq)    +       CO2 (g)

 

(iii)When Lead(II)chloride and Lead(II)sulphate(VI) are heated/warmed;

– Lead(II)chloride dissolves in hot water/on boiling(recrystallizes on cooling)

– Lead(II)sulphate(VI) do not dissolve in hot water thus its white precipitate persists/remains on heating/boiling.

(iv)When sulphur(IV)oxide and carbon(IV)oxide gases are produced;

sulphur(IV)oxide will decolorize acidified potassium manganate(VII)  and / or Orange colour of acidified potassium dichromate(VI) will turns to green. Carbon(IV)oxide will not.

Chemical equation:

5SO32-(aq)  +   2MnO4 (aq) +6H+(aq)   -> 5SO42-(aq) +  2Mn2+(aq) +  3H2O(l)

(purple)                                                      (colourless)

3SO32-(aq)  +   Cr2O72-(aq) +8H+(aq)   -> 3SO42-(aq) +  2Cr3+(aq) +  4H2O(l)

(Orange)                                               (green)

Carbon(IV)oxide forms an insoluble white precipitate of calcium carbonate if three drops of lime water are added into the reaction test tube when effervescence is taking place. Sulphur(IV)oxide will not.

Chemical equation:

Ca(OH)2(aq)    +   CO2 (g)    ->  CaCO3(s)  +  H2O(l)

These tests should be done immediately after acidifying to ensure the gases produced react with the oxidizing agents/lime water.

 

 

 

Using Barium(II)nitrate(V)/ Barium(II)Chloride

(i)Barium(II)nitrate(V) and/ or Barium(II)chloride solution reacts with Sulphate (VI) salts (SO42- ), Sulphate (IV)salts (SO32-) and carbonates(CO32-) to form the insoluble white precipitate of Barium(II)sulphate(VI), Barium(II) sulphate (IV) and Barium(II)carbonate(IV).

 

Chemical/ionic equation:

Ba2+(aq)      +       SO42+ (aq)   ->      BaSO4 (s)

Ba2+(aq)      +       SO32+ (aq)   ->      BaSO3 (s)

Ba2+(aq)      +       CO32+ (aq)  ->      BaCO3 (s)

 

(ii)When the insoluble precipitates are acidified with nitric(V) acid,

– Barium (II)sulphate(VI) do not react with the acid and thus its white precipitates remain/ persists.

– Barium(II) sulphate (IV) and Barium(II)carbonate(IV) reacts with the acid to form soluble Barium(II) nitrate (V) and produce /effervesces /fizzes/ bubbles out sulphur(IV)oxide and carbon(IV)oxide gases respectively.

. Chemical/ionic equation:

BaSO3 (s)   +   2H+(aq)       ->   H2 O (l)    +   Ba2+(aq)    +       SO2 (g)

 

BaCO3 (s)   +   2H+(aq)      ->   H2 O (l)    +   Ba2+(aq)    +       CO2 (g)

 

(iii) When sulphur(IV)oxide and carbon(IV)oxide gases are produced;

sulphur(IV)oxide will decolorize acidified potassium manganate(VII)  and / or Orange colour of acidified potassium dichromate(VI) will turns to green. Carbon(IV)oxide will not.

 

Chemical equation:

5SO32-(aq)  +   2MnO4 (aq) +6H+(aq)   -> 5SO42-(aq) +  2Mn2+(aq) +  3H2O(l)

(purple)                                                      (colourless)

 

3SO32-(aq)  +   Cr2O72-(aq) +8H+(aq)   -> 3SO42-(aq) +  2Cr3+(aq) +  4H2O(l)

(Orange)                                               (green)

 

Carbon(IV)oxide forms an insoluble white precipitate of calcium carbonate if three drops of lime water are added into the reaction test tube when effervescence is taking place. Sulphur(IV)oxide will not.

 

Chemical equation:

Ca(OH)2(aq)    +   CO2 (g)    ->  CaCO3(s)  +  H2O(l)

These tests should be done immediately after acidifying to ensure the gases produced react with the oxidizing agents/lime water.

 

(iii) Sodium carbonate(IV) (Na2CO3)

 

(a)Extraction of sodium carbonate from soda ash

 

Sodium carbonate naturally occurs in Lake Magadi in Kenya as Trona.trona is the double salt ; sodium sesquicarbonate. NaHCO3 .Na2CO3 .H2O.It is formed from the volcanic activity that takes place in Lake Naivasha, Nakuru ,Bogoria and Elementeita .All these lakes drain into Lake Magadi through underground rivers. Lake Magadi has no outlet.

Solubility of Trona decrease with increase in temperature.High temperature during the day causes trona to naturally crystallize .It is mechanically scooped/dredged/dug and put in a furnace.

Inside the furnace, trona decompose into soda ash/sodium carbonate.

Chemical equation

2NaHCO3 .Na2CO3 .H2O (s)     ->     3Na2CO3 (s)     +    5H2O(l) + CO2 (g)

(trona)                                             (soda  ash)

Soda ash is then bagged and sold as Magadi soda.It is mainly used:

(i)in making glass to lower the melting point of raw materials (sand/SiO2  from 1650oC and CaO from 2500oC  to around 1500oC)

(ii)in softening hard water

(iii)in the manufacture of soapless detergents.

(iv)Swimming pool “pH increaser”

Sodium chloride is also found dissolved in the lake. Solubility of sodium chloride decrease with decreases in temperature/ sodium chloride has lower solubility at lower temperatures. When temperatures decrease at night it crystallize out .The crystals are then mechanically dug/dredged /scooped  then packed for sale as animal/cattle feeds and seasoning food.

 

Summary flow diagram showing the extraction of Soda ash  from Trona

 

Sodium chloride and Trona dissolved in the sea
Natural fractional crystallization
Crystals of Trona (Day time)
Crystals of sodium chloride(At night)
Dredging /scooping/ digging
Crushing
Furnace (Heating)
                 Carbon(IV) oxide
Soda ash
Bagging

NaCl(s)

Bagging Na2CO3 (s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)The Solvay process for industrial manufacture of sodium carbonate(IV)

(i)Raw materials.

Brine /Concentrated Sodium chloride from salty seas/lakes.

Ammonia gas from Haber.

Limestone /Calcium carbonate from chalk /limestone rich rocks.

Water from rivers/lakes.

 

(ii)Chemical processes

Ammonia gas is passed up to meet a downward flow of sodium chloride solution / brine to form ammoniated brine/ammoniacal brine mixture in the ammoniated brine chamber

The ammoniated brine mixture is then pumped up, atop the carbonator/ solvay tower.

In  the carbonator/ solvay tower, ammoniated brine/ammoniacal brine mixture slowly trickle down to meet an upward flow of carbon(IV)oxide gas.

The carbonator is shelved /packed with quartz/broken glass to

(i) reduce the rate of flow of ammoniated brine/ammoniacal brine mixture.

(ii)increase surface area of the liquid mixture to ensure a lot of ammoniated brine/ammoniacal brine mixture react with carbon(IV)oxide gas.

Insoluble sodium hydrogen carbonate and soluble ammonium chloride are formed from the reaction.

Chemical equation

CO2(g) + H2O(l) + NaCl (aq) + NH3(g) -> NaHCO3(s) + NH4Cl(aq)

 

The products are then filtered. Insoluble sodium hydrogen carbonate forms the residue while soluble ammonium chloride forms the filtrate.

 

Sodium hydrogen carbonate itself can be used:

(i)  as baking powder and preservation of some soft drinks.

(ii) as a buffer agent and antacid in animal feeds to improve fibre digestion.

(iii) making dry chemical fire extinguishers.

 

In the Solvay process Sodium hydrogen carbonate is then heated to form Sodium carbonate/soda ash, water and carbon (IV) oxide gas.

Chemical equation

2NaHCO3 (s)    ->  Na2CO3(s)  +  CO2(g)  +  H2O(l)

 

Sodium carbonate is stored ready for use in:

(i) during making glass/lowering the melting point of mixture of sand/SiO2     from 1650oC and CaO from 2500oC  to around 1500oC

(ii) in softening hard water

(iii) in the manufacture of soapless detergents.

(iv) swimming pool “pH increaser”.

Water and carbon(IV)oxide gas are recycled back to the ammoniated brine/ammoniacal brine chamber.

More carbon(IV)oxide is produced in the kiln/furnace. Limestone is heated to decompose into Calcium oxide and carbon(IV)oxide.

Chemical equation

CaCO3 (s)    ->   CaO(s)   +    CO2(g)

 

Carbon(IV)oxide is recycled to the carbonator/solvay tower. Carbon (IV)oxide is added water in the slaker to form Calcium hydroxide. This process is called slaking.

Chemical equation

CaO(s)   +    H2O (l)    ->    Ca(OH)2 (aq)

Calcium hydroxide is mixed with ammonium chloride from the carbonator/solvay tower in the ammonia regeneration chamber to form Calcium chloride , water and more ammonia gas.

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2 (aq) +2NH4Cl (aq)    ->  CaCl2(s)  +  2NH3(g)  +  H2O(l)

 

NH3(g)  and H2O(l) are recycled.

Calcium chloride may be used:

(i)as drying agent in the school laboratory during gas preparation (except ammonia gas)

(ii)to lower the melting point of solid sodium chloride / rock salt salts during the Downs process for industrial extraction of sodium metal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Detailed Summary flow diagram of Solvay Process

 

 

 

 

 

 

Practice

 

  1. The diagram below shows part of the Solvay process used in manufacturing sodium carbonate. Use it to answer the questions that follow.
Carbon (IV)oxide

 

 

Ammonia
Process II
Sodium carbonate
Saturated sodium chloride solution
Sodium hydrogen  carbonate
Ammonium chloride
Process I

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

(a)Explain how Sodium Chloride required for this process is obtained from the sea.

Sea water is pumped /scooped into shallow pods. Evaporation of most of the water takes place leaving a very concentrated solution.

(b)(i) Name process:

  1. Filtration
  2. Decomposition

(ii) Write the equation for the reaction in process:

Process I

Chemical equation

CO2(g) + H2O(l) + NaCl (aq) + NH3(g) -> NaHCO3(s) + NH4Cl(aq)

 

Process II

Chemical equation

2NaHCO3 (s)    ->  Na2CO3(s)  +  CO2(g)  +  H2O(l)

 

(c)(i) Name two substances recycled in the solvay process

                   Ammonia gas , Carbon(IV)Oxide and Water.

 

(ii)Which is the by-product of this process?

                   Calcium(II)Chloride /CaCl2

 

(iii)State two uses that the by-product can be used for:

  1. As a drying agent in the school laboratory preparation of gases.
  2. In the Downs cell/process for extraction of Sodium to lower the melting point of rock salt.

 

 (iv)Write the chemical equation for the formation of the by-products in the Solvay process.

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2 (aq) +2NH4Cl (aq)    ->  CaCl2(s)  +  2NH3(g)  +  H2O(l)

 

(d)In an experiment to determine the % purity of Sodium carbonate produced in the Solvay process ,2.15g of the sample reacted with exactly 40.0cm3 of 0.5M Sulphuric(VI)acid.

 

(i)Calculate the number of moles of sodium carbonate that reacted.

 

Chemical equation

Na2CO3 (aq) +H2SO4 (aq)    ->  Na2SO4 (aq)+  CO2(g)  +  H2O(l)

 

Mole ratio Na2CO3 :H2SO4  => 1:1

 

Moles H2SO4    =   Molarity  x  Volume   =>  0.5  x  40.0   = 0.02 Moles

1000                          1000

Moles of Na2CO3  = 0.02 Moles

 

(ii)Determine the % of sodium carbonate in the sample.

Molar mass of Na2CO3  = 106g

                    Mass of Na2CO3  = moles x Molar mass => 0.02   x   106    =  2.12 g

%  of Na2CO3           =            ( 2.12 g x 100)    =  98.6047%

2.15

(e) State two uses of soda ash.

(i) during making glass/lowering the melting point of mixture of sand/SiO2     from 1650oC and CaO from 2500oC  to around 1500oC

(ii) in softening hard water

(iii) in the manufacture of soapless detergents.

(iv) swimming pool “pH increaser”.

 

(f)The diagram below shows a simple ammonia soda tower used in manufacturing sodium carbonate .Use it to answer the questions that follow:

Substance A
Sodium hydrogen carbonate
Metal plates
Excess Carbon(IV)oxide
Raw materials
 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

(i)Name the raw materials needed in the above process

          -Ammonia

-Water

-Carbon(IV)oxide

-Limestone

-Brine/ Concentrated sodium chloride

 

(ii)Identify substance A

          Ammonium chloride /NH4Cl

(iii) Write the equation for the reaction taking place in:

I.Tower.

Chemical equation

CO2(g) + NaCl (aq) + H2O(l) + NH3(g) -> NaHCO3(s) + NH4Cl(aq)

 

  1. Production of excess carbon (IV)oxide.

Chemical equation

CaCO3 (s)    ->   CaO(s)   +    CO2(g)

 

III. The regeneration of ammonia

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2 (aq) +2NH4Cl (aq)    ->  CaCl2(s)  +  2NH3(g)  +  H2O(l)

 

(iv)Give a reason for having the circular metal plates in the tower.

          -To slow the downward flow of brine.

-To increase the rate of dissolving of ammonia.

-To increase the surface area for dissolution

 

(v)Name the gases recycled in the process illustrated above.

          Ammonia gas , Carbon(IV)Oxide and Water.

 

  1. Describe how you would differentiate between carbon (IV)oxide and carbon(II)oxide using chemical method.

 

Method I

-Bubble both gases in lime water/Ca(OH)2

          -white precipitate is formed if the gas is carbon (IV) oxide

No white precipitate is formed if the gas is carbon (II) oxide

 Method II

          -ignite both gases

Carbon (IV) oxide does not burn/ignite

– Carbon (II) oxide burn with a blue non-sooty flame.

Method III

-Lower a burning splint into a gas containing each gas separately.

-burning splint is extinguished if the gas is carbon (IV) oxide

-burning splint is not extinguished if the gas is carbon (II) oxide.

3.Using Magnesium sulphate(VI)solution ,describe how you  can differentiate between a solution of sodium carbonate from a solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate

-Add Magnesium sulphate(VI) solution to separate portions of a solution of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate in separate test tubes

-White precipitate is formed in test tube containing sodium carbonate

-No white precipitate is formed in test tube containing sodium hydrogen carbonate.

Chemical equation 

Na2CO3 (aq) +MgSO4 (aq)    ->  Na2SO4 (aq)         +  MgCO3(s)

(white ppt)

Ionic equation 

CO32- (aq)    +        Mg2+ (aq)      ->             MgCO3(s)

(white ppt)

Chemical equation 

2NaHCO3 (aq) +MgSO4 (aq)    ->  Na2SO4 (aq)      +  Mg(HCO3)2 (aq)

(colourless solution)

 

  1. The diagram below shows a common charcoal burner .Assume the burning take place in a room with sufficient supply of air.

 

 

(a)Explain what happens around:

          (i)Layer A

Sufficient/excess air /oxygen enter through the air holes into the burner .It reacts with/oxidizes Carbon to carbon(IV)oxide

Chemical equation

          C(s)             +        O2(g)           ->      CO2 (g)

 

(ii)Layer B

Hot carbon(IV)oxide rises up and is reduced by more carbon/charcoal to carbon (II)oxide.

Chemical equation

          C(s)             +        CO2(g)         ->      2CO (g)

(ii)Layer C

 Hot carbon(II)oxide rises up and burns with a blue flame to be oxidized by the excess air to form carbon(IV)oxide.

2CO (g)       +        O2(g)           ->      2CO2(g)

 

(b)State and explain what would happen if the burner is put in an enclosed room.

The hot poisonous /toxic carbon(II)oxide rising up will not be oxidized to Carbon(IV)oxide.

 

(c)Using a chemical test , describe how you would differentiate two unlabelled black solids suspected to be charcoal and copper(II)oxide.

 

Method I

-Burn/Ignite the two substances separately.

-Charcoal burns with a blue flame

– Copper(II)oxide does not burn

 

Method II

-Add dilute sulphuric(VI)acid/Nitric(V)acid/Hydrochloric acid separately.

-Charcoal does not dissolve.

– Copper(II)oxide dissolves to form a colourless solution.

  1. Excess Carbon(II)oxide was passed over heated copper(II)oxide as in the set up shown below for five minutes.

 

(a)State and explain the observations made in the combustion tube.

Observation

Colour change from black to brown

Explanation

Carbon (II)oxide reduces  black copper(II)oxide to brown copper metal itself oxidized to Carbon(IV)oxide.

Chemical equation

CO(g)          + CuO (s)    ->        Cu(s)         +       CO2(g)

(black)               (brown)

 

(b) (i)Name the gas producing flame A

                    Carbon(II)oxide

 

(ii)Why should the gas be burnt?

                    It is toxic/poisonous

(iii)Write the chemical equation for the production of flame A

          2CO(g)                 +   O2(g)      ->      2CO2(g)

(c)State and explain what happens when carbon(IV)oxide is prepared using Barium carbonate and dilute sulphuric(VI)acid.

 

Reaction starts then stops after sometime producing small/little quantity of carbon(IV)oxide gas.

Barium carbonate react with dilute sulphuric(VI)acid to form insoluble Barium sulphate(VI) that cover/coat unreacted  Barium carbonate stopping further reaction to produce more Carbon(IV)oxide.

 

(d) Using dot () and cross(x) to represent electrons show the bonding in a molecule of :

          (i) Carbon(II)oxide

(ii) Carbon(IV)Oxide.

 

(e) Carbon (IV)oxide is an environmental pollutant of global concern. Explain.

          -It is a green house gas thus causes global warming.

-It dissolves in water to form acidic carbonic acid which causes “acid rain”

 

(f)Explain using chemical equation why lime water is used to test for the presence of Carbon (IV) oxide instead of sodium hydroxide.

 

Using lime water/calcium hydroxide:

– a visible white precipitate of calcium carbonate is formed that dissolves on  bubbling excess Carbon (IV) oxide gas

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2(aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     CaCO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

(white precipitate)

CaCO3 (aq)    +    H2O(l)  +    CO2 (g) ->     Ca(HCO3) 2 (aq)

Using sodium hydroxide:

No precipitate of sodium carbonate is formed Both sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate are soluble salts/dissolves.

Chemical equation

2NaOH (aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     Na2CO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

(No white precipitate)

Na2CO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)  +    CO2 (g)     ->     2NaHCO3 (s)

 

(g)Ethan-1,2-dioic acid and methanoic acid may be used to prepare small amount of carbon(II)oxide in a school laboratory.

(i) Explain the modification in the set up when using one over the other.

Before carbon(II)oxide is collected:

-when using methanoic acid, no concentrated sodium/potassium hydroxide is needed to absorb Carbon(IV)oxide.

-when using ethan-1,2-dioic acid, concentrated sodium/potassium hydroxide is needed to absorb Carbon(IV)oxide.

 

(ii)Write the equation for the reaction for the formation of carbon(II)oxide from:

I.Methanoic acid.

Chemical equation         HCOOH(aq)   ->  CO(g) + H2O(l)

 

  1. Ethan-1,2-dioic acid

Chemical equation         HOOCCOOH(aq) -> CO2(g)+CO(g)+H2O(l)

(h)Both carbon(II)oxide and carbon(IV)oxide affect the environment. Explain why carbon(II)oxide is more toxic/poisonous.

-Both gases are colourless,denser than water and odourless.

-Carbon(II)oxide is preferentially absorbed by human/mammalian haemoglobin when inhaled forming stable carboxyhaemoglobin instead of oxyhaemoglobin.This reduces the free haemoglobin in the blood leading to suffocation and quick death.Carbon(IV)oxide is a green house gas that increases global warming.

-Carbon(II)oxide is readily oxidized to carbon(IV)oxide

 

6.Study the flow chart below and use it to answer the questions that follow.

 

 

(a)Name:

          (i)the white precipitate A

                   Calcium carbonate

(ii) solution B

                   Calcium hydrogen carbonate

(iii) gas C

                   Carbon(IV)oxide

(iv) white residue B

                   Calcium oxide

          (v) solution D

                   Calcium hydroxide/lime water

 

(b)Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction for the formation of:

          (i) the white precipitate A from solution D

Chemical equation

Ca(OH)2(aq)    +    CO2 (g)     ->     CaCO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

 

(ii) the white precipitate A from solution B

Chemical equation

Ca(HCO3)2(aq)    ->     CO2 (g)     +    CaCO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)

 

(iii) solution B  from the white precipitate A

Chemical equation

CO2 (g)     +    CaCO3 (s)    +    H2O(l)   -> Ca(HCO3)2(aq)

 

(iv) white residue B from the white precipitate A

Chemical equation

CaCO3(s)    ->     CO2 (g)     +    CaO (s)

 

(iv) reaction of white residue B with water

Chemical equation

CaO (s)    +    H2O(l)   -> Ca(OH)2(aq)

Grade 1 Lesson Plans

Download Free Grade 1 Lesson Plans for all Subjects

Foods-lesson-plans-grade-2-hygiene-and-nutrition-word-format

Grade-1-rationalised-mathematics-lesson-plans-term-2

Grade-1-rationalised-mathematics-lesson-plans-term-2-1

Grade-1-rationalised-creative-arts-lesson-plans-term-2

Grade-1-rationalised-english-lesson-plans-term-2

Grade-1-rationalised-environmental-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

Grade-1-mathematics-activities-term-2-lesson-plans-word-format

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS) NOTES

  1. AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS)

This topic entails the following

  • Definition of scarcity, tastes and preferences, opportunity cost as used in agricultural production.
  • Uses of farm records
  • Types of farm records i.e. production, field operation, breeding, feeding, health, labour and muster roll.

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS I

Economics: this is the study of how man and society choose with or without money to employ scarce resources to produce goods and services over a period of time and eventually distribute them for consumption now and in the future.

Agricultural economics: this is an applied science that aims at maximizing output while minimizing costs by combining the limited factors of production to produce goods and services for use by the society over a period of time.

Factors of production

  • Land
  • Capital
  • Labour
  • Management/entrepreneurship

Basic concepts of economics

These concepts include:

  1. Scarcity
  2. Preference and choice
  3. Opportunity cost
  4. Scarcity

Scarcity means limited in supply

The factors of production named above are scarce and the production needs are many therefore the need for choice

  1. Preference and choice

Since the factors of production are limited, the farmer needs to make a choice on what to produce. This choice has to be guided by the needs of the society and the preference of the farmer on what he needs to produce.

  1. Opportunity cost

When the farmer makes a choice on what to produce, he is forced to leave others due to scarcity of resources e.g. a piece of land is suitable for growing both rice and maize and he choose to grow maize, the value that could have been derived from rice becomes the opportunity cost.

Opportunity cost is the value of the best foregone alternative

FARM RECORDS

Farm records can be defined as the systemic entries and storage of information of various farm business activities and transactions in appropriate books and sheets.

Uses of farm records

  • Helps to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm
  • Show the history of the farm
  • Guides a farmer in planning and budgeting of farm operations
  • Help to detect loss or theft on the farm
  • Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation
  • Helps to determine the value of the farm or to determine the assets and liabilities of the farm
  • Make it easy to share the profits and losses in partnership
  • Helps in settling dispute among heirs to the estate when a farmer dies without leaving a will
  • Help to show whether a farm business is making profits or loses
  • Helps in supporting insurance claims on death, theft etc
  • Provide labour information like terminal benefits e.g. NSSF

Types of farm records

  1. Production records
  2. Inventory records
  3. Field operation records
  4. Breeding records
  5. Feeding records
  6. Marketing records
  7. Labour records
  8. Inventory records

This is the physical count of everything that the farm owns and all that it owes others. There are two types of inventory records namely:

  1. Consumable goods inventory
  2. Permanent goods inventory
  3. a) Consumable goods inventory

This is inventory showing a list of goods which normally are used up during a production process, therefore needs constant replacement. Such goods include:

  • Fertilizers
  • Livestock feeds
  • Planting materials e.g. seeds
  • Chemicals e.g. insecticides, herbicides
  • Sisal ropes and strings etc

Example of consumable goods inventory

        RECIEPTS    ISSUES
DATE ITEM QUANTITY DATE ISSUED TO QUANTITY BALANCE IN STORE
             

 

  1. b) Permanent goods inventory

    This is inventory showing a list of goods which are permanent in nature ie the type of goods which will not get used up in the production process such goods include:

  • Farm machinery and implements
  • Farm equipment and buildings
  • Livestock such as breeding stock
  • Annual crops
  • Hand tools
  • Land (arable)

Example of permanent goods inventory

DATE ITEM QUANTITY WRITTEN OFF BALANCE IN STOCK REMARKS
           

 

  1. Production records

This is a record which show the total yield from each enterprise and also the yield per unit of the enterprise.

Example of production records (dairy milk production record)

Month…………………………………………………………year……………………………………………………

Name or no. of cow   Days of the month
  1 2 3 4              31st day TOTAL
5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM              
BETA                              
ZABAH                              
MOON                              
TOTAL                

 

Example of production record ( crop)

Plot/field No. 15

CROP SIZE OF FARM SEED RATE DATE OF PLANTING DATE OF HARVESTING YIELD IN BAGS
           

 

  1. Field operation records

This record contains all the activities carried out in the production from land preparation, planting to harvesting. It contains the following information:

  • Date of land preparation
  • The size of field
  • Crop variety planted
  • Type and amount of fertilizer applied
  • Seed rate

Example of field operation record

SEASON……………………………………………………………….FIELD NO………………………………………………………

Crop grown………………………………………………………….Variety……………………………………………………………

Ploughing date……………………………………………………..Planting time…………………………………………………

INPUTS

Seed rate kg/ha…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Fertilizer at planting………………………………………………Amount………………………………………………………..

Top dressing………………………………………………………….Amount……………………………………………………….

Other treatment………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Pests ……………………………………………………………………..Control………………………………………………………..

Diseases ………………………………………………………………..Control……………………………………………………….

Weeds ……………………………………………………………………Control………………………………………………………

Other treatment…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

OUTPUT

Harvesting date…………………………………………………………..Method used…………………………………………

Yield /ha…………………………………………………………………….

Remarks………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Breeding records

These are records showing the breeding activities and programmes for different animals in the farm.

Importance of breeding records

  • Help the farmer to plan his breeding programmes
  • Help in selection of animals within a herd

Example of cattle breeding record

Name/No. of cow Name of bull/sire Date of service Date of pregnancy diagnosis Expected date of calving Actual date of calving Sex of calf Wt. of calf Rmks
                 

N/B: students to draw sheep, pig, and sow breeding records

  1. Feeding records

This is a record showing the type and amount of feeds used in the farm.

Example of feeding records

Month:……………………………………….

Enterprise…………………………………..

Type of feed……………………………….

 

Date No. of animals Amount received (kg) Amount used (kg) Balance in stock (kg) remarks
           

 

CHEMISTRY SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

CHEMISTRY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-2

 

Introduction to chemistry

 

Chemistry as a subject

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

(i)                Recall subjects and topics taught in primary level science

(ii)              Name the branches of science

·        Discussion on primary science topics relation to chemistry

·        Identifying the branches of science

·        Flow chart on branches of science

·        Pictures on the applications of chemistry

·        Charts on chemical processes in the home

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 15-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 12-13

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 1-2

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 1

 
  3-4 Introduction to chemistry Definition of chemistry and its role in the society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define chemistry

(b)    Explain its role in society, name the career, choices (after studying chemistry)

·        Writing of definitions of chemistry

·        Explaining the role of chemistry in society

·        Explaining careers related to chemistry

·        Use of Photograph of area relevant to chemistry

·        Chart on careers requiring chemistry as a subject

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 15-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 12-13

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 9

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 5

 
6 1 Introduction to chemistry Chemistry laboratory By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define the terms chemistry laboratory

·        Discussion on meaning of laboratory

·        Demonstration of some laboratory apparatus

·        School chemistry laboratory

·        Common laboratory chemical apparatus

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 15-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 12-13

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 9

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 5

 
  2 Introduction to chemistry The Bunsen burners By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name the parts of the Bunsen burner

(ii)              Name the parts of luminous flame

·        Explaining the parts of the Bunsen burner

·        Drawing parts of a luminous and non-luminous flames

·        The Bunsen burner

·        Chart on parts of a Bunsen burner and burner flame

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 15-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 2-3

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 22

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 10

 
  3-4 Introduction to chemistry Apparatus used for studying chemistry By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name some laboratory apparatus

(ii)              Draw some laboratory apparatus

·        Discussion on chemistry

·        Laboratory apparatus

·        Drawing the apparatus

·        Chemistry laboratory apparatus ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 8-11

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 2-3

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 14

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 6

 
7 1-2 Introduction to chemistry Chemistry laboratory and safety rules By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)        State at least 10 laboratory safety rules

(ii)       Explain any 10 laboratory safety rules

·        Discussion on the importance of selected laboratory rules ·        School laboratory

·        Laboratory equipment

·        Chart on laboratory safety rules

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 10-12

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 2-4

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 12

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 15

 
  3-4 Introduction to chemistry Other heating apparatus By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name other heating apparatus apart from the Bunsen burner

(ii)              Explain how each apparatus functions

·        Discussion of how each apparatus works

·        Discussion on functions of each named apparatus

·        Spirit lamp

·        Candle

·        Store electric heater

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 3-8

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 4-5

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 22

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 10

 
8 1-2 Simple classification of substances Separation of mixtures By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define the term mixtures

(ii)              Classify mixtures into miscible and immiscible liquids

(iii)             List several methods of separating mixtures

·        Demonstration of separation of several mixtures

·        Observation and discussions

·        Listing several methods of separating mixtures

·        Sugar/sand

·        Chalk/sand

·        Water/paraffin

·        Flow chart on mixtures and separation methods

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 3-15

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 6-11

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 36

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 18

 
 

 

3-4 Simple classification of substances Separation of mixtures soluble and insoluble By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define soluble, insoluble solids. Solutions, solute and solvent

(ii)              Explain how a soluble solid can be separated from an insoluble solid

·        Defining key terms

·        Class experiments

·        Discussion on procedure for separation of mixture

·        Sand/salt mixture

·        Beaker

·        Conical flask

·        Filter paper

·        Evaporating dish

·        Separating funnel

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 13-15

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 6-11

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 36

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 10

 
9 1-2 Simple classification of substances Decantation simple distillation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Separate immiscible liquids

(b)    Name the parts and the functions of distillation apparatus

(c)     Assemble the distillation apparatus

·        Carrying out experiments to separate mixtures

·        Class discussions

·        Supervised practice

·        Drawing of diagrams of distillation apparatus

·        Liebig condenser

·        Thermometer

·        Flask

·        Tap water

·        Sea water

·        Paraffin

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 15-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 12-13

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 36

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 22

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Fractional distillation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the stages of fractional distillation

(ii)              Differentiate between simple distillation and fractional distillation

·        Discussion on the stages of fractional distillation

·        Demonstration of distillation experiment

·        Drawing of diagrams on fractional distillation

·        Differentiating between simple and fractional distillation

·        Round-bottom flask

·        Condenser

·        Burner

·        Thermometer

·        Ethanol

·        water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 17-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 13-14

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 43

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 27

 
10 1-2 Simple classification of substances Fractional distillation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(i)                Explain at least two industrial applications of fractional distillation

·        Discussion on application of fractional distillation ·        Fractional distillation apparatus

·        Fractionating column

·        Chart on fractional distillation

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 38

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 14-15

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 45

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 28

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Chromatography and solvent extraction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)     Define chromatography

(ii)    Demonstrate the process of chromatography

(iii)   Explain how different(tours move on a filter paper)

(iv)   Explain how chromatography is used

·        Defining chromatography

·        Carrying out experiments to show chromatography

·        Explaining chromatography

·        Stating uses of chromatography

·        Filter paper

·        Funnel

·        Ethanol

·        Flowers

·        Dropper

·        Ink

·        Charts showing chromatography

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 19-22

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 15-19

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 51

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 33

 
11 1-4 Simple classification of substances Application of chromatography and solvent extraction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Give one application of chromatography

(ii)              Explain how oil can be extracted from nuts

·        Discussion on application of chromatography

·        Explaining oil extraction from nuts

·        Pestle

·        Mortar

·        Nut seeds

·        Propanone

·        White paper

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 38-40

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 19

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 55

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 34

 
12 1-2 Simple classification of substances Removal of stains By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain how stains can be removed from fabrics

·        Demonstration on stain removal from fabrics ·        Stains of blood, fat, paint

·        Trashing soda

·        Paraffin

·        ammonia

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 40-41

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 19

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 59

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 33

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Revision By the of lesson, the learner should be able to identify and explain concepts learnt ·        Answering questions

·        Doing assignment

·        Discussion topics already covered

·        Quiz

·        Assignment

·        Review questions

·        Objectives in schemes of work  
 

REVISION AND EXAMINATION

 

 

 

 

 

CHEMISTRY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES  
1 1-4 Revision Revision of last terms work By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify and explain concepts learnt in term I

·        Answering questions

·        Doing assignments

·        Discussion on topics previously covered

·        Assignments

·        Quiz

·        Revision questions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 1-20

·        Objectives of the scheme of work

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 1-58

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 1-39

 
2 1-2 Simple classification of substances Crystallization By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define the term crystallization

(ii)              Prepare copper (ii) sulphate crystals or sodium chloride

·        Carrying out experiments to show crystallization

·        Discussion on preparation of copper

·        Sulphate and sodium chloride

·        Beaker

·        Sodium chloride

·        Stirring rod

·        Water

·        Copper (ii) Sulphate

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 23-24

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 20-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 57

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 39

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Application of crystallization By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define a supersaturated solution and a saturated solution

(ii)              Explain how salt is formed in lake Magadi

·        Discussion of types of solutions

·        Explaining salt formation in lake Magadi

·        Salt

·        Stirring rod

·        Beaker

·        Water

·        Burner

·        Chart on salt formation process at lake Magadi

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 23-24

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 21-22

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 58

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page

 
3 1-2 Simple classification of substances Sublimation By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

(i)                Define sublimation

(ii)              Give examples of salts that sublimes

(iii)             Explain how one can separate salt that sublimes from salt which do not sublime

·        Defining sublimation

·        Describing separation by sublimation

·        Demonstration on sublimation

·        Ammonium chloride

·        Nacl

·        Burner

·        Sand

·        Bathing tubes

·        Test tube holders

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 24-25

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 22-23

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 48

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page 20

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Revision on separation of mixtures By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify appropriate methods of separating named mixtures

·        Discussion on separation of mixtures ·        Revision questions

·        Marking scheme

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 13-24

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 6-24

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 30-58

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  20

 
4 1-2 Simple classification of substances Criteria of purity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine the melting point of ice

(ii)              Determine the boiling point of water

(iii)             State the criteria for identifying a pure substance

(iv)             Define melting and boiling points of substances

·        Discussion on melting point and boiling point

·        Carrying out experiments to show melting and boiling points

·        Discussion on criteria of purity

·        Thermometer

·        Solid ice

·        Water

·        Burner

·        beaker

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 25-26

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 24

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 59

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  20

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Effects of heat on substances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effects of impurities on boiling and melting points

·        Discussing and observing demonstration on effects of impurities on boiling point and melting point ·        Thermometer

·        Solid ice

·        Water

·        Burner

·        beaker

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 26-27

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 24-27

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 77

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  35

 
5 1-2 Simple classification of substances Effect of heat on substances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name the 3 states of matter

(ii)              State the kinetic theory of matter

(iii)             Explain the properties of the three states of matter

 

·        Naming the three states of matter

·        Discussion on the kinetic theory of matter

·        Explaining the properties of state of matter

 

·        Chart showing properties of the state of matter

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 28-30

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 27-29

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 77

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  35

 
 

 

3-4 Simple classification of substances Effects of heat on substances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Investigate what happens when ice is heated to boiling point

(ii)              Use a graph to illustrate changes of states of matter and temperature

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the effects of heat on ice

·        Observing a demonstration

·        Discussion on observations of experiments

·        Beaker

·        Thermometer

·        Tripod stand

·        Wire gauze

·        Burner

·        Ice cubes

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 30-31

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 27-29

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 77

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  35

 
6 1-2 Simple classification of substances Effects of heat on substances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the melting point and the boiling point interns of kinetic theory

·        Discussion on melting and boiling points with reference to kinetic theory ·        Chart on particles of matter in each state

·        Illustrate graph on melting point and boiling points

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 30-31

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 27-29

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 77

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  35

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Permanent and non-permanent changes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define permanent changes

(ii)              Define non-permanent changes

·        Defining permanent and non-permanent changes

·        Carrying out experiments to show permanent and temporary changes

 

·        Burner

·        Ice

·        NH4CL

·        MG metal

·        Carbon

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 31-33

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 30-35

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 87-89

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  43

 
7 1-2 Simple classification of substances Elements, atoms, molecules and compounds By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(i)                Define an element, a molecule, an atom and a compound

·        Discussion on meaning of element, atom, molecule and compound ·        Chart on definition of atom, molecule, compound and element ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 31-33

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 30-35

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 87-89

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  48

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substance Elements, compounds and symbols of elements By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(i)                Give examples of at least 3 elements and 3 compounds

(ii)              State the symbols of common elements

·        Identifying and writing chemical symbols of common elements

·        Listing examples of elements and compounds

·        Chart on symbol of elements ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 35-36

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 39-40

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 97-98

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  48

 
8 1-2 Simple classification of substances Symbols of elements By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name atleast 4 elements

(ii)              Give the symbols of atleast 5 elements using latin or English names

Naming and writing correct symbols of elements ·        Chart of symbols of elements

·        The periodic table

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 35-36

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 39-40

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 97-98

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  49

 
  3-4 Simple classification of substances Word equation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Give simple word equation of chemical reaction

·        Writing a variety of simple word equations ·        Chart on word equations ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 36

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 36-40

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 105

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  51

 

 
9 1-2 Acids and bases Indicators By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define acids, organic acids and inorganic acids

(ii)              Give atleast 3 examples of indicators

(iii)             Make simple acid-base indicators from flowers

·        Defining indicators

·        Naming types of indicators

·        Carrying out experiments to prepare flower base of indicators

 

 

·        Indicators

·        Litmus paper

·        Phenolphalein

·        Methyl orange

·        Universal indicator

·        Plastic mortar

·        Flower petals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 48-49

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 41-47

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 112

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  54

 

 
 

 

3-4 Acid and bases Acids By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define acids, organic acids and inorganic acids

(ii)              Name atleast 3 organic acids and inorganic acids

(iii)             Give atleast 3 properties of acids

·        Naming organic and inorganic acids

·        Listing examples of organic and inorganic

·        Demonstrating properties of acids

·        Defining the terms acid, organic and inorganic acids

·        Lemon

·        Orange

·        Milk

·        Tea

·        Cheese

·        Stomach juice

·        Car batteries

·        Hydrochloric acid

·        Sulphuric acid

·        Vinegar

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 48-49

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 41-47

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 110

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  59

 

 
10 1-2 Acid and bases Bases and alkalis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define a base

(ii)              Cover atleast 3 examples of bases

(iii)             Give atleast 3 properties of bases

·        Defining bases

·        Listing examples of bases

·        Carrying out experiments to show properties of bases

·        Soap

·        Anti-acid tablets

·        JIK

·        Chart on properties of bases

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 50-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 41-47

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 111

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  63

 
  3-4 Acid and bases Colour changes of indicators in acid and bases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Give colour of each indicator in acidic and basic media as well as in neutral solutions

·        Carrying out experiments on colur changes of indicators

·        Discussion on color changes of indicators and basic media

·        Indicators

·        Acid solutions

·        Basic solutions

·        Droppers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 44-47

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 46

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 115-118

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  55

 
11 1-2 Acid and bases Universal indicator and PH scale By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Give reasons why the universal indicator is commonly used

(ii)              Define a PH scale and give the PH acids, bases and neutral solutions in the scale

(iii)             Measure the PH of given solutions

·        Discussion on the universal indicator

·        Carrying out experiments on the universal indicator

·        Discussion on the ph scale

·        PH scale

·        PH indicators

·        Solutions of acids, bases and neutral solutions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 44-47

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 46-47

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 116

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  58

 

 
  3-4 Acid and bases Importance of acid-base neutralization By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain 3 applications of acid-base neutralization reactions in real lits

(ii)              Give the disadvantages of acids and bases

·        Discussions on application of acids and bases

·        Identifying advantages and disadvantages of acids and bases

·        Antacids tablets

·        Decayed path

·        Acidic salts

·        Corroded metals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 50-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 47-48

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 117

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  63

 
12 1-2 Air and combustion Combustion of Air By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Give the percentage composition of constituents of air

(ii)              Demonstrate that air has no main active parts

·        Discussion on composition of air

·        Demonstration on a burning candle in limited air

·        Observation and discussion

·        Recording the composition of air

·        Trough

·        Gas jar

·        Bee hive shelf

·        Candle

·        Pie-chart on composition of air

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 56-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 48-50

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 126

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  68

 
  3-4 Air and combustion Percentage composition of oxygen in air By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Calculate the percentage composition of oxygen in air

·        Carrying out experiment to determine the percentage of oxygen in the air

·        Observation and calculation of percentage of oxygen in air

Chart on how to determine the percentage composition of oxygen in air ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 54-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 48-50

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 126

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  78

 
 

REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATION

 

 

CHEMISTRY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES  
1 1-4 REVISION Revision of term two’s work By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify and explain concepts learnt in term 2

·        Answering questions

·        Quiz

·        Discussion with teachers on topics previously covered

·        Assignment

·        Quiz

·        Review questions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 22-55

·        Objective in the schemes of work

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 1-126

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  1-78

 
2 1-2 Air and combustion Quantitative determination of oxygen in air By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Calculate quantatively the percentage of oxygen in air

(ii)              Determine the proportion of air used when copper turnings is heated in a fixed volume of air

(iii)             Calculate the percentage of oxygen in the air using alkaline pyrogallol

·        Carrying our experiment to investigate percentage of oxygen in air

·        Discussion on the observation made

·        Calculating the percentage of air using alkaline pyrogallol

·        Gas syringes

·        Glass tube

·        Copper turnings

·        Liquid pyrogallol

·        NoOH

·        Measuring cylinders

·        Bunsen burner

·        Pair of tongs

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 54-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 51-54

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 128

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  70

 

 
  3-4 Air combustion Rusting By the end of the lesson, the learner, should be able to

(i)                Give the uses of oxygen

(ii)              Determine the conditions necessary for rusting

(iii)             List three ways of preventing rusting

·        Discussion on the uses of oxygen

·        Carrying out of experiment to determine conditions for rusting

·        Discussion on the uses of oxygen

·        Carrying out an experiment to determine conditions

·        Discussion on conditions for rusting

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 54-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 51-54

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 128

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  76

 
3 1-2 Air and combustion Burning substances in air By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine the change in mass when substances burn in air and note the acidity or alkalinity of the gas produced

(ii)              Write word equations and define acids and basic oxides

·        Carrying out experiments of burning substances in air

·        Discussion on observations

·        Writing relevant word equations

·        Mg, na,C,S,P, Co, ca

·        Crucible

·        Weighing

·        Burners

·        Litmus paper

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 62-65

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 56-59

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 131

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  79

 

 
  3-4 Air and combustion Laboratory: Preparation and properties of oxygen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Assemble the apparatus used to prepare oxygen

(ii)              give the physical and chemical properties of oxygen

(iii)             give a confirmatory test for oxygen gas

·        carrying out experiments to prepare oxygen

·        observing demonstration

·        discussion on properties of oxygen

·        defining oxidation and reduction

·        flat-bottomed flask

·        thistle funnel with clip

·        trought

·        gas jar

·        delivery tube

·        hydrogen peroxide

·        c,s,mg,co

·        two-holed tuber tongs

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 61-64

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 55-56

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 147

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  78

 

 
4 1-2 Air and combustion Atmosphere and pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define atmospheric pollution

(ii)              Explain the causes of air pollution

(iii)             Explain the efforts being made to reduce air pollution

·        Discussions on causes and control of air pollution ·        Chart showing causes and control of air pollution ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 68-69

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 57-60

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 135

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  88

 
  3-4 Air and combustion Preparation, drying and collection of gases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                List the stages of gas preparation and collection

(ii)              Explain how gases can be generated, dried and collected

(iii)             Give the characteristics if gas collected by each method

·        Discussion on method of gas preparation and collection

·        Carrying out experiments to show gas preparations and collections

·        Discussion on gas collected by each method

·        Thistles funnel

·        Flask

·        U-tube

·        Gas jar

·        Delivery tube

·        Charts on methods of generation, drying and collection of gases

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 78-89

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 61

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 144

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  75

 

 
5 1-2 Air and combustion Industrial preparation of oxygen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain how oxygen can be distilled from liquid air by fractional distillation

·        Discussion on preparation of oxygen by fractional distillation of liquids air ·        Chart showing fractional distillation in liquid air ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 57-58

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 61

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 158

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  75

 
  3-4 Air and combustion Activity series and uses of oxygen gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Arrange elements in order of reactivity with oxygen from most to least reactive

(ii)              Give atleast 3 uses of oxygen gas

·        Discussion on reactivity series

·        Explaining uses of oxygen

·        Writing relevant equation

·        Chart showing reactivity series

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 66

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 56-61

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 159

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  83,87-89

 
6 1-2 Water and hydrogen Sources of water By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State sources of water

(ii)              Explain the importance of water

·        Discussion on the sources of water

·        Explaining the importance of water

·        Chart on sources of water

·        Photographs

·        Magazines and scientific journals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 70-71

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 62-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 174

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  91

 
  3-4 Water and hydrogen Water is a product of bringing organic matter By the end of the lesson, learner should be able to

(i)                Assemble apparatus to show the products of burning candle and test for water

·        Carrying out an experiment to show water is a product of burning organic matter

·        Observation and discussion of results of experiment

·        Candle ice cold water

·        Funnel

·        CuSo4

·        Wash bottle

·        Two test tubes with side arms

·        Lime water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 71

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 62-64

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 176

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  92

 
7 1-2 Water and hydrogen Water as an oxide hydrogen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Assemble apparatus to show that water is an oxide of hydrogen

(ii)              Test for the presence of water

·        Carrying out an experiment to show water is an oxide of hydrogen

·        Observation and discussion on results from experiment

·        Hydrogen generator

·        Cold surface

·        CuSo4

·        Cobalt chloride

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 71, 80-82

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 62-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 194

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  91

 
  3-4 Water and hydrogen Reaction of metals with water By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the observations when metals react with water

(ii)              Write word equation when metals react with water

·        Carrying out experiment to show reactions of water with metals

·        Observations and discussion on the results of experiments writing word equation for the reactions

·        Water

·        Sodium magnesium

·        Calcium potassium

·        Iron, zinc

·        Litmus

·        Splint

·        Trough

·        Gas jar

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 73-75

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 65-66

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 182

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  92

 
8 1-2 Water and hydrogen Reaction of metals with steam By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the observations when the magnesium react with cold water

(ii)              Write word equation for the reaction between metals and steam

·        Carrying our experiments to show the reaction of magnesium with steam

·        Observation and discussion on results obtained

·        Writing a word equation for the reaction

·        Steam

·        Mg

·        Boiling tube

·        Trough

·        Gas jar

·        Delivery tube

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 75-76

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 67-69

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 182

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  94

 
  3-4 Water and hydrogen Reactivity series of water with metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Arrange metals in order of their reactivity with water from most to least reactive

·        Discussion on reactivity of metals with water and steam

·        Drawing summary tube

·        Showing reactivity

·        Chart on reactivity series ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 77

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 69-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 182

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  96

 
9 1-2 Water and hydrogen Laboratory preparation of hydrogen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Assemble the apparatus used to prepare hydrogen gas in the laboratory

(ii)              Give the physical and the chemical properties of hydrogen gas

(iii)             Give the general test for hydrogen gas

 

·        Discussion on preparation, properties and test of hydrogen gas

·        Carrying out experiments to prepare hydrogen

·        Observation and discussion on results objectives

·        Carrying out the felt for hydrogen

·        Flat bottomed flask

·        Thistle funnel

·        Cork

·        Delivery tube

·        Trough

·        Gas jar

·        Splint

·        Water

·        Zinc granules

·        Dilute sulphuric acid

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 78-82

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 62-67

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 189

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  96

 

 
  3-4 Water and hydrogen Oxidation and reduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain using word equations how hydrogen is a good reducing agent

(ii)              Define oxidation reduction and redox reactions in terms of hydrogen

(iii)             Use word equations to explain redox

·        Defining oxidation and reduction

·        Discussion on hydrogen as a reducing agent

·        Using word equations to explain redox

·        Hydrogen generator

·        Burner

·        Cuo, Copper (ii) sulphate

·        Calcium II chloride

·        tube

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 80-82

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 67-69

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 193

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  100

 

 
10 1-2 Water and hydrogen Uses of hydrogen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain atleast 3 uses of hydrogen

·        Discussion on the uses of hydrogen Chart on uses of hydrogen ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 82-83

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 68-69

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 196

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  102

 
  3-4 Water and hydrogen Summary of the topics By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain using word equation how hydrogen is a good reducing agent

(ii)              Define oxidation, reduction and redox reactions, in terms of hydrogen

(iii)             Use word equations to explain redox

·        Defining oxidation and reduction

·        Discussion on hydrogen and reducing agent

·        Using word equation to explain redox

·        Hydrogen generator

·        Burner

·        Cuo, Copper (ii) sulphate, calcium (ii) chloride

·        U-Tube

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 1 pages 80-82

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 1 pages 67-69

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 1 pages 201

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book page  103

 

 
 

EXAMS AND REVISION

 
CHEMISTRY FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-2 Structure of the and the periodic table Structure of the atom By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define the atom

(ii)              Describe different models of the atom

·        Explaining the meaning of the atom

·        Describe Dalton’s theory of the atom

·        Describing Rutherford’s model of the atom

·        Chart on the models of atom

·        Improvised models of the atom

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 1-2

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 1-2

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 1

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  1

 

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Names and symbols of atom By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able

(i)                Give names and correct symbols of the first 20 elements of the periodic table

·        Identifying the names of the first 20 elements of the periodic table

·        Practicing how to write the correct symbols of the first 20 elements of the periodic table

·        The periodic table

·        Charting on English and latin names of elements

·        Table of elements and corresponding symbols

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 2-3

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 1-3

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 1

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  1

   
2 1-2 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Properties of the sub-atomic particles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe proton, neutron and electron

(ii)              Make a simplified model of the atom

·        Define proton, neutron and electron

·        Construction a tabular summary of the properties of proton, neutron and electron

·        Drawing a simple model of the atom

·        Model of atom and energy levels

·        Chart on properties of proton, neutron and electron

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 2-3

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 3-4

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 7

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  2

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Electron arrangement of the first 20 elements of the periodic table By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the structure of the atom

(ii)              Write the electron arrangement of the first 20 elements of the periodic table

·        Describing the structure of the atom

·        Explaining the position of an element in the periodic table

·        Chart on the models of the atom

·        Periodic table

·        Models of atom

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 3-6

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 3-4

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 1-6

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  4

   
3 1-2 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Models of electron arrangement By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                draw the electron arrangements according to Bohr’s model

·        discussion on the points in Bohr’s theory of the atom

·        drawing election arrangement based on a tonic numbers

·        a chart on the dot and cross models of electron arrangement ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 5-6

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 2

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  4

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Atomic characteristics By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define atomic number, isotopes and relative atomic mass

·        Defining atomic number, mass number and isotope

·        Identifying isotopes and giving examples

·        Defining relative atomic

·        Solving problems on atomic number, mass number and isotopes

·        Model of electron arrangement

·        The periodic table

·        Chart on column isotopes of carbon, chlorine oxygen and neon

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 6-9

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 3-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 7

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  4

   
4 1-2 Structure of atom and periodic table Relative atomic mass and isotopes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Calculate relative atomic mass from isotopic composition

·        Explaining relative atomic mass

·        Calculating relative atomic mass

·        Chart on examples of correct calculations of relative atomic mass ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 9-11

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 3-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 10-12

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  10

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table The periodic table By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the position of an element in the periodic table interms of its electron arrangements

·        Discussing the history of the periodic table

·        Explaining Mendeleenes periodic law

·        Constructing part of the periodic table showing the first 20 elements

·        The periodic table

·        Chart on the history of the periodic table

 

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 11-13

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 3-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 17

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  8

   
5 1-2 Structure of the atom and the  periodic table Ion formation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Predict the type of ion formation from a given electron arrangement of an atom

·        Explaining ion formation by loss or gain of electrons

·        Predicting and drawing the structures of ions of named elements

·        The periodic table

·        Chart on electron arrangements and ion formation

·        Rules of predicting types of ion formed by an element in view of electron arrangement

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 13-15

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 20

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  12

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Ionization energy and electron affinity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define ionization energy and electron affinity

·        Defining ionization energy and electron affinity

·        Explaining trends in ionization energy and electron affinity

·        Tables of values of electron affinity and ionization energy ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 15-16

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 25

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  12

   
6 1-2 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Valence and oxidation numbers By the end of the lesson ,the learner should be able to

(i)                Define valence and oxidation number of an element

·        Defining valences and oxidation number

·        Discussion on the table of valences of elements and radicals

·        Periodic table

·        Tables of valences of elements and radicals

·        Ball and stick woods of atoms

·        The hook model of valences

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 17-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 25-26

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  14-15

   
3-4 3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Valence, oxidation numbers and radicals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Predict valences and oxidation numbers from the position of elements in the periodic table

(ii)              Define radicals and state the valences

·        Predicting valences and oxidation numbers of elements

·        Defining the term radical

·        Discussion on table of valences for common radicals

·        Tables of valences and oxidation numbers

·        The Hook model the bull and stick model of valences

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 17-20

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 28-29

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  14-15

   
7 1-2 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Chemical formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Derive the formulae of some compounds from valences of elements and radicals

·        Discussing the procedure of deriving chemical formulae of compounds

·        Deriving chemical formulae of compounds

·        Chart on chemical formulae of some compounds

·        Table of Valences

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 21-22

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 29

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  20

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Chemical formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Solve problems on chemical formulae

·        Writing correct chemical Formulae of selected compounds ·        Quiz on chemical formuale ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 21-22

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  20

   
8 1-2 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Chemical equations By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

(i)                Write simple balanced chemical equations

(ii)              Use state symbols

Write balanced chemical equations

·        Discussing state symbols

·        Using state symbols

·        Balancing chemical equations

·        Chart on the procedure of balancing chemical equations ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 23-24

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 4-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 35

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  20

   
  3-4 Structure of the atom and the periodic table Project By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to design and atomic model ·        Carrying out project on atomic model ·        Sell tape

·        Polystyrene

·        Marbles

·        wire

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 25

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 3-6

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 35

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  20

   
9 1-2 Chemical families: patterns in properties Alkali metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify alkali metals

(ii)              Describe the electronic arrangement of alkali metals

(iii)             State and explain their physical properties

·        Identify group I elements

·        Describing electronic arrangement of alkali metals

·        Explaining physical properties of alkali metals

·        Samples of well stored alkali metals

·        Chart on properties of alkali metals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 27-30

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 12-17

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 44

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  26

   
  3-4 Chemical families: patterns in properties Alkali metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the chemical properties of alkali metals

·        Observing the reaction of alkali metals with air

·        Describing the reaction of alkali metals with cold water

·        Deflagrating spoon

·        Alkali metals

·        Trough

·        Water

·        Tongs

·        Krufe

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 30-32

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 12-17

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 49

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  26

   
10 1-2 Chemical families: Patterns in properties Reaction of alkali metals with chloride By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the reaction of alkali metals with chlorine

·        Carrying out experiments on reaction of alkali metals with chlorine gas

·        Writing equations for reaction of alkali metals with chlorine

·        Gas jar

·        Deflagrating spoon

·        Lithium

·        Sodium

·        Source of chlorine

·        Petri dish

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 32-33

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 12-17

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 55

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  30

   
  3-4 Chemical families: patterns in properties Use of alkali metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe the uses of alkali metals ·        Discussing the uses of alkali metals

·        Listing the uses of alkali metals

  ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 33-35

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 12-17

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 57

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  32

   
11 1-2 Chemical families: patterns in properties Alkaline with metals (Group II) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify alkaline with metals

(ii)              Write the electron arrangements of alkaline with earth metals

·        Explaining the electron arrangement and grading in size of alkaline-earth metals

·        Explaining ionization energies

·        Periodic table

·        Chart on atomic radius and ionization energy of group II metals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 35-36

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 18-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 58

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  33

   
  3-4 Chemical families: pattern in properties Alkaline earth metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain physical properties of alkaline earth metals

(ii)              Describe the reaction of alkaline earth metals with air

·        Discussion on properties of alkaline-earth metals

·        Carrying and experiments on reaction of group II metal with air

·        Writing equation for appropriate reactions

·        Tables of physical properties of group II metals

·        Pair of tongs

·        Bunsen burner

·        Test tubes

·        Measuring cylinders

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        Calcium

·        Phenolphthalein

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 36-38

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 18-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 61

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  33

   
12 1-2 Chemical families: pattern in properties Alkaline-earth metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reaction of alkaline-earth metals with cold water

·        Carrying out experiments on reaction of alkaline-earth metals with cold water

·        Discussion on the observed results on the experiments

·        Test tubes

·        Bunsen burner

·        Wooden splint

·        Filter funnel

·        Filter paper

·        Magnesium

·        Calcium

·        Phenolphthalein

·        Distilled water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 38-39

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 18-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 64

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  33

   
  3-4 Chemical families: Pattern in properties Alkaline-earth metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reaction of alkaline-earth metals with cholorine gas

·        Carrying out experiments on reaction of alkaline-earth metal with chlorine gas

·        Observing and describing the reaction of group II metals with chlorine gas

·        Gas jar

·        Deflagrating spoon

·        Bunsen burner

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        Calcium

·        Chlorine gas

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 39-40

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 18-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 65-66

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  33

   
13 1-2 Chemical families: patterns in properties Alkaline-earth metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reaction of alkaline-earth metals with dilute acids

·        Carrying out experiments on reaction of magnesium and calcium with dilute acids

·        Writing of relevant equations

·        3 test-tubes

·        Bunsen burner

·        Test-tube rack

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Dilute sulphuric acid

·        Dilute hydrochloric acid

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        calcium

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 40-41

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 18-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 69

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  33

   
  3-4 Chemical families: pattern in properties Importance of alkaline-earth metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the similarities in formulae of alkaline earth compounds

(ii)              Explain the importance of group II metals

·        Discussing the importance of group II metals

·        Explaining the similarities in formulae of alkaline earth compounds

·        Chart on the importance of alkaline-earth metals ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 41-42

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 18-21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 72

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  49

   
 

REVISION AND END TERM EXAMINATION

 
 

 

 
CHEMISTRY FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-4 Revision Revision of term one’s work By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify and explain concept learnt in tem one

·        Answering questions

·        Quiz

·        Discussion on topic previously covered

·        Assignments

·        Quiz

·        Revision questions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 1-68

·        Objectives in Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 1-71

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page 1-41

   
2 1-2 Chemical families: patterns in properties Halogens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Locate the position of halogens in the periodic table

(ii)              Name the halogens giving their electronic arrangements and their valance

·        Discussion on location of halogens in the periodic table

·        Identifying halogens

·        Writing the electron arrangement of halogens

·        Periodic table ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 43-44

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-25

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 72-73

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  41

   
  3-4 Chemical families: patterns in properties Physical properties of halogens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the physical properties of halogens

(ii)              Give the formulae of metal halides of sodium, calcium, iron, phosphorous

(iii)             Explain the changes of ionic and atomic radii down the group

·        Explain the physical properties of halogens

·        Writing the formulae of Ha, Ca, Fe, ph

·        Explain the changes of ionic and atomic radii down the group

·        Periodic table

·        Chart showing table on physical properties of halogens

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 44-46

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-25

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 73

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  42

 

   
3 1-2 Chemical families: patterns in properties Halogens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reaction of halogens with metals

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the reaction between halogens and metals

·        Discussion on the results obtained

·        Apparatus and chemicals listed on page 47

·        Students book

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 47-49

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-25

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 78

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  45

   
  3-4 Chemical families: Patterns in properties Halogens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reaction between halogens and water

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the reaction between halogens and water

·        Discussion on observation made

·        Chlorine gas

·        Generator

·        2 test tubes

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Spatula

·        KMnO4

·        Concentrated HCL

·        Bronure iodine

·        Distilled water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 49-50

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-30

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 76

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  45

   
4 1-2 Chemical families: patterns in properties Halogens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the similarities of halogen ions

(ii)              Explain the similarities in formulae of halogen compounds

·        Explaining similities of halogen ions

·        Explaining similarities in formulae of halogen compounds

·        Chart showing formulae of some metallic haloids

·        Chart showing formulae of halogens halides

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 50-52

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-30

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 83

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  45

   
  3-4 Chemical families: patterns in properties Uses of halogens and their compounds By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of halogens and their compounds

·        Stating and discussing the uses of halogens ·        A chart on uses of halogens ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 51-52

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-25

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 85

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  49

   
5 1-2 Chemical families: pattern in properties Properties of halogens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the physical properties of halogens

·        Discussion on physical and chemical properties of halogens ·        Periodic table

·        Table on summary of properties of halogens

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 27-54

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 21-25

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 73

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  42

   
  3-4 Chemical families: pattern in properties Noble gases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(i)                Locate the position of noble gases in the periodic table

(ii)              Give the electronic arrangement of noble gases

(iii)             Give atleast 5 properties of noble gases

(iv)             Explain the uses of noble gases

·        Locating and identifying noble gases in the periodic table

·        Drawing the electronic arrangement of noble gases

·        Explain the properties of noble gases

·        Explaining the uses of noble gases

·        Periodic table

·        Char on properties of noble gases

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 54-56

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 86

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  50

 

   
6 1-2 Chemical families:

Pattern in properties

Properties and periods across a period By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify the elements in a given period

(ii)              Write the electron arrangement of the elements in a given period

·        Identifying elements in a given period

·        Writing the electron arrangements of the elements in a given period

·        Periodic table ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 56-57

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 27-31

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 88-101

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  50

   
  3-4 Chemical families: pattern properties Properties and trends across a period By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the trends in physical properties of elements in a period

·        Discussion on the trends in physical properties of elements in period ·        Periodic table

·        Chart on physical properties of elements in a period

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 58-60

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 27-31

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 88-101

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  52

   
7 1-2 Chemical families:

Pattern in properties

Properties and trends across a period By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the trends in chemical behaviors of elements in a period

·        Discussion on the trends in chemical behavior of elements in a given period ·        Periodic table

·        Chart showing reactions of elements with oxygen, water and dilute acids

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 60-64

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 27-31

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 88-101

   
  3-4 Structure and bonding Types of bonding By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to able to

(i)                Define the term bonding and structure

(ii)              Name the types of bonding and related structures

(iii)             Define ionic bonding

·        Naming types of bonding and related structures

·        Define the terms structure and bonding

·        Models of common structures ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages60-70

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 105

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  62

   
8 1-2 Structure and bonding The role of the outer electrons in electrical bond By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the role of the outer most electrons in determining chemical bonding

·        Describing the role of outer electrons in determining chemical bonding ·        Chart on electron arrangement and stability  

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages69

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 105-108

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  62

   
  3-4 Structure and bonding The noble gases, electron arrangements By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the noble gas-electron arrangement

·        Explaining the noble gas electron arrangement ·        Chart on noble gas electron arrangement ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages69-70

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 109

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  62

   
9 1-2 Structure and bonding Electron transfer and ionic bonding By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to explain electron transfer and ionic bonding ·        Explain electron transfer and ionic bonding ·        Chart on bond type and structure ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 70-74

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 108-109

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  62

   
  3-4 Structure and bonding Electron sharing and covalent bonding By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define covalent bonding

(ii)              Give examples of covalent compounds

(iii)             Give four properties of covalent compounds

·        Defining covalent bonding

·        Listing examples of covalent compounds

·        Stating 4 properties of covalent compounds

·        Chart on covalent bonding ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 74-75

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 110-112

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  65

   
10 1-2 Structure and bonding Use of dots (.) and cross (x) to illustrate bonding By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Use dot and cross to illustrate bonding

·        Drawing structures to illustrate bonding using dot and cross

 

 

·        Chart on examples of illustrated bonding using dots and cross ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 74-76

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  62

   
  3-4 Structure and bonding Hydrogen bonding By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain hydrogen bonding

·        Describing hydrogen bonding ·        Chart on hydrogen bonding ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 76-78

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 119

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  70

   
11 1-2 Structure and bonding Co-ordinate covalent bonding By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Illustrate covalent bonding using diagrams

(ii)              Explain the properties of covalent substances

·        Illustrating covalent bonding

·        Explaining properties of covalent compounds

·        Chart showing covalent bonding

·        Chart on properties of covalent compounds

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 78-82

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 112

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  68

   
  3-4 Structure and bonding Types of bonding in period 3 By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Select appropriate materials for use based on bond type

·        Explaining bond type changes a cross a period ·        Chart on bonding of oxides and chlorides of period 3 elements ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 82-83

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 120-121

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  68

   
12 1-2 Structure and bonding Application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able

(i)                Select appropriate materials for use based on bond type

·        Discussion on various fields of areas in which the knowledge of bonding and structure is applied ·        Pictures and photographs from scientific journals  

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 83-84

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 123

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  72-73

   
  3-4 Structure and bonding project By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Make a model of the structure of diamond

·        Using sticks and plasticine to make a model of the structure of diamond ·        Smooth sticks

·        plasticine

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 84-85

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 38-43

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 115

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  71

   
13 1-2 salts Methods of preparing soluble salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Prepare soluble salts by the reaction of acid with metals and metal hydroxides

·        Carrying out experiments on salt preparation by reaction of acids with metals and metal hydroxides

·        Discussion on results of experiments

·        2NHCL

·        Zinc powder

·        2MNaOH

·        Phenolphthalein

·        Distilled water

·        Necessary apparatus

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 86-88

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  87

   
  3-4 Salt Methods of preparing soluble salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Prepare soluble salts by the reaction of acids with metal carbonates, metal oxides and metal hydrogen carbonates

·        Carrying out experiments to prepare salts by the reaction of acids with metal carbonate, metal oxides and metal hydrogen carbonate

·        Discussion on the results observed from the experiments

·        2MH2SO4

·        Sodium carbonate

·        250cm3beaker

·        Conical flask

·        Filter funnel

·        Filter paper

·        Spatula

·        Glass rod

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 88-89

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 130-148

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  87

   
 

REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMS

 
   
CHEMISTRY FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-2 Salts Preparation of salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe preparation of insoluble salts by precipitation

(ii)              Write correct ionic equations for preparation of salts

·        Describing the preparation of insoluble salts by precipitation

·        Writing ionic equations for preparation of salts

·        Chart showing covalent insoluble salts and ionic equations for preparation of salts ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 89

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 139

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  94

   
  3-4 salts Preparation of salts through direct  combination methods

Types of salts

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe preparation of salts by direct combination

(ii)              Explain the terms saturation crystallization, neutralization and precipitation

(iii)             State types of salts

·        Explaining precipitation of salts by direct combination

·        Defining the forms crystallization, saturation , neutralization and precipitation

·        Listing types of salts

·        Chart showing types of salts

·        Chart showing examples of salts that can be prepared by direct combination

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 89-91

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 137-139

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  92

   
2 1-2 Salts Solubility of salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify soluble and insoluble salts

·        Discussion on soluble salts

·        Explaining the relationship between method of preparation and solubility of salts

·        Chart on graph showing some solubility curves ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 91-93

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 149

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  82

   
  3-4 salts Action of heat on salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the action of heat on various salts

·        Explaining the action of heat on carbonates, nitrates, sulphates and hydrated salts based on experimental observation ·        Bunsen burner

·        Glass rod

·        Lime water

·        Litmus paper

·        Spatula

·        Wooden splint

·        Various salts

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 93-99

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 152

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  99

   
3 1-2 Salts Application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to state the uses of some salts ·        Explaining various uses of salts ·        Articles from scientific magazines and journals ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 100

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 161

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  96

   
  3-4 Effects of an electric current on substances Conduction of electricity by solids By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define the terms conductor, non-conductor, electrolyte and non-electrolyte

(ii)              Test for conduction of electricity by solids

·        Defining the terms conductor, electrolyte and non-electrolyte

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the solids that conduct electricity

·        Battery

·        Torch bulb

·        Crocodile clips

·        Various solids

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 100

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 50-62

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 161

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  105

   
4 1-2 Effects of electric current on substances Conduction of electricity by molten substances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify molten substances that conduct electricity

·        Carrying and experiments to investigate conduction of electricity by molten substances

·        Discussion on result observed

·        Batteries

·        Wires

·        Torch bulbs

·        Crucible

·        Bunsen burner

·        Tripod stand

·        Various chemicals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 104-105

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 63-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 170

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  107

   
  3-4 Effects of an electric current on substances Conduction of electricity by solutions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Test for conduction of electricity in solutions

·        Carrying and experiments to investigate conduction of electricity in aqueous solution

·        Discussion on results observed

·        Battery

·        Wires

·        Torch bulb

·        Crocodile clip

·        Beaker

·        Various aqueous solutions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 104-105

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 63-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 171

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  109

   
5 1-2 Effects of an electric current on substances Electricity By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(i)     State the products of electrolysis of a binary electrolyte

(ii)    Explain the process of electrolysis

(iii)   Define the terms anode and cathode

·        Explaining the process of electrolysis

·        Defining the terms cathode and anode

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the movement of air through an electrolyte

·        Battery

·        Crocodile chip

·        Microscope slide

·        Pair of scissors

·        Filter paper

·        Various electrolytes

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 107-110

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 63-76

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 174-175

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  111

   
  3-4 Effects of electric current on substances Application By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State some applications of electrolysis

·        Discussion on the application of electrolysis

·        Such as in electroplating extruder of metals and purification of metals

·        Articles and photographs from scientific magazines and journals ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 111-112

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 63-76

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 177-178

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  113

   
6 1-2 Carbon and its compounds Forms of carbon By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define allotropy and allotropes

(ii)              Explain the physical properties of carbon allotropes

(iii)             State some uses of carbon

·        Defining the terms allotropy and allotropes

·        Explaining the physical properties of diamond and graphite

·        Discussion on uses of carbon (diamond and graphite)

·        Models of the structure of diamond and graphite

·        Charts showing models of diamond and graphite

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 116-117

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 180-185

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  115

   
  3-4 Carbon and its compounds Amorphous forms of carbon By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)     Explain the physical properties of amorphous carbon

(ii)    State some uses of amorphous carbon such as charcoal

·        Explaining the physical properties of amorphous forms of carbon

·        Discussion on uses of amorphous form of carbon

·        Photographs of charcoal

·        charcoal

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 116-119

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 186-187

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  117

   
7 1-2 Carbon and its compound Chemical properties of carbon By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the behavior of carbon when burnt

(ii)              Describe the reaction of carbon with acids

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate what happens to wood charcoal when burnt

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the reactions of carbon with acids

·        Gas jar with cover

·        Bunsen burner

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Lime water

·        Wood charcoal

·        Con. HCL and H2SO4

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 120-121

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 186-187

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  117

   
  3-4 Carbon and its compounds Chemical properties of carbon By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reducing action of carbon

·        Explaining the reducing action of carbon

·        Carrying out an experiment to investigate the reaction between wood charcoal and copper (II) oxide

·        Discussion on results of the experiments

·        Spatula

·        Hard glass

·        Test tube

·        Stand and clump

·        250 cm3beaker

·        Test tube holder

·        Burner

·        Wood charcoal

·        Copper (II) Oxide

·        Water

·        Lime water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 121-123

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 186-187

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  117

   
8 1-2 Carbon and its compounds Preparation and properties of carbon (iv) oxide By the  end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe laboratory preparation of carbon (iv) oxide

(ii)              Describe the physical properties of carbon (iv) oxide

·        Carrying out experiments to prepare carbon (iv) oxide in the laboratory

·        Explaining the physical properties of carbon (iv) oxide

·        Flat-bottomed flask

·        2 conical flask

·        Gas jar with covers

·        Thistle funnel with tap

·        Delivery tube

·        Marble chips

·        Dilute HCL

·        Dilute water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 123-126

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 190-193

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  121

   
  3-4 Carbon and its compounds Properties of carbon (iv) oxide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and describe the chemical properties of carbon (iv)oxide

·        Explaining the reaction of carbon (iv) oxide with water, alkalis and burning magnesium

·        Discussion on some uses of carbon (iv) oxide

·        Flat-bottomed flask

·        Stand and clump

·        Dripping funnel

·        Trough

·        Bee-hive shelf

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Spatula

·        Methanol acid

·        Conc. H2SO4

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 131-133

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 193-195

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  122-123

   
9 1-2 Carbon and its compound Preparations and properties of Carbon (iv) oxide should only be prepared on a form chamber By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe laboratory preparation of carbon (ii) oxide

(ii)              Describe the physical properties of carbon (ii) oxide

·        Carrying out an experiment to prepare carbon (ii) oxide in the laboratory

·        Explaining the physical properties of carbon (ii) oxide

·        Flat-bottomed flask

·        Stand clamp

·        Dropping funnel

·        Trough

·        Bee-hive shelf

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Spatula

·        Methanol acid

·        Con H2SO4

·        Water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 131-133

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 197-199

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  125-126

   
  3-4 Carbon and its compound Chemical properties of carbon (II) oxide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(i)                State and describe the chemical properties of carbon (II) oxide

(ii)              State some uses of Carbon (II) oxide

·        Explain the chemical properties of Carbon (II) oxide

·        Discussion on the uses of Carbon (II) oxide

·        Comparing Carbon (IV) oxide and Carbon (II) oxide

·        Chart showing a comparison between carbon (IV) oxide and carbon (II) oxide ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 131-136

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 201-203

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  128

   
10 1-2 Carbon and its compounds Carbonates and hydrogen carbonates By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the chemical reactions of carbonates

 

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the action of heat and dilute acids on carbonates

·        Discussion on observed results on the experiments

·        Test tubes, test tube rack, Bunsen burner,

·        Spatula

·        Stand and clamp

·        Beaker and test tube with side arm

·        Dilute HCL

·        Lime water and various carbonates

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 137-139

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 206

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  130-131

   
  3-4 Carbon and its compounds Carbonates and hydrogen carbonates By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the chemical reaction of hydrogen carbonates

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the action of heat and dilute acids on hydrogen carbonates

·        Discussion on the observed results observation from the experiments

·        Two test-tubes

·        Stand and clamp

·        Delivery tube

·        Bunsen burner

·        Spatula and test tube with side arm

·        Lime water and sodium and calcium hydrogen carbonates

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 139-141

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  130

 

   
11 1-2 Carbon and its compounds Production and manufacture of sodium carbonate (soda ash) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be

(i)                Able to describe the manufacture of sodium carbonate

·        Explaining the stages of solvaryprocess ·        Chart showing the solvaryprocess

·        A flow diagram of the solvary process

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 141-144

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  134

   
 

 

3-4 Carbon and its compounds Extraction of sodium carbonate (soda ash) from lake Magadi By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the extraction of sodium carbonate from lake Magadi

·        Explaining the extraction of sodium carbonate (soda ash) from lake Magadi ·        A chart showing the process of producing soda ash ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 144-145

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  134

   
12 1-2 Carbon and its compound The importance of carbon and its oxides By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the importance of carbon compounds in the natural environment and industry

·        Explaining the carbon oxide

·        Discussion on manufacture of soft drinks and fire extinguishers

·        Chart showing flow diagram of carbon cycle ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 145-147

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  135-136

   
  3-4 Carbon and its compounds The importance of carbon and its oxides By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the importance of carbon and its compounds in the natural environment and in industry

·        Explain the effect of carbon (iv) oxide on the environment ·        Articles and photographs from scientific magazines and journals ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 2 pages 147-148

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 2 pages 77-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 2 page  137-138

 

   
 

REVISION AND END OF YEAR EXAMINATION

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

CHEMISTRY FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1

 
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-2 Gas Law Boyels’ Law By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State Boyles’ law

(ii)              Carry out an experiment to investigate Boyle’s law

·        Demonstration to verify Boyle’s law recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Drawing of pagenist and- against i/p graphs

·        Bourn on gauge

·        Pump

·        Scale strip

·        Delivery tubes with connections

·        Graph papers

·        Panels

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 1-4

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 4-5

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 206

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  1

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 5

   
  3-4 Gas laws Charles’ Law By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State Charles’ law

·        Demonstration to verify Charles law

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Representing Charles law graphically

·        Concentrated Sulphuric acid

·        Water and ice

·        Thermometer

·        Capillary tube

·        250cm3 beaker

·        Bunsen burner

·        Tripod stand

·        Wire gauge

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 4-6

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 6-8

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 8

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  6

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 7

   
  5 Gas Laws Combined gas law By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Use the combined gas laws to carry out calculations

·        Discussion on combined gas laws

·        Calculating sums involving combined gas laws

·        Charts showing steps involved in the use of combined gas law ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 6-7

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 6-9

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 11

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  13

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 9

   
2 4-5 Gas Law Movement of particles of diffusion in gases

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain diffusion in liquids in terms of kinetic theory

·        Carrying out experiments of diffusion of gases

·        Listing the real-life situations where concept of diffusion is applied

·        Perfume

·        Chart showing applications of diffusion in real life situation

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 12-13

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 11

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 14

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  16

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel

   
3 1-2 Gas law Grahams’ Law of diffusion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to relate the note of diffusion to relative molecular mass of a gas ·        Demonstration on diffusion of ammonia and hydrogen chloride

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on the observations

·        Concentrated ammonia

·        Concentrated hydrochloric acid

·        Glass tube

·        2 stands and clamps

·        Stop-watch

·        Cotton-wool

·        Meter note

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 13-16

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 11

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 14

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  16

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 11

   
  3-4 Gas law Grahams’ Law of diffusion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Relate the rate of diffusion to the relative molecular of mass of a gas

·        Discussion based on the mathematical aspect of Grahams Law of diffusion

·        Calculating sum involving Graham’s law of diffusion

·        Chart showing calculation that relate to Grahams’ law of diffusion ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 13-16

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 11

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 14

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  16

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 17-19

   
 

 

5 Gas law Grahams’ Law of diffusion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out calculations involving Grahams’ law of diffusion

·        Discussion based on Grahams’ law of diffusion

·        Calculating grahams’ law of diffusion

·        Chart showing relationship between diffusion with density and time ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 13-16

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 11

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 14

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  16

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 12-13

   
4 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations The mole By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define the mole

·        Defining the term mole

·        Calculations and discussion on the mole

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Electronic balance

·        Stop-watch

·        Thermometer

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 20-22

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 18-19

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 27

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  29

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 21

   
  3 The mole, formulae and chemical equations The relative atomic mass By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

(i)                Relate the mole to relative atomic mass

·        Discussion based on the relative atomic mass

·        Calculating sum on relative atomic mass

·        Periodic table having relative atomic masses of elements ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 25-26

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 18-19

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 33

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  28

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 22-23

   
  4-5 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Molar mass By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Convert mass into moles and vice versa

·        Calculations involving moles and masses

·        Calculating the relative molecular masses of elements

·        The periodic table

·        Chart showing large triangle of the relationship between mass, molecular mass and mole

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 23-25

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 18-19

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 31

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  42

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 23-24

   
5 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Empirical formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine experimentally the empirical formulae of a given compound

·        Demonstration on empirical formulae of magnesium oxide

·        Recording and discussing observations

·        Calculating the empirical formulae of magnesium oxide

·        Magnesium ribbon dry crucible with lod

·        Pipe clay triangle

·        A pair of tongs

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 26-27

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 19-20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 64

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  35

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 23-28

   
  3-4 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Empirical formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine experimentally empirical formulae of substance

·        Demonstration on formulae of a hydrated salt

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Calculating empirical formulae

·        CuSO4

·        Cobalt (II)

·        Chloride paper

·        Aluminum foil

·        Cotton wool

·        Ruler

·        Beaker of water

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 29-31

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 19-20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 64

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  35

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 30-31

   
 

 

5 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Empirical formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                determine the empirical formulae of a given data

·        discussion based on enyzerical formulae

·        calculating empirical formulae of a given data

·        charts showing how the enyzerical formulae of substances are calculated ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 31-32

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 19-20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 64

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  35

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 31-33

   
6 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Molecular formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine the molecular formulae of substances from given data

·        Discussion based on molecular formulae

·        Calculating molecular formulae

·        Chart showing the calculations of molecular formulae ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 32-33

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 19-20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 43

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  73

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 34-35

   
  3 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Molecular formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine the molecular formulae of substances from a given data

·        Discussion based on the molecular formulae

·        Calculating molecular formulae

·        Charts showing the calculations of molecular formulae ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 32-33

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 19-20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 73

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  43

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 34-36

   
  4-5 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Mole solutions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the term concentration molarity and dilution of a solution

·        Carrying out experiments on molar solutions

·        Naming of apparatus used in preparing molar solutions

·        Calculating sums covering molar solutions

·        Dropper

·        Volumetric flask

·        Beaker

·        Wash bottle

·        Electronic balance

·        Distilled water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 33

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 75

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  46

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 34-39

   
7 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Molar solutions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define and prepare molar solutions

·        Carrying out experiments to prepare molar solutions of sodium hydroxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Sodium hydroxide

·        Distilled water in a wash bottle

·        Volumetric flask

·        Clean 250cm3 beaker

·        Filter funnel

·        Electronic balance

·        Glass rod

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 33-34

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 75

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  46

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 42-43

   
  3-4 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Calculations involving molar solutions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out calculations involving molar solutions

·        Discussion based on chemical equation

·        Writing of chemical equations

·        Charts showing calculations of concentrations and dilutions ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 35-40

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 20

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 78

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  47

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 56

   
  5 The mole formulae and chemical equations Chemical equations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write correct formulae of reactions with the correct state symbols

·        Discussion based on chemical equations

·        Writing of chemical equations

·        Charts showing chemical equations with the state symbols ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 40-46

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 87

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  54

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 42-43-44

   
8 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Balanced chemical equations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write correct formulae and ionic equations of reactions with state symbols

 

 

·        Charts showing equations with the correct state symbols ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 40-46

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 21

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 87

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  58-63

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 44

   
  3-4 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Acid-base titration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out acids based on titrations

·        Naming of different apparatus used in titration processes

·        Carry out acid base titrations

·        Reading the meniscus of a burette correctly

·        Pipette

·        Burette

·        Conical flask

·        Dropper

·        White

·        Filter funnel

·        Indicator

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 53-54

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 22-24

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 104

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  58-63

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 64

   
9 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equation Acid-base titration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out titration and calculations involving solutions

·        Carrying out experiments on HCL (aq)

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on the observations

·        Calculating acid-base titration

·        Hydrochloric acid

·        1M NasCo3

·        Methyl orange

·        Distilled water

·        Burette

·        Pipette

·        Clamp and stands

·        Beaker

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 55-56

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 22-24

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 104

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  64

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 54

   
  3-4 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Redox titration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out titration and related calculations

·        Carrying out experiments in redox reaction

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on the observations

·        Calculating sums related to titration

·        Potassium manganate (VII)

·        Iron (II) ammonium sulphate

·        Burette

·        Pipette

·        Conical flask

·        Volumetric flask

·        Electronic balance

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 56-58

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 24-26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  75

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 56

   
 

 

5 The mole, formulae and charcoal equations Redox reaction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out redox titration and related calculations

·        Carrying out experiments in redox reaction

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Calculating sums related to titration

·        Potassium dichromate (VI)

·        Iron (II) ammonium sulphate

·        Distilled water

·        Diphenylamine indicator

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 59-60

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 24-26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  75

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 58

   
10 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Molar gas volume By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define molar gas volume and carry out related calculations

·        Discussion on the last gas volume

·        Calculating sums related to molar gas volume

·        Charts showing calculations of molar gas volume ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 61-62

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 120

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  79

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 59

   
  3-4 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Molar gas volume By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out titration and calculations involving  molar solutions

·        Discussion on molar gas volume

·        Calculating sums related to molar gas

·        Charts showing calculation of molar gas volume ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 61-62

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 120

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  79

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 60-61

   
  5 The formulae and chemical equations Atomicity of gases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out titration and calculations involving molar solutions

·        Explaining atomicity of different gases

·        Discussion based on atomicity of gases

·        Calculating sums related to molar solutions

·        Charts showing atomicity of gases ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 62-63

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 126

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  79

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 64-65

   
11 1-2 The mole, formulae and chemical equations Avogadro’s’ law and the related calculations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Avogadro’s law and carry out related calculation

·        Discussions based on Avogadro’s law

·        Calculating sums related to Avogadro’s law

·        Chart showing calculations involving Avogadro’s law ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 64-65

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 130

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  31

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 59-62

   
  3-4 The mole, formulae and chemical equations ·        Gay Lussac’s law and related calculations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to state Gay

Lussac’s law and carry out related calculations

·        Calculation of sums related to Gay Lussac’s law

·        Discussions based on Gay Lussac’s law

·        Charts showing calculations involving Gay Lussac’s law ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 64-65

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 127

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  84-85

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 59-64

   
  5 The mole, formulae and chemical equation Gay Lussac’s law and related calculations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State Gay Lussac’s law and carry our related calculations

·        Discussions based on Gay Lussac’s law

·        Calculating sums related to Gay Lussac’s law

·        Charts showing calculations involving Gay Lussac’s law ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 64-65

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages26

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 127

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  84-85

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 65-66

   
 

REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 
 

 

 
 

CHEMISTRY FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2

 
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-2 Hydro carbons Introduction By the of the lesson, the learner should be able

(i)                Define a hydro-carbon

(ii)              Name and draw the structure of single hydrocarbon

·        Defining hydrocarbon

·        Drawing the structure of hydro carbonates

·        Assigning names of alkaline molecules

·        Ball and stick models of alkaline

·        Chart on hydrocarbons

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 68-69

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 32-34

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 135

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  92

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 74

   
  3 hydrocarbons Alkaline By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the features of alkenes as a homologous series

·        Drawing simple alkaline molecules

·        Listing features of homologous series

 

 

·        Ball and stick models of alkaline

·        Charts showing the features of a homologous series

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 69-71

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 34-37

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 135

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  93

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 75

   
  4-5 Hydrocarbons General formulae of alkaline occurrence of alkenes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write the general formulae of alkanes

(ii)              Explain the occurrence of alkane

(iii)             Describe the fractional of distillation of crude oil

·        Writing the general formulae of alkaline

·        Explaining the occurrence of alkaline

·        Describing the fractional distillation of crude oil

·        Thermometer

·        Boiling tube

·        Test tube with side arm

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Bunsen burner

·        4 test tubes with stoppers

·        400 cm3 beaker

·        Spatula

·        Stand with clamp

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 70-76

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 35-37

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 135

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  93

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 76

   
2 1-2 Hydrocarbons Nomenclature of alkaline By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name and draw simple alkalines

·        Drawing simple alkaline molecules

·        Assigning names of alkaline molecules

·        Ball and stick models of alkanes

·        Diagrams of alkanes on a chart

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 76-82

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 35-37

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 135 and138

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  98

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 77-78

   
  3 hydrocarbons Isomerism in alkanes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name and draw isomers of alkanes

·        Drawing isomers of different alkanes

·        Assigning names to different isomers of alkanes

·        Ball and stick models of alkanes

·        Diagrams of different isomers on a chart

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 83-84

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 36

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 141

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  101

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 79

   
  4-5 hydrocarbons Alkanes- preparation of methane By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the general methods of preparing alkanes

·        Carrying out experiments to prepare methane

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        An hydrous sodium ethane

·        Soda line

·        Bromine water

·        Blue cobalt chloride paper

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Separating funnel

·        Hard test tubes

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 91-92

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 38-39

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 146

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  103

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 80-81

   
3 1-2 hydrocarbons Physical properties of alkanes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain physical properties of alkanes

·        Carrying out experiments on stability of alkanes

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions on the physical properties of alkanes

·        Pentane

·        Diethyl ether

·        Water

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Separating funnel

·        Stand & clamp

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 88-93

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 37-38

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 148

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  105

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 81

   
  3-4 hydrocarbons Chemical properties of alkaline By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the chemical properties of alkaline

·        Carrying out experiments on reactions of alkaline

·        Recording observations on the chemical properties of alkaline

·        Borate

·        Lime water

·        Blue cobalt (II) chloride paper

·        Bromine water

·        Methane measuring cylinder

·        Wooden splint

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 91-92

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 38-39

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 149

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  106

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 82

   
4 1-2 Hydrocarbons Use of alkaline By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State uses of alkaline

·        Discussion on alkaline

·        Listing uses of alkaline

·        Vaseline

·        Lubricants

·        Gloss paints

·        Chart showing uses of alkaline

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 95-96

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 40-41

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 154

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  110

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 83

   
  3 Hydrocarbons Nomenclature of alkaline By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the features of alkanes as a homologous series

·        Drawing structures of alkenes

·        Listing the feature of alkene as homologous series

·        Ball and stick model of alkenes

·        Diagram of alkenes on a chart

·        Chart showing the features of alkenes as a homologous series

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 97-100

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 41-42

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 155

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  110

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 84

   
  4-5 hydrocarbon Isomerism of alkenes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Draw and name isomers of alkenes

·        Drawing structures of different isomers alkenes

·        Assigning names to isomers of alkenes

·        Ball and stick model of alkenes

·        Chart showing isomers of different molecules

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 103-107

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 43-44

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 161

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  113

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 84-85

   
5 1-2 hydrocarbon Preparation of alkenes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the preparation of alkenes

·        Demonstration, preparation and properties of ethane

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on preparation of alkenes

·        Writing chemical equations

·        Concentrated Sulphuric acid

·        Ethanol

·        Concentrated potassium hydroxide

·        Gas jar

·        Conical flask

·        Round-bottomed flask

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 103-107

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 43-44

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 161

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  113

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 84-85

   
  3 hydrocarbons Physical properties of alkenes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the chemical properties of alkenes

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate solubility of alkenes

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on physical properties of alkanes

·        Chart showing the physical properties of alkenes

·        Pent-l-ene water

·        Stand and clamp

·        Methylbenzene

·        Separating funnel

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 109-111

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 46

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 165

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  117

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 82

   
  4-5 hydrocarbon Chemical properties of alkenes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the chemical properties of alkenes

·        Carrying out experiments on combustion and vaporization o alkenes

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on chemical properties of alkenes

 

 

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 109-111

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 46

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 165

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  117

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 82

   
6 1 hydrocarbon Uses of alkenes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of alkenes

·        Discussions on uses of alkenes

·        Listing the uses of alkenes

·        Charts showing the uses of alkenes

·        Plastic proof wear

·        Plastic hand-bag

·        Plastic suit cases

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 112-113

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 48

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 170

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  121

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 83

   
  2-3 hydrocarbons Alkynes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name and draw the structure of alkynes

·        Drawing the structures of alkynes

·        Assigning names of alkynes molecules

·        Ball and stick models of alkynes

·        Diagrams of alkynes on a chart

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 113-115

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 48

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 171

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  122

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 87-88

   
  4-5 hydrocarbons Preparation and properties of alkynes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the general methods of preparing alkynes

(ii)              Explain the physical and chemical properties of alkynes

·        Carrying out experiment to prepare ehtyne

·        Recording of observation

·        Discussion based on observation

·        Explaining the physical and chemical properties of alkynes

·        Calcium carlide

·        Phenolphthalein indicator

·        Bromine water

·        Acidified potassium manganate (VII)

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Water trough

·        Spatula

·        Stand on clamp

·        4 gas jars

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 116-119

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 49

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 178

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  125-127

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 88-89

   
7 1-2 hydrocarbon Isomerism in alkynes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Draw and name isomers of alkynes

·        Draw isomers of different alkynes

·        Assign names of isomers of alkynes

·        Ball and stick models of alkynes

·        Diagrams of alkynes on charts

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 115

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 48

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 176

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  124

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 88

   
  3 hydrocarbon Uses of alkynes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the uses of alkynes

·        Discussion on uses of alkynes

·        Listing uses of alkynes

·        Charts showing uses of alkynes

·        Sample of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipes

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 119-120

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 50

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 183

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  130

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 90

   
  4-5 Nitrogen and its compound Introduction: isolation of nitrogen from air By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the isolation of nitrogen from air

·        Carrying out experiments on the isolation of nitrogen

·        Recording and observation

·        Discussion on isolation of Nitrogen from air

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        2M sodium hydroxide

·        Silica tube

·        Copper turnings

·        Clamp and stand

·        Bycyde pump

·        Bee hive shelf

·        Gas jar

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 123-124

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 61-64

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 186

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  135

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 92

   
8 1-2 Nitrogen and its compound Laboratory preparation of nitrogen and its properties By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the laboratory preparations of nitrogen and its properties

·        Demonstration on the preparation of Nitrogen gas

·        Recording observation

·        Discussion

·        Laboratory preparation of nitrogen

·        Writing chemical equations

·        Explaining properties of nitrogen

·        Sodium nitrate

·        Ammonium chloride

·        Distilled water

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Delivery tube

·        Bunsen burner

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Gas jars

·        Stand and clamp

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 125-127

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 64

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 189

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  136

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 93

   
  3 Nitrogen and its compounds Uses of nitrogen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of nitrogen

·        Discussion on the uses of nitrogen

·        Drawing the nitrogen cycle

·        Listing uses of nitrogen

·        Chart showing the nitrogen cycle

·        Chart showing uses of nitrogen

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 127-128

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 65

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 193

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  139

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 95

   
  4-5 Nitrogen and its compounds Preparation and properties of nitrogen (i) oxide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the preparation of nitrogen

(ii)              State the properties of nitrogen (I) oxide

·        Demonstration on the preparation of nitrogen (I) oxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing related chemical equations

·        Explaining properties of nitrogen (I) oxide

·        Ammonium sulphate

·        Sodium nitrate

·        Round-bottomed flask

·        Water trough

·        Stand and clamp

·        Gas jar

·        Bunsen burner

·        Red and blue litmus papers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 129-131

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 65-66

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 195

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  139

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 96

   
9 1-2 Nitrogen and its compound Preparation and properties of nitrogen (II) oxide By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

(i)                State the properties of nitrogen (ii) oxide

·        Demonstration on the preparation of nitrogen (II) oxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing chemical equations

·        Explaining properties of nitrogen (II) oxide

·        Concentrated nitric acid

·        Distilled water

·        Copper forms

·        Round-bottomed flask

·        Thistle funnel

·        Gas jars

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Delivery tube

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 131-134

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 66-67

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 201

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  139

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 96

   
  3 Nitrogen and its compounds Test and uses of N2O and NO By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of nitrogen (I) oxide and nitrogen (II) oxide

·        Discussion on the test of N2O and NO

·        Listening the uses of N2O and NO

·        Charts showing the difference between N2O and NO

·        Chart showing the uses of N2O and NO

 

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 134

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 66-67, 73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 200 and 202-203

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  141

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 99-102

   
  4-5 Nitrogen and its compound Laboratory preparation and properties of Nitrogen (IV) oxide (NO2) and its uses

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State properties of nitrogen (IV) oxide

(ii)              Explain its uses

·        Demonstration on the preparation of nitrogen (IV) oxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observation

·        Writing of chemical equations

·        Explaining properties and uses of nitrogen (IV) oxide (NO2)

·        Concentrated nitric acid

·        Copper turnings

·        Thistle funnel/with tap

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Stand with clamp

·        Gas jars with glass corner

·        spatulas

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 134-136

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 66-67, 73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages 200 and 204

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  142

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 100-102

   
10 1-2 Nitrogen and its compounds Laboratory preparation and physical properties of ammonia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the laboratory preparation of ammonia and state its physical properties

·        Demonstration on the preparation of ammonia

·        Recording observations

·        Writing of chemical equations

·        Explaining the physical properties of ammonia

·        Ammonia chloride

·        Calcium hydroxide

·        Quick lime

·        Round-bottomed flask

·        Gas jar

·        Lime water

·        Wire gauze

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 137-138

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 69

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  212

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  147

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 103

   
  3-4 Nitrogen and its compounds Chemical properties of ammonia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the chemical properties of ammonia

·        Demonstrations on oxidation of ammonia by Copper (IV) oxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Listing chemical properties of ammonia

·        Copper (II) oxide

·        Ammonia gas

·        Blue Cobalt (II) chloride

·        Anhydrous Copper (II) Sulphate

·        Combustion tube

·        Stand and clamp

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 138-142

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 69-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  215

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  150

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 107-108

   
  5 Nitrogen and its compounds Uses of ammonia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be

(i)                Able to state uses of ammonia

·        Discussion on uses of ammonia

·        Listing uses of ammonia

·        Chart showing the uses of ammonia ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 144-146

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  226

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  161

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 113

   
11 1-2 Nitrogen and its compounds Properties of ammonia gas and aqueous ammonia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the differences in chemical reactions of ammonia gas and its aqueous solutions

·        Carrying out experiments on reactions of aqueous ammonia with cation

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on reactions of ammonia gas and its aqueous solutions

·        Solutions having Ca2+, Fe2+,Cu2+, Pb2+, Al3+, Zn2+

·        Aqueous ammonia

·        Distilled water

·        Water bottle

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 142-143

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 69-71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  214

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  153-159

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 111

   
  3-4 Nitrogen and its compounds Industrial manufacture of ammonia (harber process) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the industrial manufacture of ammonia

·        Discussion on the industrial manufacture of ammonia

·        Drawing the flow diagram of the harber process

·        Chart showing steps involved in the harber process ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 143-144

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  225

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  159

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 111

   
   

5

 

Nitrogen and its compounds

 

Fertilizers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

9i) calculate the percentage of nitrogen in nitrogen containing fertilizers

 

·        Discussion on fertilizers

·        Calculations involving the percentage of nitrogen in the fertilizers

 

·        Chart showing different nitrogen containing fertilizers

·        Samples of ammonium phosphate fertilizers

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 145-146

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  227

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  161

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 114

   
12 1-2 Nitrogen and its compound Nitric (v) acid By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the preparation of nitric (v) acid

·        Demonstration on the preparation of nitric (v) acid

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion of nitric (V) acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Concentrated Sulphuric acid

·        Potassium nitrate

·        Clamp and stand

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Conical flask

·        Spatula

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 147-148

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 71

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  231

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  162

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 118

   
  3-4 Nitrogen and its compound Physical and chemical properties of Nitric (V) acid By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the reactions of both dilute and Concentrated nitric (V) acid

·        Carrying out experiments on reactions of nitric acid

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on reactions of nitric acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        Concentrated and dilute nitric (V) acid

·        Wooden splint

·        Copper turnings

·        Zinc granules

·        Sulphure powder

·        Bar iron

·        Nitrate solution

·        Iron (Vi) sulphate

·        Dilute sulphuric acid

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 148-150

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 71-72

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  235

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  165

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 119

   
 

 

5 Nitrogen and its compounds Industrial manufacture of nitric (V) acid and its uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the industrial manufacture of nitric (V) acid

(ii)              State the uses of nitric (V) acid

·        Explaining the manufacture of nitric (V) acid

·        Discussion on the uses of nitric (V) acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Chart showing the flow diagram for nitric (V) acid manufacture ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 148-151

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  234

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  164

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 119

   
13 1-2 Nitrogen and its compound Effects of heat on nitrates By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify the product formed when different nitrates are heated

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the products formed when nitrates are heated

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Solid sodium nitrate

·        Potassium nitrate

·        Copper (II) nitrate

·        Lead (II) nitrate

·        Silver nitrate

·        5 test tubes

·        Test tube rack

·        Bunsen burner

·        Wooden splint

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 152

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 72

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  241

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  171

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 123

   
  3 Nitrogen and its compound Test for nitrates By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the test for nitrates

·        Carrying out experiment to test for nitrates

·        Discussion based on observations of experiment

·        Any nitrate

·        Iron (II) sulphate solution

·        Test tubes

·        Sulphuric acid (concentrated)

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 153

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 72-73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  243

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  172

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 124

   
  4-5 Nitrogen and its compounds Environmental pollution by nitrogen compounds By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effects of pollution by nitrogen compound in the environment

·        Discussion on environmental pollution by nitrogen compounds

·        Drawing a flow diagram on environmental pollution by nitrogen compounds

·        Samples of nitric (V) acid

·        Distilled water

·        Article and photographs from scientific journals and magazines

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 154-155

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 72-73

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  244

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  174

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 125

 

   
REVISION AND EXAMINATIONS  
 

 

 

 

 
 

CHEMISTRY FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3

 
WEEK LESSON TOPIC

 

SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-2 Sulphuric and its compounds Occurrence and extraction of sulphur By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe the occurrence and extraction of sulphur ·        Identifying the position of sulphur in the periodic table ·        The periodic table

·        A chart showing the diagram of the Frisch process

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 160-161

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 80-82

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  249

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page  153-159

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 128

   
  3-4 Sulphur and its compounds Allotropes of sulphur By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the allotropes of sulphur

·        Demonstration of experiment on preparation of rhombic sulphur

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on rhombic sulphur

·        Drawing rhombic sulphur

·        Powdered sulphur

·        Carbon disulphide

·        Filter paper

·        200cm2 beaker

·        Watch glass

·        Spatula

·        Hand-lens

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 161-162

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 82-83

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  250

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 129

   
  5 Sulphur and its compounds Allotropes of sulphur By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the allotropes of sulphur

·        Demonstration on the process of preparation of monochromic sulphur

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on monochromic sulphur

·        Drawing monochromic sulphur

·        Powdered sulphur

·        Methylbenzene

·        Large beaker

·        Small beaker

·        Spatula

·        Thermometer

·        Glass rod

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 162-165

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 82-83

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  250

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 130-131

   
2 1-2 Sulphur and its compounds Physical and its chemical properties of sulphur By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the physical and chemical properties of sulphur

 

 

·        Carrying out experiments on reactions of Sulphur

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on properties of sulphur

·        Writing chemical equations

·        Roll of sulphur

·        Oxygen gas

·        Distilled water

·        Red and blue litmus

·        Iron fillings

·        Stand and clamp

·        Test tube

·        Bunsen burner

·        Concentrated sulphuric and nitric acids

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 166-169

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 84-85

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  256

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 131

   
  3 Sulphur and its compounds Uses of sulphur By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of sulphur

·        Discussion based on the uses of sulphur

·        Listing uses of sulphur

·        Safety matches

·        Sodium thicsulphate

·        Sulphuric acid

·        Vulcanized rubber

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 169-171

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 85

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  258

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 132

   
  4-5 Sulphur and its compounds Preparation and properties of Sulphur (iv) oxide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the preparation and properties of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Demonstration on the preparation of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on properties of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Writing chemical equations

·        Sodium sulphate

·        Dilute Sulphuricacid

·        Concentrated sulphuric acid

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Thistle funnel

·        Conical flask

·        Bunsen burner

·        Flower petals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 171-175

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 86-90

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  259

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 132

   
3 1-2 Sulphur and its compounds Properties of Sulphur (iv) oxide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the oxidizing action of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the oxidizing action of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on properties of sulphur (iv) oxide and sulphur (vi) oxide

·        Writing chemical equations

·        Sulphur (iv) oxide gas

·        Iron (II) sulphide

·        Dilute hydrochloric acid

·        Thistle funnel

·        Stand and clamp

·        Spatula

·        Conical flask

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        Source of heat

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 176-178

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 86-90

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  262

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 124-137

   
  3 Sulphur and its compounds Uses of sulphur (iv) oxide gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of Sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Discussion on uses of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Listing the uses of sulphur (iv) oxide

·        Calcium hydrogen sulphide

·        Sodium hydrogen sulphite

·        Wool

·        sponges

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 179-180

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 90

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  270

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 139

   
  4-5 Sulphur and its compounds Test for sulphate and sulphite ions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out tests to distinguish between sulphites (SO32-), and Sulphite (SO42-) ions

·        Carrying out experiments to test SO32- and SO42-

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on test for the ions based on observations

·        Write relevant chemical equations

·        Baron chloride

·        Lead (II) nitrate

·        Sodium sulphate

·        Dilute nitric acid

·        Filter paper soaked in acidified potassium dichloride (VI)

·        Distilled water

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube racks

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 178-179

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 91

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  268

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 139

   
4 1-2 Sulphur and its compounds Manufacture of sulphuric (iv) acid By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the preparation and manufacture of Sulphuric (iv) acid

·        Discussion on the manufacture of Sulphuric (vi) acid

·        Drawing the flow diagram of the contact process

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Chart showing the flow diagram of the contact process of Sulphuric (Vi) acid ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 180-182

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 92

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  274

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 140

   
  3 Sulphur and its compounds Uses of Sulphric (VI) acid By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Discussion on uses of Sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Listing uses of Sulphuric (VI) acid

·

·        Chart showing uses of Sulphuric (VI) acid ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 182

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 92

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  288

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 142

   
  4-5 Sulphur and its compounds Properties of concentrated Sulphuric (VI) acid By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the reactions of dilute and concentrated Sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Demonstration on the reactions of concentrated Sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on reactions of concentrated Sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Concentrated and dilute sulphuric acids

·        Copper turnings

·        Dichromate (VI) carbon

·        Lime water

·        Sulphur

·        Iron fillings

·        Sodium carbonate

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube racks

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 183-186

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 92-94

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  279

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 145-146

   
5 1-2 Sulphur and its compounds Properties of dilute sulphuricacid By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe reactions of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid

(ii)              Distinguish between the reactions of dilute and concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Carrying out experiments on reactions of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on dilute sulphuric acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Comparing reactions of dilute acid and concentrated acids

·        Iron filings

·        Dilute sulphuricacid

·        Sodium carbonate

·        2m sodium hydroxide

·        2M potassium hydroxide

·        Magnesium oxide

·        Test tube

·        Test tube racks

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 186-188

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 82-83

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  285

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 145-146

   
  3-4 Sulphur and its compounds Hydrogen sulphide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the preparation of hydrogen sulphide

(ii)              State the physical properties of hydrogen Sulphide

·        Demonstration on preparation of hydrogen Sulphide

·        Discussion on physical properties of hydrogen sulphide

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Charts showing physical properties of Sulphide

·        Iron (II) Sulphide

·        Dilute hydrochloric acid

·        Round-bottomed flask

·        Filter paper

·        Conical flask

·        Thistle funnel

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 189-191

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 95

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  289

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 147-149

   
  5 Sulphur and its compounds Chemical properties of hydrogen Sulphide By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the chemical properties of hydrogen sulphide

·        Explaining the chemical properties of hydrogen sulphide

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Chart showing chemical properties of hydrogen Sulphide ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 191-192

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 95

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  291

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 148

   
6 1 Sulphur and its compounds Pollution by Sulphur containing compounds By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the environments pollution caused by sulphur containing compounds

·        Discussion on pollution caused by sulphur containing compounds

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Chart showing the list of sulphur pollutants

·        Calcium carbonate

·        Dilute sulphuric acids

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 192

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 92-96

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  293

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 149

   
  2-3 Chlorine and its compound Preparation of chlorine gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the laboratory preparation of chlorine gas

·        Demonstration on the preparation of chlorine gas

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on preparation of Chlorine

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Manganese (IV) Oxide

·        Concentrated sulphuric acid

·        Concentrated hydrochloric acid

·        Bunsen burner

·        Delivery tubes

·        Gas jar

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 109-201

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 106-109

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  298

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 133

   
  4-5 Chlorine and its compounds Reaction of chlorine with

·        Hydrogen

·        Metals

·        Non-metals

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the preparations of chlorine

·        Demonstration on reactions of chlorine with hydrogen, metals and non-metals

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on reactions of chlorine

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·     Zinc granules

·     Dilute hydrochloric acid

·     Aluminum metal

·     Magnesium metal

·     Iron

·     Phosphorous

·     Source of chlorine

·     Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 201-204

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 106-109

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  301

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 154

   
7 1 Chlorine and its compounds Reaction of chlorine with

·        Sulphates

·        hydrocarbons

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                state and explain the properties of chlorine

·        demonstrate on the reactions of chlorine with sulphides and hydrocarbons

·        recording observations

·        discussion on reactions of chlorine

·        writing relevant chemical equations

·        concentrated ammonia solutions containing sulphates

·        boiling tube

·        stand and clamp

·        delivery tube

·        spatula

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 204-207

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 109-110

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  301

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 154

   
  2-3 Chlorine and its compounds Reaction of chlorine with water, alkalis, bromine, chlorine and iodine By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the properties of chlorine

·        Demonstrations on the reactions of chlorine with water, alkalis and chlorine

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on reactions of chlorine

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Sodium hydroxide

·        Potassium bromide

·        Potassium iodine

·        Distilled water

·        Source of chlorine

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Beaker

·        Wooden splint

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 207-212

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 111-113

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  310

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 154-158

   
  4-5 Chlorine and its compounds Uses of chlorine By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the uses of chlorine

·        Discussion on uses of chlorine

·        Listing the uses of chlorine

·        Chart showing the uses of chlorine

·        PVC pipes

·        Chloroform

·        Hydrogen chloride

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 213-214

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 116-117

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  320

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 160

   
8 1-2 Chlorine and its compounds Preparation of hydrogen chlorine gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the laboratory preparation of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Demonstration on the preparation of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Recoding observations

·        Discussion on the preparation of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Concentrated Sulphuric (IV) acid

·        Sodium chloride

·        Round-bottomed flask

·        Source of heat

·        Gas jar with cover

·        Thistle funnel

·        Delivery tubes

·        Stand and clamp

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 216-217

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 114

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  323

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 161

   
  3 Chlorine and its compounds Physical properties of hydrogen chloride gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the physical properties of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Explaining the physical properties of hydrogen chloride gas ·        Chart showing physical properties of hydrogen chloride gas ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 217

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 114-116

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  325

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 162

   
  4-5 Chlorine and its compounds Physical properties of hydrogen Chloride gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the physical properties of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Demonstration on the reactions of hydrogen chloride with ammonia gas, ammonia and silver nitrate

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on reactions of hydrogen chloride

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Hydrogen chloride gas

·        Dilute nitric acid

·        Silver nitrate

·        Beaker

·        Gas jar with covers

·        Ammonia

·        2 gas jars

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 217-218

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 114-115

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  325

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 162-163

   
9 1-2 Chlorine and its compounds Effects of solvent into properties of hydrogen chloride gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to explain the effects of a solvent on the properties of hydrogen chloride gas ·        Demonstration on the properties of hydrogen chloride

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on properties of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Hydrogen chloride gas

·        Distilled water

·        Methylbenzene

·        Zinc granules

·        Magnesium metal

·        Iron metal

·        Sodium hydroxide

·        Red and blue litmus paper

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 219

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 115-116

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  328

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 165-166

   
  3 Chlorine and its compounds Uses of hydrogen chloride gas By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State uses of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Discussion on uses of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Listing uses of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Chart showing the uses of hydrogen chloride gas

·        Sodium chloride

·        Hydrochloric acid

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 220

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 115-116

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  331

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 166-167

   
  4-5 Chlorine and its compounds Industrial manufacture of hydrochloric acid and its uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the industrial manufacture of hydrochloric acid

(ii)              State the uses of hydrochloric acid

·        Drawing a flow chart to explain the manufacture of hydrochloric acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equation

·        Listing the uses of hydrochloric acid

·        Chart showing the steps involved in manufacture of hydrochloric acid

·        Hydrochloric acid

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 220-221

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 116

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  332

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 168

   
10 1-2 Chlorine and its compounds Environmental pollution by chlorine containing compounds By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the environmental pollution caused by chlorine and chlorine containing compounds

·        Explaining the effects of the accumulation of CFCs in the atmosphere ·        Samples of aerosols such as indectricides and perfumes

·        Articles and photographs from scientific journals

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 220-221

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 116

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  332

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 168

   
  2-3 Chlorine and its compounds Chlorine and its compounds Revision By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Answer all revision questions given

·        Supervised practice

·        Discussing corrections to questions

·        Sample test papers

·        Revision exercise

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 3 pages 221-221

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 3 pages 116-117

·        Longhorn secondary chemistry book 2 pages  339

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Secondary chemistry form 3 Patel page 169

   
 

REVISION AND EXAMINATIONS

 
 

 

 

 
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS  
1 1-2 Acids, bases and salts Acid and bases By the end of the lesson, the learners should be able to

(i)                Define acids and bases

·        Defining acids and bases

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Acids- HCL, HNO3 and H2SO4

·        Bases – NaOH, Ca(OH) and KOH

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 1-3

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 1-4

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 3

   
  3 Acids, base and salts Strengths of acids and bases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the differences between aqueous solutions of weak and strong acids based on the degree to which these dissociate into ions

·        Demonstration on the reactions of HCL (aq) and CH2COOH (aq) with marble chips

·        Recording of observations

·        Discussion on strengths of acid

·        Writing relevant chemical equation

·        2M HCL

·        2m CH3COOH marble chips

·        Test tube holder

·        Forceps

·        Test tube

·        Chart showing strengths of acids

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages4-5

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 3-4

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 1

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 3

   
  4-5 Acids, bases and salts Strengths of acids and bases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the difference between a gaseous solutions of weak and strong acids and bases based on the degree with which they dissociate into ions

·        Demonstration of experiment comparing electrical conductivity of dilute acid and bases

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on strengths of acids and bases

·        Write relevant chemical equations

·        2M HCL

·        2m CH3COOH

·        2m NH3(aq)

·        Carbon electrodes

·        250 cm3 beaker

·        1 torch, 2 dry cells, connecting wires,

·        Measuring cylinders

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages5-6

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 3-4

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 1

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 3

   
2 1 Acids, bases and salts Strength of acids and bases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the difference between aqueous solutions of weak and strong bases based on degree with which they dissociate into ion

·        Discussion on strengths of bases

·        Writing relevant chemical equation

·        NAOH

·        NH3(Aq)

·        CA(OH)2

·        KOH

·        Chart showing strengths of bases

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages6-6

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 3-4

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 1

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 3

   
  2 Acids, bases and salts Strengths of acids and bases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effect on H+(aq) and OH on indicators

·        Carrying out experiments comparing acidity and bacity of acids and bases of different concentrations

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion of strength of acid and bases

·        Writing relevant equations

·        HCL, CH2COOH, NaOH, NH3(aq)

·        Universal indicator

·        PH chart

·        Test tube racks and test tubes

·        Droppers

·        Beakers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages7-10

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 3-4

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 1

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 3

   
  3 Acids, bases and salts Characteristics of amphoteric, oxides and hydroxides By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write formulae and ionic equations for specified acids base and precipitation reaction

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate amphoteric metal hydroxides

·        Recording of observations

·        Discussion on characteristic of amphoteric oxides and hydroxides

·        Zinc PbNo3

·        AlCl3, Cacl2

·        MgSO4 2mNH3(aq)

·        Test tube rack

·        Distilled water

·        Wash bottle

·        Test tubes

·        2 droppers

·        2 small beakers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages11-12

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 4-5

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 12

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 9

   
  4-5 Acids, bases and salts Characteristics of amphoteric oxides and hydroxides By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write formulae and ionic equations for specified acid-base and precipitation reactions

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate which metal oxides are amphoteric

·        Recording observation

·        Discussion on characteristic of amphoteric oxides and hydroxides

·        MgO, Al2O3, Fe2O3,PbO, CuO, 2m HNO3, 2m HNO3, 2m NaoH, 2m NH3(aq)

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube racks

·        Small beakers

·        Heat source

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages12-14

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 4-5

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 12

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 9

   
3 1 Acids, bases and salts Effects of solvent By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effect of solvent in acid-base characters

·        Demonstration of experiment to investigate the reaction of dry and aqueous hydrogen chloride gas with magnesium, litmus paper and marble chips

·        Recording observations

·        Writing of relevant chemical equations

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        Marble chips

·        Distilled water

·        Dry blue litmus paper

·        3 dry gas jar forceps, wash bottles

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages14-15

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 5-6

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 9

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 13

   
  2 Acids, bases and salts Effects of solvent By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effect of solvents in acid-base character

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate properties of methylbenzene

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions of effects of solvents

·        Writing of relevant chemical equations

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        Marble chips

·        Blue and red litmus papers

·        Solution of HCL (aq) in methylbenzene

·        Four 100cm3 beakers

·        forceps

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages15-16

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 5-6

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 9

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 13

   
  3 Acid, bases and salts salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define salts

(ii)              Test for the presence of specified cations and anions

·        Defining salts

·        Discussion on salts as ionic compounds

·        Writing of relevant chemical equations

·        NAcl, Mgcl2, CaCo3& CaSO4solution containing cations

·        Test tubes, test tube racks, holders, distilled water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages16-17

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 6-7

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 14

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 14

   
  4-5 Acids, bases and salts Precipitation reaction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify precipitates and complex ions produced by specified cations-anion reactions

·        Demonstration of experiments on precipitation reaction involving acids

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        H2SO4 (aq)

·        Ag, NO3(aq), Ba(NO3)

·        Test tube

·        Test tube rack

·        Spatula

·        100cm3 beakers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages17-18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 12-13

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 14

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 14

   
4 1 Acids, bases and salts Precipitation reactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify precipitation and complex ions produced by specified cation-anion reactions

·        Demonstration of experiments on precipitation reactions involving salts

·        Recording observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

 

·        Pb (NO3)2, Na2SO4,BaCl2

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube rack

·        spatula

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 18

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 7-8

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 14

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 14

   
  2 Acids, bases and salts Reactions of cation in aqueous solutions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify precipitates and complex ions produced by cation-anion reactions

·        Carrying out experiments to show the reaction of actions with aqueous sodium hydroxide

·        Recording observations

·        Diffusion based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equation

·        Aqueous solutions containing Ca2+, Mg2+, Pb2+,Fe2+, Fe3+, Ba2+, 2n2+, Al3+ and Cu2+, ions

·        Test tubes and test tube racks,

·        Spatula

·        Beaker

·        2m NaOH

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 19

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 7-8

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 18-19

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 17

   
  3 Acids, bases and salts reactions of cations in aqueous solutions By the end of the lessons, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify precipitates and complex ions produced by cation-anion reactions

·        Carrying out experiments to show the reaction of cations with aqueous ammonia

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observation

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Aqueous solutions containing Ca2+,Mg2+Fe2+,Fe3+, Ba2+,Zn2+, Al3+, Cu2+ ions

·        2m NH3(aq)

·        Test tubes

·        Small beakers

·        Spatula

·        Dropper

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 20

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 7-8

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 18-19

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 17

   
  4-5 Acids, bases and salts Reaction of cation in aqueous solutions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify precipitates and complex ions produced by cation-anion reactions

·        Carrying out experiments to show reactions of actions ·        Aqueous solutions containing Ca2+,Mg2+Fe2+,Fe3+, Ba2+,Zn2+, Al3+, Cu2+ ions

·        Na2CO3 (aq)

·        HCL(aq), H2SO4

·        Test tubes

·        beakers

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 21-22

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 7-8

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 18-19

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 17

   
5 1 Acids, bases and salts Solubility, solubility curves By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the use of solubilites curves in salt extraction

·        Carrying out experiments to show the relationship between solubility of various salts and temperatures

·        Recording observations

·        Drawing solubility curves

·        NaCl, KcLO3, KNO3, CaSO4, distilled water

·        Measuring cylinder

·        100 cm3 beakers

·        Glass rod,

·        Thermometer

·        Test tube

·        Source of heat

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 24-26

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 9

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 20-23

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 20

   
  2 Acids, bases and salts Extraction of salts  

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State various methods of salt extraction

 

·        Discussion on various methods of extraction of salts

 

·        Chart on the process of extraction

·        Photographs from brochure of salt extraction plants

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 26-29

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 10

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 24

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  3 Acid, bases and salts Water harchess By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the types of causes of hardness of water

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate hardness of water

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical reaction equation

·        2Ml, CaCl2, Ca(HCO3)2, CaSO4, MgSO3

·        Bar soap

·        Distilled water

·        Tap water

·        Sea water

·        Test tubes

·        Dropper

·        Beaker

·        spatula

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 30-31

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 10

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 25-26

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 24

   
  4-5 Acids, bases and salts Water hardness By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the effects of boiling on hardness of water

(ii)              Explain the methods of removal of water hardness

·        Carrying out experiments to show the effects of boiling on hardness of water

·        Recoding observation and other methods of removing hardness of water

·        Writing relevant chemical equation

·             Solution of Ca(HCO3)2

·             Mg(HCO3)2, CaSO4, MGSO4,Ca(OH)2NH3(aq)

·             Distilled water

·             Tap water

·             Sea water

·             Soap solution

·             Beaker’s

·             Test tubes & droppers

 

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 31-35

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 10

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 25-26

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 24

   
 

6

 

1

 

Energy changes in reactions

 

Introduction exothermic reactions

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define endothermic reactions using H rotation

 

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate exothermic reactions

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

 

·        KNO3, NaCL

·        Dilute water

·        Spatula

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube rack

·        Concentrated H2SO4

·        Distilled water

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube rack

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 41-43

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 23-24

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 32-35

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 40

   
  2 Energy changes in reactions Endothermic reactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define endothermic reactions using H rotation

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate endothermic reactions

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        KNO3, Nacl

·        Distilled water

·        Spatula

·        Test tube

·        Test tube rack

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 44-45

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 23-24

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 32-35

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 40

   
  3 Energy changes in reactions Energy level diagrams By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Draw energy level diagrams for exothermic reactions

·        Discussions energy level diagram

·        Drawing the energy level diagrams

·        Graph papers pencil, rules

·        Charts on energy level diagram for exothermic reactions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 44

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 23,30

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 33-34

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 41

   
  4-5 Energy changes in reactions Energy level diagrams

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Draw energy level diagrams for endothermic reactions

·        Discussion on energy level diagrams for endothermic reactions

·        Drawing the energy level diagrams for endothermic reactions

·        Graph, papers, pencils, rulers

·        Charts on energy level diagrams for endothermic reactions

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 45

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 23,30

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 33-34

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 41

   
7 1-2 Energy changes in reactions Latent-heat By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain fusion and vaporization as evidence of inter-particle forces

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate latent heat of fusion and vaporization

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on latent-heat of vaporization

·        Ice

·        Beakers

·        Graph paper

·        Source of heat

·        Thermometers

·        Distilled water

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 45-46

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 25

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 37

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 42

   
  3 Energy changes in reactions Comparison between heat and fusion and heat of vaporization By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain that energy changes in chemical reactions are due to bond formation and bond breakage

·        Discussion in heat of fusion and heat of vaporization

 

 

·        Chart showing comparison between latent heat of fusion and of vaporization ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 46

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 25

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 37-38

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 44

   
  4-5 Energy changes in reaction Enthalpy By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define and explain the various types of heat changes

·        Discussion on enthalpy

·        Drawing of energy level diagrams

·        Chart on energy level diagram ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 47-50

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 25-27

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 40

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 41

   
8 1-2 Energy changes in reaction Quantitative determination of enthalpies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out experiments to determine enthalpy change of reactions

·        Demonstration on experiment to investigate enthalpy change of ammonium nitrate solution

·        Recording of observations

·        Calculating enthalpy of solutions

·        Drawing the one lever diagram

·        Distilled water

·        NH4NO3

·        Thermometer (-100c-1100c)

·        Fixed cork

·        250 cm3 plastic bottle

·        100cm3

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Weighing balance

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 50-51

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 25-28

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 40

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
  3 Energy changes in reaction Quantitative determination of enthalpies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out experiments to determine enthalpy changes in reactions

·        Carrying out experiments to show enthalpy change of sodium hydroxide solution

·        Recording observations

·        Calculating enthalpy of solutions

·        Drawing the energy level diagram

·        NAOH

·        Distilled water

·        Thermometer

·        -100c-1100C

·        Plastic bottle

·        50cm3 measuring cylinder

·        Weighing balance

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 50-51

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 25-28

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 40

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
  4-5 Energy changes in reaction Quantitative determination of enthalpies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out experiments to determine enthalpy change of reactions

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate enthalpy change of the dissolution of concentrated H2SO4

·        Recording observations calculating enthalpy change involved

·        drawing of energy level diagram

·        concentrated sulphuric acid

·        distilled water 250cm3

·        plastic bottle

·        test tube

·        5cm3 and 50 cm3

·        Measuring cylinders

·        Thermometer (-100c-1100c)

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 50-51

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 25-28

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 40

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
9 1-2 Energy changes in reaction Quantitative determination of enthalpies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine enthalpies of combustion of methanol

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate combustion of methanol

·        Recording observations

·        Calculating enthalpies of combustion

·        Drawing of energy level diagram

·        Methanol

·        Distilled water

·        Methanol burner with a lid

·        Thermometer

·        Calorimeter

·        Burette

·        Standard clamp

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 53-55

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 27-28

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 40

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
  3 Energy changes in reactions Quantitative determination of enthalpies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine the enthalpy of displacement in the reaction between zinc metal and copper (II) sulphate solution

·        Carrying out experiments to show displacement of CU2+ by Zinc metal

·        Calculating enthalpy of displacement of energy level diagrams

·        Zinc powder 0.2m Copper (II) sulphate solution

·        100cm3 plastic beaker

·        Thermometer

·        Plastic beaker

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Weighing balance

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 56-58

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 28

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 40

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
  4-5 Energy changes in reaction Thermo chemical equations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write correct simple thermo chemical equations

·        Discussions on simple thermo chemical equations

·        Writing thermo chemical equations

·        Charts showing simple thermo chemical equations ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 62-63

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 30

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 41-42

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
10 1 Energy changes in reaction Enthalpy of neutralization By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Determine the enthalpy of neutralization of sodium hydroxide and ethanoic acid

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate neutralizations

·        Recording observations

·        Drawing graphs

·        Calculating heat of neutralization

·        Thermometer

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube rack

·        NaOH, HCL

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 59-62

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 29-30

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 51

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 45

   
  2-3 Energy changes in reactions Hess’ law and related calculations

Relationship between heat solution, hydration and latine energy

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State Hess’ law and carry out related calculations

·        Discussion on Hess’ law

·        Drawing of energy level diagrams

·        Calculation sums on Hess’ law

·        Discussion on relationship between heat of solutions, hydration and lattice energy

·        Chart showing energy and diagram

·        Graph papers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 64-69

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 30-31

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 56-64

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 73

   
  4-5 Energy changes in reaction Common fields By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the factors that influence the choice of fuels

(ii)              Explain the effects of fuels on the environment

·        Listing examples of common fuels

·        Stating disadvantages and advantages of common fuels

·        Explaining effects of fuels on the environment

·        Chart showing diagrams of common fuels

·        Pictures of common fuels

·        Chart showing heat values for common fuels

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 70-74

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 31-32

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 64

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 88

   
11 1 Reaction rules and reversible reactions Introduction reaction rates By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define rate of reaction

·        Defining rate of reaction

·        Discussion on rates of reaction

·        Listing factors that affect the rates of reaction

·        Chart on factors that affect rates of reaction ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 79

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 44-45

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 73

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 104

   
  2 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Attraction energy By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the term actuation energy

·        Discussion on actuation energy

·        Drawing energy law diagrams

·        Chart showing energy level diagrams ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 79-80

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 44-46

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 91

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 109

   
  3 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Methods used to measure rate of reaction By the end of the lesson,the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe methods used to measure rates of reaction

·        Discussion on methods used to measure rate of reaction

·        Listing of methods used

·        Chart on methods used in measuring rates of reaction

·        Black board

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 81

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 46

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 73-74

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 110

   
  4-5 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Factors that affect the rate of reactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effect of concentration of reactions on the rate of reaction

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the effects of concentration on the rate of reaction

·        Recording observation

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Drawing curves

·        Calculating the rate of reaction

·        0.05 sodium thiosulphate

·        1m hydrochloric acid

·        Distilled water

·        White paper

·        Black/blue pen

·        Six 100ccm3 beakers

·        10 cm3and 30cm3 measuring cylinders

·        Stop watch/clock

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 81-83

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 46

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 73-82

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 111

 

   
12 1-2 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Factors that affect the rate of reaction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effect of pressure and surface area on the rate of reactions

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the effects of pressure and surface area on the rate of reaction

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions on observations

·        Drawing graphs

·        Marble chips

·        M HCL

·        Mortar and pestle

·        Weighing balance

·        Two 250cm3conical flasks

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 84-85

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 46-47

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 78-84

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 111

   
  3 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Factors that affect the rate of reaction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effects of temperature on the rate of reaction

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate of reaction

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Drawing of graphs

·        1M hydrochloric acid

·        Distilled water

·        0.05 M

·        Sodium thiosulphate

·        Conical flasks

·        Measuring cylinders

·        Stop watch

·        Thermometer

·        White paper

·        labels

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 85-86

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 47

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 73-84

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 111

   
  4-5 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Factors that affect the rate of reaction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the effect of catalysts and light on the rate of reaction

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate the effect of catalyst and light on the rate of reaction

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Drawing of graphs

·        2 volumes hydrogen peroxide

·        Manganese (IV) oxide

·        Conical flask

·        Burettes

·        Stop watch

·        Wash bottle

·        Measuring cylinders

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 86-89

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 48-49

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 111

   
13 1-2 Reaction rates Equilibrium By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain chemical equilibrium as a state of balance

·        Discussion on reversible reactions

·        Drawing of graph of forward and backward reaction

·        Representing reversible reactions in the for of

·        Charts on graphs of forward and backward reactions

·        Copper (ii) sulphate

·        Stand and clamp

·        Spatula

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 91-93

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 49

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 91

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 164

   
  2 Reaction rates and revisable reactions Equilibrium By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain chemical equilibrium as a state of balance

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate acid-alkali equilibrium and chromate dichromate equilibrium

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        1M sodium hydroxide

·        1 M hydrochloric acid

·        0.2 M potassium chromate (VI) solution

·        250 cm3 beaker

·        Measuring cylinder

·        2 droppers

·        Phenolphthalein indicator

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 93-95

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 49-50

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 94

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 153

 

   
  5 Reaction rates and reversible reactions Factors that affect equilibrium By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the factors that affect the position of equilibrium

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate effects of pressure and temperature on equilibrium

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Nitrogen (iV) oxide

·        Ice cold water

·        3 test tubes

·        Bunsen burner

·        Tripod stand

·        Wire gauze

·        Beaker

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 95-97

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 50-51

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 95

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 155

   
 

 

 

 

 
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES    
1 1-2 Election chemistry Introduction Redox reactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain redox reactions in terms of gain and less of electrons

·        Carry out experiments on redox reactions

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Writing redox equations

·        20 volume hydrogen peroxide

·        Iron (II) sulphate crystals

·        Distilled water

·        2M sulphate acid

·        Measuring beakers

·        Spatula

·        Glass rod

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 104-105

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 64-65

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 108

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 172

 

   
  3 Electro- chemistry Redox reactions (oxidation numbers) By the end of the reaction the should be able to

(i)                Identify changes in oxidation number during redox reactions

·        Discussions on oxidation numbers

·        Listing rules used when assigning oxidation numbers

·        Writing redox equations

·        Chart on oxidation numbers of different elements ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 104-105

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 64-65

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 108

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 172

   
  4-5 Electro-chemistry Redox reactions (oxidation numbers) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify changes in oxidation numbers during redox reactions

·        Calculating the oxidation numbers of different elements

·        Writing redox reactions

·        Table showing oxidation numbers of elements ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 107-108

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 65

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 108

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 172

   
2 1-2 Electro-chemistry Redox reaction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write balanced redox reactions

·        Carry out experiments on redox reactions

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing and balancing redox reactions

·        Potassium manganate (VII) sodium

·        Iron (II) sulphate

·        2M Sulphiric acid

·        2M sodium hydroxide

·        Potassium dichromate (VI) solution

·        Measuring cylinder

·        droppers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 108-109

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 65

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 108

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 172

 

   
  3-4 Electro-chemistry Displacement reactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Compare the oxidating and reduction powers of ions from displacement reactions

·        Carry out experiments to investigate reactions involving metals

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Identifying the reducing and oxidizing reagents

·        1M Copper (II) sulphate solution

·        Zinc powder

·        Copper powder

·        Iron powder

·        1M zinc sulphate solutions

·        50cm3 beaker

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Spatula

·        Glass rod

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 110-112

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 65-66

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 116

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 184

   
  5 Electro-chemistry Electrochemical cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain an electrochemical cell in terms of election transfer process

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate an electrochemical cell in terms of transfer process

·        Discussion on electrochemical cells

·        Drawing of electrochemical cell

·        Chart on electrochemical cells

·        Two beakers voltmeter

·        Electrodes

·        Connecting wire

·        Ammeter

·        KNO3

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 113-114

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 67

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 123

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 194

   
3 1-2 Electro-chemistry Electrochemical cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain electrochemical cells in terms of electron transfer process

·        Carry out experiments to investigate electron transfer reactions

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing redox reactions involved

·        1M copper (II) sulphate solution

·        1M potassium nitrate solution

·        Copper and zinc straps

·        Ammeter

·        Voltmeter

·        Beakers

·        switchers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 114-116

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 67

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 123

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 194

   
  3-4 Electro-chemistry Cell diagrams and notation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Draw cell diagrams and white cell notation

·        Carry out experiments to measure e.m.f of an electrochemical

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observation

·        Drawing the cell diagrams

·        Writing cell notation

·        Copper strip

·        Zinc strip lead strip

·        Magnesium ribbon

·        1M zinc sulphate solution

·        1M lead (II) nitrate

·        Switch

·        voltmeter

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 116-119

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 67

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 127-129

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 202

   
  5 Electro-chemistry Construction and working of electrochemical cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the construction and working of an electro chemical cell such as Zinc-copper cell

·        Demonstration of experiment of construct and work an electrochemical cell

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Writing cell notation

·        Copper strip

·        Zinc strip

·        1M copper sulphate solution

·        1 M zinc sulphate solution

·        1M potassium nitrate

·        Two 250 cm3 beakers

·        Switches

·        voltmeters

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 116-118

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 67

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 123

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 194

   
4 1-2 Electro-chemistry Working and electrochemical cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the working of electrochemical cells

·        Drawings of Zinc- Copper cell

·        Identifying the anode and cathode

·        Discussion on the working of electro-chemical cells

·        Zinc strip

·        Copper strip

·        Sulphate solution

·        1M zinc Sulphate solution

·        1M potassium nitrate

·        Connecting wires

·        Bulb holders

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 116

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 67

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page 123

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 194

   
  3 Electro-chemistry Electromotive force of a cell (e.m.f) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Calculate the electromotive force (e.m.f) of a cell, given the electrode potentials

·        Discussion based on the electromotive cell

·        Calculating the e.m.f of the cell

·        Chart on electrochemical cell

·        An electrochemical cell

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 114-225

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 67

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 3 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 203

   
  4-5 Electro-chemistry Standard electrode potential By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Calculate the electrometer force (e.m.f) of a cell given the standard electrode potentials

·        Carrying out experiments to measure electrode potentials

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based in observations

·        Calculation of e.m.f of a cell

·        Zinc strip

·        Copper strip

·        1M copper (II) sulphate solution

·        1M hydrochloric acid

·        1 M zinc sulphate

·        Potassium nitrate solution

·        Beakers

·        Voltmeter

·        Hydrogen electrode

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 120-123

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 68-69

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 129

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 206

 

   
5 1-2 Electro-chemistry electrolysis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Define electrolysis

(ii)              Explain the role of water in electrolysis

·        Defining the terms electrolysis

·        Carrying out an experiment to investigate electrolysis of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid

·        Explaining the role of water in electrolysis

·        Concentrated H2SO4

·        Distilled water

·        2 ignition tubes

·        Clamp and stand

·        6V dc battery

·        Voltmeter

·        Improvised voltmeter

·        Wooden splint

·        Connecting wires

·        Crocodile chips

·        Carbon rods

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 125-127

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 69-70

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 141

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 218

   
  3-4 Electro-chemistry Factors affecting preferential discharge of ions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the factors that affect the preferential discharge of ions during electrolysis

·        Carry out experiments to investigate ionic

·        Concentrated of the electrolyte

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Listing the factors that affect discharge of ions

·        Sodium chloride

·        Distilled water

·        Magnesium sulphate solution

·        Battery improvised voltmeter

·        Weighing balance

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Wooden splints

·        Blue litmus paper

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 127-132

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 70-71

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 153

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 218

 

   
  5 Electro-chemistry Quantitative analysis of electrolysis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Relate the quantity of electricity based to the amount of substances liberated at the electrolyses

·        Carrying out the experiment to investigate quantity of electricity used to deposit copper

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on the observations

·        Calculating the quantity of electricity used and mass deposited at electrodes

·        Two clean strips of copper

·        0.1M copper sulphate solution

·        Propanone

·        Ethanol

·        Rheostat

·        Ammeter

·        Stopwatch/clock

·        Crocodile clips

·        Switch

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 132-135

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 71

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 160

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 218

   
6 1-2 Electro-chemistry Application of electrolysis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe some applications of electrolysis

·        Carrying out experiments to show electroplating

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based in observations

·        Listing applications of electrolysis

·        Nickel and copper strips

·        2M sodium hydroxide solution

·        Distilled water

·        Connecting wires

·        switches

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 135-139

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 72

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 155

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 243

   
  3 Metals Chief metal ores of sodium iron, aluminum zinc, lead and copper By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name the chart ores of some metals

·        Discussion on chief metal ores

·        Listing the chief metal ores

·        The periodic table ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 146

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94-95

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 168

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 260

   
  4-5 Metals Extraction of metals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the general methods used in extraction of metals for their ores

·        Discussion on the extraction of metals

·        Drawing of the froth-flotation process

·        Chart on the froth-flotation process ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 146-149

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94-95

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 169

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 260

   
7 1-2 Metals Sodium occurrence, extraction properties and uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the methods for the extraction of sodium from its ores

(ii)              Explain the physical and chemical properties of sodium

(iii)             List uses of sodium

·        Describing the method of extracting sodium from its ores

·        Drawing the downs’ cell

·        Writing the anode from cathode reactions

·        Listings the uses of sodium

·        Charts showing downs’ cell diagram

·        Sodium metal

·        Litmus solutions

·        Test tube

·        A pair of tongs

·        Aluminum foil

·        Trough

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 149-152

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94-96

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 170-171

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 261

 

   
  3 metals Aluminum occurrence and extraction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe suitable methods for the extraction of aluminum from its ores

·        Explaining the occurrence of aluminum

·        Describing the suitable method of aluminum extraction

·        Writing the anode and cathode reactions

·        Chart showing the flow diagram for aluminum extraction ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 152-154

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 171-173

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 267

   
  4-5 Metals Properties and uses of aluminum By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the chemical and physical properties of aluminum and its uses

·        Demonstration of experiments to investigate reactions of aluminum

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing of relevant chemical equations

·        Aluminum foil

·        Dilute HCL

·        Dilute nitric acid

·        Dilute sulphuric acid

·        Concentrated nitric acid

·        Concentrated sulphuric acid

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube racks

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 155-158

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 96-97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 195

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 269-270

   
8 1-2 Metals Iron occurrence and extraction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the occurrence of iron

(ii)              Describe and explain the method of extraction of iron

·        Explaining the occurrence of iron

·        Discussion on the extraction of iron

·        Drawing of blast furnace

·        Writing the relevant chemical equations

·        Chart showing blast furnace and chemical equations involved ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 158-160

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 173

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 277

 

   
  3-4 metals Properties and use of iron By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain physical and chemical properties of iron

(ii)              List uses of iron and its alloys

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate properties of iron

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Listing uses of iron and its alloys

·        Iron powder

·        Combustion tube

·        Test tube rack

·        Bunsen burner

·        Spatula

·        Dilute and concentrated hydrochloric acids

·        Dilute and concentrated sulphuric acids

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 160-164

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 196

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 282

 

   
  5 Metals Copper occurrence and extraction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Explain the occurrence of copper

(ii)              Select and describe suitable method for extraction of copper

·        Explaining the occurrence of copper

·        Describing suitable methods of copper extraction from pyrates (CuFeS2

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Charts on blast finance for the extraction of copper ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 164-166

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 181

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 287

   
9 1-2 Metals Properties of copper and its uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain physical and chemical properties of copper and list its uses

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate reactions of copper

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Copper powder

·        Crucible

·        Pair of tongs

·        Spatula

·        Tripod stand

·        Source of heat

·        Dilute and concentrated acids (nitric acid, sulphuric acid and hydrochloric acid

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 166-168

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 97

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 197

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 289

 

   
  3-4 metals Zinc: occurrence of extraction, properties and uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain the occurrence, extraction properties and use of zinc

·        Describing the occurrence, extraction and physical properties of zinc

·        Carrying our experiment to investigate reaction of zinc with mineral acid

·        Explaining the chemical properties of zinc

·        Listing uses of zinc

·        Writing relevant equations

·        Aluminum sheet

·        Mineral acids

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube holder

·        Spatula

·        Rest tube holder

·        Small beaker

·        5 cm3 measuring cylinder

·        Test tube with arm

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 169-172

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94,98

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 175

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 273

 

   
  5 metals Pollution of the environment By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the effects of industrial production process of metal on the environment

·        Discussion on pollution of the environment by industrial production processes ·        Articles and photographs from scientific journals ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 176

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 96-98

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 197

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 292

 

   
10 1-2 Metals Lead: occurrence, extraction properties and uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe and explain the occurrence, extraction properties and uses of lead ·        Describing occurrence, extraction and physical properties of lead

·        Explaining the chemical properties of lead

·        Carrying out experiments to investigate reactions of lead with solute acids and chlorine

·        Recording observations

·        Discussions based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Dilute acids

·        Concentrated acids

·        Lead

·        Test tubes

·        Test tube holders

·        Measuring cylinders

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 172-174

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 94,98

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 179

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 285

 

   
  3 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Naming and drawing structure of alkanols By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to name and draw the structure of simple alkanols ·        Drawing the structures of alkanols

·        Assigning names to alkanol molecules

·        Charts showing structures of alkanols ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 180-182

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 107-109

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 206

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 305

   
  4 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Preparation and properties of alkanols By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

(i)                Describe the preparations and explain the physical and chemical properties of alkanols

·        Carrying out experiments on the preparations of ethanol

·        Recording observation

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Discussion on physical properties of alkanols

·        Describing chemical properties of Alkanols

·        Glucose, yeast

·        Water- lime water

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Thermometer (-100C-1100C)

·        Broken porcelain

·        Air-lock apparatus

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 182-188

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 107-111

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 210

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 307

 

   
  5 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Uses of alkanols By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the uses of some alkanols

·        iscussion on uses of alkanols

·        Listing uses of alkanols

·        Methanol

·        Ethanol

·        Chart showing the uses of alkanols

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 189-190

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 115

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 218

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 327

   
 

 

 

 

 
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES    
1 1-2 Alkanols and Alkanoic acids Naming and drawing structure of alkanoic acids By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Name and draw the structure of simple alkanoic acids

·        Drawing structures of alkanoic acids

·        Assigning names to alkanoic molecules

·        Chart showing structures of alkanoic acids ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 189-190

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 115

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page 218

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page 327

   
  3-4 Alkanols And alkanoic acids Preparation and properties of alkanoic acids By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe the preparation and explain the physical and chemical properties of alkanoic acids

·        Demonstration of experiments to prepare ethanoic acids

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Describing physical properties of alkanoic acids

·        Explaining chemical properties of alkanoic acids

·        Ethanol

·        Concentrated sulphuric acid

·        Potassium dichromate

·        Distilled water

·        Round bottomed flask

·        Leibig condenser

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Thermometer beaker

·

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 193-195

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 109-111

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  5 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Uses of alkanoic acids By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the uses of alkanoic acids

·        Discussion on uses of alkanoic acids

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Chart showing uses of alkanoic acids

·        Ethanoic acids

 

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 196-197

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 115

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
2 1-2 Alaknola and alkanoic acids Detergents By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Describe and explain preparation and properties of detergents

·        Carrying out experiments on preparation of soaps and soap less detergents

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Explaining the properties of soaps and soap less detergents

·        4M sodium hydroxide

·        Sodium chloride

·        Castor oil

·        Distilled water

·        Concentrated sulphuric acid

·        Bathing tube

·        Bunsen burner

·        Glass rod

·        Spatula

·        Measuring cylinder

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 197-200

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 112

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  3-4 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Uses of detergents and effects of hard water on detergents By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State and explain the uses of detergents

(ii)              Explain the effects of hard water on detergents

·        Explaining the uses of detergent

·        Carrying out experiments to show effects of hard metal on soaps and soap less detergents

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion on the effects of hard water on detergents

·        Soaps

·        Soap less detergents

·        Tap water

·        Distilled water

·        Warm water

·        beakers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 200

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 112

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  5 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Natural polymers By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                List some natural polymers and state their uses

·        Listing examples of natural polymers

·        Drawing structures of cellulose natural rubber and vulcanized rubber

·        Listing uses of natural polymers

·        Chart showing structure of natural polymers

·        Chart on uses of natural polymers

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 101-202

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 113-114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
3 1-2 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Synthetic polymers and fibers and their uses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                List some synthetic polymers and fibers

(ii)              Describe the preparation and properties of synthetic polymers

(iii)             State the uses of synthetic polymers

·        Carrying out experiments to make nylon 66

·        Recording observations

·        Discussion based on observations

·        Writing relevant chemical equations

·        Describing properties of synthetic polymers

·        Listing the uses of synthetic polymers

·        2M sodium hydroxide

·        Ethanol solution of hexane 1:6- dramine

·        Pair of tongs

·        Test tube

·        Bunsen burner

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 203-211

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages 113-114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

 

   
  3 Alkanols and alkanoic acids Structure of polymers By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Identify the structure of a polymer given the monomer

·        Discussions on structures of polymers

·        Drawing polymers from given monomers

·        Chart showing structures of polymers and monomers ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 204-205

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  4-5 Alkanols and alkanoic acid Advantages and disadvantages of sythentic material over natural polymers By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State the advantages and disadvantages of synthetic materials compared to those of natural origin in terms of their structure and properties

·        Discussions on sythentic and natural polymers

·        Listing the advantage and disadvantages of sythentic natural polymers

·        Chart showing advantages and disadvantages of synthetic polymers against natural polymers ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 212,214

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages114

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
4 1-2 Radio- activity Introduction: stability of isotopes of elements By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

(i)                Define radio-activity half-life, radio-isotopes and nuclides

(ii)              Name the particles emitted during radioactive decay

·        Defining the terms radioactivity, half-life, radio-isotopes and nuclides

·        Naming particles emitted during radioactive decay

·        Chart on determinations of half-life, radio-isotopes

·        Chart on particles emitted during radio decay

·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 220-221

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages126-127

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  3-4 Radio-activity Radio active decay By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State types of radio-activity

(ii)              List the properties of particles emitted during radio-active decay

·        Discussion on types of particles emitted during radio-active decay

·        Listing properties of particles emitted during radio active decay

·        Chart showing simple nuclear equation ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 222-225

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages127-128

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  5 Radioactivity Half-life of radio-isotopes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Carry out simple calculations involving half-life (&1/2)

·        Discussion on half-life (&1/2)

·        Calculating half life (&1/2)

·        Charts showing graphs on half life’s of different elements ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 225-228

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages128

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
5 1-2 Radio-activity Nuclear equations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Write a balanced nuclear equations

·        Discussion on nuclear equations

·        Writing balanced nuclear equations

·        Chart on balance nuclear equations ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 228-231

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages128

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  3-4 Radio activity Nuclear fission and fussion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                Distinguish between nuclear fission and fusion

·        Discussion on nuclear fission and fusion

·        Calculating the energy released in the process

·        Distinguishing between nuclear fission and fusion

·        Chart showing controlled and uncontrolled fission reactions ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 232-237

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages129

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   
  5 Radio activity Applications of radio-isotopes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(i)                State uses of some radio-isotopes

(ii)              List the halogens associated with radioactivity

·        Discussion on uses and changes of radio-activity

·        Writing simple nuclear equations

·        Chart on uses and dangers of radioactivity ·        Comprehensive secondary chemistry students book 4 pages 238-243

·        Comprehensive chemistry teachers book 4 pages129

·        Secondary chemistry- KLB students book 4 page

·        Foundation chemistry students’ book 4 page

   

 

High School, JSS and Grade 1 to 6 CBC Notes Free Downloads

HIGH SCHOOL NOTES, GRADE 7 NOTES & SCHEMES AVAILABLE.

F1 TO F4 END TERM EXAMS NOW AVAILABLE TOO!

GRADE 7 NOTES

For subjects, Business, Maths, Kiswahili, Home science, Health education, Integrated Science, Computer, Performing arts, Pretech, Sst, Cre, Physical education and Lifeskills.

GRADE 7 EXAMS:

For subjects, Maths, Sst, Pretech, Health and Integrated Science.

GRADE 7 SCHEMES:

For subjects, Sst, Maths, Kiswahili, P.E, Home science, Int. Science, Business, Agric, Comp. Cre, English, Health and Pretech.

GRADE 6 NOTES:

For subjects, Science and tech. Sst, P.E. Agric, English and Music.

GRADE 5 NOTES:

For subjects, Art and craft, Science and technology, P.E. Agric, Home science, Sst and Music activities.

GRADE 4 NOTES:

For subjects, Music, Agric, P.E and Home science.

HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS:

AGRICULTURE:

Project materials
Form 1 to 4 Notes

HISTORY:

Form 1 to 4 notes
Early man, trade and contact between EA and word as additional materials.

ENGLISH:

Fathers of Nations guide
Artist of the floating world thematic areas
Dolls house guide, extracts and answers
Silent song guide
Poetry made easy notes
English notes, Functional writting, Oral skills and poetry all in one.
Form 3 English notes
English model test papers for pp1 to pp3

BIOLOGY:

Klb handwritten notes and scanned for form 1 to 4

PHYSICS:
Klb book 3 and 4 available.

CHEMISTRY:

Form 1 to 4 pdf notes
Klb book 1 and 2 std book
Teachers guide for book 3 and 4
Practical materials

CRE

Form 1 to 4 pdf notes

KISWAHILI:

Mwongozo wa nguu za jadi
Isimu jamii notes
Fasihi simulizi notes
Hazina ya ushairi
Hekaya za abunuwasi visa kadhaa
Mwongozo wa bembea
Mwongozo wa mapambazuko
Mwongozo wa tumbo lisiloshiba

MATHS:
Form 1 to 4 Notes
Form 1 klb student book

GEOGRAPHY:
Form1, 3 and 4 Notes

BUSINESS STUDIES:
Form 1 to 4 Notes

COMPUTER STUDIES NOTES FORM 1 TO 4

SIMPLIFIED COMPUTER STUDIES NOTES FORM 1 TO 4

IRE NOTES FORM 1 TO 4

METAL WORK NOTES FORM 1 TO 4

HOME SCIENCE NOTES FORM 1 TO 4